Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 1, 2010. Newcomers look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. I always suggest you bookmark all the other sites I have up there because I do get problems with them alternating here and there, quite frequently in the past few weeks in fact. So if you bookmark the other sites you can always download the latest shows. Remember, all the sites there have the same audios for download. They all have English transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given in the past which you can download for print up. If you go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu, the European one, you’ll also get the audios and transcripts for print up in other languages too. [Official sites listed above.] While you are in the sites remember to order the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale. That keeps me just ticking over. I do say ticking over because believe you me, this is not a business. I could go with advertising, I could bring on guests for advertising and so on, but it kind of diminishes your perception, the public’s perception if you start doing that. So I try, I try to go this way and really, it’s only a few people who support me month after month. It’s the same people all the time. Thousands and thousands listen, universities use the material and so on, but only the few people keep me going. So if you want to keep me going, purchase the items I have for sale or donate to me and donations are welcome. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] The post isn’t too bad; it gets a bit slow at times but it always gets here. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
I’ve talked so much about reality and how we take things for granted because everyone else does too. Your parents did as well. They had their conditioning for their particular era by the psychological experts and behaviorists and that gave them their culture. It guided them through life, gave them their principals, the new moralities and so on; we are always having new moralities for the new age. We are all recipients of this. It’s all around you. Most people don’t know it. They simply adapt into it and peer pressure is also used to reinforce this. The same techniques are used across the board. I’ll be touching on some of this tonight, how they are using the internet to form your opinions. Believe you me, they knew before they gave you the internet that’s where they were going to go with it and form the RIGHT kind of opinions you should have so that you would conform to the society which they had already designed for you to experience in your lifetime.
It’s an ongoing process. It’s high level; all the TOP universities are involved in this and have been for a long, long time. People like Sunstein and others, the behaviorists, have pretty well figured out where they want to take the world and all of academia is on board with this. They work hand-in-glove with marketing companies, the top marketing companies so that you get assaulted from a whole range of media with particular ways of living, ways of behaving. Of course today it is CONSERVATION. That’s the big thing, conserving, austerity, and so on. Most people really are oblivious that they are the target of it, even when they adapt into it automatically, by osmosis. They don’t think through it. They simply adapt because the punishment and reward is used to go along with this and reinforcement for acceptance in your peer group. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and before I get into social influencing, a very benign term but it’s a very important subject because it’s high-level marketing using top psychology to alter your behavior, en mass basically, knowing you want to conform to the peer group. So they create the TREND for the peer group. I’ll go into that tonight but first I want to touch on heath services, which I’ve mentioned so many times before, are health authorities.
That’s the whole idea of creating National Health Services. They put out as much propaganda out in National Health Service countries to convince the public who are under them that it’s a great thing, how wonderful it works and so on. It sounds that way until you need them and you find out it’s a whole horror story behind trying to get in and get treated and so on. That’s why folk end up phoning ambulances to get into emergency because if you manage to walk in or get carried in, you are last on the list. Everything’s cost effectiveness because it’s politicized by government policies. It all comes down to economics eventually and your social worth and status within the society, within your community for communitarianism. That’s the way we are supposed to go… at the end of austerity that is, which means utter poverty. Therefore they need these agencies all to rule over us.
Britain, for instance, is probably one of the top socialist countries on the planet. It doesn’t matter what party has been in, when you really look behind the scenes they have signed on to EVERY international agreement that’s ever been put in front of them by the United Nations. In fact, the United Nations was born from the guys’ minds in London. They want to bring in this world empire, a socialist empire. To be honest with you, the ones who rule Britain don’t see the peasants of Britain in any different light than the peasants of China or India or anywhere else. They really don’t. They are internationalists; they always have been. Of course they do see themselves as more evolved and a higher species and they can mix quite freely with their peer group, of the higher species in other countries as well. They are those who have clawed their way up to the top through devious means – good psychopaths – and the one attribute they show to each other is that they don’t just slaughter each other right off the bat, they tend to compromise and work together as long as they can keep funneling money into their own pockets and living the life of luxury.
National Health Services are really something else and I’ve got SO many articles here about how they slashed back millions and millions and there are millions more to get cut back now from Britain and other countries, and the US too by the way, as I read last night, because of the IMF. The IMF is now in the picture. Yet when this is going on, there is so much corruption with the politicians DAILY in Britain and socialist countries with them filling their pockets. It’s a daily occurrence with them ripping off the public and funneling expenses, thousand of dollars per week of expenses, in pounds even per week, into their own pockets. They just got one guy from the treasury, another one who is a homosexual who – which is quite trendy in Parliament and the House of Lords – but the fact is he was keeping his gay lover, using taxpayers’ money and this guy is a multi millionaire. A multi millionaire… and he is still ripping off the public to keep his gay lover who was then investing it in a second place to buy a bigger mansion.
Treasury Secretary David Laws urged to resign after paying £40,000 of taxpayers’ money to secret gay lover
By Tim Shipman / dailymail.co.uk / 29th May 2010
You know. I mean, they don’t need this. It’s just UTTER greed, you see. What else can there be when you’ve got power and influence? It’s just like an addiction to more greed… AS they are slashing millions from the care of patients and have been for years.
Here is an article…
NHS chief executive pockets second highest public sector salary
Susie Sell, healthcarerepublic.com, 1 June 2010 / healthcarerepublic.com
(Alan: This is their slashing the care for the people.)
The chief executive of the NHS has the second highest salary in the public sector and earns almost twice as much as the prime minister, a list of top earning public sector staff reveals.
The list of 171 public workers earning more than £150,000 places David Nicholson (A: He’s the head of the National Health Service.) who earns between £255,000 and £259,999, (A: That’s almost £260,000 per year… as he is slashing back millions. See, these guys are CEOs; you could swap them into businesses and they are getting REWARDED for slashing the budget basically on behalf of the government. That’s their reward for it. So he’s…) in second place – just behind top earner John Fingelton, chief executive if the Office of Fair Trading. (A: He probably comes under Prince Andrew, or Fergie’s husband, who’s getting £500,000 for bribes for trade deals. Everything is SO corrupt. Honestly, it’s so corrupt and there is so much propaganda coming out now too of how they are going to have CLARITY and shine some light into Parliament and their expenses. UTTER ROT! Only psychopaths are chosen for this and they are CHOSEN by those around the world. Then it lists all the other ones…)
Ten other DoH workers were also in the list, including:
• Sir Liam Donaldson, former chief medical officer (£205,000 – £209,999)
• Christine Connelly, chief information officer (£200,000 – £204,999) (A: I like the 999s; it’s like the ads on TV eh? It doesn’t sound so bad, rather than saying £205,000.)
• Gabriel Scally, regional director of public health (£200,000 – £204,999)
• David Salisbury, director of immunisation (£175,000 – £179,999) (A: Well, he’s going to get a big boost because they’ve got so many contracts now with pharma.)
• Sir Hugh Taylor, permanent secretary (£155,000 – £159,999).
David Cameron (A: This is the Prime Minister now apparently.) recently announced he would take a pay packet of £142,500. (A: But it’s okay; he’ll be like Tony Blair. They get rewarded as soon as they leave office, you see, with maybe £11 million off the bat, just for a starter, something like that.)
This is the first time a comprehensive list of the public sector workers earning more than £50,000 has been released. (A: This is the first time they are showing the public what they pay for.) Alongside this, the government has also revealed plans to set up a Public Sector Transparency Board, (A: Ha, ahh…) which will over see its transparency agenda.
Francis Maude, Cabinet Office minister who is to chair the new Public Sector Transparency Board, (A: I’d like to see her salary too.) said the list would ‘let light into the corridors of power’. (A: You would need to bring aircraft search beams in there, halogen. I’m not kidding.)
He said: (A: Oh, he’s a guy, I guess.) ‘By being open and accountable we can start to win back people’s trust. [Alan laughing.] Openness will not be comfortable for us in government; but it will enable the public to hold our feet to the fire. (A: That will be the day.)
‘Transparency is key to our efficiency drive, and will enable the public to help us to deliver better value for money in public spending.’ (A: Utter tripe and rot from the mouths of politicians. But that’s what they are there for isn’t it?)
Tying in with this, this is very important to the US because I read an article yesterday about the millions that have to get cut from health care. You see, you are already under, you are going under the National Health Service for the US which is an AUTHORITY. It’s not there to help you; it’s a governmental authority. You’ll get lots of shots and so on, on behalf of big pharma because they TELL government what to do these days, apparently. Anyway… here is an article by Bruce G Charlton. It says…
Infostat, cargo-cult science and the policy sausage-machine:
NICE, CHI and the managerial takeover of clinical practice
neuroscientist.com / Bruce G Charlton
(A: Very interesting, this.)
The new management of scientific knowledge: a change in direction with profound implications.
In: NICE, CHI and the NHS reforms: enabling excellence or imposing control?
Edited by A Miles, JR Hampton, B Hurwitz. Aesculapius Medical Press: London, 2000. Pp 13-32.
Prof. Bruce G Charlton MD (A: He’s a professor and medical doctor.)
UEL Centre for Health Services Research, St Bartholomew’s Hospital, London &
(A: He’s got a lot of nice little letters behind his name.)
Reader in Evolutionary Psychiatry, Department of Psychology University of Newcastle upon Tyne NE2 4HH, England
Editor-in-Chief, Medical Hypotheses
In 1993 I published a Lancet Viewpoint (A: That’s a big medical journal in Britain.) entitled ‘Management of science’ in which I pointed-out that purchasing managers in the National Health Service had begun implementing very precise contracts which controlled detailed aspects of clinical practice (Charlton, 1993). (A: See, they have managers now, managers in charge of everything.)
For instance, it became mandatory to specify protocols for beta-blocker and aspirin treatment following myocardial infarction (A: heart attacks.), and for prescription of benzodiazepines, antidepressants and other psychotropic drugs, and for aspects of skin cancer management. The justification for these blanket recommendations was that these interventions were ‘scientifically’ proven to be effective across the board in almost every clinical circumstance – at least according to the NHS Management Executive’s interpretation of the results of large randomized trials (although expert clinicians usually disagreed; eg. Julian, 1995).
But the fundamental problem was structural: the government were creating a managerial structure that separated the power to influence treatment from clinical responsibility (A: That’s the doctors.) for the consequences of that treatment. For example, managers were claiming the right to determine the nature of a drug prescription while doctors remained both morally and legally responsible for the outcome. (A: What they are saying, what they are doing is bringing in the cheaper and cheaper medications across the board, where there is a variety to chose from, because we are all different physiologically and how we respond to treatments. It’s like a one size fits all, you see. This pill will do all these patients here regardless of the variations within the disease or problem.) This seemed self-evidently unethical, and placed doctors in the impossible position of being vulnerable to sacking if they were disobedient and to malpractice suits if they obeyed. (A: So they got it both ways and got the managers off the hook, prescribing what they are told to prescribe. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article called “Infostat, cargo-cult science and the policy sausage-machine: NICE, CHI and the managerial takeover of clinical practice” …that’s when government takes over medical practice basically. The problems are manifest really. It says…
But the fundamental problem was structural: the government were creating a managerial structure that separated the power to influence treatment from clinical responsibility for the consequences of that treatment. For example, managers (A: The hospital managers…) were claiming the right to determine the nature of a drug prescription while doctors remained both morally and legally responsible for the outcome. (A: In other words, it’s the tail wagging the dog here once government comes in.) This seemed self-evidently unethical, and placed doctors in the impossible position of being vulnerable to sacking if they were disobedient and to malpractice suits if they obeyed. The system was also open to corruption, (A: of course, once politics are in it…) since political influence could be brought to bear on managers, tending to generate protocols using criteria dictated by expediency rather than effectiveness. For example, the call for specified protocols on psychotropic drugs were unsupported by any rational consensus on what such protocols should contain, and the instructions concerning ‘skin’ cancer (and the failure to differentiate between basal cell, squamous cell and melanomatous malignancies) seemed more justified by the immediate demands of public relations than by any body of solid scientific evidence.
As things turn out, I had underestimated the seriousness of this kind of threat to clinical practice, and my article unfortunately proved to be prophetic of a trend which has culminated in the creation of NICE and CHI. The management of science in medicine is now established by statute, and – even worse – the criteria of effectiveness have been conflated with economic considerations of ‘cost-effectiveness’. The stage is set for clinical science to be steamrollered by the demands of power politics. (A: That’s what you get when you’ve got a National Health Service run by the same sharks that go into politics and all their hangers-on and their family members that tend to get into the civil service departments. They get these big wonderful salaries like $250,000 per year… or pounds per year which is much more than dollars. That’s the kind of stuff.)
THAT’S what’s coming into the States. The US, I’ve got to admit it too. The COST for treatment is DISGUSTING! Because the people who go into medicine these days, go into to get the cash, you see, and the status and the prestige. It’s disgusting what they are charge for it, for care; utterly disgusting. Of course it is. To be honest with you too, I think if they opened the universities and paid people through the universities who had a flair and a talent and a real desire for medicine and not just the cash, and trained them and put plenty out there so they are all competing with each other, I think it would be far, far better but it’s a closed shop, you see. They don’t want that. It’s far better than going through a National Health Service system where literally managers run the system and not your physicians. They run your treatment and your lack of it… for cost-effective reasons… while they take home incredible salaries. So National Health Service run by government is not the answer at all. Disgusting though isn’t it? Absolutely disgusting.
It ties in again with the big New World Order idea and globalism and ya-da, ya-da, ya, all that stuff because WE ARE managed along a predetermined path by those who rule the world. I’m putting up a link tonight too, on my web sites if you go in there after the show. Eventually I’ll get these links up if XplorNet allows me to use my service that I’m paying for. By the way, I just got about 50 receipts, for the first time, all at one go, in the mail from them because I complained to them that they were taking the money but they weren’t giving me any receipts. So I got about 50 today and just shhheeew, massive. No kidding. That’s how efficient they are. It only took them 2 months after the last complaint to do it.
This article is Public Service Announcements Campaigns. It shows you what they’ve lined up in the US especially, using marketers of course, and all the tricks they’ve used in the past, for the 2010 winter immunization campaign. Now, the US government and Britain and everywhere else is signed on for umpteen years with the latest flu vaccines in advance. So they’ve got to use it all, make sure we all get it, and train us to get all boosters every year for everything else we’ve got as well. TRAIN the public. It’s training the public, you see. We’re just animals who get trained.
Public Service Announcements (PSA) Campaigns
flu.gov
They show you the techniques, if you read them. You are actually SEEING techniques here, what they are doing. It says…
2010 Winter Immunization Campaign
Bowl Games PSA (TV). HHS Secretary Kathleen Sebelius encourages Americans to get their H1N1 flu shot.
Help Keep Indian Country Healthy. Indian Health Services (IHS) Director Dr. Roubideaux and HHS Secretary Sebelius encourage vaccination among tribal nations (TV and Radio). And Actor Wes Studi wants fellow American Indians to Take 3 and Protect the Circle of Life. (A: I guess that’s a TV show or whatever.)
Protect Your Family (Radio). (A: Massive campaigns with that too.) These four flu prevention radio PSAs encourage African-Americans, especially those with underlying health conditions, to protect their families by getting vaccinated.
Sid the Science Kid (A: For the children…)
Getting a shot: You can do it! HHS partnered with the Jim Henson Company to produce a full episode of Sid the Science Kid which premiered on October, 2009. Sid and his classmates of the PBS series explore germs, viruses and vaccines just in time for flu season. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going over the campaigns being launched and how they’ve got every group targeted, using your tax money of course, to make sure you all GET the flu to make pharma happy. I’m sure lots of money exchanges hands with politicians as they get lobbied and all the rest of it. That’s how lobbyists work. They don’t just go up and persuade people, money passes hands. Sometimes they are not in office, sometimes when they leave office, but there are always ways to pay them. That’s always been the way of it. So one of the ways is….
Sid the Science Kid (A: For the children…)
Getting a shot: You can do it! HHS partnered with the Jim Henson Company to produce a full episode of Sid the Science Kid which premiered on October, 2009. Sid and his classmates of the PBS series explore germs, viruses and vaccines just in time for flu season.
The Governor with Sid: Why the flu vaccine? Sid is getting the H1N1 flu shot and wants to know why! These governors (A: Who are medical experts obviously, governors…) help explain why children need to be vaccinated fro the influenza. (A: It says ‘fro’ here, not ‘for.’ I guess Sid can’t spell here; maybe it’s the governor.)
Together We Can All Fight the Flu
For TV and Radio. HHS joined with the Ad Council to launch a new nationwide campaign called Together We Can All Fight the Flu that encourages Americans to get vaccinated against the H1N1 flu virus.
This set of 10 video and audio PSAs are targeted for parents, young adults, and pregnant women. (A: It goes on and on and on…)
Elmo
Elmo with the Governor. Across the Country, state Governors teamed up with Elmo to help spread the message of flu prevention.
The Right Way to Sneeze. Elmo and Rosita sing a song to teach kids (A: I say ‘children,’ not ‘kids.’. I prefer ‘children;’ it’s a better word. ‘Kid’ is a young goat by the way… dehumanization.) to sneeze into their elbow. (English and Spanish)
Have a Flu Plan. Elmo and Luis note the need for parents to think about what would happen if they had a child get sick. (English and Spanish)
Happy and Healthy on Sesame Street. In these 4 videos, Elmo and Gordon offer flu prevention tips teaching kids to practice healthy habits. Watch PSA 1, PSA 2, PSA 3, and PSA 4. (A: So PUPPETS will be shown. That’s grown ups, you see; adults are getting a lot of money to put their hand inside of SOCKS and pretend that they are actually talking to children. That’s going to convince… that’s where your tax money is going. And on and on it goes…)
Celebrity PSAs (A: They must get celebrities into it too because everyone today worships, you know, what we think are the successful.)
3 Ways to Prevent the Flu. Marc Anthony (English and Spanish), Amy Ryan and Jackie Joyner-Kersee give easy steps to prevent getting and spreading the flu.
(A: Remember too, in your flu shots this year, they have added the Swine flu into it, when they call it the H1N1. They have actually added it INTO it, just for your information. You know, that non-existent Swine flu; that’s okay.)
I was looking into SOCIAL INFLUENCING because, as I say, it sounds very benign, very benign indeed. Everyone is, what’s wrong with social influencing; don’t we all get influenced and try to influence others? This is a PSYCHOLOGY, a technique they are talking about and how they are using the internet and NGOs and so on to get the messages across to the public to CHANGE our ways and our habits. Yesterday I mentioned how Google and Microsoft and these guys are putting up sites and programs out so that you can start comparing YOUR neighbor’s energy use with your own. It’s to create SOCIAL APPROVAL and SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL. Well, that comes under psychological/social influencing, a technique that’s used by Sunstein and others. It’s to make you change your ways. One of these companies that are doing it is called StepGreen. Of course they are getting well funded by the government and different foundations and so on. They are using this technique here and it says…
Footprints
StepGreen…enrich your life
Leveraging internet scale technologies to help individuals to reduce energy consumption
cmubi.org
(A: They are working with the big boys, you know, Harvard and so on, and psychology to get you to change your ways. Now HERE is what they start off with…)
The average American consumes 12.5 times the energy of the average citizen of Africa or Asia. (A: They are very intelligent there, you understand. You can tell. The thing is, I don’t know of the Africans who have to heat themselves 6 months of the year or more, like I do here where I live in Canada. Simple little facts like that mean an awful lot when you’re freezing. And why should we be like Africa anyway? Or Asia? We are not Asia and we are not Africa. So why must the world be standardized and compared with each other for this globalization? But we know what it is. We have to go back to the caves, the caveman, you know. So here they go…) With approximately 300 million citizens, that adds up to 2 billion metric tons of CO2, (A: UTTER codswallop. They just pick this stuff out of the air. Literally, CO2 comes out of the air.) or just over a 3rd of the total waste produced across all sectors of the U.S. economy. Of the other two thirds, much is produced as a by product of the process of meeting the needs of individuals. For example, the transportation of food, production of goods, and so on all generates waste. As a result personal choice can have a huge impact on energy consumption and waste production. Thus, a solution to global warming (A: Again, this fictional stuff.) depends on change at the individual level. (A: Well, you see, they already have a captive audience of children in school who can’t just walk out and say this is codswallop. So they’ve got them stuck there getting brainwashed with this stuff and presented by adults whom they are taught to respect. They will believe what they are told as they grow up. It’s the ones who are already grown up, who think they are anyway, who watch television a lot and stuff, that they are going after.) The impact of individual choice can be seen in the increasing popularity of organic foods, hybrid cars, and other environmentally friendly consumption choices. (A: Remember Sunstein with his book Nudge, how they nudge you without your knowing it into making the RIGHT choices. This is what it’s all about folks. You are not in charge of yourself. You never actually have been. Never.)
In the past year, with funding from Google, Intel, and the NSF, (A: Right… so they are getting funding here from Google. They are only ONE organization all getting funded by Google, Intel and the NSF.) we built StepGreen.org, a website that induces changes in energy consumption through personalized information presented frequently and appropriately, through social influence processes (e.g., persuasion by peers) (A: They go for you all until your friends are all yapping about something and they’ll all say, oh, I’m going green, you know, and you feel kind of left out and you look at yourself in the mirror and you say, well, geeze, I’m still kind of, oh, pale. Stuff like that until you want to get green as well. Green used to mean that you were sick; you looked kind of sick, you wanted to throw up or something. But now apparently it’s healthy. Maybe it’s a reference to the fact that we’ve been dumbed down to the state of vegetables…) and by competitive interaction with other groups who are similarly trying to save energy (Mankoff et al., In Submission). StepGreen.org encourages and assists individuals in reducing their ecological footprints, or the amount of natural resources required to support them. (A: You understand, this is creating SOCIAL APPROVAL and SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL until the MOB will turn on you. And it will happen folks. Most folk out there have no minds of their own. The opinions are INDUCED opinions that they have. They will even get ANGRY about it. They’ve used this technique remember in prison colonies like CHINA. China is one vast prison colony, a perfect laboratory, same as the Soviet Union was. They’ve tried all this stuff out to see if they could encourage people, through different psychological techniques to get them all to go along in the same direction at the same time with the same topics. Well, that’s what they are doing here and they use social approval and social disapproval.) Our development specifically targets frequently visited portal sites such as iGoogle and MySpace which can be easily configured by end users to display either RSS feeds (“news” feeds containing information generated by our software) or “badges” (custom-generated images showing a progress report, e.g. the example below).
StepGreen is an umbrella project that brings together faculty (A: That’s the universities.) and research from several disciplines including behavioral science, environmental engineering, and computer science. (A: They are putting it all together and that’s what the computer is really FOR folks.) Some of the projects we are working on include an exploration of how to structure our messaging to support a diverse body of users, a polar bear tamagotchi, and sensors that can automate the reporting of popular actions. (A: All feedback from YOU as you go into these sites to go green. They are monitoring all of you. And you will get personalized stuff popping up in your computer FROM them of course, as they watch you and tailor make it to suit YOU. You know, NUDGING your choices.)
To find out more about StepGreen.org, please email us at stepgreen [at] cs.cmu.edu.
StepGreen is funded by Intel, NSF, and Google.
There you go. Now, there are lots of them out there and you would not believe how you are influenced every day by a thousand different messages from a thousand different sources. They are beaming stuff right into your head in New York; I read the article last year. They can do a VOICE TO SKULL and target YOU out of a crowd… then you suddenly feel yourself wanting a coffee or a donut or something and away you go, to the store that just happens to be across the street. Wonderful isn’t it? Wonderful how we can all be manipulated with impunity because government allows it when THEY want it allowed. Interesting. But they call it social influencing, a big science actually. There are lots of books out there on it by professors because it’s a biggie in universities. They are working, bringing in the New World Order to make sure you have all the right opinions about everything that’s proper. That’s how it works.
In April I touched on an article and it was from Washington’s Blog to do with the IMF and how they classify a country as third world but I didn’t get it finished because it was at the end of the show I think.
America Is Losing Its Imperial Status, And Global Institutions Such As The IMF, G20 And BIS Are Filling The Void
washingtonsblog.com / Monday, April 26, 2010
When the International Monetary Fund or World Bank offer to lend money to a struggling third-world country (or “emerging market”), they demand “austerity measures”. (A: That is why you are hearing ‘austerity’. That’s why you are getting taught by the greenies there to be austere.)
As Wikipedia describes it:
In economics, austerity is when a national government reduces its spending in order to pay back creditors. Austerity is usually required when a government’s fiscal deficit spending is felt to be unsustainable.
Development projects, welfare programs and other social spending are common areas of spending for cuts. (A: So, welfare programs, that will also mean your health care programs too, by the way. It’s already happening in other countries and the US is cutting billions off their health care.) In many countries, austerity measures have been associated with short-term standard of living declines until economic conditions improved once fiscal balance was achieved (such as in the United Kingdom under Margaret Thatcher, Canada under Jean Chrétien, and Spain under González). (A: Most of these folk don’t even know they were under the IMF and getting ruled at that time.)
Private banks, or institutions like the International Monetary Fund (IMF), may require that a country pursues an ‘austerity policy’ if it wants to re-finance loans that are about to come due. The government may be asked to stop issuing subsidies or to otherwise reduce public spending. When the IMF requires such a policy, the terms are known as ‘IMF conditionalities’. (A: Remember too, during this whole period, that Canada and all these countries that are under the IMF, were borrowing money to give loans out to third world countries, which WE are put down as the guarantors for; you know, the taxpayer. Think of all this folks.)
Wikipedia goes on to point out:
Austerity programs are frequently controversial, as they impact the poorest segments of the population and often lead to a wider separation between the rich and poor. In many situations, austerity programs are imposed on countries that were previously under dictatorial regimes, (A: Well, I guess that’s us…) leading to criticism that populations are forced to repay the debts of their oppressors. (A: That is true. There’s a whole list of them up on Wikipedia of all the dictators they funded.)
What Does This Have to Do With the First World?
Since the IMF and World Bank lend to third world countries, you may reasonably assume that this has nothing to do with “first world” countries like the US and UK.
But England’s economy is in dire straight, and rumors have abounded that the UK might have to rely on a loan from the IMF.
And as former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker said :
People seem to think the [American] government has money. The government doesn’t have any money.
Indeed, the IMF has already performed (A: Most Americans don’t know this…) a complete audit of the whole US financial system, something which they have only previously done to broke third world nations. (A: Should I repeat that for the hard of thinking?)
Indeed, the IMF has already performed a complete audit of the whole US financial system, something which they have only previously done to broke third world nations.
Al Martin – former contributor to the Presidential Council of Economic Advisors and retired naval intelligence officer – observed in an April 2005 newsletter (A: Now listen to this…) that the ratio of total U.S. debt to gross domestic product (GDP) rose from 78 percent in 2000 to 308 percent in April 2005. (A: Listen to this…) The International Monetary Fund considers a nation-state with a total debt-to-GDP ratio of 200 percent or more to be a “de-constructed Third World nation-state.” (A: Right. 200% or more in the US in 2005, it rose up to 308% way above the 200% or more to be a DE-CONSTRUCTED THIRD WORLD NATION STATE.)
Martin explained:
What “de-constructed” actually means is that a political regime in that country, or series of political regimes, have, through a long period of fraud, abuse, graft, corruption and mismanagement, effectively collapsed the economy of that country. (A: I’d also say, signed it away through GATT and other treaties to put it off in China.)
The IMF is – in fact – now saying that the U.S. must live more austerely.
As the Washington Post noted Saturday:
In the lingo of the International Monetary Fund, the future of the world hinges on “rebalancing and consolidation,” antiseptic words that would not seem to raise a fuss.
But the translation is a bit ruder, something on the order of: “Suck it up. The party’s over.”
To keep the global economy on track, people in the United States and the rest of the developed world need to work longer before retiring, pay higher taxes and expect less from government. And the cheap imports lining the shelves of mega-chains such as Wal-Mart and Target? They need to be more expensive. (A: And they are going up; all that cheap junk that lasts you a few months.)
That’s the practical meaning of a series of policy papers and statements issued in recent days by IMF officials, who have a long history of stabilizing economies and solving global financial problems, as they plot a course to keep the world economy growing and reduce the risk of another “great recession.” (A: When you go into Wikipedia it’s interesting to look at all the dictators they funded. The IMF actually funded them and when those dictators left, they left their countries with a greater debt and sometimes a complete debt where there was none before; but a massive debt at the end of the IMF’s management. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and there is a caller from Massachusetts, Leo. Is Leo there?
Leo: Thanks for taking the call. Do you know about the letter from Pike to Mazzini about the three world wars?
Alan: Yes.
Leo: I have this rather unfortunate scenario I see happening now. I sent it to one of my contacts in Israel on Facebook and it kind of went like this. “How world war three may be triggered… the next flotilla has Turkish ships sunk by the NWO, Israel gets blamed,” just like Israel tried to sink the USS Liberty in 1967 to blame Egypt. Now Israel’s turn to take the blame. Then I said as the last bit, “hello glass pit.”
Alan: Whatever. You are trying to make a point of what?
Leo: That the Turkish ship which will be guarded on the next flotilla might get sunk but it might not be sunk by Israel but they still will get the blame for it.
Alan: Well, you’re dealing in the world of, again, geo-politics. We’ll never get the whole truth on anything here except the fact that if you go into the Project for the New American Century, and that’s up on the web from their own site. You HAVE to go into that to see. They admit it quite freely, that the United States and Israel are joined at the hip when it comes to politics in the Middle East, completely joined at the hip. There are so many articles; they have links from their own web site, the Project for the New American Century. You’ve got to read through it to SEE the geo-political plans. They did talk about going through all the countries in turn, beginning with Afghanistan, Iraq, to be followed by Iran and then Syria. As far as I can see they are following this course. Whatever it takes to make it happen, whatever it takes to make it happen WILL BE DONE TO MAKE IT HAPPEN because these guys don’t change their plans at the top. As far as I see too, Obama’s administration is following the same plan as his predecessor. They are completely on board with this thing, so is Britain as well. Britain has had articles up there with the funding of the Zionist groups to the politicians in Britain, and you’ll see Cameron, the Prime Minister now, saying whatever Israel does, it’s okay by me. So you’ve got power politics and you’ve got the wealth of the Middle East at stake here, all of the oil, minerals and resources and they definitely want to standardize the world into one system and the Muslim nations are not too happy about that. We really will never get to the bottom of anything but whatever it takes to make it happen, whatever it takes, will be done.
It’s the same with this thing in the Gulf right now. I can’t believe all of the screw-ups that BP made unless it was intentional. People say, well, no one would destroy a whole part of the US coastline to get an agenda through. Oh, really? Really? We are talking about people who have created world wars to get a UN agenda through and they’ve talked openly about it and boasted about it in their own books, like HG Wells. I mean, we are dealing here with… millions of people are expendable to get this agenda through. They can spend as much money cleaning up the sea afterwards once they sign it. I think it’s strange too, it happens right in time for the G20 and G8 meetings and that will be prime at the top of it… We’ve got to cut back and maybe not drive cars anymore, live in our little communitarian areas and be led by world managers.
I know what you are trying to say. It’s an awful mess. We’ll never get the truth.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 2, 2010. I always advise newcomers to go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the other sites you’ll see listed there – these are the official sites – for future use because I always have problems with the .com or one of the other ones. This way you’ve got a selection to choose from. If you find it is difficult or there is sticking on some downloads, try another site that is listed there for the latest audio shows. [Official sites listed above.] Remember all the sites have the same audios and they all have a lot of transcripts in English of these audios. If you want audios and transcripts in the different languages of Europe, you can go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu that is listed there on the front page of the .com site and you can download those for print up. While you are at it, go into the book section; I’ve written some books. They will help you to get out of the linear thinking mode that helps you to be controlled; it enables you to be controlled in fact, by those masters of the world and there are lots of them. They start in academia and then they get pulled out into side branches and up to very high levels of government or government agencies and all of the spy services and so on. They help program your mind and they help the planners with their future societies. They are always building a future society, to make sure they control it. So these books help to show you how to think the same way they do, non-linearly, like a real, true wild creature should be for survival capabilities. So purchase the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale or you can donate to me. That will keep me going here. I don’t take money from advertisers. The ads on this show go straight from the advertisers to RBN for the radio time; that pays for their staff, equipment and all their bills coming in too. So you have to help me out and you can do so buy purchasing the items I have for sale. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
Tonight I’ll be going into some of the workings of the mindsets of those who control the public because there are special minds, special TYPES of minds and personalities that are chosen to rule the public and lead the public. Many of them are behind the scenes of course, and in big agencies, but many of them are also on the lower level. They are in front of you as politicians and advisors. They know how the people think and tick; how WE tick, with our linear training. They are non-linear in their attitudes. They DO have psychopathic qualities. That’s an ESSENTIAL to get up there in fact, just like the CEOs of the biggest corporation on the planet whose job it is to make as much money as they can for themselves first of all, then the company, and to make people buy products through their understanding of human nature, a nature which they don’t share with you but they understand yours very, very well. We truly are run by psychopathic personalities that are chosen by even better psychopaths or older psychopaths above them for their particular traits that they have. Psychopaths are fantastic persuaders and they have charisma. They are ideal for political jobs to lead the public up the garden path. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You might find the sound on the phone is a bit noisy tonight, that’s because there is a storm coming across RBN’s station right now and it might come in and out, it might fade out all together. I’ll put up the show on my web site after I’m finished. I’ll try and upload it through my wonderful satellite, XplorNet, if they give me enough juice. That should be a clear enough recording.
Getting back to the psychopaths though, it’s a fantastic area. You probably all know or have met in your lives psychopaths on a lower scale, the con men who are always in and out of trouble, the low type who get in trouble with the law. They either swindle people or con them. They’re always very charming; again, the same traits as the ones who are more intelligent. They have a knack of being friendly to everyone; they can be your best friend in fact, that’s how they come on to people. They do it INSTINCTIVELY; they don’t have to be taught this. They feel nothing, really. The only time they take pleasure is when they themselves have applause given to them to boost their ego. They are completely egotistical. It’s always amazed me that after they have pulled something off and they are actually caught, the lower level ones are caught – and lots of them are white-collar worker types; most theft actually is white-collar theft – and they get slaps on the wrist. Often they get off with it because they have suffered enough because their dignity has been shattered and all of that nonsense and the judge lets them go. They probably all go to the same golf courses. They never stop their cons. They are fantastic persuaders. FANTASTIC PERSUADERS.
They are kind of like chameleons in a sense, that they look at you and automatically morph into what they think you’d like to see, by instinct. They go into certain professions, the cleverer ones, the ones with more education or they are born into families that are fairly wealthy. They go into different occupations and they DO get placed in positions where they can really soar up to the top, especially in the corporate world. If they don’t go into that, they will go into politics. Again, EASY money, fast in. If you look at politicians, I don’t know about the United States but in Canada and Britain and other countries, they often publish the record of these people – when they are running for politics – and they will show you that almost all of them have been bankrupt many times before; they’ve got umpteen credit cards with so much debt and so on. These are the people who are running to get into government because that’s where the honey pot is. That’s where they can really score big with lobbyists paying them off and that kind of stuff, and money under the table. They can also help themselves to the big taxpayer honey pot, which they do, copiously.
Last night I mentioned one in England who broke out with a scandal because he was keeping his rent boy lover in another apartment. They are allowed so much expenditure for their apartment in London while they are politicians even though they’ve got houses all over the place. This particular one was a multi-millionaire anyway but he was charging about £980 or something a month, off the taxpayer for the second home for his little lover. Then they were using that money, it seems, to get another home bought, a better one because now that was a guaranteed little income for them. And this guy was a multi-millionaire. They get off on conning people and getting away with it. That’s their thrill. Didn’t need the money obviously. That’s the kind that goes into politics.
CBC did a particular documentary in May on the psychopath. It’s called, I, Psychopath. This particular one was a corporate psychopath and I’ll put the links up tonight on my site and you can have a look at it yourself. The write up goes on to say this, from the CBC.
I, Psychopath
Wednesday May 20 at 10 pm PT on CBC Newsworld / cbc.ca
Psychopaths…we usually only know them from Hollywood movies. We never expect them to enter our real life. But, the psychopath is closer than you think. Experts believe their number to be as high as one in a hundred. (Alan: I think it’s more actually, at the top.) Most of them function incognito in high-powered professions…all the way to the very top.
But…it takes one to truly know one. In this intriguing documentary, Sam Vaknin, a self-proclaimed psychopath, goes in search of a diagnosis. In a scientific first, he allows himself to undergo testing to find out if he was born without a conscience. He knows he’s narcissistic and cannot empathize with others. By his own admission, he’s pompous, grandiose, repulsive and contradictory, ruthless and devoid of scruples, capricious and unfathomable… but he believes, he’s not a bad person. (A: They all believe that. No matter what they’ve done, they believe they are not a bad person.) What he is, is indifferent…he couldn’t care less. Unless, of course, the topic is himself.
Vaknin and his long-suffering but ever-loyal wife, Lidija, embark on a diagnostic road trip. But, it’s uncharted territory…deep into the mind and life of a psychopath. The 47-year-old convicted corporate criminal has agreed to take part in the pursuit of his own diagnosis… (A: That rings a bell; I think it’s been done before, maybe by the BBC a long time ago.) meeting the world’s experts in psychopathy in the hope that science will provide some answers for why he is like he is. These experts put Vaknin (and his wife) through a battery of rigorous psychological tests and neuro-scientific experiments.
As I say, I’ll put the links up; there is a video out there and you can have a look at it yourself. And you should copy these things before they disappear. Things have got an awful habit of disappearing whenever I mention them. Getting back to what I’m saying tonight… and I never prepare what I’m going to talk about. Things just sort of come at the right moment and you can string things together that you’ve seen recently or whatever, in your mind.
The psychopath tends to get to the top by using other people. They’ve got a fantastic ability to get everyone else to work underneath them FOR them… sometimes for free. They go into the power management positions very easily because they don’t have to be taught anything, they know it already. They know how to manipulate people. They love the limelight too. So many of them are caught cheating; I mean, Britain is famous for this happening even right now. There are media exposures of different politicians and all the cons they’ve got up to in their personal lives, the rip-offs, how they have charged the taxpayer for the most frivolous things, very expensively of course, and how they keep doing it. We’ll always get the same type going into politics; that’s the type that GRAVITATE towards power and money. It’s a MAGNET to them.
The art of conning people… I can remember Tony Blair. Now, Tony Blair is a classic psychopath. Even in his interviews, I read one on the air here where he was interviewed after he left office as Prime Minister of Britain and he just casually mentioned when they talked about the Iraq War and stuff, he says, oh, that hassle and then just skipped over it. He was asked if he had any regrets for anything he had ever done, and he said no. Well that’s a classic reply from a psychopath. They have no regrets for whatever they do. There’s an article here on Brian Mulroney who helped to ram the NAFTA treaty through. Brian Mulroney was a Prime Minister of Canada. A few years ago he was accused of taking bribes, kickbacks. A book came out about it in fact, as well, and because of it he sued the Canadian government and he won. Then it comes out now that actually they were right, he did take the kickbacks. They’re asking if they can get the money back from him, that he got from the taxpayers, for winning his case. This article is pretty standard.
Mulroney owes Canadian taxpayers $2.1 million: Opposition
Former Canadian prime minister Brian Mulroney sits before the House of Commons ethics committee in Ottawa, in December 2007. Justice Jeffrey Oliphant found Mulroney violated the ethics code that guided parliamentarians.
By Norma Greenaway, Canwest News Service / June 1, 2010 / timescolonist.com
OTTAWA — Former prime minister Brian Mulroney won a $2.1-million libel settlement under “false pretences” and the Conservative government should force him to repay it, Liberal Leader Michael Ignatieff says.
Ignatieff’s call Tuesday was echoed by New Democrat (A: They’re a bit further left than Marx.) and Bloc MPs, all of whom have jumped on the findings of a federal inquiry into the Mulroney-Schreiber affair to renew calls for the former Tory leader to repay the out-of-court settlement he won in 1997.
It was all to do with a big deal the government was paying for. See, there is big money. You don’t realize that there is big money that goes out in Federal contracts and purchases. They were buying all these aircraft for Air Canada. There were kickbacks to Mulroney and a man came out, Schreiber, and says, this is standard procedure; we bribe people all the time for contracts. The general public being naïve think, yeah, the government puts up tenders and people put in their bids and the best person gets it. That’s not how it works. No. They all put in their bribes, the ones at least who are chosen to possibly get the job. The ones who do it honestly will never get a contract coming their way.
Brian Mulroney, he ran to get into government as the head of the Conservative Party by saying that he was not for the Free Trade deal; that was the precursor that led up to the NAFTA negotiation. After 2 weeks that he was in, he changed his mind and suddenly he was a proponent, in fact he was the leader for it. Chretien did the same thing after him; he ran against it, to get in, because he knew the taxpayers didn’t want it and when he got in he became the champion for it as well. See, they are all psychopathic. But Brian Mulroney did tell the truth, when he was out of politics. In an interview with the CBC he was asked if NAFTA – that he had really rammed through and signed – if it really would be good for Canada? At the time when he was pushing it he said, oh, it was the greatest thing and we couldn’t survive without it. But on the interview when he was out of Parliament he said, well, to be honest with you, I don’t really know, time will tell. So they can be honest you see, when they are off the hook for something and it’s over and done with.
It’s like rapists as well. They can be very clever and very clever and when they are caught they like to brag to the press how clever they were and how they did it. It’s the same M.O. They are psychopathic. We are run by these crooks. THIS IS THE SYSTEM that THEY basically rule over. They look after each other because they all have so much dope on each other, meaning blackmailable stuff, that they ALL have to stick together and cover each other. The last thing they want are inquiries into anybody near them that might lead to them. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the ones who rule over us. The psychopath gets into positions of politics and bureaucracies. Bureaucracies are great too; they can hide out there and become the heads of departments which are THEIRS, their OWN domains. They can rule over them and they’re not accountable to the public. They love to compromise with other agencies and other countries at times as well. They also work with basically international organizations because everything brings money to them and status and more titles and all the rest of it. They’re in everything. They also get to the top, of course, in the police departments and security departments and so on. It goes on and on.
This system, and I have said this forever, was really theirs. This is their system we live in; we are brought up in it. Don’t ever underestimate them. They will often say in some reports that they’re not too intelligent, and they will give you different examples, but there are a lot of them that really ARE intelligent. There are creative ones as well; they call them creative psychopaths. They certainly DO understand society and how to manipulate people, WHOLE nations if necessary and no doubt the whole world.
They get to the top of the media. They decide in their little clubs what you are going to believe, think, and what you are going to chat about. They are very, very good at it; it works very well. They get into the business of ordering movies to be made and along certain themes, or novels to be written along certain themes. There are so many ways to get ideas across to the general public because, after all, if they are the predators, they want the prey to be nice and easy and to believe the things they are told to believe even if it comes through fiction, which a lot of it actually, maybe most of it does.
They are ruthless. They also have tirades of pure aggression when they are challenged about something. Utter aggression… especially their pet perversions and things like that, which they tend to go into, A LOT, and indulge in things. They don’t follow the rules of ordinary people in any area at all. They live for thrills. I’ve read reports so many times, when governments are elected to Canada and other countries, where they have a big party for the newly elected representatives and politicians, all the guys with the bankrupt credit cards and so on. They trash the places, utterly trash them and leave them like dumps, like garbage dumps, and vomit and everything all over the place from their wild parties. Because they don’t live in the same way, to the same standards as we do but they demand that we live at certain standards to please them.
You know, law itself if simply a matter of coercion. Again, if you go into the topics I was talking about the other night, about how you are controlled through psychologists and behaviorists; they say themselves that law really is simply coercion, it’s how the public PERCEIVES the law. It depends on the type of coercion they will use. If we believe the law is just or the legal system is just, we tend to obey ALL the laws even if they end up being crazy or bad for the public. So they have ways of PRESENTING it to the public, never for the true reasons but always for their own ends, to MANAGE control of the public.
9/11 has been the greatest thing that ever happened for them to bring in their whole worldwide martial law because one country, well one city actually, or two blocks in a city, were attacked; two towers were attacked. People still cannot see that that’s kind of odd. Countries have been attacked before but the whole world didn’t go into a form of martial law mode, all at once, at the same time, and take all the rights away from their peoples and tell them, you have no rights nor privacy from now on. That is because the psychopaths have worked for many, many years at the tops of the countries organizing the future for their world order.
There was a good book written about psychopaths and it was Political Ponerology. The author did do studies on psychopathic personalities from the Soviet side, on his own leaders. He did it very quietly because they knew what the consequences would be if it was found out, the group that was involved. They also compared them with tyrants of the past and the tyrants that they saw in the West. They found they were ALL the same personality types, psychopathic. The conclusion they came to was that we are living in the psychopathic system. It’s their system. We are here to please them. We ARE the prey. We are the sheep aren’t we? They are the predator. Or, they might say they are the shepherd, being the good psychopaths that they are. They love terminology to cloud the issues or really, to cloud the reality of it. Therefore, they said they always give you, too – ultimately when there is so many of them at the top – a psychopathic culture… which the people themselves, although not psychopaths, will EMULATE and out of it will come corruption, dog-eat-dog, debasement in ALL morality, and we are living in it now. There’s just too many of them at the top. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Remember too, as I say, there is a storm going across RBN’s station right now so if the reception is poor look into my web site at the end of the show and I’ll have a clear version put up there for you.
We were talking about psychopaths and how we live in their system. As we get towards the unification of the world it is getting worse because there are more and more of them now all working together to make all of this happen. The heads and the CEOs all want this to happen. They want to control the public across the whole planet with their environmental scams and get us paying now for taxes. What a great psychopathic con of global warming nonsense and carbon output. We’ll all pay individually just to live, to these psychopaths, you see; beautiful con, out of the minds of psychopaths. Of course the Club of Rome were the guys given the task to find how they could bring this about. They came up with the idea that they would blame global warming and then blame man for causing it.
So we exist, from their viewpoint, to serve them, that we have a use for them. That’s all they see in you, is a use. Psychopaths have no other affinity with you. You are useful to them. If there are too many of you, you frighten them because they know what they are up to and they are always a little afraid you might find out. So they like to keep you down to certain numbers. That’s why in the past the great kings and so on – who were generally called ‘great’ because the slaughtered peoples every so often – were psychopaths and that’s what they were doing. They’d kill off a certain amount of their own numbers at times… to make them feel safer.
I’m going to give you an instance here of Britain. With all of the scandals about expenses, they have millions and millions of pounds getting ripped off the taxpayers for these scam politicians’ expenses and their accounts. There were so many mentioned in the last year or so and there are so many more coming out all the time and yet the people in Britain are so apathetic. You see, the Sunstein characters that go into countries, like they do with little groups that form… Remember Sunstein? I read that article in the papers where Sunstein who works with Obama now and Harvard University and behaviorists. Sunstein said, if you want to get rid of a group that’s causing a problem, you infiltrate them, you put points across, incognito from internet, that kind of stuff, and you gradually… What you do, is you take the fight out of them by making them question their cause in the first place until they are not sure of anything anymore.
How did he know this? The same behaviorists have been using these sciences on countries for a long time. Whole countries, not just little groups, to deculturalize them. Knocking down your basic religions, the things that made you come together as a people, your commonalities with each other and how the system worked for you all together, they break it apart and break it apart and bingo, now you are ready to join the whole world without much of a protest. You are APATHETIC, saying, well, what does it mean to be British or what does it mean to be Canadian? That’s in the papers today in fact, What is a Canadian? That’s their favorite one that they start off on and gradually convince you that there is no such thing. It’s the same with the US as well, Sunstein techniques. He’s working right now with Obama doing more of it and a lot of his cohorts too.
Here is Britain, who is totally deculturalized… Remember, I read the article from Tony Blair, from his assistant, his secretary, who was told, we are going to destroy the whole culture of Britain… so that when he leaves politics, it could never go back to being a sort of uniform culture with a tradition or whatever. That has happened, very successfully. It wasn’t just him of course; they had a whole bunch of psychopaths helping him, and specialists. As they are all ripping off the publics that have been losing their homes like crazy, it’s the same in the US and elsewhere too, they’ve got this massive debt to pay because of the psychopaths and the wheeling and dealing in the banking profession and yep, psychopaths rule that because it’s all conology. Banking is ALL conology. This article is…
UK families face highest inflation in Western World
as food prices rocket and pound plunges
By Sean Poulter, Consumer Affairs Editor / dailymail.co.uk / 2nd June 2010
Rising food bills (A: FOOD BILLS, right, FOOD, your basic stuff.) have driven Britain’s inflation rate to the highest in the Western World.
The UK’s Consumer Price Index (CPI) figure of 3.7per cent is two or three time higher than similar economies across Europe and beyond.
New figures from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (A: Interesting organization to look into, by the way, because your taxes fund it. It all works through the United Nations; every country has got their department sent over there… a great retirement place for politicians to work.) suggest British families are suffering far more than counterparts across the globe. (A: Then they give you all the different stats here for different countries and show you how bad Britain is.)
Britain’s burgeoning bill: The food inflation rate in this country is put at 2.8per cent. This compares to 1.2per cent in Germany, 0.8per cent in France, 0.7per cent in Belgium. (A: And so on and so on.)
You see, that’s what they’ve done to one country that doesn’t know what it IS anymore. They don’t know what they ARE anymore. AND, they are all trained to watch the TV all the time with their awful fictional programming that has debased them to a level they have never, ever seen before. Of course, they EMULATE WHAT THEY SEE in their own personal lives. Psychopaths know that too. That’s why so many of them go into acting and become producers as well.
You follow that up with this article from the Mail Online, from the same day.
Snouts in the trough! After civil servants’ soaring pay, (A: They give themselves…) a 20% rise in their bonuses
By Daniel Martin and Kirsty Walker / dailymail.co.uk / 2nd June 2010
(A: Now, the country is broke, falling apart, but they are all getting bonuses. They give themselves bonuses….)
Thousands of Whitehall mandarins (A: They don’t call them Czars, they are MANDARINS over there…) saw their bonuses soar by up to 20 per cent last year.
That was despite repeated pledges by ministers (A: That’s politicians.) to crack down on public sector profligacy.
And it follows yesterday’s astonishing revelation that there are 172 senior civil servants who earn over £150,000 – more than the Prime Minister. (A: I was reading it yesterday, it was up to about £250,000 that some of them earned and so on. But they have given themselves a 20% rise in their bonuses, when everyone is losing their homes and they can hardly afford their food.)
You see, there is no end to the greed of the psychopath. Some of them are more intelligent and they will try to string it out or get loans to tone it down, in countries. They play that loan game as long as they can, rather than let the public know how bad it is; it would have them all in a riot. Mind you, they’ve also prepared for rioting under the guise of terrorism. They knew all this stage would come one day, you see.
That’s interesting too, because the Queen gave her speech there and by gum she says, Britain is going to go so green, that’s the way of the future, going green… and then she asked for a £6 million pay increase.
Queen’s Speech: Government aims to be ‘greenest ever’
bbc.co.uk / Thursday, 27 May 2010
No problems asking for that one, for one of the richest people on the planet… for waving her hand. That’s the world. This is the real world that we live in. It’s run by con men and women and they have the art of conology. Conology, as they are all good cons, need PARTICIPATION from the victim. The victim must fall for them. They must like them in fact, and they do; you can like your abuser because they are so darned charming at times. When you are in the presence of a politician and you are a voter and they fix eyes on you, you are the only person in the world; that’s how you will feel. You’ll be so blushingly grateful to them when they go into politics you will stand by them until… unless that vision wears off with reality coming through. Sad statement but that’s true.
People participate in their own demise. They have been trained by specialists, again, in behaviorism, that special people and EXPERTS should rule over them. That was the Bertrand Russell and the Macy Group philosophy: People were too ignorant and stupid to rule themselves so we have to do it for them and teach them how to live, teach them how to behave, and to produce and all the rest of it, and DO AS THEY ARE TOLD. That’s the society that you have today. Society is so much like that, that no matter how bad things get, when a new psychopath is introduced to be a leader to them – and they always sniff which way the wind is going – and they will become your leaders. It doesn’t matter what side it is, they can sniff the one that’s going to win and they get to the top. And you fall for it again. I promise to make things nice for you. I promise… I promise, I promise, I promise… That’s all they have to do is recognize your pain and you do it again. Then you bend over for the next 4 or 5 years. And that is your fault… because you don’t learn. They used to say, once bitten, twice shy. Fool me once, shame on you; fool me twice, shame on me… because you never learn. You keep doing it over and over and over again when these characters come up and say, I promise.
Tony Blair used to go to workmen’s meetings for the Labour Party. He would stop his car outside their building and he’d take out a shirt, which was not white, put it on, and roll up the sleeves and walk in to meet the laboring class, the working class. EVERYTHING is an act and it comes EASY to them…. EASY to them and they are ALL the same. George Bush went in there as some guy with a southern accent and he was from the east coast… his whole life. But that’s good enough for the people. They even built a fake ranch front for him, like a Hollywood set, because they hadn’t built one for him down in Texas; that was still under construction. But that was good enough for the press and their photo ops; they didn’t tell you that did they? Everything is show biz for the public. Everything is show biz for the public.
Some people have more psychopath in them than others. That’s also in the book Political Ponerology; you should read it through, excellent exposé. It doesn’t go into everything. I wouldn’t agree with them on every thing they say either but they do present their studies of the commonalities of the psychopaths who get up to the top in their system because it IS their system and how they are very good at bending YOUR perception of things into the way that THEY want YOU to perceive how things are. They go into professions of creating new types of WORDINGS for you through advertising. A lot of them, by the way, are great up there in Madison Avenue and advertising… to give you your little slogans like, Change is Good, until you are all chanting Change is Good and nobody has got the brains to ask, could you define what changes you are going to bring down? It doesn’t occur to them. But that doesn’t matter does it? Then they are always astounded when they get into office and they go off on some different tangent all together. Always astounded, never learning eh? Never learning.
Politicians can only, if they get for 4 or 5 years, if they hang on for their 5th year – in Canada and the so-called British dominions, or Commonwealth as they also call it, maybe in the States too and even in the Provincial which is like State government – they get a LIFE TIME PENSION for working 5 years. 5 years attending and they get it index-related to the cost of living whatever it may go up to; it will always go up to match it automatically. Drug coverages you can’t imagine and hospital care in military hospitals, especially for THEM but not for you. They only spend $48 million telling Canadians how wonderful our heath care system is – that’s PURE propaganda on television – rather than put it into actual service for the public because perception WINS over fact to most people.
Be very, very careful who you follow. BE very careful. You see, the whole idea of being an individual on this planet is to not only BE an individual or become an individual, but to stand up for yourself as an individual. Once you start following you are going to get led up the garden path. As I say, the psychopaths gravitate INTO those positions. They are the man for all seasons. Whatever the time is, they will find the cause, that will already be starting, and they take it over and then they lead you… up the garden path, the Pied Piper.
I’ve read articles where those who are into the neuro sciences – which are also related big time to behaviorism and psychology – and how they are using this from all the top departments, all down on YOU. Even through your media presentation on mainstream; they can literally guide whole peoples along a certain path so the next day they know you’re all talking about what they told you to talk about. They even take polls on this all the time to make sure you’re all talking about what they give you to talk about. When they give you a new leader that’s going to get the last bunch out and so on, they will tell you who he is and all this nonsense about them, a FICTITIOUS character is built around them, a personality. You swallow that too.
You see, it’s a salesman’s pitch. A salesman will come up to you, he is well trained, he will take a glance at you, he will emulate the way you are standing – if your arm is here, his arm will be there too – and before you know it, when you’re chatting, you’ll feel like you’re best friends with this person. You don’t realize he is mimicking you, even how you reply to things with an ah-ha or okay… he will do the same things. He is mirroring you back to yourself so you feel so comfortable. He’ll do all this stuff before he makes the sales pitch and you’ll fall for it because NOW you feel so friendly with him; you’d have a guilt trip to back out.
That’s what leaders do as well. They know what’s being said out there because they’ve got all these TEAMS getting paid millions of dollars to grab all this data of what the public want and they will TELL you what you want. They’ll say, this is what I want… and you fall for it. Of course in a system where psychopaths create the system for themselves, they don’t ever give themselves clauses in any legal documentation that you can boot them out when they lie or are found not to fulfill their promises, or even attempt to. Why should they change their system to suit you? It’s not FOR you. Then there are other psychopaths too, who if they weren’t in certain jobs would be out there raping in the street and murdering people. Instead, you put them in uniform, put them to the top, give them authorization to do so, and they love their work. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about psychopaths really because you see, they gave us the system. It’s been here for centuries and centuries. They tend to work together, different groups of them, even the different cultural groups, if it’s all to their own benefit. Of course, in a world society they’ve got the whole world to play with then, so they have to cooperate at this level, as long as they all get their good shares of the massive profits involved.
Any excuse is good enough to get their agendas through, like the guys at the Club of Rome, psychopaths again at the top, who were given the task to find ways to unite the planet and to get people to live more AUSTERELY and to get them to really fork out more CASH to their masters. They dreamed up the idea of man made global warming. that would fit the bill; that’s what they said. There were other aspects that they could have used but they came up with that one. That would fit the bill, they said. Those are their own words in their own book, The First Global Revolution. There are lots of them out there at the top of the think tanks that manipulate societies.
Look at the war we are in now, the nonsense, utter nonsense. We know they were going into Afghanistan before 9/11 happened. The troops were mustered. It was already written down by the Project for the New American Century group; look into their own web site. They’ve got links there to a lot of stuff and a lot of good books came out of it too, all linked to them as well. It tells you who was in it, a sort of agreement between two different peoples, to bring it off and it was done. The Bin Laden nonsense, we all saw that stuff. There are NO lengths they won’t go to fool the world and that’s how a con is done. The bigger the better, Adolf Hitler said that, the small lie they catch. Something that is so huge, they can’t believe that anybody could possibly do that because most folk are not psychopaths. How could people do that… you can’t imagine.
Bin Laden, remember too, when the inquiry came with George Bush, when he was asked about Bin Laden, he says, well, it doesn’t matter about him anymore. It doesn’t matter because he was out of the news by then. It didn’t matter. You see, the objective had already been achieved; they were IN the countries they wanted to go into. When it came to Saddam Hussein, he says, oh, I never said Saddam Hussein had anything to do with 9/11. An utter lie. He used that when it suited him to go in there too, to grab all the oil and stuff and take it over. There is no doubt about it. They worked along side the same agenda with Israel. Israel wanted those countries as well, as did the members of the New American Century. Tied at the hip.
Here it shows you how cavalier it is today.
British Airways red-faced over faux image of Bin Laden boarding pass
Wed Jun 2 / yahoo.com
(A: They are screaming about this wonderful new boarding pass for the fly through customers, you know, the approved people, and in their own internal magazine they put this article here.)
It just seems like a bad time for any firm with the word “British” in its title. We know all too well the various setbacks experienced by the oil giant once known as British Petroleum; now British Airways has drawn much unwelcome attention to itself with a photo touting its new mobile-boarding pass system as it appears to expedite the air travel of al-Qaida leader Osama bin Laden, the world’s most wanted man. (A: Somebody had a sense of humor inside of the organization and no one really noticed. It was published and everything.)
The photo appeared in the LHR News, the company’s internal staff magazine covering London’s Heathrow Airport. The image accompanied an article spelling out the benefits of the mobile-boarding setup, which permits users of mobile digital devices to print out their boarding passes on the fly. The boarding pass reads “Bin Laden/Osama” and appears in the graphic panel of a user’s iPhone. (AT&T reception in remote Pakistani caves is apparently better than anyone might have guessed.) (A: And no one noticed… because no one has got a memory or a thought process anymore, but at least someone has a sense of humor.)
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on Thursday 3rd June 2010.
For newcomers look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website and bookmark all the other sites I have up there because you’ll get trouble with the ‘com’ once in a while and while you’re at it remember go into the items I have for sale. There are very few of them actually but that helps me trickle along. I’d do alot more if I wasn’t doing the show and if I had some spare time to kick around.
Bookmark these sites because as I say the ‘com’ goes down once in a while and they’ve got me on a choke uploading right now from Yahoo.
Now, to order the things I have for sale remember you can use a personal cheque from the US to Canada. You can use an International Postal Money Order from your post office, Moneygram, Western Union, cash is ok or Paypal. You can see the Paypal donation button there. Send the donation and a separate email with your order and I’ll get it out to you.
It’s the same across the rest of the world, there’s Western Union, Moneygram, cash and Paypal for purchasing or donations. As I say, I don’t accept money from advertisers and that’s why I don’t have them on. If I did I’d be sitting pretty right now. It’s a pretty lucrative business. But this isn’t a business. It’s about getting information out while we have the internet. It’s going down slowly, obviously, and time’s running out as they pass laws all the time. I’ll be talking about some of that tonight in fact but in the meantime let’s try and get out some kind of semblance of real information that matters to us and not just the rehashed stuff that the media feeds us.
All these sites have audios for download. They all have translations for print up; written translations I should say in English and the www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu site also has the audios, the English translation and it also offers translations in other languages as well for those that want to print them up. So look into www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu for those. So there’s a whole variety of stuff to choose from.
Over these last few days I’ve talked about psychopaths. I like talking about psychopaths because if you don’t understand that we’re run by psychopaths you won’t understand anything and there are different levels of them in society. They’re recruited into different authority positions because they’ll do whatever they’re told by those who pay them very well and they also have a creative kind of psychopath, the more intelligent ones, who work behind the scenes and who really run the world, not the politicians. The politicians are really closer to actors and they’re definitely psychopathic because they’ll do whatever they’re told to do and pass whatever laws they’re told to pass but obviously when you see the shenanigans they get up to, you know they’re not running the world. You know they can’t do that. They’re too busy playing golf and doing photo opportunities, that kind of stuff and underhand, ‘under the table’ deals, kickbacks and stuff like that, that breaks out all the time in newspapers over your whole lifetime.
Therefore they’re managed as actors, as front people. They’re personalities. I’ve talked about the ‘cult of celebrity’ before and we’re trained in this society to worship celebrities. So they create personas for them. They use the same machinery they use to create the pop star, the rock star or the movie star to give them a fake image which sells to the public and put lots of money up to send it over to the public relations companies and firms, Madison Avenue.
The managers behind them are generally a bit more ‘savvy’ as to what their part in the agenda is and the whole thing is a ‘Punch and Judy Show’ for the public to believe is real, so we’ll touch on that tonight when I come back from this break so hold on.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I’m just touching, you can only touch lightly on things in an hour, but touching on what government really is. Government and the types who go into government, I mentioned it so many times before, the psychopathic types go towards government. They gravitate towards it. It’s a magnet to them. Psychopaths like power. They like status and they like to get their hands in a big kitty because they all know; they all know, they’re very street wise, they all know there’re lots of lobbyists and cash in the real world and it changes hands all the time. I mentioned last how the ex prime minister of Canada, Brian Mulroney, it has now been declared that he was on the take after all and he was actually accused of that a few years back. He sued the Canadian government soon after he left politics and he went off to be I think the assistant director or CEO of Barrett Gold Corporation, something like that. You get alot of awards for being a prime minister and ramming NAFTA through.
Anyway, he apparently did take 3 cash payments, and I mean cash, like big bundles. So they’ve found this out but before they actually knew that, he was accused of it but they didn’t have the evidence at the time and he sued the Canadian government and got $2.5 million or something around that sum.
Now they’ve found out he actually did take cash after all so they’re going to have a discussion about it in the old boy’s club and that’ll come to nothing of course, because you see, the reputation is far more important to maintain confidence in the government. That’s what they always say to eachother, you see? We’ve got to maintain the confidence of the people so it’s better if we just hush all of this stuff up. But that’s nothing really. That’s commonplace; commonplace.
Look at the money Tony Blair has raked in through all his extremely hard work, you know obviously, since leaving parliament in Britain. It’s been exposed and I’ve read out on the air here all the millions of pounds he’s raked in. These are all rewards. That’s how they reward them. Some of them get too greedy and want the cash while they’re there and get caught and a little scandal breaks and it’s hushed over again, to you know, maintain public confidence in the government.
But it’s a show for the public and I’ve always said this, that the guys who seem to be at the top are really just the actors. The ones behind them, behind the scenes and often appointed, generally appointed in fact as advisors, are more in on what the real game plan is; what their real function is at that time. I’ve always maintained too that the guys are selected for the head offices years in advance. There’s probably a waiting list. They can probably look at a calendar and know when they’re getting put in here as the prime minister or president or the head of the opposition. It’s literally a show for the public because, you see, there’s only one business in the world and we are it. We are all the business. Everything else takes from you and prints up the cash that you use to work that they take back off you to hire other people to make the big machinery that keeps an eye on you and monitors you and stuff like that. It’s a very cleverly designed business but they do upgrade it once in a while.
The old politicians used to be more like Mussolini. If you ever see Mussolini in the old clips, you’ll see the hand waving, the gestures and the chin stuck out there and there’re pauses and stuff like that. Very theatrical oratory was done for the public because they didn’t have television. They just had a guy on a balcony doing alot of yelling, so it had to be theatrical and impress the people. So they used balconies very often, always above the crowd, because it’s an altar and we have this primeval idea that anyone risen above you is better than you. That’s why you have altars and people up on podiums and stages and things like that. It works very well for the entertainment industry today in shows and things like that where people go crazy when they see someone up there on the altar.
We’re all managed by psychology and nothing on this planet, no creature on this planet has been so studied as us; as we have, for thousands of years. Even in ancient times, priests would teach the guy they were putting in as the head, the Pharaohs in Egypt for instance, they’d actually teach them the art of controlling and having power and maintaining it over the public and the Pharaohs had to pass that knowledge onto their sons as well. They are techniques so this knowledge is known and kept and I’m certain that it’s been kept in archives down through the centuries in fact. There are archives that the public are not allowed to even know exist. Professors have told me about this too from different countries that there’re archives and that maybe one professor in 80 or 90 ever gets permission to enter one; where the real information is.
Now, what is real power on the planet? You’ll think nuclear energy, this and that but no, power is the understanding of human nature. You look at psychology today and you get these little primers for the ordinary people, who generally give up because it seems so boring. It’s meant to be boring at that level so that you do give up. You have to go way above that to look at what they’re studying in the behavioural sciences.
There are ongoing tests done all the time; all the time in every country, and repeated over and over to make sure that they’re right, that they’ve got their facts right.
Sometimes they don’t even have to know why it works, a technique of modifying behaviour of vast amounts of people; they’ve got lots and lots of theories, but as long as it works, that’s the main thing. They have all these techniques to alter us, to change our ways and opinions that you were seldom ever aware of.
Most people never know it’s happening to them and that ties in with even what Aldous Huxley said in his ‘Brave New World Revisited’ lectures that he gave around some of the top universities on the planet where he said that he didn’t see any reason why a scientific dictatorship couldn’t last forever. It would have no opposition. It would never be overthrown and people immediately thought ‘Oh they’ll have weaponry’. Yeah, they’ll have weaponry and all that kind of stuff, absolutely, stuff that you’ll never hear of until they use it if they have to, but he was talking primarily about the understanding of human nature.
In other words, they already had it perfected; the techniques of perfection of manipulation of the minds of everyone; whole cultures, whole nations, whole parts of the globe. They’d already tried it out and altered the behaviour of people without their knowledge. So if you don’t know that you’re being altered psychologically, if you don’t know that your opinions are being manufactured for you by experts and put over by various media and entertainment, then you’ve nothing to rebel against. You don’t know how to rebel in fact because you think you’ve come to these conclusions by yourself, these changes and you’ve maybe even modified your own behaviour and impressions on things and even how you talk to other people and how you now see things differently in certain topics. It’s all done by people at the top from behind the scenes who make sure that, via the media and television especially, it’s very important, by using what you think of as ‘celebrities’; very important people, VIP’s, you will adapt to what they are saying. You’re trained to follow the experts and celebrities.
Why do you think they pick celebrities for political purposes? Why not pick your plumber or your carpenter or even your street cleaner if you have one because they would be no more an expert on politics than anyone else?
It’s because the public are already trained to adore them and worship them and maybe even admire them so therefore they emulate them because ‘peer pressure’ is part of it. If they can influence those around you first then they in turn will turn on you, until you share the same opinions or they won’t accept you in company.
The first thing they do is create what they call ‘cognitive dissonance’. It’s an interesting term because it’s so easy to say. You don’t stammer over it and even ‘Wikipedia’ has got a little bit on it, again it’s kind of 6th grade level. I’ll mention 6th grade later because there’s a congressman in the US who wants us to be trained through the media on ‘global warming’ at a 6th grade level because that’s how we think and speak amongst ourselves at the bottom. It says here:
“Cognitive dissonance is an uncomfortable feeling caused by holding two contradictory ideas simultaneously.”
Orwell touched on that. He called it ‘doublethink’ in a different manner. You see, this ties-in with altering your opinion on things. This is the most studied part of social psychology for those who want to manipulate massive groups of people or use it through marketing to alter your behaviour to make you purchase or whatever. In other words they know that:
“Cognitive dissonance is an uncomfortable feeling caused by holding two contradictory ideas simultaneously.”
Therefore you see, prior to that you had one idea that you were comfortable with and that’s the whole problem, you were ‘comfortable’ with it. If you thought for instance:
‘This is my country and this is how I see myself in my country and I’m happy with it; it seems orderly, the people know how to get along with eachother, they’re sociable toward eachother, they know the rules.’
Well if you are worked on by those in control, they will bring out things about your culture by using specific incidents, generally of a nasty nature, that happen once in a while in your culture, blown out of proportion through massive campaigns and often through talk show hosts on television; the ones that they love to worship; that gives them free presents all the time. Do you know the type I mean? Then they guide you into the new idea and you end up with cognitive dissonance towards change.
Back with more after this break.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I’m going through some of the techniques that control society in this scientific dictatorship that Aldous Huxley touched upon. He didn’t go into it in too much detail as to the techniques but he was well aware of them because they were perfectly understood in his day and long before him too by a particular class.
Knowledge is power; therefore they didn’t share it with the public, especially the victims. After all they don’t want you to be wary. They want you to modify your behaviour to suit them better for the world that they plan to bring in.
Television, as I say, was the greatest thing ever invented. I mean, it became a mandate in Britain that everyone must get a television set and they were pushing that as far back as I think the 50’s, the 1950’s. Other countries followed suit. Even China made it a mandate that everyone must have a TV. Well why would government care if you’re having fun or getting entertainment? Well it’s not entertainment, it’s the most important brainwashing tool there is because if someone in authority, you see, says something to you, especially if you’re taught through PR, public relations like acting, something very important, you’ll tend to believe them. Or someone is presented as an expert on something you tend to believe them. You’re trained that way from a very young age by the system itself and your parents don’t know to warn you so you’re wide open to it.
We tend to be born into the system that’s already changed from the last stage of the last system and we think it’s normal. No-one tells you that everything you’re thinking today or doing or even in morality is completely different than it was even a few years back. So you take to it like a duck to water and your peer group do as well and you’re accepted by your peer group. It’s a very simple technique to manipulate people as we all move along the same road to the path that we’re all guided down.
Jacques Ellul touched on that in one of his books as well. He’s very good at really obsessionally going over the detail of certain techniques of control and law and how we’re trained to see law, and I mean trained to see it, by those who own your country.
He mentioned inconsistencies of course, if you stopped and thought about things for yourself, which very few folk do, and showed you some of the fallacies of government itself and the law system.
As I’ve said before, we take everything for granted. We were born into a system. It’s natural. It’s here. It has to be natural because it’s simply here and that’s as far as we think about it. If you’re robbed on the street by a guy who’s got a gun, it’s called robbery and you’ll say you’ve been mugged. You’re trained that a guy with a certain uniform on and a gun, can stop your car and maybe even confiscate it from you, then that’s the law. Or if someone says you’ve got to give us protection money or we’ll burn down your store, that’s the racket you see. It’s an extortion racket for protection; a protection racket. Or if government comes along and says we want ‘x amount’ of taxes from you for occupying this space. You know, all you do really is have 4 walls containing air. That’s a space and they measure it and all that and then tax you on it and you pay it up because it’s called ‘taxes’ and it’s called legal. But it’s really the same thing isn’t it?
I think there’s even a video out there about the biggest gang and it was about the police force in the USA.
So things really come down in the world to gangs, and those who profit most off the system by having their gang; and powerful gangs. The most powerful get the most profits and that’s how the world really does work.
However, even say a ‘mafia’ for instance, needs enough victims in an area. That’s why they would divide up cities amongst themselves. They used to fight eachother, the gang mobs, for their territory because what they really meant was; ‘how many millions of people are in the city? We want to control access to all these people; they’re ours’. They’re their victims in other words. That’s what they lived off of. We didn’t call them government, we called them ‘mobs’ and the whole idea was based on protection. That’s what government was used down through the ages for. ‘We have to protect you from those guys over there’. It’s the same thing you see but it’s all in how you’re trained to see things. When they want to change your behaviour to make you more compliant or even more subservient or to put out more effort so they can collect more from you, because they take the money from you through taxation and different means in governments.
You’re the only producer there is. They use it to hire other workers to make things for them or to work for them, including the police, to maintain their power over you and to monitor you through the equipment which you purchase so that they know what you’re up to every minute of the day; what your mail’s all about and what you watch and what you do. They even do studies on you personally.
I’ve given you the article before where the Pentagon has an identical ‘you’ in a virtual reality and it’s updated daily according to what you do to find out the patterns of your behaviour so that you’re predictable.
Let’s get back to cognitive dissonance. Now remember the first part that’s said, is that it’s really an uncomfortable feeling and it goes on to experience guilt, anger, frustration or embarrassment and I’ll tell you how they use that after this break.
(Break message) You’re listening to the Republic Broadcasting Network because you can handle the truth.
Hi folks I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I’m talking about techniques that are used on us all the time, daily. They’re used in the schools. They’re used on television and radio. They’re used in magazines and newspapers. It’s meant to alter your behaviour along predetermined paths and most folks all alter at pretty well the same time. Those who don’t and think a little bit more deeply and ask the questions can be shunned by their peer group for holding contrary opinions or being old-fashioned as they like to say, as though an opinion or a moral behaviour is somehow old-fashioned. That’s an example. Most folk will adapt into new behaviours without question because they all adapt at the same time.
Cognitive dissonance is a real keystone to all the behaviour modification because it creates a form of uncomfortable feeling in people who have it holding 2 contradictory ideas simultaneously. They’ll try to modify and get rid of the uncomfortable feeling and simply adapt into what’s now acceptable, whatever it happens to be; whatever it happens to be and we take the easy way.
Now I’ve touched on Sunstein and others, the Harvard people who’ve been into this for an awful long time and who advise governments. They’re still doing it today with all the ‘global warming’ and various techniques of getting to you and creating your opinions for you in so many different ways. But what they’re using is cognitive dissonance really to change your behaviour and to get you to accept what they want you accept, including the ‘age of austerity’ that you’re going to be trained into very, very shortly because we like to be ‘nudged’ into the easy route.
He (Sunstein) talked about that himself. I read some of his articles last week or so on the air here about how they’re using the computer, for instance, to guide you into reading what you should be reading. You’ve all seen these things. ‘Most people who have seen this also look at so and so’ and you’re being nudged you see into what’s politically correct?
What’s politically correct is also full of little ‘land mines’, ‘cognitive dissonance mines’ I should call them, set there to make you feel uncomfortable about yourself because you might hold different opinions and you’ll do anything to get rid of that uncomfortable feeling and you’ll like to be persuaded into the new way you see?
It’s very simple psychology.
Now, as I say, dissonance might be experienced as guilt and that’s very, very important because the ‘guilt technique’ was used for about 30 years pretty well. They decided at the end of World War II and even during World War II, that the cause of all the problems in the world was the male population. You see, males tend to be old-fashioned. They’ll stick to whatever system they’re born into, including all its values and its customs etc and they don’t like being moved from where they stand; across the world that’s generally what happens.
You’ll see people invade countries and it’s the guys that stand up and fight. They fight because they love the land generally they’re born on; that’s a natural thing and they fight to protect their own and they fight too to protect their wives and families in the days that they had them. But that had to be destroyed because the UN had decided a long time ago and those who created the United Nations that they’d have to bypass the males altogether; emasculate them and I’ve given alot of talks about that before, because they wouldn’t budge. They’d have problems with them.
It’s far easier, as Hitler said, to promise to bring in an age of fear and bypass the husband’s authority by going over his head and appealing; he said we’d bring in Socialism by appealing to the woman or the wife because she’s in charge of the family. He said, we’ll promise her food and protection and she’ll come to us. The child must follow and then must follow the man.
When they use cognitive dissonance and they use it primarily; they have been using it primarily on the male population, alot of them don’t know what they are anymore or what their function is or even if they have a function. This is also noticeable in the ex Soviet countries, where they’ve had documentaries on television, where the women are all looking for guys outside their own country, thousands of them, because they were trained through school that their men were the cause of all the problems and they were no good. They still want men but they want other kinds of men; a different image of a man than what they were trained to view their own people.
So you can look at the state of the world today. Now, in the Western world, they also started in the 70’s to plan and finance, using tax money, single parent families because they said that will be the way of the future. Architects were trained then to start designing single parent family homes, you know, a woman and maybe one or two children, and that’s what they were designed for, before they even had it all, the whole family system, wrecked. They knew they were going to wreck it or remake it and now as I say we have the Mark 4 or 5 family today. This was all planned by world planners. They knew by the time they’d finished it all the men would be kind of subservient, because they actually say that in their own writings, that the men would also be changed by their significant others, so if they do have a mate or they want one, then they’d have to be subservient to the new feminist view and that has been awfully successful as well.
Therefore, once you get a country to that stage anything can be done with that country because no-one will stand up for anything. There’ll be no values left really to stand up for and government would be the one that even the single mothers would demand more and more from. They were the new fathers. Governments became the new fathers. I’ve seen it even in Canada, going from a stage of: ‘Should the taxpayers fund childcare for other women who are single?’ Then it went from that in no time until it was enforced, just rammed through and a couple of years later there was a childcare strike. The women were on the street with placards demanding that the government do something, as they would have at one time demanded that their husbands would have done something if they were short of work or something like that.
So everyone gets changed and it doesn’t seem to have an impact as long as they all change together and then of course you have reinforcements that are added to that as well along the way. Once you’ve picked your topic of blame, because you direct the blame you see, you reinforce it with lots of talk shows; in the US they had Donahue. People never realised that within an hour they could watch a show on whatever topic they picked and within the end of an hour, their opinions had been completely reversed through emotive techniques and staged events, planned. Every question, every answer was planned. At the end of the show, the longest part of the show was all the tributes at the end to all the different participants and multi producers they had in specialised departments that had pre-worked all this show out in advance, to leave you with either a tear in your eye at the end or very, very angry about something that had happened; marketing techniques perfected with the use of behaviourists and psychology.
As I say, today there’s nothing much to stand in its way because now they also want to bring down the populations and they’re getting to be successful with that. They want us to really, like George Orwell’s ‘Animal Farm’, work for nothing eventually. That is a goal; that you’ll work for the state and you’ll be proud to work for the state. After a period of so-called ‘austerity’, I’m sure they’ll keep money around in some form for a while, but eventually you’ll go into a stage of rationing and since you’ve already accepted the fact that you’re given your social insurance number, your SIN number; they love these little terms and they pick them very well, they can do the same thing and give you a ration card at birth and you’ll get your state rations for everything that you will need as you go through life and work for the state or the world system.
Remember the articles I’ve read in the past to do with the Royal Institute of International Affairs, I’ve read stuff recently from them in fact, and they still have never changed their mandate that eventually people will work for the state. That will be your purpose, working for the state. That also implies that there will be a hierarchy who will live better than you because they can’t live in the state of your state or the state you’ll be in, believe you me. We also accept that as human beings, it’s part of our nature, that the leader somehow should live better than you and we’re being trained along that road right now.
The United Nation’s Department of Agriculture said years ago that they would bring in a stage of rationing of food across the world and that all the world’s food supply would go through them. They would then issue it to the different regions they’d set up and that would encourage those member states to reduce their populations. How they did it was their own problem. They will use the same techniques they’ve used for China, of social approval and disapproval, and yes, every culture and every people can be made to behave in the same way with these techniques. They work very, very well. Mobs will gather and they will be angry and they will say ‘you’re taking food out of our mouths by having an extra child’ and you will drag off the women to the abortion clinics. Don’t think for a minute that it can’t be done to you.
I mentioned a documentary that was made by the BBC the other day. Everyone should try to get a hold of it. It’s called ‘Starsuckers’ and it’s about the cult of celebrities and how they use celebrities to guide us. You don’t think of politicians of really being celebrities. We seem to separate them in our minds into a different category but they’re created with the same techniques that they create celebrities with. They show you in this documentary how and why it works with us. It also shows you how most of the media articles you read today are staged. They actually show you and talk to professionals in the trade of creating news. They even show you the protestors outside on this United Kingdom beauty pageant thing and how she parades out there and there’re all these women out there. They show newspaper articles there of the women protesting; the feminists. Then they talk to the guy that arranged it. He arranged both sides, including purchasing and hiring these women to protest. That’s how they create ‘news’ and people would get all hot and bothered and that becomes their topic of conversation. ‘Oh did you see those women who were complaining about so and so?’ Then they call them the usual stuff you know.
It’s all staged and the guy who staged it tells you and it’s the same with most stuff you’ve seen in the world, even this gulf oil. They call it a spill of course. It’s just too well timed because they will not…I’ve said this so many times. They make plans and they never falter. Regardless of what happens, they never change. When they make an agenda they never change it. You can always take it to the bank when they make a mandate. They want their global taxation through for carbon and energy use and so on. It’s all part of their new rationing and slave system and one way or another they’ll get it. How fortunate that this happened isn’t it? Just like 9/11 happened in the year 2001. That really was the start of the new century. That was the debate. Was it 2000 or 2001? They said it was 2001 when the century starts; the century of change, martial law, no privacy and no rights. Bingo! They had it. What luck isn’t it?
Then here the G20 and the G8 meetings are coming up in Canada and the main topic will be: ‘Oh we can’t go on like this. Look at this disaster. We’ve got to start cutting back on using fuel and energy and start putting punitive measures on people who do use it’ and they will discuss restricting travel use and so on and so on. Regardless, you’re going to pay through the nose for every part of the agenda that comes through.
Eventually, and they’ve said themselves in Agenda 21 for the United Nations, that’s the agenda for the 21st century, there will be no private vehicles in these sustainable communities. That means we’re all rushed into the inner city ghettos, folks, because they don’t want folk in the rural areas. I read that article too from them, from their own site. They said there’ll only be about 3% of the people on the land in 20 years time or so and they’ll be extremely wealthy people. These will be the homes of their lackeys and the politicians as well.
But how fortunate this happened all in time for the G8 and G20 to pick up on and run with and I bet you once they sign something into law, they’ll plug the hole fast as can be.
Most folk can’t imagine that they would do things on such a scale because they’re normal people. Remember, we’re dealing with psychopathic types at the top. They have no normalcy. It’s like the Cabala. There’s no right and wrong. It’s who benefits at the end. Someone always benefits so everything’s ok. That’s how the psychopath operates. That’s how they validate what they do, to eachother as well, when they’re not acting for the public.
So once again it hangs around this thing called cognitive dissonance, which make you uncomfortable with things, very uncomfortable, and you don’t like that so you look for a way out and they supply the way out.
It says here:
“People have a motivational drive to reduce dissonance by changing their attitudes, beliefs and behaviours or by justifying or rationalising them”.
(A: You’ve got to do it to feel better you see? It says…)
“It’s one of the most influential and extensively studied theories in social psychology”
(A: And getting back to what it causes in you, it causes guilt, anger and so on. So they make you feel guilty about things. See, you can also bring it on by using the symptoms first that brings on the dissonance. That’s neuroscience. That’s what they say too. If you have certain things that happen to your body like fear when you’ve got a ‘fight or flight’ syndrome coming on because something’s motivating you to save your skin and you’ll sweat and your adrenalin pumps through and so on, you can also do it by stimulating those areas of the brain of the symptoms and it brings on what would happen with the actual effect itself without the monster in front of you.)
Back with more after these messages.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I’m just touching; I can only scratch on the surface really in an hour, how techniques are used. Even this one technique they use and how it’s used on you to change your behaviour and it’s used on your children too as they’re programmed for the society which they will grow up in because it’s designed already, you see, and they will fit into it with as little discomfort as possible because they also will try to get rid of their cognitive dissonance according to what they remember, how things are or how good they felt about this and now they don’t about that anymore so they want to be this way. They’ll take the easy way out as they’re being nudged along and they’ll adapt along with everyone else who’s adapting. They’ll also adapt because of peer pressure and as they get older they’ll have ‘significant others’. The ‘significant other’ is generally a mate and that’s why, again, they go for certain genders who are more easily influenced, that have more work done on them; in fact, an awful lot more work done on them and that will then influence them. The ‘significant others’ are very important to make someone else often subservient and that’s what’s happened in the world, because as I’ve said at the start, they have to eliminate the male out of the picture in order to get what they want. When the man has nothing to stand up for then, no-one will stand up.
The only people who will stand up are people screaming for benefits, things that governments supply through a Socialist system and made them all dependent upon government and they’ll have no memory of what freedom or any other way ever was.
We can be trained to be dependent very easily and unfortunately it’s happened. People run to governments for answers to big problems without realising that generally the government created the problem in the first place.
So we’re nudged along because we don’t like pain, we don’t like to have uncomfortable feelings, we don’t like being uncomfortable ourselves holding two different opinions and we all like to belong, and this is used on all of us by masters who have a different agenda, a different goal and a different destination than you think that you have with all of this. It’s all pre-planned.
Masters run the world. Masters of all of us run the world. That again is what Aldous Huxley is referring to. He knew in his day that this was the system they’d bring in. He also corresponded with George Orwell about the kinds of system that would be in and Orwell was pretty sure they’d use heavy authority before the final phase and actually there’d be an overlap of the use of both of them until we’re trained very, very well, perfectly to do simply as we’re told. It’s not difficult to do because you use social approval and social disapproval and the mob, all those around you, can be made to turn on you if you’ve held onto a previous belief, idea or tried to keep an old way of life.
You make them uncomfortable because of your conflicting opinion; the one that conflicts with theirs.
From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on Friday the 4th of June, 2010. Newcomers I always suggest you do look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com website and bookmark all the other sites I’ve got there for future use because the .com goes down once in a while. While you’re there, go into the books I have for sale. These are different books; I don’t think in a linear fashion, I can if I have to, but I prefer to look at things from all different angles to find out what’s really happening, and why things are happening. And not being simply brought to my conclusions by little cheese traps along the way, supplied by the mainstream media. And I show you how we’ve been conned for thousands of years. First with priesthoods, who accumulated all the knowledge, and kept the data on their techniques, and eventually these became sciences and they’re used widely today by all media, and all those who provide the devices even for media; television, radio, everything, internet, it’s all supplied to basically control us and guide our thoughts so that we all are updated with the same thoughts and the same opinions at the same time for the big agenda. That way there’s no real problem when we’re all agreeing with each other, we all think we’re quite sane. But very clever people above us are guiding us the whole way, so look into the books I have for sale. It helps you wake up a little bit, and you’ll see as I say how ancient these techniques are, and they don’t have to simply stick to cryptology as they used to, they’ve got much better ways of doing it today, now that they’ve got visual too, of course. From the U.S. to Canada to buy the books you can use a personal check, you can use an international postal money order, you can use paypal for donations or to purchase, just send a separate email to me with your paypal donation, with your name/address/and order, and I’ll get it out to you. Now cash is also accepted, Western Union, MoneyGram as well. Across the rest of the world it’s the same idea, Western Union, MoneyGram, cash, or paypal for donation or ordering, send a separate email for a paypal order and I’ll get it out to you as quick as possible. At least the post is still kind of working, and we can be thankful for that. How long it will be, I don’t know, as the world is changing very quickly.
Now I’ve talked about the psychology that’s used on us incessantly, and the more methods to get the media across to us, the more psychology is used on us, and improved even for the different types of technology, and it works very, very, very well. It worked very well indeed. We’re so well mapped out, every one of us, with our personality profiles, they can target you, as you well know on the internet. They can target you personally, as they create these profiles upon you with your habits, and your friends, and all that kind of stuff. And this stuff goes through universities, who also get grants from the military-industrial complex to work out more systems and clusters of groups of people like you, with similar interests and so on, and they try to find out why you’ve all got the same interests and all the rest of it, and they categorize you. We’re all very predictable. Very, very predictable in this system. And I’ve made the little joke once in a while, which is no joke at all actually, that eventually you’ll get knocks on your door if you break your routine or your pattern, and you don’t phone these friends on a particular day, or you don’t attend their little chat room. That will happen under mental health eventually. Not too far off actually.
Now the world today has been presented to us as chaos, and the same mainstream, remember, that’s owned by the Big Boys themselves, are releasing a lot of this chaos to you for the first time to make you feel that we’re all just shaking in our boots across the planet. The whole planet’s quivering. Back with more after this break.
Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, and this is Cutting Through the Matrix. Talking about how we’re trained and we get updates all the time from mainstream media. And the same media, mind you, they’ll keep us all lulled and sleeping when they require it, can hype us all up together when they want us to be feeling on edge and unsure and uncertain, because when we’re like that government can ram through changes and we don’t know how to react, there’s so many of them happening at the same time. We’re hoping that they’re trying to save us, you see, but believe you me, the ones we see in government aren’t the ones who run the countries. They’re not. As I said last night, they’re primarily actors. Now within their cabinets and appointees these guys know what their job is. They’ve been trained for many, many years and selected by higher powers for their positions and their roles within this amalgamation of the planet, this World Inc that we’re going into, where they bring in the new socialist controlled society, reduce the populations to the proper limit, and they will decide what that is. To their needs of course, that’s all we exist for. And genetic engineering, we know for a fact there’s going to be forced abortion down the road too. That’s all going to get hyped up as time goes on. And John Holdren, who I think is off at the Bilderberger meeting, is a proponent for all of that kind of stuff. So these are guys who are more closer to the ones who really rule the world than the front men they put in there as presidents and prime ministers, who just have to be actors, or the traditional politicians who get moved around from one department to another. They’re expert in nothing, except filling their pockets, and being very agreeable to lobbyists, very rich lobbyists. Anyway, that’s the way of the world. That is the real world.
When all this is going on, as I say, they make you think that it’s coming to an end. The world’s coming to an end. My God, since 2001, we’ve had crisis, after crisis, after crisis, after crisis. We’ve all lost our rights. The governments have all given themselves permission to invade all of our privacies, you see. And we had the nonsense with the possible attacks and nuclear bombs going off in New York Harbor, and Orange Alerts and stuff like that, put out by the mainstream themselves, and actually from the Pentagon, because they want to increase the hype. The public, they’ve actually said this in articles and I’ve quoted them, the public weren’t taking this seriously enough, so they have to terrify us, until we take in seriously. These are the experiments that Pavlov did on his dogs. And he was a cruel sadist of a character, and they certainly do recruit a lot of sadists in government, and quite a lot of the guys in there are very blackmailable for their S&M tendencies, shall we say. But they’re cracking down at the moment. As all this is going on, with the financial crashes, and bailouts, and Oh My God, we’re all going to sink, and Oh, the weather is all changing, we’ll die, we’ll die. And I think there is ten or fifteen movies out there on that very topic, courtesy of Hollywood and the Pentagon. While all this is going on, they’re moving towards literally monitoring the internet further and actually coming down with hate speech. And they want this to be done also. They want to police talk radio. And there’s an article out, one of many, this is June the 2nd, it says:
Liberal Groups Want FCC to Police Talk Radio, Cable News
A coalition of more than 30 mostly liberal organizations has sent a letter to the Federal Communications Commission urging the agency to monitor “hate speech” on talk radio and cable news networks.
The groups assert in the letter that “hate, extremism and misinformation have been on the rise . . . as the media has focused on Arizona’s passage of one of the harshest pieces of anti-Latino legislation in this country’s history.”
And it gives you the list of all who they are. And so on and so on. So there’s a lot of backlash against Arizona, for basically standing up for the law that’s already there, and hasn’t been practiced for a while, you see. See, in this globalized system we’re told we have no rights to take care of our own area or state or even nation, and we’re all supposed to get that message, that no, it has to be international consensus on everything. With very special people, living very far away, to tell us how we actually should live, and where people should live, and who they should be, and all that kind of stuff. This is a very old agenda as I say, worked out before WW1, and eventually put through the League of Nations and then through the United Nations, and here we are in the age of globalization, when borders are supposed to start to melt away and we’ll all get tracked and traced by chips instead.
So we see this happening here, and then in Canada, it’s happening elsewhere across the world right now, they’re really going for copyright laws. And it’s a big tax grab of course for the government too. A few years back, when cassette tapes were very popular, the government of Canada under the guise of copyright laws presumed that everybody who bought a blank tape was going to copy some album, you see. Of course there was no recourse to that if you wanted to copy stuff for yourself or make stuff by yourself, you’d have to pay extra. They doubled the prices of tapes, until maybe a one-hour cassette tape would cost you about four bucks or $4.20. And under the guise this would go to the artist. Of course none of it gets to the artist that you’re supposedly copying, even if you’re not, it goes to the Big Boys that own them, like Sony and Warner Brothers and all the rest of it that own the companies in the music business. It doesn’t go to the artist at all. They’re using the same ploy here, it says:
Blu-Ray movies are seen on display in Toronto, June 2, 2010. The Canadian government is unveiling new copyright laws regarding digital copies of songs, movies and TV episodes.
(Alan: It says here:)
Canada’s copyright law is so outdated,
(A: That presently)
it is illegal for people to copy CDs onto iPods or to record television shows to be viewed later. But all that will change if a new copyright law introduced in the House of Commons Wednesday is passed.
(A: See how they spin it off that it’s going to actually help you, it’s so outdated.)
Other than legitimizing common practices, however, the new law comes down hard on piracy, making it easier for recording companies and film studios to go after those who share files illegally.
So it’s going to be the same now with CD discs, blank discs. They’re already way too expensive in Canada, compared to other countries, because we have Value Added Tax, and we actually have GST, General Sales Tax and Provincial Tax, and other taxes. They’ll tack this copyright law on top of them as well, the same as they did with the tapes. And that will double the price, which will go into government’s pockets and trickle off to the big music corporations. It’s also to make sure that big mainstream can continue to take over the internet. You know, almost all the articles now that are read, and even what I do here, are coming from mainstream now. They’re already here. They’ve already taken it all over and they want to solidify their grasp, you see, and have sole rights on the information or disinformation that they’re putting out. And the internet is going down, and we’ve got global conferences going on as well, about regulating it even more, and who should be on it, who shouldn’t be on it, and all the rest of it. That’s all coming down fast, so its days really are limited. No doubt about that.
Now the U.S. is to go under the National Health Service system, and they keep using in their campaigns in the U.S., how wonderful Canada is. Canada sends an awful lot of patients down to the States because we can’t treat them here. I hope you realize that, and a lot of the operations are not under the National Health, they won’t cover it, certain operations, which can save your lives. They won’t cover it here. Because it’s all about economics, and everybody is an economic unit under Socialism, and we’re treated as such, and that also means that you have a certain value to the community, and you are rated according to your value in society, and in the community. The same as in Britain, and I’m not kidding, I’ve read the articles before where you’re actually labeled when you’re admitted to do with resuscitation, and they classify you with a little A, B, C, or D on your chart, Do Resuscitate this One, Do Not Resuscitate this One, and so on. That’s what National Health Service is; doctors become lackeys, servants, civil servants of the government and the Pharma companies. That’s what it’s all about. And Pharma then lobbies the governments directly. It’s far better getting government to guarantee they’ll take your brand or whatever, than going around all different doctors trying to persuade them, isn’t it. You see how it works? They love National Health Service systems, and once they’ve got it, and everyone has to pay insurance, of some kind, or it’s taken right out of your taxes, which generally it is here, once they’ve got it, they can jack the prices right up for the same pills and the same medications, because government is going to guarantee that the money gets funneled through government to them. It’s the greatest scam ever, it’s fantastic, they love it. And at the same time government is trying to cut back on what they’re going to spend on you, because they also like that money, and they’ve got lots of plans for that cash, there’s other wars to fight, there’s other lands to steal, there’s a whole bunch of social agendas to be done in other countries, with that cash, never mind the money that will funnel their way into their back pockets. Here’s an article here, from Britain, to give you an example, which is in an awful state, in so many ways. Because Britain pioneered this whole social system that the world is to copy, including the takedown of society, the takedown of traditional families, the takedown of everything with massive psychological campaigns through television, and through entertainment through the BBC, which literally got people fighting and at each other’s throats, because psychology works very well indeed, especially to the victims, who are completely oblivious to it on a conscious level; back with more after these messages.
Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Just talking about the reality of things. Everything really is about control in the world, always is, even when you think you’re going through chaos, it’s about control, or new types of control, or more control coming out, over you, that’s how people, that’s how whole nations are run. We’re in the global society, so we’re getting lots of chaos that appears to be chaos, to make us very afraid, because you see we’re the abused, and the abused always turns to the abuser to save them. That’s how government works. National Health Services, you have to redefine what they really are, and you have to redefine what Health Care is, because you think you know what Health Care is, but you’ve got to understand what they think Health Care is, you see. There is a vast difference from those who rule over you, and you at the bottom as to how you perceive things. You can both talk about the same thing, and yet, you have completely different meanings of what it’s for.
Eugenics is a big, big part of controlling peoples. Eugenics. I’ve gone over before how the United Nations, Arthur Koestler talked about this, that he worked for a while with the United Nations and different branches of special health and medical departments were working on ways to lobotomize, lobotomize parts of the brain. The part that makes you “you”, because that’s your wild part. You see, the part that has your survival instincts, and if they could simply knock that out, and make people more amenable to persuasion and to being guided by their betters, then that would be fine. They had to do this for world peace, and they did discuss different ways to do it, Pharma, of course, and specialized types of drugs could literally piggyback on enzymes and zip up to your brain to the place they would be located for receptors, and alter you from there. Other ones would simply be injected into you, and target specific areas of the brain, and so on, and so on. But he said in the last chapter it had to be done because they need world peace, and man was the problem, you see. And it’s true when they say Man. Men had to be put out of the picture, and they have been. Back to the National Health Service, it’s a big arm, it’s really a weaponized arm if they want to use it on you, especially when they become authorities, and say you’ve got to take these injections. When even your senses, if you have any left, and you haven’t been completely lobotomized, tell you that there’s no swine flu out there at all. What are they doing to you? What are they putting in you? Not one doctor has ever analyzed this stuff for themselves. It’s all based on faith. It says it right there on the label, that’s what it says. So it must be so. Here’s an article here:
National Health Service ‘preparing to cut millions of operations’:
(A: They’ve already cut the budget back by millions of dollars or pounds. Now they’re going to cut out operations, another great scam. Just for you in the U.S. to know what’s coming your way, and it says.)
Patients will lose out to ensure £20bn savings
Millions of patients face losing NHS care as bosses prepare to axe treatments to make £20billion of savings by 2014, a top doctor has warned.
(A: So legally we’ve been told, and they’ll go, Oh Well, and we’ll bitch about it, and so what.)
Among procedures being targeted by health trusts are hernias, joint replacements, ear and nose procedures, varicose veins and cataract surgery.
(A: They will not cut back on tubal ligations, abortion, and vasectomies because that’s a prime mandate of government, to reduce the population by every means possible.)
Dr Mark Porter, chairman of the British Medical Association’s consultants committee, warned NHS bosses wanted ‘wholesale reductions in budgets’.
He said primary care trusts – which commission care – are already compiling lists of ‘low value’ operations that would no longer be provided.
(A: And they give you the list of different things, gallstones. They’re not going to give you a hip replacement if you’re obese. You see they’ve already targeted by social approval and disapproval from the UN’s war on obesity, they’ve made them look ugly people in our minds, so they’re the first ones to be denied operations for hip replacement. It’s their fault they’re heavy, and that will be a lesson to the world. I’m not kidding you, this is happening. And also for hernias and gallstones.)
Procedures for varicose veins, ear and nose problems including grommets in children are also not funded in some areas.
Dr Porter said it was wrong to impose blanket bans on such procedures when some patients might benefit.
(A: Yeah.)
Although the Government has pledged to defend spending, trusts are preparing for a period of ‘unprecedented retrenchment’ to make the £20billion savings within four years, he said.
Now they’ve already cut the staff back to a skeleton crew. And that’s on the slate for the states as well. What they do is they tend to lay off a lot of the qualified staff nurses, and start bringing in nursing assistants and helpers to staff the wards. And it ends up with a bit of chaos, and it ends up getting burnout time for those who are still qualified, and running all over the place, over the ones who are not qualified. It’s all bucks you see. Economic units, that’s what we all are. And yes as long as you’re fit and healthy, and paying taxes and producing and consuming, the United Nations will classify you, as they said, you are a good global citizen. That’s their definition of a good global citizen, a producer and consumer. If you get towards retirement age, and you start to get that first pension, the first part of it, you’re now a consumer, you’re a bad person, and I’ve read the articles before, and there’s more coming out now, the first one was from Israel, who was talking about this care system and he was criticizing that the articles coming out saying the elderly had a duty to die. They’d lived their lives. Back with more after this.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. And just to finish off with the National Health Service Idea, I should mention as well, there’s a good video up there by a Dr Healy, I think it’s David Healy and he is a psychiatrist, as well as a medical doctor, and he goes through some of the fallacies of pharmacology at a university lecture. He’s got some books out. He destroys a lot of the myths that the public have today, because of the massive advertising campaigns about wonder drugs and so on. And he tells you the truth about your cholesterol and a whole bunch of things, of recent things that have been pushed so heavily by Big Pharma, to sell the medications. And he tells you quite frankly that these pills will eventually kill you. They’ll shorten your life. All these different pills that you’re being told to take. He says you’re actually better off without them. You see, he even goes through how the ghost writers are picked. There are people with PhDs and they’re professional writers for Pharma companies, they’re given the jobs, they write at home, and their job is to glorify the drug, fudge all the reports, and put it in for FDA approval, which always happens because FDA has so many members in it who work for the Pharma companies, actually a lot of them still work while they’re still members of the FDA. That’s been shown in the past as well. Guaranteed to pass the drugs. Huge business. But there’s more to the business than that as I say. As far as I’m concerned Big Pharma is definitely a part of the military-industrial complex, and it’s not just big bucks they’re after, there’s a lot of things to do with you as well, physically, genetically, and even altering you. I have no doubt whatsoever about that.
Last night I touched on how countries were destroyed because they had to eliminate the males within those countries who tend to fight and stand up for things, when they have things to stand up for. So, the psychologists an awful long time ago did experiments in different countries, not just Britain, they were doing them in the Soviet Union and different countries, and sure enough when it all supposedly went down, and they were no longer Communists we were told, although the same guys were still in power, and they called themselves by other names now. Millions of women were flooding out of those countries, because they hated their own men. They’d been taught from school age to despise men, especially their own, and bypass them altogether, and that’s exactly what they did. So you had a lot of useless, basically, men, hanging around just drinking, who were despised, and they had no function in society. While they were doing all that, they were doing the same thing in Britain and elsewhere, they were doing it in the States, and Canada, through massive propaganda campaigns and various feminist lectures to demean the male, and if you were thinking of the history by feminism, you truly would think that all the men in the past had lived the good life. The women stayed at home and worked and the guy was out on his horse, I guess, going around hunting and having fun with the boys, when nothing is further from the truth. It’s utter fiction and fallacy to promote that, but that’s what you teach to young children to get them embittered against the male. Because in reality, not so long ago, it’s not so long ago at all in history, that most men were serfs on the darn land, and they worked from sunup till sundown in the mud. Or they were down in the mines sixteen hours a day, right up into WWI, and beyond actually, if you go further, beyond. That Matewan movie is a very good one to see, it was a good depiction of what happened in the U.S., and the hours they worked, and how they were paid by the company. You’d have to pay it all back to the company for their rent because the company owned the rents, the houses, they owned the stores, they owned everything. They even owned the minister they’d bring in to keep you nice and happy with religion, so you could pray to God to save you from your utter misery. That’s the reality of life. So here’s the experiment in Britain, and it’s thirty years after the fact, at least, and it’s thirty years too late, so they can tell you this now, and it’s from the Times, May 28th, 2010.
Useless, jobless men – the social blight of our age
The benefits system has produced an emasculated generation who can find neither work nor a wife
by Camilla Cavendish
Of all the government adverts that have swamped our radio stations these past few years (must be a quick saving there for the Treasury), one of the most irritating was the jolly woman asking us in a sing-song voice if we had remembered to report changes in our circumstances. Like hell.
(A: This is for welfare folks.)
Every time I heard the ad it conjured up a vision of a lonely official waiting in vain at her desk for people to come in and sign away entitlements to which they feel, well, entitled.
This pathetic advert seemed to me to epitomize the politicians’ total loss of control over the monster that is our benefits system.
(A: That’s the welfare system.)
The Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) presides over a system so complex that it has to issue 8,690 pages of guidance to help its staff to apply its 51 different benefits — the product of the ever more precise targeting of benefits to particular groups.
In the years of plenty, it was easier to placate and complicate than to simplify. Every new benefit and its separate computer system was just bolted on to the mainframe. But the result is that Britain has more than twice the number of sick people as France. The potential for playing the system, defrauding the system and falling foul of the system is enormous.
So in declaring war yesterday on both poverty and the benefits system, Iain Duncan Smith had it right. If the Government is going to make real inroads into the deficit it will have to tackle the nearly £200 billion welfare budget, which is a third of government spending. This week’s £6 billion of cuts was only Round 1: £6 billion is only 1 per cent of government expenditure, so this was a warm-up. Round 2 will need to take on the DWP leviathan.
(A: The welfare system.)
But the argument for welfare reform is not just one of affordability. In too many cases, welfare has entrenched poverty. Mr Duncan Smith is one of the few politicians who really understand the poverty trap. Gordon Brown made life more bearable for many people on benefits, but he also made it harder to escape from them. Get a job tomorrow earning between £10,000 and £30,000 a year and you’ll take home only 30p out of every extra pound
(A: There 100 pennies to the pound, so you only get to take home 30p of every pound.)
you earn after the first £10,000.
(A: The rest goes in various taxes.)
Add in the loss of other allowances (housing benefit, council tax benefit) and you may find it simply doesn’t pay to work harder. Our poverty trap is deeper than that of most other European countries. .
The fear of losing benefits — of not being able to scramble back on to the lifeboat if you fall off
(A: And it goes through a bit of that too.)
William Beveridge would be horrified to discover that the safety net he designed has become a trap, creating generations of worklessness and dwindling self-esteem. It is also creating a glut of unemployed, unwanted, unmarriageable men.
These men were overlooked during a decade of prosperity that did nothing to change their lives. At the beginning of that decade, 5.4 million working-age adults were claiming out-of-work benefits. The same number were still claiming just before the recession struck. Almost a fifth of 16 to 24-year-olds were not in education, employment or training in 1997. The number was identical in 2006. These people stayed put in the Welsh valleys, in Liverpool, in Glasgow,
(A: The Big Cities)
while Eastern Europeans travelled a thousand miles to pick up work on construction sites in London. Immigration reduced the opportunities available to white British men whose poor education made them less attractive candidates, while the benefits system undermined their motivation.
(A: By the way, I’ll show you some ads tonight, I’ve put links up, where white men are not to apply for certain government jobs.)
The problem affects the whole of society because of the striking correlation between male joblessness and single motherhood, particularly in the old industrial cities. In Liverpool, male unemployment rose from 12 per cent in 1971 to 30 per cent in 2001. In 1971 11 per cent of families were headed by a single parent;
(A: Right, 11% in 1971)
by 2001, 45 per cent were.
(A: Headed by a single parent. I’d say it worked. It worked very well, this war.)
Similar patterns can be seen in Birmingham, Strathclyde and Newcastle. The epidemic of male joblessness after the collapse of manufacturing industries coincided with an increase in female employment and welfare support to mothers who found that they could manage alone.
(A: It’s all encouraged, you see. And of course I read the article the other day that guaranteed, the Treaty that was signed, that all industry was to be taken out of Britain from the 1970 onwards, that was also part of it too.)
Overlooked by society, irrelevant to employers, unwanted by women who can raise families on benefits without their help, the man who has no work or a series of short-term jobs is a problem. Without steady work, he will struggle to acquire a family: unemployed men are less likely to marry or cohabit than employed ones. Without a stable relationship, he is less likely to grow into a good family man and raise good sons. The taxpayer has become the father:
(A: I’d change that: No, the government has become the father, because that’s whom the women make their demands to. Free daycare, free this, free that.)
one in four mothers is single and more than half live on welfare. A lot of these women describe the real fathers of their children as “useless” or worse.
(A: And that’s what they call them. They’ve been taught, and it’s in all their TV shows too, it’s in all their fictional shows that the BBC puts out, men are all terribly bad and useless. Says here:)
The men have no role.
In the worst cases, the State has helped to create a class of jobless serial boyfriends who prey on single mothers on benefits.
(A: It’s the only way they can get cash, because women are the only ones getting money coming in through their welfare. And it gives you a bit about that. It says:)
Robert Rowthorn, Professor of Economics at Cambridge, has shown that female and male worklessness have been going in opposite directions for 30 years,
That’s when they really pushed the agenda. You have to emasculate the male to dominate society. When he’s no longer respected, he has nothing to stand up for, then no one will stand up to the governments, and all of their machinations to globalization, integration with Europe and all the rest of it. There’s only one of exception of course, you can always go into the army, that’s where you suddenly get respect to go off and kill people, and you can get really angry with them, and be really horrific and sadistic with them, as you get all your anger and your hate out of you, that you don’t even understand yourself. That’s permissible and actually promoted, you see, by your governments. So nothing happens by chance. And those who have never read the big mandates, they haven’t read the big side of it that was to take charge of this, because you see there’s two sides that work together. Through the Fabian Society, the one for the left to push, well funded by foundations and taxpayer funded money, to ensure that no one can get on anymore, together. And there are women too, in the States, there’s lots of women now who simply order the sperm to get pregnant, because they can’t stand men at all. And you think you don’t have a sick society already? Where did all that come from? Where did all of that come from? Hmm? Happened by itself, did it?
We live in a world that is utterly and completely and minutely manipulated by specialists. Well-funded specialists, and they had their attack program, I mentioned a bit of it last night, they had to bring in a world that certain peoples wouldn’t like, most peoples wouldn’t like at that time. And they had to do it in a Fabian style of a takedown, by indoctrination of the young coming up, and by lots of media, and entertainment with the right kind of stories promoting the certain attitudes that people would then have against those of the opposite gender, and it’s been awfully successful. And at the same time, priority hiring for one, but not the other, is mandated as well. As I say too, it’s so bad now, that a white guy can’t apply for a government job in Britain, like for his council. There’s ads that say, you see, they have reverse discrimination, and Australia has it too. I’ve read articles from their government, who says it’s okay to have reverse discrimination. And people sit back and, well what can you do, what can you do? Because most folk don’t know even what’s happened to them. They don’t know why they have certain responses to things, or certain topics, or why they react that way with social approval, or disapproval, to certain topics. They’ve all been conditioned by their masters, and they don’t even know it.
I remember reading an article by the two guys who worked at the United Nations, who also apparently had worked on the studies of creating social approval and disapproval, in the perfect society of China, where people tend to be obedient, and they went through how the militia had to go in and around villages and so on, to drag out women who were pregnant with a second child, because of government policy, and over a period of time, through again educating the young, bringing them up with this one viewpoint, that they think is their own viewpoint, the neighbors now will grab the woman, if they see she’s pregnant with a second one, and they will drag her to the clinic. There’s a BBC documentary actually up there on that topic. Social approval and disapproval. They then use it, the same guys, for the anti-smoking campaign. When the U.N. declared a war on smoking, that became another place for another politician to get a job in every government, to ban smoking. And sure, I saw that happen myself, when someone would light up a cigarette, and someone halfway across the street, youngsters would start coughing and waving their hands as though it were coming into their face or something. That’s Pavlovian responses, of social disapproval.
You understand, we’re talking about government with its right to change and alter human behavior, and people now, people now don’t really even question that. Is that what government’s for? To alter behavior, really? Since when? But again, it’s further on the net, through different means of targeting groups, and debasing and demeaning certain types, they’ve been very, very successful to ensure one of their priorities, which was that marriage wouldn’t occur, or would occur less and less often, would happen. And it has happened. It has happened. It’s a frivolous thing now, because there’s another BBC documentary showed a while ago, and a one in Canada, where the bride says, I can walk out of this any time I want. She just wants the white wedding. That’s how they go into it. That’s the attitude as they go into it. And so they’ve been very, very successful indeed. And when a man has nothing to fight for, government can go on a roll, as Adolf Hitler said. He said we shall target our propaganda at the woman. He said we’ll promise her safety, security, and food. And he talked over the heads of the husband. Any objections the husband was making was null and void to the wife. Here’s the big powerful man saying he’s going to promise us protection, food, and so on. And she will come to us, said old Adolf, followed by the children, and then must follow the man. That was the technique, and he was only quoting an ancient Roman Emperor, who said the same thing because it works in all ages if you want to use that technique. So most people have no idea of how they come to their opinions, you know any topic can be put across and leave you with the right, predetermined conclusion if it’s psychologically put together properly to suit you, and portrayed in the right format in omitting maybe half of the story. Back with more after these messages.
Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting through the Matrix. If you don’t understand what has happened, you don’t know how to tackle what is happening. That’s so important. Most folk have no idea what’s really happened in the past, or how they came to be themselves. How do you become to become you, what made you “you”. And you don’t realize it’s masses of conditioning, to create a dysfunctional society which is then easily managed by those in power using force or other coercive techniques. There are so many coercive techniques used by government that it would take weeks to list them all. That you don’t even understand that they’re out there. And there’s many different ways that you’re manipulated through the net, and through television, and you’re given nudges to think the right thing, and have the right opinion about something, and so on. You have no idea. And what’s happened in other countries is a lesson to maybe the last place where people can still say something at all, and that’s the U.S. That’s the reason, to be quite honest with you, I think the countries that this war has been going on with for thirty, forty years, it’s over. There’s nothing left to pick up. It’s too ingrained. The disease and the viruses are too ingrained now to recover from. That was the intent of it. Perfect, weaponized culture. The article here is the Mail Online,
The £18,000 council job you can’t apply for if you are white
2nd June 2010
A council has been accused of discrimination after white people were barred from applying for two £18,000-a-year jobs.
(A: Now, this is in Bristol and that’s one of the highest unemployment rates for people. And it says:)
But this has prompted criticism from white graduates struggling to find work.
(A: Because it’s for graduates, you see. And they put the ad up to create more minority employees.)
One jobseeker, who did not wish to be named, described the posts as ‘totally racist’.
He said: ‘I am a tolerant white person who has lived in Bristol for 27 years.
(A: And that tells you, he’s been worked on. He’s very tolerant. He probably bends over backwards for everybody, even when he’s called names and all the rest of it, to women and guys, and everybody else, just to be accepted, but politically correct.)
He said: ‘I am a tolerant white person who has lived in Bristol for 27 years.
‘I am searching for a job and stumbled across a job advertisement on Bristol City Council’s website that I see as totally racist.
‘I feel the job would be an excellent opportunity for me to make use of the skills and qualifications that I have acquired but, being white, I am excluded.
(A: So that’s called reverse discrimination. Which is approved now by governments, to cause more tension within peoples too of course. They do like tensions. And they’re very good. They get everyone fighting everybody else, except the governments that cause it. So it says:)
‘Equal opportunities means giving everyone an equal chance to succeed rather than discriminating against people because of the colour of their skin.’
That’s what this guy believes. As I say, he’s been well conditioned, and he’ll be walked all over, literally by everybody. Well-conditioned. Probably very polite, and he’s had it. Because, see these countries have already had it. Had it completely. Tony Blair, his second in command came out and I read the article from the paper, he said he’d changed the face of Britain forever, so they could never, ever go back to a previous type culture. They’d have no memory or ability to do so. That has been accomplished. And that’s what has to be done across the whole world to every peoples, regardless of their color, the same techniques, so that we’re all easily managed sheep. Working like serfs on the land, for our masters. You know the world managers, the only ones who can live very well, and high on the hog. From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s Good Night and may your god or your gods go with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 7, 2010. The newcomers should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the other sites you’ll see on that front page because sometimes there are problems with the .com site or the others and one way or another you’ll always have a site to download the latest shows from if you bookmark them for future use. [Official sites listed above.] While you are there you can look into the items that I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs; purchase them because they are different from what you normally read. I show you the little tricks of the trade that are used down through the ages to the present time, in language and how things are presented to you by symbolism and how you are programmed by those who understand this. Mankind is very, very old indeed; far older than the nonsense that Charles Darwin was spewing out. The whole trick of managing whole populations, for a tiny minority, is very old. They understand the sciences of managing the herd and that’s what we are. We have a planned society, a planned future and if you look at all the institutions involved in future planning, it’s astronomical, and they are all, of course, tax-free, tax-exempt foundations, into charitable causes and so on. So we are run by private organizations and we have the guise of democracy to implement the plans of these private organizations who all work together along the same path to manage the big herd and to ensure that they live very well off of us, forever. Purchase the books and so on, or you can donate to me. That keeps me going. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash is okay; at the moment they still will cash the devalued money of Europe, as Canada goes down too, because we are all in it together, mind you. It’s all one big happy miserable family as we go down together. At the moment they will still accept cash so that is okay. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
You know, I’ve read so many articles recently on the university studies and the foundational studies to do with DATA OVERLOAD. It’s a process. It’s an intentional process that comes out of having the internet. They really are so interested to see our habits, you see. Are we really taking to this drug addiction of the internet, as we are supposed to? Are the big boys playing their parts by giving us intriguing information and titillating information as well? If you notice, there is more and more mainstream coming across the internet all the time from the big regular newspapers and media outlets with the same kind of stuff, the trashy stuff, the bimbo stuff and the boob job stuff, and the affair stuff with the Hollywood characters. Lots of oohs and aahs about UFOs and all the stuff you’ve had in the rags for years; that’s what they call the tabloid papers, the rags. Last week I talked about a very good documentary done on it, on the particular industry that GIVES you this information which you think is real. How they cook up the data, how they stage events, how they even get protest movements and hire the protesters, ANYTHING FOR NEWS. That was StarSuckers. I think it was BBC4. See it before you soak up this trash you are getting. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix talking about the media overload we are given. It doesn’t matter which camp you want to put yourself into – I don’t think it’s a good idea to put yourself into camps anyway; they are generally set up for you – you are SUPPLIED with endless data and data overload and spins and so on. There are all kinds of camps competing to give out information and exposés about what’s happening in the world. Some of it’s not bad and some of it’s got some good truth in it but there are always spins here and there too because that’s how we are managed. We are managed.
I’ve always said, when you awake, when you truly awake into reality it’s like coming out of a tunnel that is underground and you’re coming up to the surface and see the field. You want to get across that field to the trees; you just know that’s your goal to get into that forest. You’ve got to get across the field and there’s all these signs pointing this way, and no, it’s this way, we’ve got the answer. You go all over the place and around in circles and over to Mars and back again, all over the universe. Of course, a lot of folk get stuck in certain areas for a while, sometimes forever, and they never go beyond that. It’s hard for them to understand that humans CAN PLAN the world and order it in such a way, through conniving and world meetings and big agendas. Even though they are all published, it’s published data on lots of these international organizations and their meetings and their agendas. Even though it’s out there and you know the players, it’s still hard for people to imagine that people can actually do this. So they go off into aliens and different things and yet they never read their history or even ancient history or say, well how come Egyptians could rule such a vast empire for such an awful, awful long time in today’s terms… without losing control?
It’s because they understand, they understood at that time the sciences of the mind and how to control millions of peasants and keep them in utter ignorance, no education whatsoever EXCEPT the indoctrination into their particular religion and state of the world. It’s very similar to India. The Brahmans kept India in the same state for a couple of thousand years, quite easily too. I often wondered about Britain in India, who were they working for? …when you think about it. India was a lot of these little satrapies of different tribes and different areas and caliphs and so on. Britain really went in and had them all fighting each other until they came into UNIFICATION. That’s what generally comes out of causing skirmishes and dissent among different tribes. You stir them up to fight each other and then you walk in to give them peace, you see, to create peace, just like the United Nations is doing today. Then they create one big empire. The British taxpayers funded all their railroads that are still used there yet. They gave them this system of control and the Brahmans were still in charge and they still are today. It’s a science behind it, controlling the people. The cunningness that we can’t think of comes naturally when you are born into families that discuss this kind of stuff at the dinner table as you grow up. You understand how they techniques are used; it’s very simple.
Even when we have big players coming out, belonging to international organizations, working for a planned society, people who are proponents for it like Carroll Quigley. He was all for the world society, a socialist society which really means run by the capitalists on a social control basis right down to population numbers and what you need and whom should marry whom; the whole agenda that would go into Brave New World that Huxley talked about. There are no real differences between right and left whatsoever; they are all run by the same group at the top. That’s why the agenda steamrolls forward regardless of the front man that’s been put in. It’s the people behind them who are more important because they generally have a history in academia and have published books with the agenda IN their books; where Presidents and Prime Ministers generally say nothing at all, they are just picked to be the front.
Quigley talked about technocrats. Technocrats, he said, were people who work behind the scenes who are not elected by the public in any political capacity. He said, they had more power, REAL POWER, than any politician or Prime Minister or President because they had the backing of the private banks. They had the backing of the big institutions, the charitable multi-trillionaire institutions that really ran the NGOs, the non-governmental organizations, and they got things done. They didn’t have to answer to the public. They didn’t have to go through red tape to get things done. they just got it done.
The last week I was mentioning about all the organizations for Planned Parenthood and so on, which really is abortion and sterilization. Margaret Sanger founded it and said that children were weeds and the best thing you could do was kill them. That’s in her own writings by the way; I’m not slandering her. Obama, of course, has talked at Planned Parenthood. There are videos up on YouTube with him giving lectures about it. He loved Kinsey by the way; he thought Kinsey, the pervert, was a great guy. They all do. Kinsey was put out to destroy all of us and our society and our ability to bond to each other, which was your ability to DEFEND yourselves and live independently. If you destroy all of that, everyone is dependent on the STATE, the State is big daddy and Daddy then gives you the agenda, including sterilization. John Holdren, etc, of course, are all for that.
Let’s pick another guy too who has been so important in creating the whole world agenda, at least his part of it, I should say. That was the little guy from Canada who I think is related to the banking family in the States too, Maurice Strong. Maurice Strong gave us the Earth Charter on behalf of his mentors, the Rockefellers. He’s been in and out of the top positions, even headed The World Bank at the United Nations. He has been over to China working for a while on behalf of the United Nations setting up the trade system for China, the US, Britain and France and Germany. His aunt and relatives are buried in China because they were revolutionaries. They went across the world helping to bring in world communism and they are buried next to the great Mao Tse Tung.
These characters go down, intergenerationally through their families, with their purposes, and they know what they are up to and what they are striving for. They are the real technocrats, incredible power. They brought him over to Ontario to privatize the entire Ontario public electrical utility service; that was nuclear plants and everything. He closed some down and he said he would never get them fixed. He also said, we are going into an age of austerity, back in the early 90s! He said, eventually we’ll have to put in big generators, diesel types, to run the essential businesses, like governments and so on. Through the Earth Charter, he KNEW we were going down this path and they were going to take our energy from us and really make us pay. Here is an article about Maurice Strong.
The master of green socialism
Maurice Strong has been central to reformulating socialism’s
grand narrative in radical environmental terms
By Peter Foster May 27, 2010 / financialpost.com
There is nothing that aspiring global governors (Alan: This is a good term. This guy is giving you the right stuff here but he doesn’t make it in bold; he just hopes you think.) love so much as recognition of their vast good intentions. (A: And you are in the age of global governance and managers.) Today, octogenarian citizen of the world Maurice Strong receives one of this year’s Four Freedoms Awards, established by the Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt Institute and the Roosevelt Stichting in the Netherlands.
The Four Freedoms are those relating to speech and religion, and from want and fear, and are at the root of the United Nations charter. Mr. Strong’s award comes under the “want” category. The citation notes his modest “role as the foremost guardian of the world’s environment.” (A: So now you know who is in charge of the environment.) Also his commitment to “social justice.” Inconveniently, that latter commitment has recently come to the attention of Fox News’ Glenn Beck, who is not the first to notice that “social justice” actually means forced redistribution, which means socialism, which has created more “want” than any system devised by man.
Mr. Strong has been central to reformulating socialism’s grand narrative in radical environmental terms. He was the mastermind of the seminal UN environmental conferences at Stockholm in 1972 and Rio in 1992. (A: He’s got the next one coming up in 2012.) He is a key promoter of the subversive anti-market concepts of sustainable development and corporate social responsibility. (A: Meaning private corporations run the world.) He is the godfather of climate-change hysteria. (A: And that’s true.)
Mr. Beck fingers Mr. Strong as part of a cabal (exotically dubbed “Crime Inc.”) that wants to take down the global economy en route to taking global control. (A: He’s right on; that’s what it’s all about. It’s actually DONE. It’s actually done. The whole takedown of the banking system, it took the collusion of the banks to do it. Of course they are all in on it too; they are part of it.)
Mr. Strong has posted a brief article on his website (www.mauricestrong.net) in which he responds to “misinformation, misinterpretation and outright lying by my critics.” (A: He didn’t say ‘enemies.’ He says ‘critics’ but I’m sure he wanted to say enemies.) The only critic he mentions is not Glenn Beck, but yours truly. (A: The author of the article.) Nor does he deal with the points raised by Mr. Beck, who, on his TV show, brought up an interview that Mr. Strong gave almost 20 years ago in which he opined on a novel he was thinking of writing. It would involve a cabal of concerned citizens taking control of the globe. Mr. Beck noted that Mr. Strong had not found time to write such a novel. Rather, he seemed to be living the “plot” himself. (A: He did; he gave an interview about taking over the world. It was a novel that was rattling around in his head. He also mentioned that the world bankers would all be part of it, which of course they are.)
In his website defence, Mr. Strong cites a “particularly dishonest statement by long-time critic, Peter Foster” (a description which I must admit gave me a warm glow). This statement was “to his own editor, citing a fictional account which was clearly stated to be an extreme scenario of what might happen by the year 2030 if we failed to act.” (A: Let’s find out what he said when I come back with more after this break.)
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about Maurice Strong. These people are so important because they don’t get into the papers too often unless they are getting an award for some wonderful work of charity and so on across some place in the world. Really, they are such big movers and shakers. The Earth Charter that really is to put us all into the depopulation agenda, was already rammed through in the 90s; every country signed on to it. It was a private organization that drafted this up, for our own good mind you, and they have the next one coming up shortly too, in about a year or so. Maurice Strong hopes to live long enough to attend; I’m sure he will because they do get life extension, these characters. Even his mentor at 94, Rockefeller, is still going around the planet giving talks about depopulation and there is his protégé Maurice.
Maurice was picked up as a teenager by Rockefeller. This is the sort of story they give you, the official one. He was groomed by him and then put in charge of oil companies and shown how the world really works. I’m sure they really did show him how the world really worked too. Then they set him to work as the great charitable character who is so concerned about world affairs and the need to depopulate very quickly – to get rid of the inferior types – and who should breed and who should not. That’s all a part of it. Then they got all the world to sign on to their Earth Charter where we were debased to below the level of insects – because even they have rights and we don’t – and, of course, Agenda 21, the agenda for the 21st century, at the United Nations. BIG CABALS run this world, all working together in different areas but they are all a pyramid structure taking orders from the top.
This writer goes on to say, after he was accused of dishonesty by Strong:
My “dishonesty” apparently consisted in quoting Mr. Strong verbatim from his autobiography, Where on Earth are We Going? My main point was not his ghastly, and ridiculous, “scenario,” but his clearly stated opinion that the possibility of billions of people being wiped out by eco-apocalypse represented a “glimmer of hope” for civilization. Where my editor came in, I wrote, was that he didn’t believe that anybody could write such a thing. But it’s right there on page 22. (A: Of Maurice Strong’s own writing.) For the record, here is the reference, which takes the form of a “report to shareholders” of Earth Inc.:
(A: This is the fictional report in his novel, you see. Actually, I think it’s more realistic to be honest with you. This is Maurice Strong, because he does work for Earth Inc.)
“1 January 2031
Report to the Shareholders, Earth Inc.
[S]ome areas of our planet have been almost entirely depopulated. More people are dying, and dying younger — birth rates have dropped sharply, while infant mortality increases. At the end of the decade, the best guesstimate of total world population is some 4.5 billion, fewer than at the beginning of this century. And experts have predicted that the reduction of the human population may well continue to the point that those who survive may not number more than the 1.61 billion people who inhabited earth at the beginning of the 20th century. A consequence, yes, of death and destruction — but in the end a glimmer of hope for the future of our species (A: Hmmmm…) and its potential for regeneration.” (A: Interesting, eh? This guy’s got so much power… and we’ve all signed treaties that he’s helped to draft up, giving up ALL our rights away, rights over ourselves and our own reproduction by the way, and our future and our food supply. He’s telling you what their agenda is right here.)
Like Lewis Carroll’s Humpty Dumpty, Mr. Strong seems to believe that words should mean whatever he wants them to mean. (A: That’s when he was criticized about it, you see.) Orwell pointed out that the totalitarian instinct for obfuscation naturally seeks to reverse meaning (War is peace, freedom is slavery, ignorance is strength). And in his self-exoneration, Mr. Strong seeks to squirm around his own frequent assertions that he is a socialist. What he really believes in is “responsible capitalism.” (A: That means total control of everybody’s lives.) He writhes that his call for modifications of “ballot box democracy” has been woefully misconstrued.
Not.
In fact, Mr. Strong has for decades masterminded a strategy to outflank democracy both from above — via UN organizations —(A: They are all private, by the way.) and from below, through well-funded radical NGOs that are sold as the voice of “civil society.” When Mr. Strong avers that he wants “more, not less, democracy,” what he means is more control by NGOs. (A: Which they run, of course, from their foundations.) In a recent article, he wrote that since governments might not like his proposals for a “new economic paradigm,” then political priority had to be given to “the organizations and people participating in this dialogue.” That is, the kind of organizations he allowed into Rio to browbeat delegates. (A: It goes on and on and on.)
These people ARE up there. They’ve been out there for an awful, awful long time and before Strong they had other ones out there because there have been people working for CENTURIES on this agenda, to bring in the controlled society. In other words, to make sure that everyone lives the way that they SHOULD live, according to those who are the control freaks above them. That’s what it’s all about, the planned society.
Even if you read the exchange of letters between Huxley and Orwell, they both knew, because they knew a lot of these elitists in their own day, and they knew a real history which is omitted from the school books that we are taught with. They knew the real history because they came from the upper elite and they mixed with the people who sat and talked about these things at their dinner tables. They discussed, would it be a totalitarian regime, a dictator style to start with, or would it be more along the way of Brave New World. What you’ve got is BOTH, for this particular time. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. After reading that article about Maurice Strong and his plans for massive depopulation and starvation and everything that would come into play to bring down to the magic number the population that he wanted and his other masters of course, and they’d rule the planet in a scientifically proper way, from cradle to grave. Well, they’ve already done a lot of it already, you see. They had to destroy the family unit. That was a PRIME mandate a long time ago. That’s why you got the 60s, the swinging 60s as they called it, and the drugs and the so-called sexual revolution.
You have to go into the predecessors of Strong to find out that they were writing about that and trying to get it off the ground in the late 1800s, like HG Wells. Some of the first books he wrote and novels he wrote on behalf of his masters was all to promote sexual freedoms. Free Love, he called it, in the late 1800s. They recycled it in the 1920s, the roaring 20s, and then they brought it back in the 60s, with better drugs and television to help them out, and music and the big media industry that was all controlled by the same people, you see. It still is.
They’ve been very successful. Everything has been turned upside-down. Everybody’s viewpoints have been altered. I just watched a good video on the Kinsey Institute. Kinsey was a sexual pervert himself. All his statistics and studies were fudged. He used deviants to do the tests themselves. He was into little boys; he preferred them. He also had sex with the guys who worked with him; he brought them all together and says, we should all have sex with each other. This is all on record, by the way. Out of that came Heffner. Heffner was a devotee, working, I’m sure, in league with these guys, all coming out at the same time, to give you Playboy and so on, into literally WEAPONIZE natural tendencies until they became obsessions. That tied in, too, with the sexual education to younger and younger children until we’ve even had top people saying they should teach them to masturbate IN school at the age of 6 and 7. I’ve read the articles from the United Nations late year about that. So this goes on and on and on.
You think, you think that society is just getting more and more open and ya-da, ya-da, ya, and there is so much crime and so on. But that’s got nothing to do with all of the things that I’ve just been discussing. It’s all tied in together. Remember, the last article, Maurice Strong, depopulation, people dying off through starvation, sterility, all that stuff. You’ve got John Holdren in as the Science Czar and a whole bunch of them appointed behind Obama because Obama is just a front man. This is a continuation of the agenda. Here is a good article to show you how they are continuing the agenda.
We’ve had the articles recently about suicide, the death clinic in Switzerland that’s had a lot of exposure; it was found to be dumping the urns – they take money for it of course after they cremate the people. They were dumping the urns in a lake. Divers found hundreds of them, when they told them they were disposing them in a proper fashion. They are just getting some employees to come out with a rowboat and dump them all. Anyway, they are also going into killing people who have nothing wrong with them physically, they’ve just got a bit of depression, etc and they are willing to pay to be bumped off… hygienically. Hitler would be… he’d love that, “hygienic,” you know, hygienic cleansing. It’s all here, but it’s AUTHORIZED, you see, from the top, under a different guise to HELP people who are kind of miserable.
That also came through in the talks that were given at Berkeley by Aldous Huxley. He said, most people, most people are rather unhappy – he didn’t say unhappy, those guys got a strange language, uhnheppy… – they are not really pleased with life and it’s not too good to them. Well for most folk down below him it was a pretty miserable experience going though war after war and created depressions and getting stuffed together in cities, factory towns, as you were thrown off the land. It doesn’t make you terribly joyful. That was all part of the plan as well. Here is an article to, again, bolster that IDEA, to get YOU all talking about it and thinking about it. I’m sure it will be on talk shows and Oprah and all that kind of stuff… to make sure you get the message.
Should This Be the Last Generation?
(A: Now, this is an intentional article to stir up the controversy.)
nytimes.com / June 6, 2010 / By PETER SINGER
Have you ever thought about whether to have a child? (A: Have you though about that…) If so, what factors entered into your decision? Was it whether having children would be good for you, your partner and others close to the possible child, such as children you may already have, or perhaps your parents? For most people contemplating reproduction, those are the dominant questions. Some may also think about the desirability of adding to the strain that the nearly seven billion people already here are putting on our planet’s environment. But very few ask whether coming into existence is a good thing for the child itself. Most of those who consider that question probably do so because they have some reason to fear that the child’s life would be especially difficult — for example, if they have a family history of a devastating illness, (A: Remember, they want to go into telling you who breeds and who doesn’t. This is your little psychological article that’s churned out by the pros at the top.) physical or mental, that cannot yet be detected prenatally.
All this suggests that we think it is wrong to bring into the world a child whose prospects for a happy, healthy life are poor, but we don’t usually think the fact that a child is likely to have a happy, healthy life is a reason for bringing the child into existence. This has come to be known among philosophers as “the asymmetry” and it is not easy to justify. But rather than go into the explanations usually proffered — and why they fail — I want to raise a related problem. How good does life have to be, to make it reasonable to bring a child into the world? Is the standard of life experienced by most people in developed nations today good enough to make this decision unproblematic, in the absence of specific knowledge that the child will have a severe genetic disease or other problem? (A: That’s a reinforcement. They always do a reinforcement when they are trying to get key things into your brain.)
If there were to be no future generations, there would be nothing for us to feel to guilty about. Is there anything wrong with this scenario?
The 19th-century German philosopher Arthur Schopenhauer held that even the best life possible for humans is one in which we strive for ends that, once achieved, bring only fleeting satisfaction. (A: Well maybe that’s how Schopenhauer felt it himself but it doesn’t mean that we all feel it the same way, so why even quote him?) New desires then lead us on to further futile struggle and the cycle repeats itself. (A: So life, you see, sucks. That’s what they are trying to tell you. Life really sucks and most people are uhnheppy, as Mr Huxley would have said. Really, they are telling you not to have children, especially ones who might – might, mind you – they might not – have genetic problems, you see.
There are lots of these articles getting churned out there. You know where they come from, a lot of them? A lot of them are given, and you see this, again, in StarSuckers, the documentary on how the media manipulates your whole existence and your reality. They show you that public relations companies, the big marketing companies that work on behalf of guys like Maurice Strong’s organizations and so on, give out handouts to the media who simply put it in VERBATIM and put another journalist’s name on it because the journalists today don’t go out and look for stories. And they are overworked; they cut back lots of them years ago and they don’t do investigative research. They are so happy to dump these things right in your newspapers and of course, it’s all to manipulate your mind. Big marketing companies are in charge and they are the experts at mind manipulation. They are in charge of giving you what you think are the topics you are going to prattle on about. They are imbedded with little things that go into your mind, little particular weaponized quotes and so on that are meant to stick there and you will come to opinions thinking they are yours and you’ll have little chats about it. Remember what Brzezinski said in Between Two Ages, his book? That shortly the public will be unable to think or reason for themselves; they will only be able to repeat what they get from the mainstream media the day before and they will chat about it the next day amongst themselves. That’s been going on all my life.
This stuff is put out for you. It’s weaponized. The media is weaponized; it always has been weaponized. Experts put it together using particular terms, ways of streaming things together, even the thought streaming so you will follow that stream, and bingo, it’s implanted, embedded in your brain and it becomes your opinion and you don’t know why. You couldn’t even discuss why you came to it; you just take them and run with them. You’ll even get hostile and defend them if someone questions you.
The world goes on as always. You know, left wing, right wing. Remember, on the left wing and right wing paradigm you’ve always got hiding the body of the bird, a shield. What do you think the shield is there for? Because it’s the body, the BODY that runs the show and it’s always hidden behind the shield. Con games left and right, left and right, the paradigm, the dialectic. As I said before, we vote the people OUT of office because we are so sick of them and then you bring in the guy that’s promised you the newest hope, you see, and he goes on like the previous one. And no wonder, it’s the same bunch behind them, you see. I’m talking about Obama, for instance. It’s the same bunch, the same in Britain as well. Here is an article on…
U.S. ‘secret war’ expands globally as Special Operations
forces take larger role
By Karen DeYoung and Greg Jaffe / washingtonpost.com / Friday, June 4, 2010
Beneath its commitment to soft-spoken diplomacy and beyond the combat zones of Afghanistan and Iraq, the Obama administration has significantly expanded a largely secret U.S. war against al-Qaeda and other radical groups, (A: The important part is ‘other radical groups.’ Who defines what’s radical? Have you ever wondered about that?) according to senior military and administration officials.
Special Operations forces have grown both in number and budget, and are deployed in 75 countries, (A: 75 countries!) compared with about 60 at the beginning of last year. In addition to units that have spent years in the Philippines and Colombia, teams are operating in Yemen and elsewhere in the Middle East, Africa and Central Asia.
Commanders are developing plans for increasing the use of such forces in Somalia, where a Special Operations raid last year killed the alleged head of al-Qaeda in East Africa. (A: They’ve killed these guys about 10 times over. They always give us the same leaders killed again. Same with their drone attacks.) Plans exist for preemptive or retaliatory strikes in numerous places around the world, meant to be put into action when a plot has been identified, or after an attack linked to a specific group.
The surge in Special Operations deployments, along with intensified CIA drone attacks in western Pakistan, is the other side of the national security doctrine of global engagement and domestic values President Obama released last week.
One advantage of using “secret” forces for such missions is that they rarely discuss their operations in public. (A: [Alan laughing.] No kidding. I like the intellect that writes these.) For a Democratic president such as Obama, who is criticized from either side of the political spectrum for too much or too little aggression, the unacknowledged CIA drone attacks in Pakistan, along with unilateral U.S. raids in Somalia and joint operations in Yemen, provide politically useful tools. (A: Well, that’s what the U.S. is. It’s a political tool. That’s what the whole function of the U.S. is, you know; a politically useful tool. Once it’s finished, it will be rung out like a sponge, all torn and shredded and nothing to ring out any more and then it’s dumped in the garbage. I’m not kidding about that… I’M NOT KIDDING ABOUT THAT.)
Obama, one senior military official said, has allowed “things that the previous administration did not.” (A: Change is good, eh? Change is good. Yeah, we are going to have more battles, more wars, more Special Forces doing assassinations across the planet. They really should say ‘more is good’ isn’t it… more is good because that’s really what we are talking about here. More is definitely good… according to them.)
You know, the US is fantastic, and Britain. The people who fought in wars are awful good for fighting other people’s wars for them but they never stand up for themselves. You ever wondered about that? They can get soaked and screwed for taxes after taxes, lose their houses and everything and still supply taxes for the military for other people’s ends. But they will never stand up and home and say enough is enough. They lose their houses and everything else and the whole society is completely dysfunctional, as they are destroyed from within, and they will go off yet and fight other people’s battles and pay for it as well. Very useful; I tell you, they are very special that way. Britain is already kaput. It’s finished. None of these countries could ever pay off any kind of debt that they have. None of it. They could never pay it off… unless they tore it up, which of course would be the logical thing to do. They won’t do that because they are run, they are run by the ones who run the money. That’s as simple as that.
Getting back to the cut-down the children stuff, there is an article here from Sky News about…
Britain’s Unofficial One Child Policy
Colin Brazier / sky.com / May 10, 2010
(A: I should also mention that Britain, Canada and Australia are teaching teachers, in these packages that they get, these tool packages, you know, special tools, tool kits they call them. It said, to be on the look out for abused children and they’ve said that large families are more prone to abuse. That’s the conclusion they’ve come to because they really don’t like those with large families. Anyone with two children, over two children, is considered a large family. Actually, having two children is getting there already, according to them. In Australia they’ve already put in the policies – I don’t know if they’ve actually done it yet – to start to tax the people extra for their carbon output for that child. It’s a burden on society, as of course, they open the floodgates even wider and wider for immigration. Ha! [Alan laughing.] The same con is being pulled everywhere isn’t it? So this article, it says…)
Yvette Garside wanted to take her children for a swim. But pool attendants in Bolton insisted that Ryan and Jordanna, aged five and two respectively, each had to be accompanied by an adult.
If only Ms Garside, a lone-parent, (A: A lone parent of course, because that is what Britain is comprised of.) had brought along an only-child. The nanny-state has rehabilitated single mothers, like her, and is now bent on engineering the same outcome for single children.
It will amount to a remarkable turnaround. In 1896 Stanley Hall, founder of the American Journal of Psychology, concluded that “being an only child is a disease in itself”. (A: See, they were already working on this back then. You’ve got to understand this. You’ve got to understand that this has been going on for an awful long time, this whole agenda and the world agenda and the geo-political agenda. It’s been the same for over 100 years.)
Since then scores of academic studies have reinforced the cruel stereotype of singletons (A: I like that… singletons…) as spoiled misfits, deprived of siblings and the soft-skills which – often abrasively – they impart; empathy, conflict-resolution, and gratification deferment, to name but three. (A: So it’s getting very psychological here.)
But demography means that such evidence has been trumped by expedience. On current trends one-child families will be Britain’s dominant family unit by 2020. (A: It already is.) And the relative abundance of only-children has created a demand for reassurance from their parents. Apologists have been quick to respond. (A: So they go on to this whole thing about single-parent families and that’s the way of the future and how the state, really, is now the daddy and supplies all the rules and regulations, and the funding, and so on and so on and so on. Really, that’s what it’s all about. But that’s the way of the world now, isn’t it?)
There are lots and lots of these articles out, all to reinforce that the new normalcy, as even the new normalcy is being altered into the next normalcy. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and talking about the big agenda and how things follow on. Really, part one, part two, part three, part four… all going along in a planned direction that you can read about from the late 1800s by guys like HG Wells who were prattling on about this back then. Pretty well the same stuff as Maurice Strong and the destruction of society, the dissolution of the family unit and so on. It confuses folk. They think of Karl Marx, well, isn’t that what the communists want? Well, it’s all the same thing folks. The capitalists ran both sides. Of course they do. They want an ordered society. They want to be in control forever with their own families in the planned society, the planned world society.
That article I read about ‘is life really worth living,’ should you really bring a child in, and how it’s OUR FAULT because we swallow all the advertising and stuff and the happy stuff that’s all pushed to us. It’s our fault for doing so; that’s the new spin, by the way, on everything. It’s your fault. You know, the baby boomers were the ones that got us into debt with their greed. That’s what it was, all that personal spending and stuff. It’s got nothing to do with the bankers, or the agenda, or marketing, or Bernays, or anything like that. No, no. So now you’ve got to suffer; they’ve got to cut your pensions and everything; it’s your fault that you did all that, you know. Yeah. You had all the wars and all that stuff. Yeah. Here is an article…
Cameron: ‘Years of pain ahead’
Jonathan Oliver, Political Editor / From The Sunday Times June 6, 2010 / timesonline.co.uk
(A: That’s the new Prime Minister in Britain who’s quite a joker too. You’ve got to see the stuff up on YouTube and who he’s promised his allegiance to and all the rest of it, to get the money that is, to run. And we are all seeing it happening today. It’s old stuff.)
DAVID CAMERON has warned that the economy is in a far worse state than previously thought and signalled that Britain faces years of “pain” as the spending axe falls.
See, it was all your fault folks. Yeah. It was all your fault. Nothing to do with these creeps in government with their social agendas bringing society down until they are destroyed and then reformulating it. Nothing to do with the Maurice Strong’s who say, oh yeah, famine and plague and disease will kill them off, but our species will go on. Nothing to do with any of that, of course, it just happens to be unfolding this way at this present time through PURE COINCIDENCE, for those that love coincidence theories. Yep. That’s all. So it’s your fault, you see, and so you’ve got YEARS OF PAIN AS THE SPENDING AX FALLS.
See, the UK has had years of pain as far as I can remember, because they were used for well over 150 years to fight the wars across the planet, for a small clique at the top who ended up dominating it. They were rung dry and are still rung dry. They are still paying off the debt from World War II! They said they only paid off the debt from World War I in the late 1990s. Of course you will never pay it all off. It’s compound interest; it’s not meant to be paid off. The masters of money run the world with compound interest and stuff like that. But it’s all your fault. It’s all your fault, you see.
So you are going to suffer now for years and years as the spending ax falls. They are cutting billions off the health service, which they gave you in the first place and made sure there was no alternative system to use… unless you had lots and lots and lots of dough. But that falls right in with the depopulation, doesn’t it? They’ve still got rationing to bring in yet too. They are talking about rationing across the world. Right on queue with the United Nations Department of Agriculture who said they would eventually distribute the whole world’s food supply to certain regions and you’d better bring down your populations because they would not increase your rations. It’s all coincidence isn’t it?
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
i folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 8, 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. I always advise you to bookmark the other sites you see listed there because I get problems generally with the .com site and if you bookmark the others you get at least a good clean download from them when the .com goes down. [Official sites listed above.] While you are there remember to go into the books, DVDs and CDS I have for sale and purchase them or you can donate to me. That just makes me tick over, almost tick over, and I certainly do need your support. I don’t accept advertising. I don’t get paid by advertisers. Most hosts do; that’s how they make a living. It’s up to YOU to keep me going. The ads you hear on this show go straight to RBN to pay for the air time and for their staff and equipment and their bills. So you can help me with mine by purchasing the items I have for sale. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
I don’t know when cash will stop all together, the way it’s going, because everybody is plunging across Europe there and I think they are still accepting most countries’ cash, although it’s really, really dropping by the day in fact. However we will carry on until it all goes down the tubes and we are given our ration cards. As we are all going down the tubes into this new system, and it’s all planned that way of course, it could not have happened without the amalgamation of Europe to start with. The whole world is now in a sudden economic crisis. Then of course the deregulation of the banking system where the so-called government watchdogs were taken off, or put back on their leashes, back in the 80s I think it was, knowing darn well that bubbles would be created. It all led up to the so-called crash that we got, all planned that way to bring in what they call the New World Order. It’s a New World Order with a new way of living completely designed by those and run by government agencies. I won’t say those in governments, I don’t mean the politicians. They are not even involved in that. They don’t even know what’s going on half the time. They just play their roles as they shout at each other. But the bureaucrats DO know what their roles are and there are so many government agencies now that guide you from birth to death.
That’s the new world order, run by bureaucracies, across the whole planet all working together under the United Nations umbrella. It’s pretty well sewn up and complete. All they have to do now is gradually get us through more chaos and we’re all in it together sort of stuff, austerity, and then the coming food shortages and we’ll go into rationing. We’ll live in our little communities, in little huts that have to be well insulated or you get fined for thermal escape, heat escape, and pay carbon taxes to the masters, somehow or another, through your work probably. Just like now, you can never pay off a national debt or an international debt because of compound interest – that’s why it’s designed that way. You’ll never pay off your debt for carbon so you’ll be working your whole life as a good slave, you see, to pay it all off. That’s how it’s going to be. All designed in advance.
What gets me, as we are going down the tubes, supposedly, and every country is publishing their massive debt they’ve got to repay to these bankers that hide behind veils, these unspoken people that lend to every country – apparently there are a dozen of them – they never really mention who they really are. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I was talking about the cause of the debt and so on. It was all planned this way, obviously, to bring in this new society. We always think of a New World Order as a shift in the balance of power of the big players. In reality, as they are finishing off the Middle East and that’s really the last place to finish off, we are all getting changed as well, across the world, in preparation for the new system.
It’s a New World Order, you see, we are all in it together, as they say, and we are all responsible to the massive debts that speculators managed to create, the bubbles, as they pass around useless nothings really, lots of nothings that will vanish off into money heaven we are told; it just disappeared. In reality of course, there were thousands and thousands of businesses and little plants and little factories gobbled up really, meaning stolen by somebody; that’s what it really means. Then they amalgamate them all into a big corporation. That’s what they really do in money heaven. But we have to pay for it all through our taxes, to the bankers supposedly who all lost out on it, so we are told.
It’s good enough for the public; we don’t make an outcry. We play as usual. We get the same television programs from Hollywood saying everything is fine and dandy and what do you think of this woman now after her facelift? So, that’s really what our heads are full of. We don’t really mind going across the planet and killing people, as long as it’s not us getting bombed. It’s all fiction to us. It’s far away and we are watching so much slaughter in our fiction that we can’t tell the difference anymore anyway. That’s how it’s supposed to be. That’s how it is designed.
As we are going down the tubes, Canada is probably better than Britain and the States and most countries at HIDING itself. We get fed real lowly stuff in Canada. We are very easily pleased with front pages on sports and stuff like that, and gossip, and, again, the boob tube, and the boobs that are often displayed on the boob tube. That’s what they give us in the media in Canada, and how the Jays are doing and so on. Then it turns out too, we’ve got to pay off, per capita, TWICE as much debt really per capita as the US has. They’ve been very good at hiding that. Canada is really a master at that. We have a squeaky-clean image abroad through our fantastic PR programs that we have and through our CBC documentaries they give across the world. People think it’s a pristine country under all that snow but there is a lot of dirt involved as well when you scrape the surface of it… an awful lot of dirt. Anyway, Canada has got an awful lot of debt to pay off to the bankers who have decided to go global, invest in other countries and so on.
While we are going down the tubes and we are all paying off these debts to these 12 families across the planet that no one wants to talk about, we are spending money like never before. I mentioned about the $1.1 billion it said, at the G8 and G20 meetings, that it has to cost Canadians to host these very important people, that are servants of their own people through their democratic elections, who live like kings and queens and want the same kind of recognition apparently; red carpets and everything else laid on. Here is what they are spending; part of this $1.1 billion and it’s climbing. They said it will be a lot more than that by the time it’s finished. $1.1 billion… for a few days.
It says here they are creating a fake lake… a fake lake and a fake cabin for a couple of million dollars to house a few journalists… inside a building… as we are going broke, you see. I love the stuff we get fed here. Again, it’s like every other country. The opposition always hits the ones that are in and it’s called ‘slammed’, like wrestling. That’s how they present it to the public, that they’re really fighting about it, whereas in reality they’re all in on it together.
G8/G20 fake lake slammed (Alan: Slammed… ooh.) by opposition
Ignatieff calls summits ‘world’s most expensive photo op’
June 7, 2010 CBC News
Opposition MPs are ridiculing the Conservative government for spending almost $2 million to create an artificial indoor lake and cottage backdrop inside a Toronto media centre for this month’s G8 and G20 summits.
Summit organizers are constructing the artificial lake inside Toronto’s Direct Energy Centre to showcase the actual site of the G8 summit (A: …which is…) hundreds of kilometres away in Huntsville, Ont., (A: That’s nowhere near it.) June 25-26. The temporary media centre will host all but about 150 of the estimated 3,000 journalists from around the world covering the G8, as well as the G20 summit in Toronto’s downtown core June 26-27. (A: So really, it’s a couple of days. They are blowing $1.1 billion and creating all this fanfare. This is the stuff you would read about in ancient Rome when they had the parades for the Caesar going down there, and the gold that would come out, and all the dancers and ya-da, ya-da, ya, and the incredible cloths. They’d walk on rose petals and stuff, because they were very special people, you see. Nothing changes. It doesn’t really change, these spectacles of grandiose and flagrant squandering of the taxpayers’ money. And if it’s like this right now, what do you think it’s going to be like when we are really, really IN the New World Order and it’s all over and done with? Hmm? So, here it is, going to house a bunch of reports who are hundreds of kilometers away from the actual meeting, to fake it as though they are quite near, for the television. Anyway, it says…)
Opposition parties have targeted Prime Minister Stephen Harper’s government in recent weeks over the costs of the back-to-back international summits, which carry an estimated $1-billion price tag on security alone. (A: That’s just in security.)
During Monday’s question period in the House of Commons, Liberal MP Mark Holland asked why the Conservatives would “splurge” on an indoor lake during meetings where Canada will be preaching fiscal restraint to the rest of the world. (A: [Alan laughing.] Well, at least you’ve got some comedians in there; that’s better than the usual stuff.)
“The government is literally going to flush it down the drain when the 72-hour spend-fest is over,” Holland told the House. (A: That’s when they drain the artificial lake I suppose.)
Speaking for the government, Foreign Affairs Minister Lawrence Cannon (A: I like all the names these guys have got.) replied it is normal for summit host countries to showcase “all their country has to offer” to visiting media.
“We’re going to be proud to showcase Canada to the world, contrary to what the Liberals want to do,” Cannon said. (A: It’s just amazing.)
Liberal Leader Michael Ignatieff labelled the dual summits “the world’s most expensive photo-op,” citing a leaked G8 communiqué that he said showed no progress on maternal health, climate change or the environment. (A: So that’s his side issue, he’s pushing the other side of it because they all work together, it’s all one group, one company, as you know. So it’s really important about the environment, as we get sprayed every day, Mr Ignatieff? I mean, who is spraying us? You haven’t told us yet who’s doing it, whose Air Force is it. How much is that costing us too, all that stuff you’ve got to have made in factories to spray us and dose us like bugs? Hmm? That will never come up in Parliament will it? This is the stuff we are fed, you see. And it really is also meant to get you ready for the next party’s turn to come into power. That’s how they do it, too. Then they do the same thing as the last party. That’s why they call it a party. That kind of money they are spending, it’s one big party all the time isn’t it?)
Guess what else they’ve been doing with the money for it? We saw these videos on these sound cannons they use over in Iraq, which actually burst the eardrums of people half a mile away apparently if they want to turn it up. Well, we’ve bought some for Canada. That’s another thing. Which means it’s for the future use, too, when they have the big riots and rationing. So this is from the CBC again…
Sound cannons ready for G20 protests
Thursday, May 27, 2010 / The Canadian Press / cbc.ca
(A: They just know it’s going to be wild so they have to buy, you know, sound cannons, obviously.)
The addition of sound cannons to the arsenal (A: That’s true; it must be one heck of an arsenal.) available to security forces managing G20 protests comes as no surprise to groups planning to demonstrate in Toronto at next month’s summit.
They say it’s just one more signal amid an unprecedented security operation that dissenting voices are being muzzled. (A: I think your ears are going to be kind of useless afterwards.)
“We were expecting the use of sound cannons, sound grenades, Tasers, tear gas — they’ve been used in the past against Canadian protesters,” Sharmeen Khan, spokeswoman for the Toronto Community Mobilization Network, said Thursday.
“We definitely are concerned that this will scare people away.”
The sound cannons are capable of emitting ear-piercing and hearing-damaging alerts that can be heard up to 1.5 kilometres away.
Formally known as long-range acoustical devices, they can also be used to broadcast prerecorded and other messages to protesters. (A: They can TARGET you voice-to-skull with them. Pick you out in a crowd, if they don’t like you… and boomf, no hearing.)
“It will allow our officers to speak to the crowd over and above chanting, yelling, screaming — noise that is most commonly part of protests,” said Const. Wendy Drummond, spokeswoman for Toronto police. (A: She’s been there for years, as a spokeswoman, which is just Public Relations which is marketing. They go through markers just like any other big corporation – the cops, that’s how they speak to you – and they use the trend words of psycholinguistics and so on.)
“It will allow us to communicate, most effectively, our demands to the crowd.” (A: OUR DEMANDS TO THE CROWD… hmm…)
Toronto police have purchased four of the devices — three hand-held and one mounted (A: That’s like a tank probably.)— from Vancouver-based Current Corp. (A: So again, with the splurge in money that they are spending, $1.1 billion, is going to their big boys, you know, their friends in high places, the old boys’ network.)
The devices — some call them weapons — use an array of tweeters that work in tandem to produce the high-volume levels.
Used at Pittsburgh summit
They can be pointed at specific targets to minimize the impact on bystanders and have been used around the world for a variety of functions, including against protesters at last year’s G20 summit in Pittsburgh.
While the sound cannons can cause hearing damage, police said they planned to follow both manufacturer and internal guidelines in their use, including firing alert bursts of only two to three seconds.
Toronto police bought the devices as part of the $1-billion security effort Canadian authorities are mounting to try to ensure the G8 and G20 summits run smoothly.
Goodness knows what else they’ve got in line. And they always bring IN the ones who cause the riots too. I think one of them did in Montreal; it was about 2 or 3 years ago. They actually had photographs of some of the guys who were doing the real rough stuff and trying to get riots going – pretending the were protesters – and they all had police boots on, and luckily a photographer got that shot as they were all on the ground. It turned out, sure enough, they were cops that were causing all the stuff that you throw and all the rest of it. Standard procedure, you see. You are meant to think it’s just crazy students that are rioting and you go, well, what do students know, eh? I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. It really is something though, as we see this farce across the planet and all these massive debts we are supposed to pay off. It’s beyond laughter really, isn’t it? Because no one can possibly do it. You can’t do it; it’s just too much. It’s not meant to be really. There is an article here from CNS News.com, May 21, 2010. First they link it into the Greek rioting and how tragic it is in Greece and it really is bad there. It’s so bad that their National Health Service even cut back insulin for diabetics; they can’t get it. They just cut it right off. There was only one company supplying them apparently, through it. This is what you do when you’ve got a National Health Service, whatever big pharma give the biggest payoffs to the guys who accept it in behalf of the government, they can cut it right off when they want to. And what are you going to do if you are diabetic? Are you going to just smash into pharmacies and get your insulin?… because otherwise, you are condemned to death. That’s just a little bit of an aside there, but you’d better really think about what’s coming down here.
This article says the US itself is in such dire, dire straights that they are going to be the same as Greece in 7-10 years. That’s what they are really saying. It might even be sooner they are claiming, much, much sooner. I think it will be sooner myself. I’ve got article after article here on that particular topic and it’s just… You’ll never pay this off. It’s impossible to pay off the debt that the US has got. It’s impossible. It can never be done. There is a site here and it’s called The American Dream. I’m going to post this up as well tonight and it’s got all the different statistics.
50 Statistics About The U.S. Economy
That Are Almost Too Crazy To Believe
endoftheamericandream.com
Most Americans know that the U.S. economy is in bad shape, but what most Americans don’t know is how truly desperate the financial situation of the United States really is. The truth is that what we are experiencing is not simply a “downturn” or a “recession”. What we are witnessing is the beginning of the end for the greatest economic machine that the world has ever seen. (A: That ties in, remember, with Maurice Strong’s statements and Friends of the Earth and all the other big boys up there, the population experts that said there can never be another America, the best thing they can do is to dismantle it. I’ve read all those quotes from their own sites before, if you can remember; it was maybe a couple of months back. Most folk can’t remember much these days; they’re overloaded with data.) Our greed and our debt are literally eating our economy alive. Total government, corporate and personal debt has now reached 360 percent of GDP, which is far higher than it ever reached during the Great Depression era. (A: So technically the US is classed by the International Monetary Fund as a third world country, a destabilized nation now.) We have nearly totally dismantled our once colossal manufacturing base, (A: That was done through GATT and off went the factories to China.) we have shipped millions upon millions of middle class jobs overseas, we have lived far beyond our means for decades (A: It was all borrowed money.) and we have created the biggest debt bubble in the history of the world. A great day of financial reckoning is fast approaching, and the vast majority of Americans are totally oblivious.
But the truth is that you cannot defy the financial laws of the universe forever. What goes up must come down. The borrower (A: The borrower, remember, this is that old black book that they have on the temples and the lodges, that black book of the law there, it says here…) is the servant of the lender. (A: Actually, you are the slave of the lender.) Cutting corners always catches up with you in the end.
Sometimes it takes cold, hard numbers for many of us to fully realize the situation that we are facing. (A: Actually, it’s a racket. I would just tear all the debt up and start from scratch with a brand new system, totally different from the one you’ve got now.)
So, the following are 50 very revealing statistics about the U.S. economy that are almost too crazy to believe….
#50) In 2010 the U.S. government is projected to issue almost as much new debt as the rest of the governments of the world combined. (A: …of the whole world.)
#49) It is being projected that the U.S. government will have a budget deficit of approximately 1.6 trillion dollars in 2010.
#48) If you went out and spent one dollar every single second, it would take you more than 31,000 years to spend a trillion dollars.
#47) In fact, if you spent one million dollars every single day since the birth of Christ, you still would not have spent one trillion dollars by now.
#46) Total U.S. government debt is now up to 90 percent of gross domestic product. (A: Plus it’s got a massive welfare state to keep supported too.)
#45) Total credit market debt in the United States, including government, corporate and personal debt, has reached 360 percent of GDP.
#44) U.S. corporate income tax receipts were down (A: This is for the corporations, you know, they who really get off the hook all the time. Their taxes receipts were down…) 55% (to $138 billion) for the year ending September 30th, 2009.
#43) There are now 8 counties in the state of California that have unemployment rates of over 20 percent.
#42) In the area around Sacramento, California there is one closed business for every six that are still open.
#41) In February, there were 5.5 unemployed Americans for every job opening.
#40) According to a Pew Research Center study, approximately 37% of all Americans between the ages of 18 and 29 have either been unemployed or underemployed at some point during the recession.
#39) More than 40% of those employed in the United States are now working in low-wage service jobs. (A: And they have been for years, as the big jobs went out of the country.)
#38) According to one new survey, 24% of American workers say that they have postponed their planned retirement age in the past year.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I got cut off at the end there. Actually, the phones went dead, so the server just cut us off. We are back on now, I hope, and I’ll continue with this article on the 50 Statistics about the United States economy. It says…
#39) More than 40% of those employed in the United States are now working in low-wage service jobs. (A: Often more than one job at a time too.)
#38) According to one new survey, 24% of American workers say that they have postponed their planned retirement age in the past year.
#37) Over 1.4 million Americans filed for personal bankruptcy in 2009, which represented a 32 percent increase over 2008. Not only that, more Americans filed for bankruptcy in March 2010 than during any month since U.S. bankruptcy law was tightened in October 2005.
#36) Mortgage purchase applications in the United States are down nearly 40 percent from a month ago to their lowest level since April of 1997. (A: On and on it goes. Just amazing.)
But then again, it’s the bringing in of a New World Order and they’ve still got to finish off the Middle East so they’ve got to keep it going along until they take out Iran and then Syria and then mop up any body that’s left.
Getting back to what they are saying again about the United States ending up in the same situation as Greece…
U.S. Will be Like Greece in ‘Seven to 10 Years,’
Say Congressmen, Experts
Monday, June 7, 2010 / cnsnews.com / By Jane McGrath
(CNSNEws.com) – Sen. Judd Gregg (R-N.H.), along with other members of Congress and leading financial experts, is warning that the United States is in danger of being in the same dire situation as Greece – national bankruptcy — in seven to 10 years (A: It actually says it could be sooner.) unless the federal government radically curtails spending. (A: Well, they are not going to.)
Last month, Gregg, the ranking Republican on the Senate Budget Committee, said the United States will “essentially be where Greece is in about seven years.”
“If we continue to spend much more than we take in,” (A: Which is the case of course.) he says. “We’ll double our debt in five years and triple it in 10 years and essentially be where Greece is in about seven years,” Gregg told the Fox Business Network in May.
Rep. Paul Ryan (R-Wis.), the ranking Republican member of the House Budget Committee, has also said that the United States has been making decisions similar to that which caused Greece’s debt crisis.
“We’re on this trajectory where we will have more takers than makers in society. We’re going to have more people taking from government than living on their own, (A: I think they are referring to government; that’s what they’ve been living on, YOU.) paying taxes and contributing into it. That is a dangerous position to be in, that’s the position Greece is in,” Ryan said in a radio interview on News/Talk 1130 WISN in May.
So at least they are acknowledging the mess they are in, but it’s way too late for that. I think it’s designed to be that way, to be honest with you. Remember, for years and years and years it was admitted there was a special committee in the US government that dumped money into the stock market each time the big corporations were going down. That happened every day, daily on the stock market, for years and years and years. Then a few years back the guy who took over from Greenspan said, we are not going to do it anymore. So I knew then that it was time; it was time to bring it down. That’s what he meant by that because that’s all that kept it up… pumping money IN to their favorite stockholders to keep it up. So that’s what’s going on.
It’s just astonishing, as I say, but not really when you’ve been following this for years. They have to bring down the whole world at the same time. It’s the same with all the countries of Europe. No one has YET said, we should pull out of Europe. You won’t hear it. It won’t happen. What they are saying now, we are all in it together, we’ve all got to suffer equally and we’ve all got to bail out each other. Not only that, the IMF and the Central Bank will be in charge of every country’s bookkeeping. So what’s the point in still pretending you still have a country at all? Remember, the intention of it was to take away sovereignty from individual nations. Well, they’ve done it. And they won’t allow anybody to pull out. It will be called a Rogue State, meaning the rest of them will have to go in and start bombing them or something. That’s what’s going to happen. That is what is going to happen.
Society has really been dehumanized completely because it was war on society for well over 50 years, covertly, without their knowledge, culturally and every other way too, to bring down everything that held them together as a people, in different countries. The same tactics were used in every country. The family unit is kaput. You dump the old folk in old age homes and forget about them. The government grabs their houses; I have another article on that too. Under National Health Service systems they steal your home when you are put into one of these, even if you go in temporarily for treatment and you are over a certain age; they steal your home from you. They’ve been doing that for years there. They do that in Canada too, by the way, because we’ve got the same kind of system. The US is going to copy it.
While they are doing that, they’ve also dehumanized the average person with incredible violence; incredible violence in the movies and even on their BBC dramas and CBC Canada dramas and lots from America too in their movies. Violence, violence, violence until we are punch drunk and satiated kind of like vampires that are overstuffed with blood really. They can’t tell what horror is anymore, even when they are readying you for it. And you have no one to turn to because everybody is dysfunctional. A complete war on society, totally dysfunctional. People can’t even stay together anymore for any length of time because they all expect to have film stars as spouses, even temporary spouses. They are constantly bombarded with younger and younger and younger people all the time. That’s why Hollywood gives you what’s supposed to be the perfect male and the perfect female, even though they’ve all had the same plastic surgery and look like peas in a pod really. Don’t they? Like manufactured from a factory. That’s the IN look. What they give you is what is beautiful today.
People don’t consciously think through it. They try and emulate it. It generally tells you, I’m not quite the same as that and my mate certainly isn’t as young as that. It’s meant to make dissatisfaction come to the fore. That’s what happens and everything goes to blazes. People don’t realize the psychology that’s being used on them, MASSIVE PSYCHOLOGY. They said a long, long time ago, even in the Marxist philosophy, they’d have to destroy the family unit. When you take the agencies that were brought in during and after World War II to bring in the new cultural industry, like the Frankfort School and so on, that’s what they gave you. They gave you unbridled sex; it was okay. Here are the drugs to go with it; the CIA supplied them. I’ve given you links for documentaries on it. America’s Cultural Cold War is a book you’ve got to read. Most novelists, most mainstream movies that you saw, everything that affected you, made you emulate was given to you and supplied by the same groups of people who were supposed to change the society forever. And you all thought you were doing your own thing. Nothing is further from the truth.
We are dehumanized now. We are almost brutalized, actually, with the amount of violence and sex you’ll see on normal television and what we now call normal movies. We are beyond the bizarre really. That’s why we can watch folk getting blown up with drones across the planet somewhere and it’s just like another movie to us; it’s not real. To those guys who pilot the drones from their Playstations in the States, it’s just as unreal to them as any video game, completely dehumanized, desensitized to the slaughters they are causing. These things will eventually be used within your own territories. You’d better believe it. Remember, the Department of Defence’s report that said, they foresee nothing but riots sparking off around 2012 continuing for possibly 30 years and flash mobs. It will be over food shortages and unemployment and misery and all the rest of it. They gave all the reasons; they KNEW what was coming down… because it’s planned that way. That was followed by the US military report with their think tanks and it was exactly the same. I have those links there, by the way. All this is going to be used eventually on the people. It said in the British one, from the think tank FOR the Department of Defence and NATO. It said in it that they will even use battlefield neutron bombs and so on ON the public if required… in their own countries. It’s astonishing.
Here is an article here to show you how bad it is. Now, you have to understand what you are seeing and how you are getting trained to see something. How you are trained to perceive something. IT’S DONE WITH TERMINOLOGY CHANGES. Now, we call these tazer guns that they are using on people, tazer guns. No. They are cattle prods, folks. That’s what we used on cattle for many, many, many years. Now they are using it on people. It’s the same thing. It’s a cattle prod on wires. They’ve even got ones out without wires and they are getting more and more and more of them. The cops love them; they want more and more toys. They like swaggering around with all this stuff and people being very afraid of them. This article is…
Fears of Taser overuse as children and the elderly are targeted by police stun guns (A: In other words, police cattle prods.)
By Jack Doyle and Stephen Wright / dailymail.co.uk / May 28, 2010
Tasers are being used on elderly people and children, new figures reveal.
Hundreds of teenagers and more than 40 pensioners have been fired at or threatened by police armed with the electric stun weapons.
Among those hit with a 50,000-volt shock were a frail 89-year-old man and a girl aged just 14.
The figures raised fears the weapons may be being overused. (A: Now, define ‘overuse’ because, see, there is no limit to overuse or normal. What’s normal use? Why should they be used at all? We didn’t use them in the past, but then we didn’t have cops dressed in combat boots and tucked-in pants into the tops of their boots and wearing black like some Nazi SS officer either.)
Critics warned they were ‘potentially lethal’ (A: Of course they’re lethal; they’ve killed enough folk already.) and could be more dangerous when targeted against vulnerable people.
Who is vulnerable? We are all vulnerable aren’t we? And they don’t shock you just once sometimes, they will do it quite a few times as they giggle away at the back there and they get off on it. You know. This is the world you are trained to live in. You are TRAINED. Your perceptions are altered FOR you and they call it tazers. It doesn’t sound as bad as a cattle prod does it?
Here is an article that ties in with it from Popular Science. It’s done in a humorous way, to hide the horror that it actually talks about.
In Safety Study, Sheep on Meth Are Shocked With Tasers
The study aimed to test whether Taser devices have caused heart-related problems or death in meth-addled suspects (A: This is what they claim.)
By Jeremy Hsu / popsci.com / Posted 04.12.2010
Shocked Sheep I’m maaaaaad as hell (A: Well, that’s really funny….) and I’m not going to take it anymore! From the excellent Black Sheep
Cocaine is a hell of a drug, but getting shocked with a Taser while riding high on methamphetamines probably beats any white-knuckled cocaine experience hands down. And that’s exactly what happened to some lucky sheep (A: ‘Lucky’… ‘lucky’ sheep; here’s how it’s said now.) in a new study that tested the effects of Tasers on meth-addled targets, funded in part by Taser International.
There’s at least some scientific reasoning behind all the apparent madness. Growing abuse of methamphetamines has led to arrest-related deaths in situations where law enforcement officers used their Tasers on drug-intoxicated suspects. (A: Actually, it’s killing a lot of people who were not on meth, so that’s nonsense.) The latest study was designed to test whether electronic control devices (e.g. Tasers) (A: It’s not a cattle prod. It’s an ‘electronic control device.’) can lead to dangerous cardiac responses in meth-intoxicated humans, with sheep standing in for people. (A: It’s kind of symbolic too, the sheep and you, eh? Sheep standing in for people…)
The less-lethal device of choice was the Taser X26, a standard law enforcement tool (A: A tool…) which can fire at suspects from a distance of 35 feet. Researchers shocked sixteen anesthetized sheep after dosing the animals with an IV drip of methamphetamine hydrochloride.
Some of the smaller sheep weighing less than 70.5 pounds suffered exacerbated heart symptoms related to meth use. But neither the smaller nor larger sheep showed signs of the ventricular fibrillation condition, a highly abnormal heart rhythm that can become fatal.
The study that appears in the journal Academic Emergency Medicine (A: They’ve listed it in that, a whole article on it, just to let you know the fun they are having as they shock sheep in preparation for shocking YOU. It’s a big joke apparently, a big, big joke. It’s all fun. It’s lots of fun.)
As they are doing all this and finishing off the States and everywhere else in the world and say, we are all in it together; we all owe massive sums of money and we are spending $1.1 billion for the big Royal summit. These guys obviously are Royalty, the way they are getting treated, these politicians. This article here from the BBC says…
Iran faces ‘most significant UN nuclear sanctions’
(A: Now remember, it’s a complete rerun of Iraq. In Iraq it was ‘weapons of mass destruction’ and we had that guy that came in from the UN looking for all this radioactive material and couldn’t find any. Remember, was it Brick or Flick or something that they called the guy. They kept telling us that but he said, even on documentaries later on he said, the US was determined to go to war anyway. Well, it’s the same thing here for Iran. Iran was to follow Iraq according to the Project for a New American Century. They had it all listed in the 90s; first Afghanistan, then Iraq, then Iran, then Syria. Obama is just following the same boys. You had the neo-cons and now you’ve got the neo-dems. It’s the same bunch. The same bunch. Haven’t you figured that out?)
Iran faces its toughest sanctions for failing to comply with UN demands over its nuclear enrichment, the US says.
(A: Exactly the same as they did with Iraq. Even though, when you go into the UN’s articles up there, they state that they have inspectors going in and they say they have NO weapons grade material.)
bbc.co.uk / 8 June 2010
The Security Council is set to vote on a fourth round of sanctions to tighten financial curbs on Iran, while expanding a limited arms embargo. (A: Sanctions, remember, is how they did it with Iraq as well. They starved them to death. Over a million died apparently. Madeleine Albright at the time was awfully happy about it when she was interviewed on television. She said it was worth it, the cost of human life and children and people who were sick and couldn’t even get penicillin coming in. It was worth it, you see, as they starved them to death BEFORE they attack them and roll over them with the biggest army on the planet; it was a walk-through. So who’s behind it here? It’s interesting too, Madeleine Albright is up there on the top panel of NATO right now; that’s where she was put afterwards, after her mid-life religious alteration, like Hillary Clinton. It says here…)
US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said they were “the most significant sanctions that Iran has ever faced”.
But Iran’s president warned his country would not agree to nuclear talks if the sanctions were imposed. (A: I’ll read the rest of this too because apparently Hillary is awfully overjoyed about it. I’ll read about this after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the next invasion, of course that was planned years ago. It says…
Its proposals include:
•Prohibiting Iran from buying several categories of heavy weapons including attack helicopters and missiles (A: So they can’t defend themselves.)
•Urging all states to inspect cargo suspected of containing banned items to and from Iran in their territory, including seaports and airports (A: ‘Banned’ items means food and medications and all this kind of stuff too; the same as they did before.)
•Calling on countries to block financial transactions and ban the licensing of Iranian banks if they suspect a link to nuclear activities (A: ‘Suspect,’ they can put anything they want down there.)
•Increasing the number of individuals – reportedly including senior nuclear officials – and companies targeted with asset freezes and travel bans
Mrs Clinton was upbeat about the prospect (A: Upbeat she is, probably overjoyed.) of the new resolution, which has the support of all five of the UN’s veto-holding members. (A: And we know who the UN works for too, of course.)
So, it’s quite something to live this life and just watch the plan unfold. These guys never change their tactics. They never change their agenda. They never change their plans. When they say something, you can count on it. They had it mapped out back in the 90s the countries they were going to take down, right down to the big corporations that would end up grabbing all the oil. No kidding. It’s just amazing how the world is run, like a big business plan. It’s quite fantastic. Here we are, living through it. I’ve got articles too to tell us now they’ve come to the conclusion at the IMF, that it’s not the banks fault and it’s not the fault of the guys who were speculating that we are all bankrupt. No. It’s YOUR fault, the baby boomers. Yep. You guys just had it too good and it’s all your fault that the world is going down to hell in a handbasket. Yep. So YOU are going to learn austerity. YOU have got to bite the bullet. YOU have got to really suffer for your flagrancy and your spending and all the rest of it.
Yep, BLAME THE VICTIMS. Blame the victims. That’s what the abusers do, blame the victims. They are going to make you pay and pay and pay. Pay right into serfdom in a whole new way of living, if you call it living actually. All hell is coming down already with increasing costs of living. It’s just starting now in the US and Canada. It’s going up. It’s really going to boom right up there, and fines, fines all around for new types of carbon taxes and all the rest of it on top of it. On top of all the other things you have to pay, because, you see, you had it too good.
It’s utter rubbish because people who live within their means and pay into their pensions and all that kind of stuff, find out their pensions are all squandered by their own governments in other projects. It was nothing to do with the people. The big banks threw credit cards to people in the 70s and 80s, mainly in the 80s onwards as the only way to keep the economy going as they knew darn well their international agreements that THEY had helped to draw up and through GATT, the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, had promoted the transfer of all your factories and all your big corporations across into China. Credit cards kept the economy going, because you were turned into a SERVICE economy across the whole Western world.
But no, they are turning around and saying it’s all your fault. All you little people, you just had it too good and now you’ve got to suffer. You know what? You will… and you’ll take it… and you will bend down again. Then you’ll ask the politicians to give you the answers and they’ll read their scripts written by their advisors, the REAL bosses, and you’ll keep taking it.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Now, there’re always newcomers coming into the show and I advise you to go into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. I would advise too that you bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use because sometimes the ‘com’ site gets overloaded or goes down and I can’t upload to it because of the particular server I’m using. If you’ve got these alternate sites you can always download the latest shows. Now all the sites you see listed there have the same audios for downloads. They all have transcripts for print up of alot of the talks I’ve given over the years in English and if you want languages other than English, go into www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu that’s listed on the front page there too. You’ll find the same audios plus alot of transcripts in the different languages of Europe.
While you’re at it, go into the books I have for sale. They’re different books. They’re not the usual scholarly books with the boring fake details of ‘his’tory, you know, someone’s given you his story. I give you much more than that. I teach you how to think in a non-linear fashion because you’ve been trained not to see most of the things that are out there around you and what they really are and what they really mean. You’re taught to think in a straightforward line as they leave clues for you and they guide you to what you think is your conclusion; a predetermined conclusion of course. That goes through your whole schooling in fact. It goes through everything you watch on television which reinforces that linear thinking; the ‘who done it’ sort of stuff. Now it’s very simple of course. They just have masses of chases and car smashes and they get the bad guy in the end. Meanwhile you’re getting downloaded with alot of suggestions and implants in political correctness. In other words, you get updated.
So I try to show you how this is done in my books. So you should get them and find out how it’s done and how you can deprogram yourself from it because the world is run by very clever people, people who’ve even dabbled with the creation of languages for people over the centuries and yes, people actually study how to create languages, and they do it every few hundred years. They give you your computer type language for the logic that you’ll use and they also show you how you should use it. They give you the format and you come to conclusions all the time that are predetermined.
Now, from the US to Canada, you can purchase through Paypal for donation if you want to purchase. Send a separate email, with your name, address and your order with the Paypal donation and I’ll get it out to you. You can use a personal cheque to Canada because we’re all one big country now apparently and you can also use an International Postal Money Order from the post office. Moneygram is ok as is Western Union. Some people just send cash. From Europe, it’s the same idea across the world, Paypal for donations or for purchasing with a separate email remember if you want to purchase using the Paypal and you can use Western Union, Moneygram or again cash. I think the cash they’ll eventually stop, probably in a few months the way things are going because so many of the European countries are being put through massive inflation right now and the cost of living’s going out of sight which means it’s also dropping here when it’s valued against the dollar but we still have to go that way too. We might catch up with them eventually. It’s all the same.
Remember the ads you here on this show go straight from the advertisers to RBN to promote this program, to air it, to pay for the staff, their equipment and their bills so it’s up to you to keep me going and it’s very, very important and it also gives me more leeway although I certainly lose out moneywise because there’re big bucks if you bring on advertisers and promote them. That’s how most shows and hosts make their living but as I say there’s always a catch to everything and you can have your hands tied about certain things that you might have to discuss.
Now, there’re so many things I could talk about today, but really it’s all out there in the mainstream. I’ll touch on a few of them and just touch them and get into something more interesting that really concerns us.
Back after this break.
Hi folks, this is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I could touch on the BP deal but it really is so… it’s kind of boring the way it’s being rammed out there and the whole thing stunk from the beginning when the company that certified this particular pipeline, this drill right down to the seabed, they certified it and took off from the rig and 2 hours later it blew up. It’s going to be the greatest boondoggle ever for the environmentalists, which is exactly what it was planned for I think. It will also up the price of everything and big laws will come down plus, no doubt, it’ll help push the whole carbon tax issue and energy issue right to the fore and they’ll pass a whole bunch of laws. So it’s awfully handy for that particular reason and that’s all I’m going to say on it apart from the fact that some of the top guys, including the BP chief Tony Hayward, sold shares weeks before the spill happened. I mean, that’s just like the same thing that happened before the Twin Towers went down. Remember the guy who owned them just insured them a few days before then ‘boom’ and down the towers went.
It’s awfully handy, when you have crystal balls like that, isn’t it?
In an article in The Telegraph it talks about it, that the chief executive of BP sold £1.4 million worth of his shares for the fuel giant weeks before the Gulf of Mexico oil spill caused its value to collapse. So I wonder why he suddenly lost confidence in that, you know? But this is the stuff that’s rammed through and as I say, there’re bigger things afoot here that’ll come out of all of this and I think we all know, the ones that think, what that will actually be.
When you go into other things that are happening in the world, we have articles about people being put in prison because they owe debt now and the ‘debtor’s prison’. The debtor’s prison used to be quite popular up until the 1700’s to 1800’s, right up to the 1900’s in fact, because you were put in prison because you owed debt and when you were in prison in those days, especially in places like Britain, you had to pay for your keep in prison or somebody had to because they didn’t give you the food for nothing, you had to pay for it and you also somehow had to pay off your debt while you were in prison.
It’s ridiculous but that’s what money’s all about. It’s kind of ridiculous to start with isn’t it? It’s a con game.
While they’re doing all that too, they’re really promoting eugenics all over the place and abortion and how wonderful it is to have the internet to help with abortions. I’ve an article from The New York Times and it’s about…
“Abortion Drugs Given in Iowa via Video Link”
“The situation has played out hundreds of times. From his office here, a doctor asks a woman on the computer screen before him one final question: Are you ready to take your pill?
Then, with a click of his mouse, a modified cash register drawer pops open in front of the woman seated next to a nurse in a clinic — perhaps 100 miles from this city — with mifepristone, the medicine formerly known as RU-486, that is meant to end her pregnancy.
Efforts to provide medical services by videoconference, a notion known as telemedicine, are expanding into all sorts of realms…”
So now you know what telemedicine is really all about. Shortly they’ll have ones too for people that want to commit suicide and you’ll get a little cyanide pill too that’ll pop open because they really want to depopulate quickly now, especially people who have stopped working or they’re disabled or they’re pensioners. They don’t want people being a burden on the state in these dire times and they’re getting the public all ready for it in a whole bunch of ways. Mind you they’ve done awfully well with the food so far with the GM food, the ‘modified’ food, in places like Canada, where cancers are just breaking out all over. Of course they’re stumped by it; all the new kinds of cancers they never saw before, but that’s what modifying this kind of stuff does to you. We haven’t eaten this stuff in our history of millions of years and suddenly this stuff is all here, heavily soaked in pesticide as well, and you wonder why you’re dying off.
Nevermind all the inoculations they give you with cancer viruses which they admit to and the pig viruses that are in them. Now they say that they’re ok too by the way. They’ve made a recent discovery. I read that last week. Pig viruses are ok even though they didn’t know they were there initially. They’ve suddenly decided, without even investigating them, that it’s ok for you to have pig viruses inside you.
So, there’re reasons for this. It’s not stupidity. It isn’t just big money. It’s to bring down the population, folks, that’s what it’s about; bringing down the population. All the big foundations are right into it through all their charities and their aid and everything and you’re not supposed to really think about that much. You’re supposed to think they’re out there handing out chocolate bars to people in Africa to help them because they love them and nothing of course is further from the truth; nothing at all is further from the truth.
There’s a great article about foundations and this ties into what I mentioned yesterday about the incredible network of foundations that run the world, including the network of foundations that are tied in completely with the intelligence services that are not answerable to the public. They get to do things that the intelligence services can’t do, but they want to do, so they use these other organisations to do it for them. It’s been like that for over 100 years. That’s part of the reason the ‘philanthropies’ were created in the first place.
There’s an excellent site with good documentation, very good documentation and you can validate it yourself by checking out the links he has on it and it’s by Michael Barker. It’s a 3 part series he put up there on the net and he talks about the beginnings of, for instance, the Bill Gates Foundation and how it started; all the organisations that are behind it, in it, the people who are involved in it and what they’re really up to and how, through their great philanthropy, mixed with bringing down the population, they’re helping the world with all their different GM food; the stuff they’re dumping across the planet.
I notice by the way that Haiti is burning millions of tons of GM food that they were given to grow in a charitable gift. They don’t want this stuff in their country.
I’ll read first, before I read this article, I’ll read this article here from a listener of mine that I know very well. He’s got hens. He breeds hens for himself and his family and he noticed that they’d stopped laying; they just suddenly stopped laying. So he wrote to the Co-op feed. That’s the company that supplies the feed and asked them if there was any GM corn in the feeds and he told them why he was wondering because they had all stopped laying. This is the response he got from them. The Co-ops are all across Canada and I think they have them in the States as well, maybe by the same name in fact. This is what he got back…
“Yes, there’s more than likely a Genetically Modified grain in the majority of our feeds. In Canada there is no separation of non-GM feedstuffs and GM feedstuffs. I am not sure of the exact figures but close to 50% of corn is from GM seed and over 50% of canola and soy bean are from GM seed. If you want a feed which is not Genetically Modified, a certified organic feed is probably your only option. We do carry a line of certified organic feed.”
So they know darned well what they’re doing because they also have this organic feed which will cost an awful lot more. It’s the same in Canada too. Anything you buy off the stores doesn’t list it as GM or not. That’s the law here in Canada because, you see, we were the test bed for this awful stuff, this poison. Long before anyone else in the world was tested with it our government admitted, eventually when it broke out from Britain of all places, that we were the test guinea pigs for the whole world and had been eating it for 10 years without our knowledge at that time and it’s now 20 years we’ve been on it.
They do want to bring down the population and it’s really happening with sterility too, so it’s doing its job and killing us off faster as well.
‘Philanthropy’; getting back to philanthropy, and the guys who really want to dump this stuff across the planet. Bill Gates of course you think is a real ‘whizz kid’ with computers, which is far from the truth. He was just brought up, in a special family of course, and pushed into a position and the Gates, they’re well named, the Gates were certainly opened for him and it’s completely tied in with the CIA, the NSA and a whole bunch of other organisations worldwide.
So it goes on here to say…
“Like many of the world’s richest businessmen Bill Gates believes in a special form of democracy, otherwise known as plutocracy, that is, “socialism for the rich and capitalism for the poor”. Following in the footsteps of the robber barons, like John D. Rockefeller…”
(Alan: Who he works with by the way)
“…and Andrew Carnegie, who founded two of America’s most influential liberal foundations (e.g. the Rockefeller Foundation and the Carnegie Corporation), Gates, like most capitalists, relies upon the government to help regulate and protect his business interests from competition, but is less keen on the idea of a government that acts to redistribute wealth to the wider populous. Dean Baker surmises this idea when he writes that Bill Gates is after all “one of the heroes of the conservative nanny state.” In the minds of such massively powerful would-be capitalists, the State is merely a tool to be harnessed for profit maximization, and they themselves, the ones who have acquired their wealth by exploiting and manipulating the economic system then take it upon their own shoulders to help relieve global inequality and escalating poverty – the modern day’s white man’s burden. As one might expect, the definitions of the appropriate solutions to the capitalist-driven inequality that are generated by the world’s most successful capitalists neglect to seriously challenge the primary driver of global poverty, capitalism. For the most part the incompatibility of democracy and capitalism remains anathema to all, instead liberal philanthropists industriously fund all manner of ‘solutions’ that help provide a much needed outlet valve for rising resistance and dissent, while still enabling business-as-usual, albeit with a band-aid stuck over some of the most glaring inequities.”
“With huge government-aided financial empires resting in the hands of a small power elite…”
(A: And by the way, this is the same power elite that gave you the European Union, the NAFTA Agreement and the GATT Agreement for China. It’s a world empire. It’s their world empire. It’s completely tied in with all the big names that you’ve known from all the other exposés over the years. It says…)
“…the ability of the richest individual philanthropists to shape global society is increasing all the time, while the power of governments to influence society is being continuously undermined by many of the powerful philanthropists.”
(A: Look at George Soros. He’s telling governments what to do)
“This situation is problematic on a number of levels least of not which is that existing theories of democratic governance find no legitimate role for liberal philanthropists acting as extra-constitutional planners.”
(A: We’ll go into this stuff deeper and see who’s all involved with it and it’s all the big names, Madeleine Albright, all these people. Back with more after this)
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I’m talking about big foundations and how they’re all interlinked in one big web across the world into everything and into governments too and on their panels of governments where they’re appointed, you know, like depopulation and all that kind of stuff, like the Optimum Population Trust. They’re all connected through the same groups; a parallel government if you wish. Again, they’re all interconnected as well with your ‘intelligence’ agencies. They do the things the intelligence agencies can’t really do openly, such as going over to Africa and dumping lots of drugs supposedly for AIDS that kill them off all the quicker which we all pay for over here mind you for the big corporations that are in league with Bill Gates and others. So it says here…
“For instance, in 1999 Microsoft helped found a corporate front group called Americans for Technology Leadership…”
(A: Sounds nice, doesn’t it?)
“…– a group which describes its role as being “dedicated to limiting government regulation of technology and fostering competitive market solutions to public policy issues affecting the technology industry.” In 2001, Joseph Menn and Edmund Sanders alleged that Americans for Technology Leadership orchestrated a “nationwide campaign to create the impression of a surging grass-roots movement” to help defend Microsoft from monopoly charges. The founder of this front group, Jonathan Zuck, also created another libertarian group in 1998 called the Association for Competitive Technology, a group which was part sponsored by Microsoft to fight against the anti-trust actions being pursued against Microsoft in the United States. Such antidemocratic campaigns waged via front groups and astroturf organizations,…”
(A: That was another one. Astroturf they made as well)
“…however, were just one part of Microsoft’s democratic manipulations: this is because as Greg Miller and Leslie Helm demonstrated (in 1998), this was just one part of a program that Microsoft and PR giant Edelman had been planning as part of a “massive media campaign designed to influence state investigators by creating the appearance of a groundswell of public support for the company.” None of this should be surprising because in 1995 it was also revealed how Microsoft were using “consultants to generate computer analyses of reporters’ articles, enlist industry sources to critique writers they know and – less frequently – provide investigative peeks into journalists private lives”. Amongst the rare spate of critical articles surfacing in the late 1990’s, to add insult on injury it was also shown that Microsoft had also made a $380,000 contribution to the conservative corporate-funded astroturf group Citizens for a Sound Economy (now known as FreedomWorks). Unfortunately, these examples only represent the tip of the iceberg of Microsoft’s democracy manipulating activities, as the corporate media while able to make occasional critical enquiries into corporate misdemeanours can hardly be relied upon to act as a corporate watchdog.”
(A: So they put up front groups that pretend they’re corporate watchdogs but it’s really to protect themselves and what they’re up to)
“Like what were formerly known as the “big three” liberal foundations – the Carnegie Corporation, the Ford Foundation, and the Rockefeller Foundation – whom exhibited a long history of working closely with the US government’s Central Intelligence Agency, Microsoft also has its own ties to the shadowy intelligence community. Thus in the aforementioned astroturf campaign involving Americans for Technology Leadership, another group that worked alongside this coalition on Microsoft’s behalf was a group called Citizens Against Government Waste. This anti-regulation group was founded in 1984 by syndicated columnist Jack Anderson and the late J. Peter Grace (1913-1995); however, Grace’s role in creating this group is particularly noteworthy as he had formerly chaired the AFL-CIO’s American Institute for Free Labor Development (or Solidarity Center), a group that has a long history of working closely with the CIA and the National Endowment for Democracy to promote the US’s imperial interests overseas. Of course, Grace who died in 1995 was not part of the Microsoft campaign, but the point here is to merely indicate the types of conservative groups that Microsoft associates with. Moreover, in 1999 it was revealed that Microsoft has direct ties to the intelligence community as “special access codes for use by the U.S. National Security Agency (NSA) had been secretly built into all versions of the Windows operating system.”
(A: That’s true. I’ve read that one on the air and I read a follow-up to it a couple of years ago on the air as well. They can’t have competition and it’s put out there to get all your data. It’s all part of the one big intelligence gathering system)
“These CIA-connections should be expected as one of Microsoft’s main clients is after all the Pentagon. Furthermore, Microsoft’s board of directors itself is also home to a key member of the ‘defense’ establishment, as in November 2003 Charles Noski joined their board. Shortly thereafter, in December 2003, Noski joined the Northrop Grumman Corporation – which happens to be the third largest arms manufacturer in the world – as their corporate vice president, a position he retained until March 2005 (he also served on their board of directors during these years). Another Microsoft director, James Cash, Jr., also serves on the board of General Electric, yet another major military contractor; while Noski also serves as a director of the Rockefeller-linked investment banking giant, Morgan Stanley, and fellow Microsoft board member Dina Dublon is the former chief financial officer for the Rockefellers’ financial services company JPMorgan Chase.”
(A: See, they’re all intertwined as one)
“Finally last but not least the CEO of Microsoft, Steven Ballmer, who has served in this position since 2000, has links to another controversial group called the Jewish National Fund (JNF). Here he serves on their World Chairman’s Council, a council that is composed of a “select group of people who have demonstrated an enduring commitment to Israel and JNF” by donating over $1 million. This group was formed in 1901, and is widely considered to be an environmental organization, which as their website notes, has “planted over 240 million trees, built over 180 dams and reservoirs, developed over 250,000 acres of land,…”
(A: But there’s more about this company when I come back with what they really also did.)
(Break message) You’re listening to the Republic Broadcasting Network because you can handle the truth.
Hi folks I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I’m just reading through some of the stuff on Bill Gates, the great philanthropist who wants to sterilise the world by making us all healthy and giving mosquitoes to pass on this new inoculation he’s got planned and all that kind of stuff and talking about philanthropists in general as well, how they’re all intertwined, these big foundations and these characters who form a parallel government across the world, are all intertwined with eachother and the intelligence services across the world. It’s their responsibility as they see it to bring the populations down to a manageable level as they bring in a Socialist type system that we all work underneath; a Communistic style that we live in and Collectivism while they live as the elite in the new feudal system above us you see.
Getting back to the CEO of Microsoft, Steve Ballmer, who also has links to The Jewish National Fund and how they plant trees all across Palestine all the way since 1901. I guess there’s a tree for every Palestinian maybe. That’s maybe how they do it. So it says here that Stanley Chesley, the JNF President…
“…also serves on the executive committee of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee. Indeed, although “throughout the Jewish world the JNF is seen as a highly responsible ecological agency” in actual fact, “JNF was the principal Zionist tool for the colonization of Palestine”. In a recent interview Illan Pappe put it simply: JNF is simply a “colonialist agency of ethnic cleansing.” This is a very controversial link for a corporation that created the Gates Foundation: however, having provided a critical overview of the corporation that allowed Bill Gates’ philanthropic work to thrive, the following part of this article will introduce some of the people and projects that have been supported by the various Gates foundations.”
(A: But I’ll jump from page 1 to page 3 and it’s really interesting as well because when you go into it, what they’re actually up to, as I say, they want to feed the world and bring the population down. There’s a sort of clash of heads here somehow and it says here…)
“In late 2003, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation was strongly criticized by “international charities, farmers’ groups and academics” as a result of a $25 million grant it had given to “GM [genetically modified] research to develop vitamin and protein-enriched seeds for the world’s poor”.
(A: So these guys really care, they don’t care about the poor)
“This money supported research being undertaken by two groups, the International Centre for Tropical Agriculture and the International Food Policy Research Institute, two groups which played an integral role in the first Ford and Rockefeller Foundation-funded (so-called) Green Revolution. Both of these organizations are also part of the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR), a group of global public institutes that is “widely accused of being a creature of its two major funders – the US and the World Bank”. However, although linked to the World Bank what most critical commentators fail to comment on is the fact that CGIAR was formed as a result of a “series of private conferences held at the Rockefeller Foundation’s conference center in Bellagio, Italy” and it’s work has been strongly supported by all manner of liberal foundations. Thus while a good case can be made that the Gates Foundation has been highly influenced by other liberal foundations, like the Rockefeller Foundation, John Vidal (2003) points out that there are also “reasons to believe that the Gates food agenda is now being shaped by US corporate and government interests”.
(A: Now, tie that in with Kissinger’s bill that he put through and I’ve got that up on the website somewhere. I’ll maybe find it tonight and put it back up there. He said that overpopulation was the greatest threat to the nation and then he listed all the Third World countries they’d have to bring down. But they also meant you at home by the way. You see, it’s a World Order and the peasant in America is of no more value than the peasant in China. In fact maybe the peasant in China is of more value to them right now because they’re internationalist who run you. It says…)
“This is because in regard to their support for CGIAR the Gates Foundation chose to partner with the US Department of Agriculture and USAID…”
(A: So they’re right into your US Department of Agriculture as well this great philanthropic GM foundation)
– “two of the most active pro-GM organisations in the world.” (Brian Tokar in his 2004 book, Gene Traders: Biotechnology, World Trade, and the Globalization of Hunger, provides a critical overview of the US involvements in GM developments.)”
(A: And by the way, you’re getting that GM rubbish whether you like it or not. That’s the mandate. They’re going to give it to you whether you like it or not)
“Given this accusation of corporate influence it is poignant to reflect on the large number of ties that the Gates Foundation’s current leadership has to various biotechnology ventures. Thus Melinda Gates has served on the board of directors of drugstore.com; the president of the Gates Foundations global health programs, Tachi Yamada, formerly acted as the chairman of research and development at the global drug company,…”
(A: Oh, guess who?)
“…GlaxoSmithKline (2001-6); the president of the Gates Foundations global development program, Sylvia Burwell, is a director of the Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa; their chief financial officer, Alexander Friedman, was the founder and president of Accelerated Clinical, a “biotechnology services company dedicated to accelerating the clinical trial process for biotechnology firms”…”
(A: That means ramming it through, ramming it through, that’s what it means)
“…the Gates Foundations managing director of public policy, Geoffrey Lamb, formerly held several senior development positions at the World Bank,…”
(A: Oh, goodness me!)
“…and is the chair of the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative; while finally, Jack Faris who formerly served as the Gates Foundations director of community strategies has, since February 2005, been the president of the corporate lobby group the Washington Biotechnology and Biomedical Association.”
(A: They have it all. They own it all folks and all these foundations and all these organisations here put their handouts straight into newspapers for you to lap up thinking ‘oh they’re really independent of eachother’. It says…)
“In addition, given the key role played by liberal philanthropy, most notably the Rockefeller Foundation, in promoting the initial Green Revolution, it is noteworthy that many important people at the Gates Foundation are directly connected to the Rockefeller philanthropies: Tachi Yamada is a former trustee of the Rockefeller Brothers Fund; the two chairs for the Gates Foundations advisory panels for their U.S. program and their global development program both serve as Rockefeller Foundation trustees (these are Ann Fudge and Rajat Gupta respectively); while Henry Cisneros, a former Rockefeller Foundation trustee sits on the Gates Foundations U.S. programs advisory panel.”
“Part 2 of this article has already demonstrated the Gates philanthropies (like many liberal foundations) have an affinity for funding population control programs, so the aforementioned connections to both the Rockefeller philanthropies and to the biotechnology industry cast an ominous shadow over the Gates Foundation’s activities in this area. To fully understand this statement one must look critically at the history of the first Green Revolution, as the whole idea of the Green Revolution is problematic because although the “chief public rationale” for it was supposedly humanitarianism, a good case can be made that the logic undergirding this revolution was Malthusian not humanitarianism (for further details click here).”
(A: And he’s got links to more information about this)
“Moreover as critical scholars like Eric Ross have pointed out, the Green Revolution should be considered to be an “integral part of the constellation of strategies including limited and carefully managed land reform, counterinsurgency, CIA-backed coups, and international birth control programs that aimed to ensure the security of U.S. interests.”
(A: That was the part that Kissinger was involved in too)
“This little-heard of critique of the Green Revolution is supported by the work of other writers (e.g. Susan George and Vandana Shiva), who have demonstrated that the so-called revolutionary changes promoted by the Green Revolution actually increased inequality, and in some cases even hunger itself.”
“Former Rockefeller Foundation president, George Harrar, has been credited as being the “architect of the Foundation’s agricultural programs, beginning in Mexico during the 1940’s, and was in large part responsible for the so-called Green Revolution”. Harrar also played a key role in the founding of the aforementioned Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research, thus it is fitting to note that Eric Ross wrote in 1996 that:
“The threat of Malthusian crisis justified the central premise of the Green Revolution that, if there was not enough land to go around, peasant agriculture could not yield sufficient increases in food. In the process, it side-stepped the important question of whether land was truly scarce or just unequally distributed. It also concealed another agenda. J. George Harrar… observed in 1975 that ‘agriculture is … a business and, to be successful, must be managed in a businesslike fashion.’”
(A: You must also remember too folks, and we’ve all forgotten this in this day and age; the public have forgotten this, food is used as a weapon. It’s a primary weapon and you’re all going to find that out shortly with rationing. Back to the article, it says…)
“Thus he was acknowledging that the Green Revolution was not just about producing more food, but helping to create a new global food system committed to the costly industrialization of agricultural production. Throughout much of the world, Malthusian logic, hand in hand with the new technologies of the Green Revolution, helped to put land reform on hold.”
“Bearing this history in mind, it is consistent – but alarming nevertheless – that the president of the Gates Foundations global development program, Sylvia Burwell, is a director of a group called the Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa…”
(A: They really love Africa of course as they kill them off)
“…– an Alliance that was founded in 2006 by the Rockefeller and Gates Foundations’. Using similar humanitarian rhetoric to that initially used to promote the original Green Revolution, the Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa (whose offices are based in Kenya…”
(A: Kenya, oh what a coincidence)
“…and Ghana) describes itself as a “dynamic, African-led partnership working across the African continent to help millions of small-scale farmers and their families lift themselves out of poverty and hunger.” Yet in a manner eerily reminiscent of critiques of the initial Green Revolution, in 2006 Food First observed that: “Because this new philanthropic effort ignores, misinterprets, and misrepresents the harsh lessons of the first Green Revolution’s multiple failures, it will likely worsen the problem” it is supposedly trying to address.”
“Other than Burwell, another Gates Foundation representative serves on the Alliance’s board of directors is Rajiv Shah, who is deputy director for policy and finance for global health at the Foundation. Furthermore, other Rockefeller-linked directors of the Alliance include Rockefeller Foundation trustees Strive Masiyiwa and Mamphela Ramphele (who also happens to be a director of the world’s second-biggest mining company, Anglo American); Nadya Shmavonian who is vice president for foundation initiatives at the Rockefeller Foundation, and had formerly worked for twelve years at the aforementioned Pew Charitable Trusts; Monty Jones who began his career (in 1975) at the Rockefeller-funded West Africa Rice Development Association;…”
(A: By the way, they came out with that yellow rice and they actually had an article out a couple of years ago that said, from the UN, that they’d found that this particular rice helps to bring down the sperm count in the males and it could be used for that purpose to bring down the population. That was in the mainstream courtesy of Rockefeller)
“…and Moise Mensah, who is a member of the 2020 Vision International Advisory Committee for the International Food Policy Research Institute – a Rockefeller funded group that was involved with promoting the original Green Revolution. Like many of the other groups involved in the Alliance, the latter group is a member of the aforementioned Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research.”
(A: Now all these organisations sound so official that you all think they’re part of governments. We read these names all the time and it goes through our heads and we don’t even remember them and we’re so impressed that they’re doing something. They’re all tied together for Malthusian purposes. It says…)
“Having now elaborated the links between biotech companies, population control research, and the new Green Revolution, it is critical to acknowledge that in large part, the modern day environmental movement grew out of the highly successful population control movement in the late 1960’s, and so environmental organizations are also well enmeshed in this web of philanthropic causes and democracy manipulators. These links are best represented through the person of Walter Falcon. From 1979 until 1983 Falcon chaired the board of trustees of the Agricultural Development Council – a group that was established in 1953 by the influential population control activist John D. Rockefeller 3rd –…”
(A: I’m losing my voice here)
“…and when this group merged with two other Rockefeller-related agricultural programs to form what is now known as Winrock International, Falcon continued to serve on their board of trustees. In 1987 Falcon also became a trustee of the International Rice Research Institute, and thereafter went on to serve as the chair of their board. The Falcon-environmental connection, however, comes through his presence on the board of trustees (from 2001 until 2007) of the Centre for International Forestry (CIFOR), a CGIAR member organization whose mission suggests that they are “committed to conserving forests and improving the livelihoods of people in the tropics.” In 2006, this group had a budget of just over $14 million, of which just over nine percent came from the World Bank…”
(A: So they’re totally tied up with the World Bank and the UN and the World Bank is)
“…their largest single donor, while in the same year the Ford Foundation provided them with just under $0.4 million in restricted funds.”
Considering these connections it then seems appropriate that since 2006 CIFOR’s director general has been Frances Seymour, an individual who is a member of the elite planning group, the Council on Foreign Relations, and prior to heading CIFOR had been responsible for providing leadership for the World Resources Institute’s engagement with international financial institutions (like the World Bank). Earlier still, Frances had spent five years working in Indonesia with the Ford Foundation, and had also worked on USAID-funded agroforestry projects in the Philippines. In addition, another notable trustee of CIFOR is Eugene Terry, who was formerly the director general of the West Africa Rice Development Association (for nine years) before going on to work at the World Bank – see earlier, for details of Monty Jones link to this…”
(A: He’s got all the links on here)
“…World Bank/CGIAR/Rockefeller funded group. Terry is also chair of another CGIAR member organization called the World Agroforestry Centre that was founded in 1978 and obtains funding from the World Bank/Ford/Rockefeller/USAID/World Resources Institute funding consortium. Moreover, Terry is now the implementing director of the African Agricultural Technology Foundation (AATF), a Nairobi-based group that was formed in 2002 with Rockefeller and USAID funding to lobby for greater uptake of GM crops in Africa. Although not advertised on their website the Foundation receives support from the four of the world’s largest agricultural companies – Monsanto, Syngenta, Dow AgroSciences, and DuPont. AATC chair, Jennifer Thomson, who published the aptly named book Genes for Africa (2002) also sits on the board of GM lobby group AfricaBio. Furthermore, William Niebur, who is vice president of crop genetics research and development at DuPont serves on the design advisory committee of AATF, and on CGIAR’s private sector committee.”
“Other than via Eugene Terry, the Centre for International Forestry can be connected to agribusiness giant Syngenta through CIFOR trustee Andrew Bennett who is the former executive director (now just board member) of the Syngenta Foundation for Sustainable Agriculture. Terry joins Bennett on the Syngenta Foundation board of directors; while the Foundation is now headed by Marco Ferroni, who is a former World Bank advisor, and a former executive at the Inter-American Development Bank. Another notable director of the Syngenta Foundation is the president and CEO of the Novartis Foundation for Sustainable Development, Klaus Leisinger. This is particularly interesting because the Novartis Foundation joins the Gates Foundation and World Bank/Ford/USAID types in funding the work of a key population control group, the Population Reference Bureau;…”
(A: I hear music coming in and I’ll continue with this when I come back from these messages)
Hi folks I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
I’m reading from a series of articles from Michael Barker, who really did his homework in universities to bring all this to light. He gives the links to all the various organisations that are completely tied together like a big ball of wool really. You’d have to unmesh it all really to find out who’s who. But they’re all tied with eachother through interlocking directorships and CEO’s and all the rest of it, taking over the whole world’s food supply and really the societies of the world that are under their jurisdictions. They are a parallel government. From page 2, I’ll just rush through this part here because it’s important. You’ll know these names. They talk about the Gates Foundation. It says…
“Formed in 1994 by Bill Gates and his wife Melinda Gates, with an initial stock gift of about $94 million, the William H. Gates Foundation was managed as the name of the foundation suggests by Bill Gates father, William H. Gates Sr. Presently acting as the co-chairman of the Gates Foundation, Gates Sr., has independently of his son, had a successful career establishing one of Seattle’s leading law firms, Preston Gates and Ellis (which in 2007 became K&L Gates), whose work is closely tied to Bill Gates’ corporate/philanthropic network. Gates Sr. is also a director of the food giant Costco where he sits on their board of directors alongside Charles Munger, the former vice chairman of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.. In 2003, Gates Sr. cofounded the Initiative for Global Development, which is a national network of business leaders that ostensibly champion “effective solutions to global poverty.”
(A: This is really sustainability they’re talking about here in their fashion)
“The dubious level of commitment this group has to truly solving global poverty can perhaps be best ascertained by the fact that the two co-chairs of the Initiatives leadership council are the two former Secretary of State, Madeleine Albright, and Colin Powell. Albright, Powell, and Gates Sr. also serve as honorary chairs of another arguably misnamed ‘democracy’ promoting project called the World Justice Project which happens to obtain financial backing from two key weapons manufacturers, Boeing and General Electric: this project also receives support from Microsoft and the Gates Foundation amongst others.”
(A: And Madeleine Albright too remember is also on the board, the top board, now of NATO and she wants to starve Iran like she had Iraq starved before it. Do you understand that these are anything but philanthropic organisations? This is weaponisation of food, on one side, by people who all obviously tied together by some other means and made very popular and very famous by an organisation that opens all the doors for them right up into all governments and beyond governments and they go into their ‘charities’ to other countries, like Africa, give them African sounding names, African Development Funds for this, that and the other and it’s not African at all. Then they manage to get all their stuff spread across the fields across Africa, which of course contaminates all the original grains they had there, then you’re at the mercy of purchasing from them every year; the same seed to grow the stuff. You can’t keep your own because they have a killer gene in it, a ‘Terminator’ gene, to ensure you can’t grow a second crop from the initial seed that you bought from them. But then you can go to the World Bank, you see, and borrow more money to buy the seed. But then you have to buy the ‘Round Up Ready’ and all the other stuff that goes with it; the special chemicals from the big chemical companies that you must use on these particular plants. You have to borrow money for that too. Then you’ve got to borrow money when it all fails, and by God, is it all failing across the world from the reports that are coming in.
Philanthropies? I don’t think so. I think they’re definitely Malthusian)
From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on June the 11th, 2010. Now I always, I know it’s boring to go through this little routine, but I always suggest that newcomers look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. That’s my main site, you’ll see on that front page all the other sites I have up there. These are the official sites. Bookmark them for future use because once in a while I get problems with the com, and also too, thousands go in at the same time after I’ve uploaded the show, and it tends to be kind of sticky at times. So you can always try these other sites if you have problems. And while you’re there go into the books I have for sale. They are different. They’re different from the usual “his” stories that you get, the authorized versions. I show you the con tricks down through time to the present day. And they’re still as valid today as they ever were. The particular tricks that are used within language and symbolism and so on, to con you. Everything really is symbols. They’ve used it from ancient times, and those who held power understand the meanings amongst themselves of the symbols. The general public never think about it. They take everything for granted, and that’s what it’s all based on. The same as today with politics and the terms they use in their treaties and different things they sign. So, go in there, buy the books, it will help deprogram you. It will help you to start to think in a non-linear fashion. And buy the discs as well that you will see advertised. They’re DVD discs and CD discs, some with 50 shows on them. And that will help me tick over, hopefully, hopefully, because I’m running behind right now. This costs a lot of money to do just what I’m doing here. It’s not just a one hour show, I have to do other things all during the day, and this is how it goes with me. It’s up to you to keep me going. The ads on this show that you hear pay for the airtime to RBN. The ads on the show are paid directly by the advertisers right to RBN for the airtime, and to pay for the equipment, their staff, and their bills. So you have to help me with mine. Remember from the U.S. to Canada you can use personal check, you can also use an international postal money order from your post office, if you wish. You can use cash, or paypal, if you want to order or donate. Use the paypal donate button, send a separate email with your name, address, and the order, and I’ll get it out to you. Across the world, it’s the same idea. You’ve also got the choice of Western Union or Money Gram across the world, cash, paypal for donations and for ordering, and I’ll get them out as soon as I can.
You know, what I try to do on this show is to teach people really how to look at things, and teach them how to think about things. Most people truly don’t think very much at all. They take everything at face value, and that’s what you get when you get a socialized, trained population. They don’t question things. They’ll fall into the traps of getting upset when the news presents you with something that is obviously upsetting, but they never give you a solution. They’ll generally give you two arguments, on the particular topic that upsets you, and people being as they are, pick one or the other. That’s what they’ve always given us down through time. That’s why you have Left Wing and Right Wing parties, and all of these things. There’s no difference between the party system, across the world. There truly isn’t. And Professor Quigley verified that in his book, Tragedy and Hope. He was the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations, which is the American Branch of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, run by the big banking boys and the journalist medias, and the media barons they bring into it. They give you your reality. Massive organization. They’re worldwide, they even have a branch now for the whole EU Union, for the parliament. And everybody in the parliament is a member of it. Quigley said, same with the U.S. presidents for sixty years and he wrote his book in the 1960s, so the U.S. has been under this from the early 1900s. Back with more after these messages.
This is Alan Watt, we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Talking about Conology. Conology is an amazing science, and it’s taught in very secretive places, to people who are picked to rule over you. And you’ll find that happens with those who are picked for the Council on Foreign Relations, and they have the same laws for their organization as they do from their main parent organization, the Royal Institute for International Affairs, where they can always give a public version to things if they’re authorized, but they can never tell the inner talks that they have for the real purpose. That’s not allowed. Same with Common Purpose which I’m certain is a branch of it, trained for it. Their job is to train future leaders across all sectors of a Socialist society. They have already trained well over 30,000, who are now going into jobs from local councils, right up to politics in parliament, and bureaucracies, civil servant, education, and the military. So, I’m trying to tell you here, for an awful long time, there’s been a massive organization with different branches all taking over the world, very secretive in some ways, and sometimes they’re very open as well with various publications that they put out. It’s just that people can’t be bothered reading them. They’re too boring. There’s no sex and violence. You have to remember too, old Albert Pike, the so-called pope of Freemasonry, as his followers called him, who said, we never talk more openly as when we do in public, surrounded by people who are not brothers. And that is very, very true. They put it right in front of your face. You will get one meaning, while there’s another meaning to the members, you see, and they’ll have a little chuckle. That’s how your news presentations are given to the public as well. We take everything on a face scan. We scan it with our eyes, and we think no further. We don’t really see, or understand what we’re really looking at, because we’re taught not to reason, or think, or critically analyze anything at all.
You’ll see the same in treaties, if you go into the preambles they have, because in the preambles they define the meanings of certain words they’re going to use in the laws to follow. So it’s very important to read them, because you’ll find that what you’re listening to in the stuff that follows, really is a completely different outcome, with the different meanings that they intend them to have. Very important. And you see, that is legal too. You can say, under this particular treaty, this word will mean this. And that’s quite lawful. And you’ll find that legalism is very important to these boys. When they want to take your rights away, then they simply pass a law, and make it legal. If they want to torture you, they’ll pass a law and make it legal. And we all are trained that all legalities are somehow okay, and we obey, and bend down, and allow our homes and everything to be plundered, robbed, and stolen from us in the process. We’re trained animals you see, and we’re talked about as animals, we’re akin to animals as far as those at the top are concerned. They call us the unwashed masses, and various other insulting terms. We don’t seem to mind so much, because most folk today are off in a fantasy land, as I say, a sort of kaleidoscopic fantasy land of fact and fiction, and heads full of hundreds of movies today, of predictive programming, and too busy scurrying around when they’re not watching stuff, to the bars to get sex or whatever, or to their work and back, and getting through the day. So they don’t want serious stuff, and therefore, they allow themselves to be managed by what’s presented to them as expert societies.
I can remember The Reckoning, a very good movie, with Defoe, the actor in it, set in the Middle Ages, well made, and it gave you the impression of being there type of thing. And it was about a group of peasant villagers that lived down below the lord’s castle, and they all knew he was a pedophile homosexual who was killing their little boys now and then. And they didn’t dare to talk about it. And there was some good quotes that came out of that movie, when one of the sheriffs came in, and he was asked about it. And he says, yeah, we know he’s doing this, but he’s awfully important as a warlord when the king needs him. So, they were okay with it. The peasants themselves were kind of okay with it. They talked amongst themselves, and grumbled and all that, because the lord left them enough food, they were all farmers and stuff, he’d left them enough food, you see, to live on, which was more then a lot of the lords left the peasants around them. So this symbiosis between the sadist overlord and the general population who just want enough to get by on, and buy their beer and do their favorite things. That hasn’t really changed today. In fact, it’s worse today than ever because they think they’re free. And they think they’re not in a feudal system. They truly do believe they have a strange thing called democracy, even though democracy was set up in the first place to be a form of takeover of socialistic society by Fabians, who, using the Fabian techniques, would run your life from birth to grave, or eventually, every individual that is, and organize your whole life for you. That’s even if they wanted you to live and serve them. That’s really what it is. And the transfer of wealth across the world, and all the bottom Lefties thought, oh that’s great, they’ll hit the big boys now, and plunder them for a change. No, they meant you folks, at the bottom. It’s your taxes that are going abroad, and it’s not getting to help people in Africa, or anywhere else by the way. But you accept it too, and that’s your own problem. You accept things. And you’ll accept, and accept, and accept, until the bitter end, until there’s nothing left to do, and you’re done for. That’s the reality of your lives.
Now scams, scams you see, can be very legal. As long as they’re legal, the people who do them get off with them. One of the big scams happening right now with all the mortgages, mortgage collapses in certain big places like L.A. is that because of the massive influx of people from Russia, and so on, lots of money, these people ruled Russia, lots and lots of money, the scam is going on. If you happen to be behind in your mortgage payments, then take another loan out, and then you start to pay your mortgage back after a few months, if you don’t look closely at the papers and what you’ve checked off, they’ll put that money you’re putting in every month, not to the mortgage, but to the other loan. This is done deliberately, because then they can seize your house. And that’s what they’re doing, because you see, they’re getting clients coming in wanting certain houses in certain areas. Since these guys all belong to the same club, so to speak, they’re doing this all over the place. So you better if you do have a mortgage, and you’ve had maybe a second mortgage or some other loan you’ve taken out, and you’ve been behind for a month of two, or three payments, you better check, and make sure that your payment is going to the primary mortgage, or you’re going to have your house lost. I’m talking to people right now who are going through this process. But I guarantee you, there are takers already there who have approached the bankers, and they all work together, because they go to the same clubs we’ll say.
Another scam that’s going on, and this is from a woman in Florida. She was hired by a big shot in New York, who is in charge of homeowners’ associations. Now everyone joins these homeowners’ associations, thinking, well we’ve made it now. We can be in a homeowners’ association. Only the wealthier folk have homeowners’ associations. And you get a list of the rules to follow about the length of your grass, the color of the paint on your door, and that. Some people like that uniformity. They’re already socialized and don’t know it. But the whole idea of the scam. This woman is one of them. She’s sent out to look to see maybe if the grass is burnt here, or too long in one area, and makes a little record of the misdemeanors you see. Or there’s paint flaking off the so and so, and they’ve already been given one notice to have it repainted in the color they’ll tell you to paint it, from this particular paint store by the way. You must get the exact, right paint. And once they’ve got a few lists of this, guess what? You didn’t look at the fine print in your homeowners’ association legal documents, because the guy who’s in charge of it, which is the guy in New York, can take your home from you. Whether you’ve paid it up or not, it makes no difference, he can steal your home. And it’s all legal. These guys use legal means and they live on the fact that you won’t check all the small print or ask any questions. So many scams. That’s how the whole world is run.
Money itself is a scam. Utter scam. Always was. It’s important to make you believe it so you will spend it. You’re getting trained at school to grow up to work for it. Not for planting food, not to buy food, to buy the things that you need, and it’s elastic. It always go up and down like a yo-yo. Generally up. And you put money into pensions and that to watch them getting plundered, as they’re doing now by the way. There’s articles out where they’re going to go into pensions and decimate them, to pay off the debt, you understand, we’re all in bad trouble, and all that nonsense. It was planned years ago, years ago, when they gave you all these insurance policies, and government sponsored pension plans that they were going to plunder about now. But it’s legal you see, because they are the big legal guys who make the laws. They can do anything if they pass a law you see. Anything at all. And they do it all the time. Just like the airport scanners. You can walk through them now and get dosed with radiation, and get laughed at. And they laugh at your body. And you accept that now, because you’ve been humiliated to the extent that there’s not much further to go, you see, and people accept it. And that’s something they know at the top. People will accept pretty well anything until they’re utterly starving, and then they riot like an untrained mob. And they’re ready for that too. That’s why they’ve been training people for years, inside the U.S., Canada, Britain and elsewhere, long before 9/11 came along, years and years before it, with internal armies to take care of the thirty years upcoming struggle that they see coming from the Department of Defence’s think tank, and I say that’s a 90-page report, plus the U.S. one going along with the same strategies, the same forecast. That’s the real world, folks.
You don’t like hearing it, because it doesn’t give you much hope, because you’re always waiting for someone to come along and save you. You know, every movie, like the Matrix even, you’re the one, Neo, you’re the one. It’s always the one. The old Clint Eastwood movies, too, same idea. All the cowards are in town, getting beaten by the bad guys, the women are getting raped, and they wait for this one man to come up and clean up the town. You know, I’m sorry, but that’s the American…Americans have had that drummed into them since about 1940-odd. From movies, from I’ll say, just from California. Actually I’ll come back with more on this topic, after this break.
This is Alan Watt, we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Talking about Conology, and you’ll find no better conology than in the media, because the media is owned by big media barons, who end up getting knighted by the queen for giving you a lot of nonsense that you believed, and really bringing your mind psychologically along to the roads of Socialism. It doesn’t matter if you think you’re a Right Winger, you’re still thinking Socialist things these days. In fact, Lenin said the same thing, that eventually the parties will be arguing over pensions, and services and government services and so on, until basically, they’re really pushing the same Socialist agenda. And that’s happened. And apart from that, you don’t have any Conservatives at the top, or Socialists at the bottom, they’re all one big party, because they’re run by the Council on Foreign Relations, across the whole planet. And all the myriad of specialized organizations, sub-organizations doing specialized parts of it. It’s been on the go, long before you were born.
Now, the European Union, it’s just amazing the billions of pounds and Euros that they’ve thrown into this black hole to stimulate the economy, it’s just astonishing, so that countries like Greece can start paying off the interest on it’s debt, which is incredible. It’s incredible. You know it’s not meant to get paid off ever, this is all control factor as you get taken down into a complete new way of, I wouldn’t say living, it’s just existing. And more and more government powers over the head of you. Plus of course, it gives the Central Bank of Europe the right now, through the IMF, to do everyone’s bookkeeping. That’s what they were after in the first place, and this is what a lot of this is about. And at the same time, when they joined the E.U. a long time ago, and they didn’t know it, because they didn’t tell the public any truths on it. Which by the way, was one of the prerequisites for getting aid, lend-lease scheme they called it at the time, from the U.S. and Canada, that Europe must unite together. That was part of the whole thing that F.D.R. then Truman, and then Eisenhower was after. They said Europe must unite completely, and they meant total unification under the parliament, ala Karl Marx. The same thing that he wanted. So, it’s no coincidence that they always go along in the same agenda, which they believe is a scientific socialism run by experts. And that experts must run the world, because you see, democracy just doesn’t work as the Club of Rome said, and all the other boys agreeing. It won’t work because there’s too many competing, conflicting, fighting parties in society to ever get the jobs done, because you see, the big boys at the top have got a lot of plans to put in, and they don’t want any bickering, they just want to go ahead and do it.
So they’ve got all their technocrats, going across the world, and their think tanks with the real power, as Quigley said, doing the real work. The parallel government, funded by the foundations. In the meantime, Britain has already paid millions of pounds to the E.U. in fines over different things, like trying to sell oak trees, planked oak across Europe, and they decided, no, the British oak was too wavy, had to be straight grained you see, not wavy, and so they got fined for that. They got fined when they said the butchers could not transport meats, the carcasses from say one alley, across an alley, a doorway across an alley maybe two or three feet wide into the air, and into the next part of the shop. So they closed down all the small butchers, because they don’t want that too. They want big supermarket chains that will make sure you get your poisoned G.M. food, and I’m not kidding about that. That is part of the reason for it. But the British taxpayer gets fined. They always say Britain gets fined; no, the taxpayer gets fined millions. So here they are, in the hole, Britain’s even paying for roads to be made in Poland and so on, Here they’ve got fined again, as they’re broke, bankrupt, and all the rest of it, and they owe trillions. This is June the 3rd, 2010.
UK receives ‘final warning’ over air pollution
(Alan: And that was from the BBC News. So the U.K. gets a final warning, it says:)
The European Commission has threatened to take the UK to the European Court of Justice over air quality breaches.
The UK could end up paying as much as £300m in fines.
(A: And that’s the taxpayers who have lost everything. The only thing they haven’t done yet is sold off their children, or maybe they have, and don’t know it.)
The government received a second and “final” warning from the commission
(A: That’s the Dictatoriat. The Dictatoriat at the commission at the E.U. Parliament. It’s not a democratic institution. Never has been. It says;)
after the levels of dangerous airborne particles, or PM10s, in London and Gibraltar exceeded EU limits.
So, naughty Britain. We’re going to punish you by fines, fines, fines, fines, until you’re utterly destitute and in rags. That’s really what it really means. One massive fine after another. Utter farce. You know you’ll never see Mr Cameron or anybody who’s elected, because they all work for the same organization, pulling out of the E.U. and tearing it all up and saying stuff it, and stuff you. That’s the only thing you can do. And a lot of the people in Britain know that too. And all the so-called phony debts and all the rest of it, you tear that up as well, you kick all those guys out of the Treasury, those intergenerational people who run the whole world’s central banking system, because they keep getting us broke every so often and cleaning us out. Doesn’t work obviously, clean them out. And get a new system in. And get boards of the citizens, ordinary citizens, right down to the working class, who must go on those boards every year and take their turn, every year so many months. That’s what you’ve got to do across the world. And start making your own money, backed by something, obviously. Otherwise you’re in utter slavery by your masters. Back with more after these messages.
H folks, I am Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. I’m telling you, until you get rid of these bankers, these international boys, they’re all related, who have central banks set up everywhere. We’ve been taught to believe they’ve got some special banking gene, utter rubbish, you see. They don’t. They just know the conology that’s involved, and they pay off the politicians to go along with everything. That’s not hard to do when you’re paying off a bunch of low-life psychopaths, and the thing is backed by nothing, and here we are being told now, that we’ve got to go into an age of austerity as they bring the whole world, and this is all run at the very, very top by bankers you know. The Milner group was set up by bankers for the Royal Institute of International Affairs to take over the world’s resources, including you folks. You are part of the resources. You are a renewable resource. Until you just kick them all out, rip up all these treaties, get an honest money system. And by honest, I mean you’ve got to make your own money. Whatever it happens to be, it’s got to be backed by something so that you can’t borrow from abroad, and you don’t overdo it, you don’t spend out more than you’ve got. You don’t lend money to other countries either. That’s not why government is there. Why should a government be acting like a foreign bank for someone else, using your tax money? And that’s the whole point of this conology. They’re using you as a guarantor to pay back all the money that your governments borrow from these banksters. And they’ve plundered the country at least twice every century. Read your histories, the same people. That’s the only way it will ever happen.
Now you’re being trained to believe that you owe the debt, and you must go into utter poverty, and you must serve the expert world leaders and all the rest of it. No, no, no. This was the biggest con of all, because this was always part of their game plan. It took them over a hundred years to get here, and it’s time it was stopped. It really is time it was stopped. And rip up all that phony debt, and every country do the same, and they all start with their own system from scratch. And citizens have got to all take their turn, you have to, it’s more important then jury duty or anything else. Take your turn at going over it yourself, making sure that the clique, the inevitable clique does not get in, and if it does, you’ve got to get them out. Get rid of them. That’s what you do. Right away. That’s all you can do. You can’t talk with these psychopaths. They have their plans and they’ll bring you into slavery. Don’t let the clique start. When you find the cliques, get rid of them because they all take orders from a very well organized society, massive society above them. Nothing to do with democracy, or republicanism either.
President Wilson in the U.S. was the first little puppy dog, who was run by Mandell House who belonged to the Royal Institute of International Affairs through his contact Lord Grey, and that’s who he got all his orders from, and they set up the whole business to do with the U.S. Treasury, with the intent of using the U.S. through a debt system to be the army for the world and bring this global society in. And destroy them at the end as well. He was the first one to use the term, in the U.S., saying it was a democratic government system, instead of a republic. A republic is supposed to contain these SOBs, so they can’t get away with these things. Don’t you think for a minute they’ll ever stop. You can’t sleep for a minute in any generation before they’re back doing it again. Evil, evil, bar stewards that really have plundered the world because they have a big socialist plan, where you’re going to serve them like utter raggedy peasants. FOREVER. And they will decide who lives, who dies, who gets bred, who doesn’t get bred. And so on, and so on, into Huxley’s Brave New World scenario. That’s always been part of their plan. And they’ve got to convince you, you know, you owe the debt, you must suffer. You won’t see these bar stewards suffering at all as they jet all across the planet. And you pay their pollution taxes. Another great con.
Anyway, I’m going to turn now to armies. Armies have always been used, as pawns in the game. That’s what the chessboard represents. The pawn is disposable to save the betters, the better pieces. And they never learn, because every generation of young guys wants to suddenly be somebody and go and kill. He hasn’t grown up yet. He hasn’t stopped playing with toy guns and chasing his pals around trees. In this society, as I say, they’ve already been weaponized, the children, with video games that were meant to desensitize them into killing. And they’re doing an awful lot of killing abroad. Incredible killing. And enjoying it in fact, really enjoying it, as we’ve seen from the exposés from Wikileaks and others. They really enjoy it. If you look into the military websites, you’ll get shocked at all the photographs they put up there to send home. Putting their fingers in the hole of their first kill and so on, it doesn’t matter who it is or what it is. And you’re supposed to be proud of these characters.
Years ago, the military, the Pentagon, first started talking about creating a cyber warrior, and then they talked about using a pharma chemicalized warrior to turn on aggression, and for those who know about some of it, you’ve also come across the movie, it was called Jacob’s Ladder, that went into that, where it was actually based on fact. They used American troops with hallucinogenic drugs, different types of them, with a particular one that was meant to cause aggression. They used it in monkeys and chimps, in cages, and these animals tore, literally tore each other apart piece by piece. They used it on American troops as well, who also tore each other apart, piece by piece. They couldn’t very well have that, they want them to kill the enemy and be utterly ruthless, demonic, in fact, so they had to come up with different ones. And they’re still going at it yet. I’ve read articles from their main sites from the military, talking about pharmacology and they’re using it. We had Canadian troops come back from Somalia, and they were driving their cars into army recruitment offices and so on. Some of them, from Somalia, said they were on these particular drugs. One of them was a new type of malaria drug that’s banned by France and other countries. The U.S. was using it on I think half the dose of the Canadians, so the Canadians, once again, were the guinea pigs, as we are for the G.M.O. foods for everybody. One of the guys said, he literally was tripping out from the minute he got up, right through his whole day. He saw distortions of colors, he’d get out of his vehicle and put his pistol to the heads of children and laugh and yell and all the rest of it. It was just like a dream, a big bizarre, kaleidoscopic, surrealistic dream. Many others too experienced that. They knew what they were doing, these guys who gave them this stuff. And they’re giving them other stuff too.
This is a handout obviously, I’ve told you before, if you see the Starsuckers, how we worship celebrities, and the second part that goes into how the media have very few real journalists now, and they depend on public relations firms for handing out news items to them, generally on behalf of Big Pharma. You see all that stuff you got to do with the flu was coming straight from Big Pharma, and going right into the newspapers, but it didn’t say Big Pharma; it would just give you the ‘news release.’ And you’d swallow it; that was all to make you believe it. Public relations, the advertising companies they hire, throw these out by the thousands. And the military, I read last year too from their own website, they’re going to put thousands of fake reports into the newspapers too on other items during this coming year. Here’s an article here. It’s from the Telegraph, now listen to this. Again, I’ll show you. You’ve got to learn to think.
Love hormone
(A: So right off, they’re giving you a premise here. Love. Well, everybody likes love, it’s like harmony, when they harmonize taxes and then bump something up, you see.)
Love hormone Oxytocin helps soldiers like each other and hate the enemy
Soldiers form loyal “Bands of Brothers”
(A: A fraternity, right)
fighting and dying for each other because they have the same instincts that cause mothers to ferociously protect their newborns, a study suggests.
(A: Now listen to this rubbish. It’s presented as news.)
Researchers have found that in the heat of battle they have the same chemicals running through their bloodstreams as protective mothers, meaning they develop incredibly strong bonds with each other but become extremely aggressive to outsiders.
(A: Now you’ve heard, I’m sure, like I have about the maternity wards where the mothers go crazy and just start tearing up the doctors and killing everybody around them and then running into town and killing and raping people, haven’t you? You see, utter rubbish. Utter tripe here, right.)
The effect resolves around the hormone oxytocin which is released at times of stress and when people socialise with each other.
(A: There’s more to it. They’re telling you a lot of lies here.)
But the scientists have found that this chemical, often referred to as the love or bonding hormone,
(A: By the way, you should go into the homosexual sites for the military. You should see some of these sadomasochistic sites they’ve got up there, with the swastikas, and the guys all with erections as they hack people apart. I’m not kidding you. This is for the U.S. and British military. That’s a fact folks. It’s rampant through it. Anyway, it says here:)
also makes them – like mothers – incredibly aggressive to outsiders.
Using a computer simulation game they found that volunteers given a spray of the hormone bonded more quickly and deeply with their own group but became much more hostile to outsiders.
(A: So, if you don’t have their little patch on, they’re going to hack you alive. And probably get an erection too.)
Dr Carsten De Dreu, of the University of Amsterdam, said that the phenomenon was known as “parochial altruism” or “tend and defend”.
This meant that boosted levels of oxytocin produced “in-group love” and “out-group aggression”, he said.
(A: See, we’re getting sixth-grade speech here. Then it says:)
Dr De Dreu, who published the findings in Science, said: “Oxytocin is a double edged sword. It makes you kinder to your group but more aggressive to those outside.”
Dr De Dreu thinks that the production of oxytocin, which increases at times of stress and in new mothers, has evolved since hunter gathering times when food was scarce and groups had to compete to survive.
He said: “Being aggressive to threatening out-groups makes you a hero, loyal and a patriot to your own group.”
Holly Arrow, an expert in the psychology of war at the University of Oregon,
(A: Well, that’s what they’re specializing in, you see, how to really use drugs on the minds of the troops. Because that’s what her specialty is, if that’s a female, we’ll never know.)
said: “Oxytocin is perhaps an important pathway that bonds men together and makes them ready to defend the group.”
(A: Actually, they’ll slaughter you too, obviously, you’re not in their group, when they bring them home.)
In three experiments, all on male volunteers, they compared the choices of individuals who received a dose of oxytocin via nasal spray with those who received a placebo.
The volunteers were assigned to three-person groups and introduced to a game in which they made confidential decisions that had financial consequences for themselves, their fellow group members and the competing groups.
The results indicated that oxytocin drives a “tend and defend”
(A: Oh, I love these little slogans they give them, eh. Tend and defend.)
response, promoting in-group trust and co-operation and defensive, but not offensive, aggression toward competing out-groups.
The hormone appears to have this effect regardless of how naturally co-operative people are.
What they’re not saying, you see, the female produces it, from her brain actually, it stimulates it, and oxytocin comes into play to bring you into labor, folks. That’s its main function. Here they’ve got sprays now for men, maybe they can put little insufflation under their skin there and give them long-term stuff, that will bead off and compete with their testosterone implants they’re getting as well, and God help us all, eh. And at the end of the slaughter they’ll want to push out a baby, out of their loins, I guess.
You see, this is the rubbish that they put to people. And you know something, these naive characters that go into the military have not read any of the previous experiments over the last hundred years they’ve done on their own soldiers, and the horrific effects of it all. And they’ll never be told the long-term effects or the effects that are going to happen on them personally. Never. Because they’re stupid enough to volunteer for it. And people are stupid. There’s a truth here, that the elites say, and Albert Pike said it too. They talked about using your mind and your brain for yourself, that’s what your job is, to use your mind, not someone else’s, or someone else’s point of view, but your brain for yourself. And he says, those who won’t use their own minds are meat on the table. He might have said steak, I can’t remember, but he said roughly, are meat on the table, and beasts of burden by choice and consent. And that’s how they believe it you know. And it’s true. It’s true. When you give away your brain, who can sympathize with you. Who can sympathize with you?
And here’s an article here.
Homosexuals brainwashing the children in elementary schools
(A: That’s been going on for years now because it’s now the law. And they’ve trained children from kindergarten for thirty years now that all these alternate lifestyles are okay so, when they do polls, you’ll always find, it’s up to about the thirty year olds, say oh, it’s okay, and twenty-fives are all for it, and those at ten years old are absolutely, you know the same thing. Folk that are over forty and fifty, all the polls always say no. It just shows you what indoctrination can do. They can make you believe anything, right.)
Extremely slick propaganda directed at the youngest of children! The videos below are from It’s Elementary, a 78-minute feature film produced by homosexual activists. These are actual scenes from elementary schools in Massachusetts and New York. It’s Elementary is meant to be a training video for homosexual activist teachers across the country. In addition, the film itself has been shown to schoolchildren in public schools in Massachusetts and elsewhere.
This is what is actually going on in more and more elementary schools across America. Watching this will really affect you! You will not believe what you are seeing.
(A: Well, I certainly would. And then it says:)
Gay & Lesbian Pride” Day in Elementary Schools – Actual footage of teachers indoctrinating children that homosexuality is “healthy education.”
And so on, and so on. Then they have them role-playing in the third grade. I guess they simulate having it. Anyway, this is what it’s been turned into, because as they say in Socialism, and this is a tenet and belief of Socialism, Scientific socialism, you can condition and train the public into whatever you want them to be, because the public consists of base animals. Do your homework. If there’s anybody out there that still has anything to hold on to.
Then you get the next part too. People don’t realize that the American food and agricultural association with the FDA were injecting pigs with human genes back in the 70s, and they got into the food supply, by the way. That was exposed in the papers at the time too, with those with memories to remember. This is from New Zealand:
Human genes to be injected into goats, cows, and sheep
Apr 16, 2010
Scientists have been given permission to put human genes into goats, sheep and cows for the next 20 years, to see if the animals will produce human proteins in their milk.
(A: Ha, ha. This is what they’re telling us, see.)
But people will not be pouring the genetically modified milk on their Weetbix just yet – the milk will be discarded.
(A: Yeah, sure. They’ve got to test it out on someone, to see how it affects you, obviously. Without telling you of course. Back with more after these messages)
This is Alan Watt, and We’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Just talking about all the chaos. It’s on purpose, it’s not really chaos. Everything’s planned and we’re right on course with everything that’s supposed to be happening today. Things that were planned a long time ago are all coming out today, with big finances behind them and so on. I’ve gone on about the Kinsey report, and the reality behind it. Those links are very important to see the truth of the perverts. And they’re perverts. That Kinsey, he was one himself, a real utter pervert. They hired child molesters, at the time, anal penetration to see if a baby would scream with stopwatches and all this kind of stuff. And he used streetwalkers and prostitutes for the average woman in the street, and homosexual convicts in prison for the average man in the street. Utterly faked, fudged science to change our whole way of living. And every court in law put that book up as a new bible, and it did change the whole of society. And he was funded by who again, the Rockefeller foundation and a whole bunch of other foundations, and they’re still going on today doing their sadistic little experiments on society. And obviously well shielded by the rich and powerful to do this very thing. And guys are changing physiologically. You’re seeing bio-chemical changes in men, they’re going sterile. They have no shoulders. Many of them are more like females than women. And of course the excess androgen and so on in women is making them more aggressive and more masculine looking, and women are putting fat on that they never could in places before. They’re being bioengineered by their food and everything else that they take, and all the cosmetics etc, and all the things they drink, because that bisphenol is in everything pretty well out there, from tin cans to their bottles, by purpose and design. And they’re not going to take it out. They know what it’s doing. They know. Now here’s the latest article, I’ll try to get it in, it’s the Globe and Mail, again another handout obviously.
Genetic finding paves way for controversial autism testing
An international effort led by Canadian scientists has uncovered the complex genetic architecture of autism,
(A: And that’s a lie to start with, they haven’t, but they make it sound like they have.)
revealing brand new targets for treatment and making it possible to predict with a DNA test at birth,
(A: Or here’s the real thing folks)
or even before, about 10 per cent of those who will develop the condition.
(A: Now how can they do that when the later articles only say they’re not too sure and all the rest of it. See this has got an object in it, and that’s just like to do with possible Downs Syndromes, anencephalics, and other various problems you can have with babies. And I’ve done shows before where mothers disregarded the advice, didn’t have the abortions, and their babies were fine. There’s more to it then this. Now, here’s another one they want to add to abortion. Your child may possibly, might you know, be autistic. They’re in charge of living and dying, who gets born, folks. And they’re training us, through all these different techniques, and articles like this, to go along with it. They’re the experts. So they talk about how they did the tests and so on, the Autism Genome project that you didn’t know was going on, and 120 researchers in 11 countries all involved in it, etc, etc, and then they go on to say:)
“I highly doubt you will find two families with the same combination of genetic variants,” said study leader Stephen Scherer, senior scientist at the Hospital for Sick Children in Toronto.
Then they go on to tell you how it’s too vague and all the rest of it. Blah, blah, blah, blah. Well it might be very, very vague, but that’s what they want. They’ll get false positives, like most things today, false positives half the time to increase the abortion rate. Thank you doctor, as you just flush Tommy into a bucket, who goes up a chimney, who could have been perfectly okay, like lots of them.
From Hamish and myself, in Ontario, Canada, Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 14, 2010. For the newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the other sites I have listed there for future use because the .com site goes down once in a while. Sometimes you’ll find there are sticky downloads when so many folk go into download from the .com site at the same time so if you’ve got these alternate sites you can always, hopefully, get a clean download. [Official sites listed above.] Remember, all these sites have transcripts of a lot of the shows I’ve given in English and if you go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu you’ll find that this site has all the same audios plus the addition of transcripts in other languages for print up and to pass around. While you are there look into the items I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs. That keeps me going because I don’t take money from advertisers. The ads on the show are paid directly by advertisers to RBN for this air time and for their equipment, staff and bills. And we’ve all got lots of bills, so you’ve got to keep me going. Purchase the things I have for sale. There are only a few things; I’d have hundreds of things out if I was doing nothing else. Purchase these things; that will help me trickle over and you’ll learn a lot at the same time, an awful lot in fact.
I go into things, really, what really matters; the things that really, really matter in the long term to show you how the world really is run, like a big business plan – and I’m sure lots of you out there have already caught on to that by now. Other ones are still grabbing at the latest crisis and we get crisis every month now. We are in an age of perpetual crisis and it’s all intentional as well. I mentioned before, perpetual war, from the military, an article that was written by an intelligence officer who said at that time, we are in a state now of perpetual war… to spread the American system, which isn’t really American at all because America is changing all the time but an American system, the new American system, across the whole world so you have perpetual crisis and perpetual war. War on everything. War on the climate, according to the Club of Rome, and war on humanity itself because they claim they want to bring this world back to a pristine condition so that those who are fittest, the elite, can live in it all nice and quiet and have lots of everything. So that’s really behind the big push now for sustainability and so-called anthropomorphic global warming, as they blame us for all this nonsense.
So keep supporting me. I need your help. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Some people just send cash; eventually it will be worth nothing, so send it off right now before it IS worth nothing at all. I really mean that too; it really is falling like crazy across Europe. The European money has just drastically fallen. Even India has gained 20 points while the whole of Europe, the EURO as they call it, has dropped, it’s plummeted. But that’s all on the cards too as we go into this great global future with its planned crisis and its planned outcomes and we all live in the happy plantation together ruled by our overlords and masters, who are all professionals, mind you, and experts in everything. They will take care of it all for us. In fact, we’ll have no thinking to do at all, apparently, according to some of the big authors that helped design this system. The state will be taking care of all your problems FOR you and deciding what you’ll do next, even what you will work at; school-to-work is all part of that too. A very old agenda. Isn’t it amazing that everything that happens, like 9/11 happens right on queue for 2001, the Century of Change. Then we get the oil spill, the massive disaster, RIGHT when they are pushing – and they were failing with the catastrophes for the pollution on the planet – carbon taxes come out of this and here we go. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I think it was Albert Pike that said, we never start a premature revolution. What he was talking about was the YEARS of work, many, many years, sometimes 20, 30, 40 years, or more, depending on the agenda or the part of the agenda, TO PREPARE it all and to get the organizations set up and to even get the IDEAS into people’s heads that they never had before. We are propagandized all the time and that’s what the media is all for, propaganda. All down through time it seems, since they gave us the printing press, we’ve had opponents for everything. So we have the pros and against down through history. It’s the dialectic process. Between the two of them they manage to brainwash the masses to go along with the same system.
It’s rather interesting isn’t it, that we’ve watched bank collapses, supposedly that happened out of the blue, by professionals mind you, the best there are, we are told, with Central Banks established in every country, that all work together – often intermarried in fact, a lot of the workers. They work with The World Bank and the International Monetary Fund and these are the BEST that money can buy supposedly. It depends who is getting the money I guess. But when you think about it, we’ve had collapses. We’ve had one in the 20th century. It was a massive, prolonged, what they called, recession – they like the ‘r’ word rather than the ‘d’ word when they drag it out; it’s still a depression – in the latter part of the 20th century in parts of Europe including Britain. Then we have this one in the 21st century with the bubbles and all the rest of it. Then the bankers are rewarded for their flagrancy and their greed by the taxpayer who supposedly makes good all their losses and we are all put into even further slavery. And we keep the same system in. That was only the 20th and 21st centuries. In the 18th century, too, 3 men in the US pulled the same stunt for over a period of 50 years; in the 1800s they got together and decided to literally crash the economy. They took over all the small businesses and little factories by themselves, for peanuts, and ran off with lots of old peoples’ pensions. And yet the same system is still here. Isn’t that astounding?
You would think, really, if you did something wrong, you would learn by it and say, we can’t have that again so we’ll change it to something that works and we’ll try something that might work. But no. It’s the same system that goes on forever, isn’t it, because it’s part of the CONTROL MECHANISM. Just like Pike said, they never start a premature revolution. So this is all part of an agenda, a worldwide agenda. They’ve already got the whole of Europe tied into paying off each others debts, supposedly, regardless of the countries that had the least debts having to pay out the same amounts, or at least even more, to other countries to bail them out. So TAXATION goes with central banking. Central banking allows governments and Federal Reserve systems or treasuries – whatever you want to call them; it’s different names for the same thing in every country. You’re governments can borrow from them, when they shouldn’t be borrowing anything at all since we’ve got enough taxes coming in, and if they can’t live within their means why are they out there borrowing? Anyway… They borrow from these banks, reserves and so on, and then they put YOU down as the guarantor to pay it all back. Then they hand it out to other countries, because it’s all to bring in internationalism and it’s not for your country at all.
It’s a very old agenda, a very, very old plan. You had the revolutions in the 1700s. You had the beginnings of what they then RE-called it, the communist revolution in the 1800s WITH the plan to amalgamate whole areas of Europe into one, amalgamate the Americas eventually and then the Far East, the Pacific Coalition, under the same system, UNDER a SUPER PARLIAMENT, a world government. They tried the Pan American movement in the late 1800s through, again, the friends of Cecil Rhodes and Lord Rothschild on the American side. Then they brought it back again it the early 20th century. Then they’d lost it for a little while after the wars and were pushing for global government under Wilson. That’s what the League of Nations was supposed to bring out at the time. They HOPED everybody would be so fed up with the massive slaughter – and that’s what World War I was, a slaughter – that they’d bring the countries to their knees and they’d give up their sovereignty and be ruled by the professionals, the experts and the bankers and the population control people. Well, that wasn’t enough so they had World War II. And it still wasn’t enough so they just kept banging along and they said, well, it will take up to the 21st century to bring it in.
So for the last 50 years of the 20th century they talked about the Century of Change which is now, the 21st century, kicked off by 9/11 to start it off, and the twin towers come down, on queue of course, and they create martial law across the whole planet. Followed by scare after scare, bird flu and all the rest of it and swine flu, and that never happened either, and throwing out billions and billions and then the bank collapse. Right on queue too, When they can’t get that carbon bill through, BINGO, you have one of the greatest oil catastrophes in the Gulf of Mexico. It just doesn’t happen that way. These guys have more luck than anybody. They could walk into any casino and obviously they’d have to win the biggest pot, to fit in with their agenda. They’ve got more luck than anybody I can imagine, really. Sure enough, they are tying all this in with changes to come, with pollution and carbon taxes – as Obama is talking and everybody else is talking about – to get that through. They weren’t getting enough support from the public, now they are terrifying them to the extent that they will probably say, oh, well, what can you do… and we go along with it.
You know, we are just living through a big business plan, a long-term business plan. The wars and everything are simply part of it and I’m not kidding about that. There is nothing that happens that is not planned, on a great scale. Nothing at all happens without the planning and permission… and negotiations and preparation too, mind you, for it all to happen. Roosevelt said the same thing, even in politics, if it happens in politics it was designed that way. So nothing can happen in politics out of the blue. It is designed that way. It’s agreed among certain people and it goes ahead.
During World War II, there were groups moving within the US and Britain and elsewhere, of high-profile people who were given the task to AMALGAMATE THE WORLD. They did release their books and they traveled during World War II, in military air craft to different countries, meeting high-profile politicians getting them to sign treaties and agreements and all the rest of it. A lot of it has still not been made available to the public but you can get their books and maybe one of these nights I’ll read from some of them so show you what they were talking about then. They even decided in 1943, for instance, in one of them, they would divide up Berlin between the Soviets and the Americans and British. That’s exactly what they did. What they said was they could never allow Germany to unite for at least one full generation. And BINGO, we had one full generation that passes and then down comes the wall and down comes communism, we are told, and that’s it, they are all one big happy family again. Then they find themselves belonging to the European Union and they are under a bigger master than ever before.
It’s so odd isn’t it? You think you are fighting a communistic Sovietized system where a few parasites can live at the top, on top of the wealth and the work and the labor of all those down below who suffer and toil and sacrifice to make it all happen, to end up working under the EU, where a few people live very well on the top of all the backs that suffer and make it happen. It’s just the same system, only better because you still think you are under democracy even though the EU has said itself in its own writings, it’s not a democracy. We are POST democratic, but it will take us another generation for that to fade out of OUR minds and they will feed that as long as they need to use that term, democracy, to fight wars and civilize people over across in the Middle East; stuff like that.
You have HUNDREDS of organizations that were put out in the embryo stages in World War II, that carried on after World War II. They go on all the time. Sometimes they change their names, but it’s all the same outfits really. You know, when you look at this article here, it’s from an organization that’s been amalgamating townships into agreements and treaties – which are binding by the way – bypassing your governments, your state governments, provincial governments and federal governments, with the permission of them of course, because they know what’s happening. This one is the ICLEI Primer, it’s called. It says…
ICLEI Primer: Your Town and Freedom Threatened
By Freedom Advocates / freedomadvocates.org / Tuesday, 4 August 2009
(Alan: This is from someone who has been watching it. And it’s good, at least in the US, that you have people who watch these things. You don’t get so much of that outside the US; they are too busy running with party politics and nonsense and sports. This article goes back to August 2009.)
Right now, in your town and neighborhood, policies are being implemented that will ultimately eliminate your freedoms and destroy your way of life. You need to know what’s going on to stop this process. Many town officials are selling us out to global regional development with help from the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI): Local Governments for Sustainability. ICLEI is used as one of the mechanisms to undo the political recognition of unalienable rights. (A: That’s true; it gives more power to government agencies and even ones that they privatize, which are given, really, federal authority.)
ICLEI uses the false premise and outright lies of anthropogenic global warming to change our way of life, for the worse!
ICLEI: Local Governments for Sustainability promotes Local Action 21, Local Agenda 21 and other United Nations programmes (A: Why? Because it IS a United Nations program. You’ve been under this since World War II.) implemented through local town councils, planners, mayors and local governments.
Why should you care?
Social engineering and behavior modification are some of the true objectives being implemented under the guise of environmental and climate protection. This is accomplished by exploiting people’s desire to maintain a healthy and lasting environment in the name of “sustainability.” (A: And that’s the key. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about some of the organizations. There are hundreds of them, hundreds and hundreds of them, non-governmental organizations that have many people within government working for them, by the way, that are allowed to affiliate with these organizations it seems, as they sell everyone out. It’s really a big agenda authorized on a world level by the world government, really, the ones who run the planet. All this is going on to train us into accepting it… step by step and generation by generation. Most folk today who are young and getting all their brainwashing don’t really care or really think much about it. It seems quite natural that we go into a world government and we’ll all start wearing green grass skirts and so on and be all happy. I don’t know, happy living in a modern bird’s nest or something like that; I don’t know how their new cozy habitats will be. This article here on this organization, the ICLEI, talks about… and this is about them actually, by someone who is watching them. I’ll give you the links on my site at the end of the show. They talk about how they use social engineering and behavior modification.
Social engineering and behavior modification are some of the true objectives being implemented under the guise of environmental and climate protection. This is accomplished by exploiting people’s desire to maintain a healthy and lasting environment in the name of “sustainability.” (A: Very big word, that, sustainability; it means SO much.) Here is an example of how ICLEI changes behavior, just like another organization called “Fostering Sustainable Behavior”. (A: They have lots of groups working alongside them, all under the United Nations. They are responsible for global and regional development.)
It is also ICLEI’s job to implement United Nation’s policies that restructure our representative form of government through global and regional development (< click and then view slide show). (A: They have a slide show here you can look and see for yourself.)
Policies and programs take control from our representative government and put it into the hands of regional, non-elected boards. This allows elected officials to shirk their responsibilities. It turns us into a soviet system that is based on Regionalism. It facilitates both communism and fascism.
That’s exactly what Carroll Quigley said. He said, there is a group that exists; I’ve worked with it for 20 years. He was the historian for it actually. He said that, we don’t care who we work with, communists, fascists, dictators, as long as we get them on board on the same agenda, and he was all for it. It works through and under the United Nations programs and its local Agenda 21; that’s the agenda for the 21st century for sustainability and bringing you down to absolute poverty as you all work happily, mind you. We are all supposed to be happy, to serve the planet, and for the future of those with better genes who live much, much better than you, at the top, so they are kept in the comforts they are accustomed to. When you go into the sites, and this is from this organization’s own site.
ICLAI: Local Governments for Sustainablity USA.
icleiusa.org
(A: They’ve got one in every country.)
Education and Outreach
Educating community members about climate change (A: See, they bypass the common people; they educate the community leaders. Are you on board? Well, I don’t know. Here is a backhander, under the table. Yeah, I’m on board now. That’s how it works.) and other environmental concerns to a point where it results in behavior change, (A: This is their own web site, from the United Nations too, by the way.) can be challenging. Although, when awareness of environmental issues is raised (A: Awareness… when they say ‘raising consciousness’ or ‘raising awareness’ they are meaning they are going to focus you through propaganda to a topic that you haven’t thought of. And they are going to make sure that you come out of that understanding with the understanding they give you. That’s what they mean by ‘raising consciousness’ or ‘raising awareness.’) via targeted and well-publicized efforts, (A: And well funded I should add.) the experience gained by the local government can inform and inspire individual action, leading to substantial community-wide reductions in energy use and greenhouse gas emissions. (A: Now, this organization is not some pithy little organization. This is a well-funded group with the ears of all your politicians right down to your local councilors.)
Campaigns that rely solely on providing information rarely have the ability to change people’s behavior. Instead, a successful outreach campaign will focus on understanding not only which actions support the behavior you are trying to promote, but also on the specific factors that influence people to take those actions. Research has identified a set of tools (A: They love these tool kits.) to promote behavior change: (A: So they are going to modify your behavior so you’ll start parroting this stuff in your conversations to your neighbors and stuff.) obtaining commitments, (A: That means legally-binding treaties.) using prompts, (A: They actually use prompts, like Pavlov’s dogs by the way.) utilizing social norms, designing effective communications, providing incentives, (A: That’s the backhanders to the politicians and people wanting to get into council board positions.) and removing external barriers. Not all tools need to be utilized in any one campaign, but note that they are most effective when used in combination with each other.
Then they tell their members how to get started and how to canvass and get in touch with local people who have positions of power. And it’s all through the school system too; they get into teaching as well. It’s very much like what they do with Common Purpose in Britain but it’s all under the United Nations flag basically. They are into altering your behavior… which isn’t hard to do because the behavior you have now was given TO you by the culture creation industry that works with these guys. Everything that you think you are as a person is literally… you are a composite. You are composite of your programming and the time you are born into and grow up in. You are composite, even right down to your dress and your speech and your behavior. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, going through just a few of the organizations, out of the hundreds and hundreds that work under the United Nations, to bring in a planned society, world wide, all the same, standardized. They must standardize everything.
You can go back into their techniques for hundreds of years in fact, back to John Dee and then Bacon who talked about free trade and building an empire through free trade. Along with the free trade, they’d have to accept that if they wanted to trade with other countries, they would have to accept the same system as you, which they NOW call democracy – they didn’t have that name back then for democracy but they call it democracy today – and standardization. These same organizations worked very, very well for a long, long time bringing in what they called Free Trade through the British Empire. Then at the League of Nations they said, the British Empire already is the nucleus of a world governmental system so they’d build on that. But they’d put the US as the leader from then on because they had more resources and men and a tax base as well; the British tax base was bust way back then.
They tried before that, too, to bring in a Pan American Union before World War I in fact. Big players, big wealthy players – the usual suspects, the Rockefellers and all the rest of it – were funding a Pan American Union. At that time too, the Milner Group that became the Royal Institute of International Affairs, when it combined with the Cecil Rhodes society – they all worked together of course from the beginning – were trying to do the same thing with Europe. With Europe, they said, there were so many different cultures they would need a faster way to bring it in and VOILA, you have the Russian Revolution and then later you have the Bolshevik Revolution to standardize dozens of countries under one – and the same – system basically.
What about the Americas though? We know about the Americas because they’ve written lots about it. They set up their Organizations of American States; that’s the OAS. The OAS apparently started off, really, with a treaty that was signed in the US, in Washington, in the late 1800s. Then they built the building in 1910 in Washington DC, I think. This is what it’s about. It says here…
Charter of the Organization of American States
oas.org
(A: Here is socialist writing for you. These are the bureaucrats that are going to run us all because they must employ the most obsessive-compulsive people on the planet to do their writing for them. This is their own web site, by the way.)
As amended by the Protocol of Amendment to the Charter of the Organization of American States “Protocol of Buenos Aires”, signed on February 27, 1967, at the Third Special Inter-American Conference,
by the Protocol of Amendment to the Charter of the Organization of American States “Protocol of Cartagena de Indias”, approved on December 5, 1985, at the Fourteenth Special Session of the General Assembly, (A: …of the United Nations, they are talking about.)
by the Protocol of Amendment to the Charter of the Organization of American States “Protocol of Washington”, approved on December 14, 1992, at the Sixteenth Special Session of the General Assembly,
and by the Protocol of Amendment to the Charter of the Organization of American States “Protocol of Managua”, adopted on June 10, 1993, at the Nineteenth Special Session of the General Assembly. (A: They are very meticulous in their obsessions, aren’t they? They go through their…)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preamble
Part One
Chapter I
Nature and Purposes
Chapter II
Principles
Chapter III
Members
Chapter IV
Fundamental Rights and Duties of States
Chapter V
Pacific Settlement of Disputes
Chapter VI
Collective Security
(A: That’s what we are under now.)
Chapter VII
Integral Development
(A: And so on. I’ll put these links up for you to read through. It says here though…
CHARTER OF THE ORGANIZATION OF AMERICAN STATES
IN THE NAME OF THEIR PEOPLES, THE STATES REPRESENTED AT THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF AMERICAN STATES,
Convinced that the historic mission of America is to offer to man a land of liberty and a favorable environment for the development of his personality and the realization of his just aspirations; (A: Remember, ‘man’ is very important when they put that in a treaty, and it doesn’t mean you.)
Conscious that that mission has already inspired numerous agreements, whose essential value lies in the desire of the American peoples to live together in peace and, through their mutual understanding and respect for the sovereignty of each one, to provide for the betterment of all, in independence, in equality and under law; (A: “independence, in equality and under law”…)
Convinced that representative democracy is an indispensable condition for the stability, peace and development of the region;
Confident that the true significance of American solidarity (A: Oh, ‘solidarity’… they are talking about the Americas here folks.) and good neighborliness can only mean the consolidation on this continent, within the framework of democratic institutions, of a system of individual liberty and social justice based on respect for the essential rights of man; (A: Then they go on that their welfare and so on and so on, is great and free trade is great and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah…)
Persuaded that their welfare and their contribution to the progress and the civilization of the world will increasingly require intensive continental cooperation;
Resolved to persevere in the noble undertaking that humanity has conferred upon the United Nations, whose principles and purposes they solemnly reaffirm;
Convinced that juridical organization is a necessary condition for security and peace founded on moral order and on justice; and
In accordance with Resolution IX of the Inter-American Conference on Problems of War and Peace, held in Mexico City,
HAVE AGREED upon the following
But also, you must help them out, too, the redistribution of wealth, written in a different fashion of course, but that’s exactly what it’s saying. WELL underway… and who are they anyway? Well, they are the guys in charge of the free trade areas of the Americas. You see, they run all of us from that particular organization. I’ve got another link here for the Free Trade Area of the Americas.
Free Trade Area of the Americas
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia / wikipedia.org
I’ll put that up along with it for those who can stand to read it, but if you want to know what’s happening, you’ve got to go through this stuff. You’ve got to see what’s happening. The mainstream media will NEVER touch it. Their job is not to educate you. Their job is to simply alter your behavior on behalf of these characters by little bits and bytes they give out, by important people. They never tell you the whys or wherefores or their real agenda. They keep us busy with crisis after crisis after crisis as we can see today. Perpetual crisis and perpetual war, remember, the war is really on YOU – never forget that – and your family.
Of course, Saudi Arabia is in the news too because that’s apparently cleared the air space for Israel to bomb Iran, if it wants to. I don’t know if they will because they prefer that the US does it for them; it costs less money. It says here…
Saudi Arabia gives Israel clear skies to attack Iranian nuclear sites
Hugh Tomlinson / timesonline.co.uk / From The Times June 12, 2010
Saudi Arabia has conducted tests to stand down its air defences to enable Israeli jets to make a bombing raid on Iran’s nuclear facilities, The Times can reveal. (A: Now, what do they mean they ‘can’ reveal? Does that mean they’ve got to wait for government to okay it or what? That means they already knew it? I thought they were a free and independent newspaper.)
In the week that the UN Security Council imposed a new round of sanctions on Tehran, defence sources in the Gulf say that Riyadh has agreed to allow Israel to use a narrow corridor of its airspace in the north of the country to shorten the distance for a bombing run on Iran.
To ensure the Israeli bombers pass unmolested, Riyadh has carried out tests to make certain its own jets are not scrambled and missile defence systems not activated. Once the Israelis are through, the kingdom’s air defences will return to full alert.
So it makes you wonder how much of this is just hype to see if Iran will just collapse in on itself. Let’s be honest too, if they are going to bomb a nuclear facility that’s supposed to be up there, like many of the other countries use, to create electricity for the peoples, are they going to blast all the uranium into the air? Well if they do that, then American better do it and take the blame… I guess. Then they’ve got the related links about “Israeli spies arrested in Poland” and different things like that in the same article here.
But you are working on one big agenda. Everything that happens is IN the agenda. The whole greening project is part of the UN agenda, written long before they were called the United Nations. You are all going to live in sustainability, which is dire poverty. Remember what the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations said long ago in their charters, they will bring in a world of servitude. Your purpose in the world will be to SERVE the world. Service to the world STATE; that’s still the goal. They can bring it in quite easily and convince people, once they bring in food shortages as so on, that this is the only way we can go.
You understand, we can be made to believe anything. We already HAVE. Every generation is made to believe anything that the elite want. Anything at all, even making you think you are free at times because you can go from here to there unmolested. And they still think they are free in lots of countries where they’ve got their own versions of homeland security with its police dressed like storm troopers at the sides of the roads, or asking for their ID in subways. And they still think they are free. That shows you how mad we are. We are driven to the edge of madness, aren’t we? …if you believe that you are free.
You are getting taxed into oblivion under a plan to literally bring all of you down until you’ll take ration cards instead. And you will allow the state to guide you. You will decide, if the state says you can’t breed, that you won’t breed. And you will do what the state does. If they say school-to-work and this is what you are going to work at, you will work at it. They combined the Soviet system with that of the West, AS WAS ALWAYS THE PLAN, by the way. That came out in the Reece Commission; Norman Dodd came out with it. There is a very good interview with him up on YouTube.
Speaking of YouTube, people who are trying to upload StarSuckers, the worship of celebrities, it’s getting pulled off all the time. No wonder because it’s the second part that shows you the cons behind celebrities in charitable work, like Bob Geldof for instance. How the billions that they rake in, $61 billion they claimed for one of their big to-dos and $7 billion ended up at their target in Africa. Which led, by the way, as the people tried to get out to get TO the food, a quarter of a million of them died and the government of Ethiopia was awfully happy because they wanted to eliminate those people anyway; it was ethnic cleansing. And there is Bob up with the G20 prattling on about borrowing more money from The World Bank, and your Prime Minister or your President signs on to take that loan and give it to the third world country. You know they will default, because they are meant to, and then you the taxpayers back home pay for it. So your government is acting like a bank and you are down as the guarantor. That’s been the same con for as long as I’ve been alive. The banks love it, guaranteed money with compound interest. Not bad eh?
I’ve gone into eugenics so many times and people still can’t believe it’s real. Of course they will never believe they are already being poisoned and sterilized. They really don’t want to believe that. They want to live in denial. They want to believe in a benevolent society, at the top, those who rule over them. It’s nice to believe that those who rule over you are benevolent and altruistic and special people who come out of virgin wombs. That’s really how they are. Those are the followers in all societies that can be an awful problem to those who CAN think. Anyway… This is from the Daily Record.
Potential criminals must be targeted ‘before they are born’,
says police chief (A: Belonging to the World Association of Police Chiefs, by the way, at the United Nations, again.)
Jun 11 2010 By Stian Alexander / dailyrecord.co.uk
CHILDREN must be targeted before birth to stop them being lost to a life of crime, a police chief claimed yesterday.
Dumfries and Galloway chief constable Patrick Shearer fears police are not acting soon enough to stop children falling into a pattern of crime and substance abuse on Scotland’s poverty-stricken schemes. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. That article I was reading about “Potential criminals must be targeted ‘before they are born’, says police chief.” Obviously that ties in with other articles I’ve read in the past to do with pharmacology, going into the womb before the child is born, maybe even lobotomizing them; that will be the perfect citizen for them. This guy belongs to the Chief Police Officers of Scotland; it’s an association of Police Chief Officers. They’ve got one for the US, Canada and every other country. They have, I think, a site, their own TV station from the UN in fact; so it’s worldwide thing. They want to go into, obviously, abortion if they claim that you might, possibly, give birth to a criminal. That’s what it’s about. I’ve read these articles before.
That ties in exactly with the Prince of Wales. You know, that guy with the red nose who spends his time in the cellars of Buckingham Palace sniffing a lot of wine. He’s put his foot in it so many times it’s unbelievable. He is from Prussia, really. They are all Prussian there. That’s the area, not really who they are, Prussian. He says…
Prince of Wales calls for population control in developing world
(A: Britain has just been classed along with every other country now, under the IMF as a “failed, third world state” country now. That’s what we are. So I guess he’s also talking about the rest of us too… population control in the developed world.)
The Prince of Wales has called for greater population control in the developing world and hailed the success of “family planning services” (A: That’s abortion.) in some countries.
By Martin Beckford, Religious Affairs Correspondent / telegraph.co.uk / Published: 10 Jun 2010
He said more needs to be done because of the “monumental” problems that face the environment as population numbers “rocket” and traditional societies become more consumerist. (A: This is from a country that’s imported about 3 times the amount of people they can actually handle… on purpose of course. This ties in again with another one here. This is this great character. This article is by a bioethicist, which is the nice name today that we use for eugenics and a eugenicist. Jacob M Appel, he says…)
Beyond Fluoride: Pharmaceuticals, Drinking Water
and the Public Health
huffingtonpost.com / June 15, 2010 / Jacob M. Appel-Bioethicist and medical historian
(A: They go on about how wonderful that fluoride was for the public; how wonderful it was, even though the opposite is true. We know the real effects of it and so on. But you are Luddite if you believe that. They put it up to the hilt as wonderful and so on. So they are talking about putting LITHIUM in the waters of America, to make us all happy. After all, we are already using fluoride. That’s how they do it with everything isn’t it? Well, we are already doing that so what’s the problem of doing this? Remember, Huxley said that they would drug society, the pharma society. Julian Huxley, the first CEO of UNESCO, the United Nations, said the same thing, they would use big pharma. So they say they use it in Japan. They’ve noticed in Japan it keeps them happy and good workers and they don’t have so many fights and so on.)
This week’s New York Times Magazine draws attention to an article in The British Journal of Psychiatry that has been the talk of bioethical circles since May, when researchers at Japan’s Oita University reported that communities with increased levels of lithium in their drinking water suffered a significantly lower incidence of suicide. The Japanese data confirmed a previous study of drinking water in Texas that found a decreased incidence of both suicide and violent crime in counties with higher-than-average amounts of naturally-occurring lithium in the water. If these protective benefits are replicated — and no equally deleterious health effects of such low-dose exposures are discovered — public health authorities may soon confront the question of whether it is ethical to supplement all public water supplies with lithium.
Then they go on and quote Peter Kramer. He was the front man for big pharma, the psychiatrist who does more writing for them and promoting pharmacology for psycho-pharmacology than anything else. He was the guy who pushed Prozac on everyone. And he loves drugging children. He’s the guy who is really, really pushing it and he doesn’t stop with lithium folks; he wants to go a lot further than that. That’s also what’s going on right now and has been for a while.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 15, 2010. I always suggest that the newcomers look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and bookmark the other sites you see that I have up there. One day you will go in there and I won’t be on any of them eventually, because that is on the cards. There is no doubt about that with the coming new laws and the censoring of the internet and the licensing of those with web sites and podcasts and radio shows. That’s all coming up. The United Nations has been working hard at that, of course; if they can possibly work hard at all; I kind of doubt that, to be honest with you. Anyway, they are working on it and that will come to be. So bookmark all the sites I have up there for future use because I do get problems with the .com site and this way you can always download the latest shows for free. [Official sites listed above.] There are hundreds and hundreds of talks/shows that I’ve got up there from over the years. You’ll find on all these sites the same audios and English transcripts of them and you can print them up too. If you go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu you will also get the transcripts in the different languages of Europe and the same audios as well. So you’ve got a lot to choose from at the moment. It’s a shame I’ve got to put them all up in the first place but I was getting problems with so many different servers just cutting me off and giving me problems. I’ve still got it with Yahoo and I hope to end that shortly.
While you are in there, remember to buy the books I have for sale and the CDs and DVDs. That’s the only income I’ve got. I don’t take money from advertisers. I could be very happy sitting in a very lucrative business if I was because that’s how you get paid generally, for a host, and there is no end of advertisers who want to advertise with me. But I have a freer hand by doing it this way and I can be more honest about certain things too, when I’m asked certain questions to do with various products and so on. The ads you hear on this show go right to RBN from the advertisers to pay for the air time. That pays for their staff and their equipment and upgrades too – of course, you are always upgrading – their repairs and their bills. We all have that too; I have them the same as well. So it’s up to you to keep me going and that will help me trickle along. Believe you me, I’m getting hammered here with different bills coming in all the time. All the time, one of the taxes, one of the many, I think, about 5 or 6 taxes just for living in this shack here. I’ve got about a few thousand to pay out for school children to make sure they go and get indoctrinated in their local school and I’ve no say in the matter. That’s only one of about 5 taxes you get here for owning a shack. But that’s socialism for you and who is pretending we are free? I certainly am not and never have. If you want to order the products, [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Donations, believe you me, are welcome because I generally live on donations and that’s the way it goes.
I won’t be here forever folks and when I go, so does the web site and all the talks down the memory hole and you’ll get all the new stuff to keep you spinning your wheels for ever and ever. Most topics are put out for us to talk about by the mainstream media. We are managed. They give us the themes and everyone prattles on about the themes. I can tell by the email that I get, from maybe a dozen people telling the same thing at the same time, what the present themes are that have been put out to fill people’s heads with and ‘raise their awareness’, you see, and get them talking about things. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, people think that things and events just happen happenstance during their lifetime and that’s what they want. Most want to believe that. They really want to believe that things that come out of the blue, like economic crashes and bank rip-offs and rewards for the bank for plundering the people are all quite natural and that people in the high places are working SO hard to try and ensure they get things sorted out for their own benefit at the bottom. They are domesticated. That’s a domesticated species. They are taught to play and be very happy, but NEVER look at the negative, always look at the positive.
That’s what the New Age is for as well. New Agers are the BEST conditioned people that I’ve ever met. They really turn away when they hear anything negative at all. That is part of their training and part of their belief system. That somehow by thinking about negative things they will make them happen so they concentrate on wonderful things, about their next cappuccino and stuff like that, all pretty things. It makes them very, very happy and secure. But it doesn’t stop the train from coming along the track behind them as they are looking the other way. That’s their tough luck. They are the perfectly conditioned. Part of that, remember too, is a CHOICE. In fact most things in life are choices. In fact even accepting the status quo and the bank rip-offs and voting and all, that’s our choice, isn’t it really? No one forces you to go. Well, some countries they do make you go and vote or you get fined. They were talking about that in Canada a few years back and they didn’t put it through. But most folk really are believing that everything is really on the up and up and no one saw the things that come down, or the latest catastrophe coming down, or anything else. It’s all just happenstance and people make decisions at the time to cope with the crises that pop up at the time. Nothing is further from the truth at all. Nothing at all.
The more you read of history the more you see the machinations of planning, long-term planning and that’s what the world is really about and those who govern the world and even those who govern your country. It’s long-term planning. Those who are put into office to govern your country, they belong to various associations before they are picked, to make sure they are yes-men or women and they will do their bit. They have their pet projects. They are given a list of pet things to believe in like, hate the people, depopulate the people, the people are scum bags, and stuff like that. They have very pretty names about them, Organization for the blah, blah, blah and so on, so the public never really catch on to what they are talking about. But when you go into [Jonathan] Porritt and these guys and the various characters like Crispin Tickle – who is not a funny character at all – and the Optimum Population Trust, they have their pet hates, you see, and their hates are generally the common people and they make no bones about that. But of course, they can’t put it over like that. They must put it over that they must depopulate the world to save the world. So… kill a good bunch of us off to save a good bunch of us…
That’s part of the technique of propaganda, which is really on a roll right now. After all, why not? This is time now to get us on a roll. They like to get you off the corruptions in government that’s been exposed recently. They want to get you off all their wars across the world. They want to get you off of the fact that you’ve just been plundered by the banks and sunk into unpayable debt. You could never pay it off; it’s not meant to be paid off. So they give you things like, there’s just too many people. Then they blame YOU for everything. It’s all your fault, you see. Lots of folk accept that, oh, dear, maybe they are right, we’ve had it too good they say; we’ve had it too good. They forget all the crisis they’ve been through and people losing their homes and the ever-increasing income taxes and the various taxes. Now of course, you have people in Britain and other European countries having to pay their taxes to other countries as well, for roads and other social services and stuff like that. But no, it gets right back to, you are the problem. In other words, it doesn’t matter how often you bend over, or bend down, or whatever kinky thing these characters at the top are into – and they are into an awful lot of kinky stuff – you will just go ahead and do it and comply.
Most folk want to comply and they don’t want to cause ripples. And because they are thoroughly clueless as to what’s happening in the world and the real reasons for things, they look for other people and see what they are doing about it and, well, what can you do, I signed it and paid it. So they go along the same path and that’s the majority of the public. So there is a TRUTH, you see, that there are a lot of useless people out there because they’ve never used their brains at all in their entire lives. They are the PERFECTLY conditioned… perfectly conditioned. They will go to the voting booths the next time and they will vote for the usual party, because Dad did or whoever did, and that’s the one that you vote for. When it comes out later that their favorite party leader is actually a covert member of the other party, and always has been, it doesn’t really change. As long as he wears the right badges and colors they will vote for him. So you can’t help these people. You never could help these people and you would kill yourself trying to convert them, like some kind of evangelical preacher with facts and information. They don’t WANT to believe it. They don’t want to know. They don’t want to investigate for themselves either, no matter what depth of paper you leave lying on their desk with all the data on what’s happening in the world. They REALLY don’t want to know. And they are AFRAID to know. They really are afraid.
There is a thing about knowing about how things work. Knowing changes you completely forever. You know that. Even those who don’t want to know, the one thing that they do know is if they understand what’s happening it will make them change. It will make them change. It will make them have to DECIDE about things for the first time in their lives. They’ve never made decisions for themselves before. They’ve been happy in a managed socialist bubble where news media tells them what to think and what to do. So they like that little safe bubble even though all the signs around them should tell them it’s getting very unsafe out there and nasty things are planned for them. But no. Most will go along with it.
You’ll see these old documentaries of people being slaughtered in previous wars. You know, rounded up in big batches and whether it’s Soviet or German makes no difference because all countries do it, by the way, in war time. You’ll see them lined up in a big batch and maybe 4 guys with rifles standing there. And these were single-shot rifles; you have to cock at the bolt and push it back to reload it again. So there are maybe 100 folk standing to the side there, who’ve just seen 5 of their own being told to run into a trench. Then these 4 or 5 guys with the rifles shoot them and they fall down. Then an officer tells the next 5 to hurry up and run into that trench. Now, to be honest with you, I think I’d get a clue what was going to happen to me… if I ran and obeyed them and went into that trench. But you see, people live in utter denial right to the bitter end. They go into a stage of, this is a civilization, this cannot happen to me therefore it is not happening to me and something will happen at the last split second. Every one from that batch of people – at 5 at a time that go in there – are thinking the same thing. None of them run away. None of them storm the 4 or 5 guys with the rifles. I’ve seen quite a few documentaries like this.
It is because OBEDIENCE TO AUTHORITY is drummed into them. Obedience to authority, especially uniforms… therefore they obey. They are afraid NOT to obey. It’s no different from the parking ticket to getting shot in the head. They are afraid NOT to obey and that’s what happens. They get killed, you see. There is a good book out there that is actually called Obedience to Authority, where scientists go into all the different techniques and mechanisms that make us obey and how we are trained to obey authority. Now it’s all very well when authority is there as it was many, many years ago, with very little authority behind it, by the way, to keep the basic peace. All of that’s changed in the new world order. And it IS a New World Order since all the big wigs have TOLD us that. It’s a New World Order where science has risen to the top. All the socialist ideas of science, the Fabian techniques, including population control… it’s all the rage now. Shortly it will be on everyone’s lips out there, even the ones who are into denial. They will start prattling about it too and they will prattle EXACTLY what they say, verbatim, on the media and from the papers. They will have no opinions of their own; that will become their opinion, whatever their favorite news speaker is saying.
It’s interesting even going back into old books, even the New Testament where a strange thing is said by this guy Jesus. He says to this young fella, if you are going back, let the dead bury their dead. Because the young guy said he wanted to go back and bury his family, bury his father or something. He says, let the dead bury their dead. This saying has been the saying long before that was written. The dead always referred to those who have never thought for themselves about life. NEVER. They are the walking dead. Politicians have made no bones about it. They’ve often used the term ‘the unwashed massed’ for the general public, or ‘those in the dark,’ and so on because they have no problems with that. They know the people are kept in and trained, actually, in a system of obedient stupidity. I’ll talk more about this when I come back from this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the dead. The dead are those who’ve grown up thinking that everything is quite normal. They’ve gone through the different fads you are given from your teenage years to the outfits that you wear, the group or gang that you join and you wear their gear, all made by the Fashion Industry of course. You go through your music scene, your drug scene, whatever it happens to be, is the scene that you are in. You are taught to just be happy. Don’t worry, be happy. Because of that you learn nothing and you don’t know why the world is the way it is, or who’s really running it, or why it never seems to get any better. We always have massive disasters and coming plagues and stuff like that and nothing really gets any better; the cost of living keeps going up and up and up and all that kind of stuff.
Well these people are the dead and they keep voting, of course, when they get older. They start to vote thinking they can get the right people in. That’s all you have to do, you know, is get the right folk in and suddenly it will be alright. They have no idea the world has been run by committees and groups of people, cabals if you like, associations, very different ones, and different names for them all. But they all work together along the same agenda. These very, very rich people gave you your world socialist system. They even made sure that you had your teenage era for YOU, that you will think is YOURS, including the outfit that you will wear for that era, including the music that you think is YOURS. You know, this is made by guys at the bottom that come out from nothing and they do it all themselves. That’s how you are trained to think, that the world is all quite natural and that wars or spontaneous things that you’ve got nothing to do with, but we always have to go and pay for and sort out for other people.
They never know about the massive opium trade from Afghanistan that it is protected by US and Canadian troops. They don’t want to know about that, of course, and that Marseilles is the main place traditionally that’s always processed the stuff into heroin and how all the big secret service agencies, of every country, are involved in it. They all take this stuff and get it on the streets and they use that cash for their extra black budgets. Strange democracy, isn’t it, where your CIAs and MI-6s, and Mossads, they’re not really responsible to any citizen for whatever they do, even the ones that you think you’re electing, that you think are working for you.
Democracy, how can you have democracy and secrecy at the same time? Where your politicians can’t find anything out? Mind you, they KNOW, because they are politicians; they are psychopathic types that go into those jobs. They are prescreened for their ability to catch on quick and not ask certain questions. They won’t go and ask these questions. They stay away from it. If they don’t, they get a little Masonic, you know, tip, like ‘a word to the wise,’ ‘look the other way,’ and stuff like that. They catch on very well. Psychopaths do.
The same tricks are carried on over and over and over again and they are updated over and over again and we fall for it over and over again. After all, we are being looked after by altruistic people who come on television for PR opportunities, read scripts, sound very dignified and educated – some of them; it depends on the script writer or the target audience they are trying to get through to – and we think, my God, they are really trying to do something. That’s part of the show. It’s all an act, isn’t it? It’s a big stage production. Look at the money they are spending to bring public servants from across the world to have a big massive feasting and love-in type thing in Ontario. It’s $1.1 Billion and climbing – and they haven’t had it yet – for about 2 or 3 days. If they were truly into conserving the county’s wealth, why don’t they just take them to a local place, you know, give them a few burgers here and there and a camping outside deal? It’s good enough for the rest of Canadians, and they can get eaten alive by mosquitoes at the same time. But no. They have to build these massive projects. Believe you me, what can they say when they get 10 minutes each? Utter rubbish. These guys are deciding? no, no, no. They go there to sign something into law, a treaty that bureaucrats have been working on for years across the world. This is a show folks, big expensive shows.
Hamilton was right. It’s better to have a King once in a while because you’ve got the King, his Queen and maybe a floozy on the side, and a few children and once every 2nd or 3rd generation you get a half-decent one who isn’t too much of a tyrant. But that’s all it costs you, for him and his little army and stuff. When you get THOUSANDS of them and THOUSANDS of them living higher than most folk who live in business, WAY HIGHER, you’ve got hundreds and thousands of Royal families to take care of. That’s what they expect, the Royal treatment and red carpets. They even supply prostitutes for them at these meetings; that’s been in the papers in Canada when it broke out. Mainly it was the homosexual things that people brought out in the paper about the homosexual guys they brought it. They said, well, it’s a diplomatic courtesy… to bring in prostitutes for them and put it on the taxpayers’ tab. It’s a courtesy, you see, and people never catch on. They never catch on. We’re going into a break now, I think; I just got cut off and reconnected. I’ll be back after the following messages.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about reality versus the land of the dead and most people are in the land of the dead. It’s a very carefully constructed matrix system, really, for them; they don’t know they’re in it. They think everyone else is normal too because all their friends are in it as well and their parents generally are in it. They are still trying to do the right things, save up money and get a house, and put money in the bank, hopefully, and one day they will retire and have some cash. Even though their history should tell them, even their recent history, that whatever you put in the bank today, in 25 years time it’s worth a fraction of what it will be then with inflation. That’s if the bankers don’t plunder it again too. So nothing really is safe in banks. But they still have this idea to continue like before, even when the big boys themselves have told you that nothing will ever be the same again.
That’s what they told us after 9/11 and we went through this preplanned, again, system of total control, Total Information Network, spies, all that kind of stuff, all your data collected, worldwide mind you. They think that all happened – they really did – because of 2 towers coming down. It’s the first time in history a whole world has gone into the same martial law scenario and the same corporations have sold their cameras across the planet and interfaced all their internet with the NSA and so on, across the whole world for total data collection. People can literally get dragged off the street and disappear, be held forever and never be heard from again… actually under the laws; that’s a fact, in any country, especially in Europe. We think, again, it’s all normal, it’s not hitting me; I’m a good person; I’ll be good; I’ll be good and they will leave me alone. That’s what the average person thinks.
Meanwhile, the big boys are going further with their depopulation programs. They are stepping up the injections, which I’m telling you, are going to make sure you die off all the quicker because big pharma has always been part of the big Military-Industrial Complex. The Military-Industrial Complex deals with WEAPONIZED diseases and they have since before World War II. Since everything is public/private, why would you have to have separate laboratories for military when you’ve got big pharma dealing with all these volatile, incredibly infectious diseases, both viral and bacterial? Naturally they do it as well. They are doing far more experiments than the small labs are doing. They’re all part of it.
Tie it in, again, with the Fabian Society and George Bernard Shaw who said in The Soviet Story – you’ll see a little piece of him on a film of the time, or an old 8mm, saying that, you, the people, will have to come to us, you know, the elite, to validate why we should keep you alive. He wanted to GAS all the poor unfortunates, the ultra poor, and he asked scientists to find a nice gas that wasn’t too painful that would kill them off humanely – long before Adolf Hitler was accused of the same thing. They are still at it today because they never change their tune. Out of that came the other boys too, who also stated that with him. You have Lord Bertrand Russell and the Huxley’s. Julian Huxley who also talked about using pharmacology in water to drug the people and in inoculations to make them stupid and infertile; infertility had to be a PRIME MANDATE to bring down the populations. So a scientific socialism demands that you bring down the populations, you see – it’s got to be done – to a manageable level, for the needs of the masters.
We never catch on. We see it happening over and over again. Here is an article here and people think, well, it’s nothing to do with us. It reminds me, in fact, of maybe 15 years ago when an article came out in the US papers where the US Department of Agriculture had put human genes in pigs and those pigs then were on the market. Yep. On the market, folks. This is from New Zealand. It says…
Human genes to be injected into goats, cows, and sheep
By Eloise Gibson / Apr 16, 2010 / nzherald.co.nz
Scientists have been given permission to put human genes into goats, sheep and cows for the next 20 years, to see if the animals will produce human proteins in their milk.
But people will not be pouring the genetically modified milk on their Weetbix just yet – the milk will be discarded. (Alan: So there is your nonsense there.)
AgResearch won Environmental Risk Management Authority approval to allow a handful of scientists to breed and keep genetically-modified animals at the Ruakura research facility, near Hamilton.
The work will begin with genetically modified cows, and could be expanded to genetically modified goats within the next year.
There are no immediate plans to genetically modify sheep at Ruakura.
Simon Terry, of environmental consultancy the Sustainability Council, (A: Why is the sustainability council doing this to sheep and so on? See, sustainability’s about us, folks.) welcomed conditions making it clear the milk could not be made for commercial sale but he was concerned the 20-year time limit was three times as long as the last GM experiment at the facility. (A: I wonder what the last one was, what was it all about?)
And he feared Ruakura would become a “GM animal warehouse” because there were no limits on the number of animals.
Jon Carapiet, of GE-free NZ, said the decision was the beginning of a “mega-transformation” of New Zealand agriculture. (A: No kidding. No kidding.)
So this has happened already in other countries too. Again, you are under SCIENTIFIC SOCIALISM. The masters decided that a long time ago and wrote lots of books on it, the Scientific ERA… the scientific era. You see.
We’ve already gone through the farce with all the fake propaganda put out by Monsanto and Archer-Daniels-Midland and the others; there are about 5 of them all together that run your whole food industry now. They don’t eat the stuff themselves. There have been reports that have come out from their own cafeterias that won’t sell GM food to their own staff; the Monsanto staff won’t eat it. I’ve read that before. But you’ve got to eat it though. YOU’VE got to eat it because you are just, well, you are the lower stock; you’ve not to be saved in this brave new world. This article here is the Mail Online.
Special investigation: Do government’s GM-friendly plans make former biotech lobbyist Caroline Spelman Minister for Conflicting Interests
By Richard Pendlebury / 15th June 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
As anyone who has lived downwind of a sugar beet processing plant will know, the smell produced is not as sweet as you might imagine.
A similarly unexpected stink is now wafting from the Department of the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. It can be followed to the door of the office of new the Secretary of State, Caroline Spelman. (A: She’s been made Secretary of State, this woman, and she and her husband were the chief GM lobbyists, paid lobbyists. And you think you are living in some sort of natural democracy? Caroline Spelman, who won’t be eating the GM rubbish either by the way.)
As we shall see, Ms Spelman, the former Tory Party chairman, knows an awful lot about sugar beet. But the fug caused by her appointment to Defra is rather more complex.
It is not just the lingering scent of dodgy expenses, which saw her brought to book in 2008 over ‘Nannygate’, (A: She was way overcharging her expenses to the taxpayer, but they are ALLOWED to rob you. They are up in the elite side now.) and ordered to pay back £10,000 to the public purse after effectively charging child care to the taxpayer. (A: She’s an ideal winner. She has no qualms and morals whatsoever. She’s on board with Monsanto. If she was asked to make sure that cyanide was in the food for us, she’d do that too. You think I’m kidding.)
That scandal first suggested an inability to separate private interest and public responsibility.
Ms Spelman has since moved onwards and upwards. But a malodeur remains around this intriguing woman.
Test the air today and you might detect a worrying whiff emanating from her husband’s professional interest in Defra contracts worth hundreds of millions of pounds and the puzzling status of their agri-business lobbying firm. (A: They have a lobbying firm, the two of them.)
But perhaps most whiffy of all is that the Secretary of State apparently shares the same controversial beliefs as such biotech giants as Monsanto, the world’s leading producer of weedkiller and genetically modified crops.
GM foods come from crops which have had their molecular structures altered in the laboratory. (A: They are then soaked with the GM chemicals and weed killers too, that kills everything off except the plant.)
But there are a number of recorded drawbacks, from the rampant growth of herbicideresistant ‘superweeds’ to wiping out insects vital to wildlife up the food chain. (A: And people too, I’d add to that.)
There is also concern about the unknown risks to humans. (A: And yeah, you can’t test this because it’s forbidden. No scientist is allowed to test any of these products unless the companies give you permission and they don’t give you permission. Doesn’t that stink to high heaven? You know. Doesn’t that make you want to… For those who can’t get it, get a pin and stick it in yourself and then listen.)
Those leading its advancement, such as Monsanto, whose gross profit for this financial year is predicted to be around the £4 billion mark, argue that it is the solution for an increasingly populated, heated and hungry planet. (A: So they’re bringing global warming into it and the population debate. Again, that’s the socialistic agenda as they bring down the populations to a manageable level for the socialists for the future. That’s what they claim anyway.)
There you go, the ones who are the top lobbyists get in to the TOP positions in governments. It’s the same in the States. Monsanto’s got their own boys, and women by the way as well, who’ve got jobs now in the FDA and they’ve had them for years to make sure that they pass all the stuff that they want through. But we never catch on do we? We never really, really catch on. We’re eating this rubbish and it’s killing people already. They know the medicine. The KNOW that cancers are SKYROCKETING, especially of the gastro-intestinal tract variety. They know it. They know where it’s coming from. It’s doing the right job. You see, we’re overpopulated apparently. You know, all of you, the wrong kind of people.
I read an article a while back and it’s from the Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg. It was about abortion. It says abortion is about getting rid of undesirables. Remember, I read that one? At least she was honest.
Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg: Abortion Is About Getting Rid Of Undesirables
Friday, July 10, 2009 Posted by Shattered Paradigm / blogspot.com
At times it is easy to forget how completely obsessed the global elite are with eugenics and population reduction. (A: And folk DO forget that that’s what they are obsessed with. It’s all over the news right now, because they are raising your awareness so you’ll start prattling about it and believe them. This quote is from the Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg.) But an incredibly shocking and offensive quote from Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg is bringing the issue of eugenics to the forefront once again.
In an interview with the New York Times, Ginsburg admitted that abortion is about getting rid of certain types of people that the elite do not want to have around: (A: These are her words folks. For the hard of thinking, I’ll repeat that.)
In an interview with the New York Times, Ginsburg admitted that abortion is about getting rid of certain types of people that the elite do not want to have around:
“Frankly I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.” (A: That’s what she said… That’s what she said… She was honest.)
Even though that’s out there and many other quotes are out there by bigwigs, most will go out and they will dance and they will play, dance and play and watch TV, and laugh at TV and cry at TV and get downloaded with the little things that their masters want them downloaded with. They will be prattling on about it shortly, Well, you know, there are too many of us. They never question the massive immigration agenda, which already flooded the whole of Europe, especially Britain. It was admitted by Tony Blair’s aide who said, yep, he told them he was going to completely change the face of Britain forever and up all the quotas, an open door policy to an already sinking island. And he’s done it. Successful. Over.
They are doing the same in the States as well. I’ve read Jacques Attali’s books, Millennium: Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order. He went through it for the States too. He’s at the United Nations. It still doesn’t dawn on people but they are really going ahead now. They are really, really going ahead now with no holds barred; it’s all population, too many people. The population of the Western countries has been falling since before World War I. Follow the statistics. The reason they claim and yell, there are not enough people so we’ve got to keep immigration going on a big scale level is because you’re not breeding enough to pay off the debts. That’s what we are told every year and you believe this as the excuse. No, they must make the whole world SEEM overpopulated, folks, and it is NOT, neither were the Western countries either.
All the massive open door immigration means that the same peoples from across the world all flood into the same cities. Their favorite cities are there and sure enough, you go into them and there they are like ants all living together. It’s like Bangladesh or something, or somewhere from the old pictures they’d show you of the major cities of India. That’s made to be intentional. All those folks living in the city will think it’s the same everywhere else. They haven’t been outside the city, half of them. But no. To them, oh, my God, it’s just like India and that’s how they want you to think. Then they come out with the solutions, folks, and you’ve got to start bringing down the population. It’s everywhere. There are so many articles from the top now and the need to bring down the population. Just too many people… too many people. And the average Joe public will start prattling this off as well, very shortly, because they have no other thoughts in their heads. They have no idea that they are being downloaded because they have never used their own brains. You know, if they ever start selling organs and bodies and so on, and parts, the brains will still be VERY, very expensive because, you see, the ads will say, new brains, never used, like new.
There is an article here which hits upon a fact and it’s called…
Chapters in the History of Daylight Robbery
The State as Protection Racket
By T. P. WILKINSON / counterpunch.org / Weekend Edition: June 11 – 13, 2010
I always ask myself when someone says or writes “loss”, where did the money go? Even when a ship is lost at sea there is generally wreckage. Of course the ocean is bigger than the economy and it is possible that a ship’s remains disappear beyond recovery. The price of abandoning the very modest social gains of the New Deal in the US and social democracy in Europe with the ascendancy of Margaret Thatcher and Ronald Reagan (A: This was a while ago.) has been enormous, not only for US and European working people but, for the rest of the world. In fact the meter is still running with no indication of when it will stop.
In this crisis everyone still talks about trillions in losses. If these losses are real then that means the value has been forfeited in favour of someone else. E.g. (A: For example.) after the Great War France and Britain were essentially bankrupt: they owed nearly everything to US banks. (A: I’ll go into this con game of losses and what it really means after these messages.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about The State as a Protection Racket and that’s what it is really. It’s all extortions. It says here…
The other meaning of loss is the inability to sustain a certain valuation of an asset or income stream. The nature of the initial valuation is then the problem. The continuous attempts in the IFRS (international accounting standards) to skirt around the issue of essentially fraudulent valuation (A: Meaning, creating bubbles out of nothing.) illustrates that even the private sector’s notion of “value”, whether book value or fair value is the product of casuistry. (A: …and imagination and manipulation.)
In other words, the “losses” hidden on the books of the USG banks, “Fannie” and “Freddie”, are either notional or they reflect claims that were satisfied in favour of third parties beyond the capacity of those institutions to generate income. Again we know who those third parties are. The “losses” are essentially sacrificed sovereignty. (A: That’s what you sacrifice when that happens.) Federal institutions pledge to private persons (corporations and foreign exchange pirates) the State’s capacity to pay, derived from the ability to tax the working population, (A: That’s what all loans are based on, that you, the working population will pay it back.) beyond any realistic possibility to extract that income. Well that is not entirely true: Just as the railroads and banks obtained control over most of the continental US by defrauding the US government in the 19th century, (A: That’s a fantastic book to read, The Robber Barons.) the surviving banks have defrauded most of the American population of its home equity today. The endless wars, funded by plundering the public treasury and the wealth of other countries, are part of that income extraction, too. Now the US government is little more than a mercenary enterprise, the most heavily armed collection agency on behalf of third party creditors on the planet. (A: Not only are they using the military, they are using all these private mercenary corps as well, that are not answerable to anybody.)
Of course there is plausible denial for any of the beneficiaries of this plunder since populations weaned on soap operas and “crime drama” are incapable of examining, let alone comprehending the most obvious operations of US corporations and their agents– who almost never appear as criminals on television. The “crime drama” narrative dominates almost every bandwidth on the critical spectrum and as a much younger Michael Moore demonstrated in Bowling for Columbine, corporate crime does not make acceptable television. (A: It’s true enough. You’re always given little stuff on the street, the cops chasing guys and car chases and stuff.) The most elemental sociological truths, plain to anyone who has ever belonged to a club or worked in middle management of a company, namely that “democratic” and “meritocratic” decisions are regularly subverted by scheming among the ambitious at the expense of the docile (A: A very important truth there.)– become discredited when the insight is applied to the polity as a whole. People who do not think twice about making a phone call to a “friend” to influence a decision in their social club or place of employment, become incredulous at the suggestion that the chairman of a major investment bank would dictate policy to the head of state whose election he had financed. (A: I don’t know if you’ve ever read the books put out by Peter Newman about the big families like the Bronfman’s. You’ve got to read them. Old Sam Bronfman said during the whiskey trade… actually they had their pals who brought in prohibition so that they could sell this booze and become incredibly rich. Old Bronfman, when his brother was up for killing a cop, says, he’ll get off; I put every politician in Ottawa, the parliament in Canada. He says, …both sides, I’ve paid them all in. They’re all my boys. Nothing has changed folks. Nothing has changed.)
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 16, 2010. For newcomers, you must always look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. You’ll find hundreds of audios for download of the talks I’ve given over the many years. You should, if possible, download them and save them because who knows how long they will be up there, with all the new laws that are going into place, never mind the hassle I get from certain servers. Bookmark the other sites I have up on the front page. Remember, all these sites have the same audios for download; they all have transcripts of a lot of the talks in English for print up. If you go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu you’ll find the same audios plus transcripts in the various languages of Europe to choose from. Make use of them while you have them. [Official sites listed above.] When you are in there, remember that you support me. I don’t accept money from advertisers; most hosts do and that’s how they make their living. It’s very lucrative. Sometimes you will be listening to an hours ad and you don’t even know it if you bring guests on. But I don’t to that. It’s up to you to keep me going. The ads on this show are paid by advertisers directly to RBN to pay for the air time and transmission and their staff, equipment and bills. So you have to help me with my bills. Buy the books and disks I have for sale or you can donate to me.
The books are different. They are not written in the usual linear fashion of so and so did this back in 1910, followed by so and so and so and so. I go through techniques that have been used for thousands of years to control your minds, basically through language and symbolism. It’s non-linear and by reading them you will actually start to see things in a different fashion in your daily lives and you will start thinking in a non-linear way. You’ve got to do it because your masters do that. That’s the natural way that man should be. He’s supposed to be that way. Education stops it.
So purchase the books and so on because that will keep me going. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash is fine to send. It’s a sad case to watch Europe plummeting but even the US dollar is pretty well on par with Canada, as we fall as well in Canada. That’s the state of the world today, but it’s all planned. I’m not worried about it. What can you do because you’ve never really been in charge of your own existence anyway? You find that the more you study. So help me out by donating to me or purchasing and maybe I’ll just trickle on for a little longer. It won’t be forever folks. It will not be forever because I’ve got a lot of bills here. This isn’t just a one hour show, I’ve got so much more to do during the day, so much more, from the minute I get up until I go to bed and then it’s all computer work at the weekends too, with all the problems you have with computers, upgrades and so on. There is never a break here.
Remember, INFORMATION IS POWER and KNOWLEDGE IS POWER. So those who give you information are generally backed by very powerful people. That’s the mainstream media. Of course the mainstream also has their counterparts on the other side. You’ve got to be careful. In a true war, and this IS a TRUE war. It’s always been a war, of a few, on the minds of the masses. They don’t miss anything at all. Nothing is missed whatsoever. When you are fighting something and you have not been authorized you can come under a lot of fire, even from basic things like servers and satellite uploads, satellite systems, as I have right now. An awful job uploading, even Yahoo has got me on a choke. I put the email from Yahoo telling me that on one of the sites. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, most people in the world, in the so-called developed nations – that means the brainwashed nations because they have all the technology to do so – are bombarded constantly their whole life long with an UPGRADING PROCESS of what’s to come, because ideas are EMBEDDED in most of the big movies that are put out there. There have been so many exposés of the Pentagon putting out movies via Hollywood. They work hand-in-hand all the time; always have, mind you.
We are really brainwashed by fiction. Fiction is something you look at as something you can take or leave, or laugh at, or throw away afterwards, but you don’t really throw anything away. You are downloaded with ideas through the fiction. You don’t realize you are being brainwashed into certain things, including the way your behavior is to be altered for the next phase basically. I’ve lived through this long enough to watch it happening. The Cultural Industry is a very, very important part of the Military-Industrial Complex. You can weaponize culture as well, until it’s completely dysfunctional. We already are way past that stage, by the way, augmented by different lectures that children get at a very early age in school to make sure it all works together. It really has been awfully successful, I’ve got to admit. You don’t realize you’ve been brainwashed. Most folk can’t even remember the basic themes of things after a few years but the ideas, that were meant to be implanted, embedded in their minds, that are STUCK there, because ‘monkey see, monkey do’ and we mimic what we are told… especially when we think it’s giving us a little bit more right or freedom or permission to do something naughty or bad or whatever it happens to be. We don’t realize too that we are also indoctrinated by the big disaster movies. Lots of disaster movies.
These disaster movies often don’t bring in so much money because they are so boring and long and drawn out. From the very earliest times to the present, they are awfully, awfully boring. They have the same format. The first half hour or more is about giving you characters and how they are normal Joes and so on and just living normal Joe’s lives and stuff like that; it gets awfully tedious. However, this last while SO many movies are churned out to get a big message through to YOU. One of them is called, The Road. I would never advise anybody to watch it unless you truly are a masochist and you like being depressed because that’s what it’s intended to do. A post-apocalypse movie basically; everything is apocalyptical, after major changes have taken place and all to do with the ENVIRONMENT, of course, and the world, there is not enough food and people turn to cannibalism and all kinds of odd behavior. They give you these dreary skies, because you don’t see the sun anymore – kind of like now with all the spraying. They even use a special lens to give you an almost sepia type tone through them SO it is boring. They pick the best lenses to make you depressed in other words.
One of them is The Road. They’ve got a lot of big stars popping in for little bit parts in it, because they all want to get in on the act and do their part. Mind you, they are paid well by the Pentagon. That one there goes on for ages, with no hope, really, along the way. Terrible, dreary, awful movie and it’s to get you used to the idea that we’re in a delicate balance, we’ve got to listen to the bosses to prevent a big disaster. And you don’t realize, no, the big bosses have been planning the big disasters for an awful long time and pulling them off too, including world wars. Then there is another one, 2012; the same idea. I Am Legend. The Crazies. The Thaw, that’s a Canadian one that’s even more boring. Toxic Skies; The Book of Eli; and Legion, they are ALL along the same idea of apocalypse and post-apocalypse and the disasters and the terrible things that will happen afterwards and how delicate the balance is if you can’t go to the supermarket… my God, you end up eating each other and all that kind of stuff.
Now you add to it all the hype about global warming, global warming, even though it was reported by insiders in the IPCC that only a couple of dozen scientists, who accepted bribes to go along with it, and the rest of them, thousands of them said no. Regardless, it doesn’t matter. It IS the agenda. It’s the agreed-upon agenda by the masters and believe you me, if you go back 100 years and read their books from the Council on Foreign Relations and so on, you realize they never, ever change their agenda. Once they make a plan, THEY follow it through to the bitter end, regardless. Even when things are exposed, again, they are masters at this, they have been doing it for so long. Even when things are exposed and their lives are exposed, they know that with constant repetition after it and ignoring it, they can once again swing the general public around to accepting it as though it’s the truth. They’ve been at it for so long, you see, so, so long.
They are also going after… See, they take the pulse on the public every day now. Every one of us has got a little avatar inside a Pentagon computer; I’ve read the articles from the Pentagon about that a couple of years ago. They take your daily mail, your email and all your communications and they update this all the time. They can predict how you are going to behave and what you are going to do on a Wednesday and whom you phone on a Thursday and all that kind of stuff. Then they have the ‘cluster’ idea and investigations to see who your friends are. Then they see what you really have in common and they sort you into personality types and so on. It’s so big and so huge and it’s been here for a long time. They also keep the pulse on those who crack up – crack up… even listening to Patriot Radio, and lots do – to see how you are cracking up and what you do when you crack up, are you sounding like a loony when you start talking about the aerial spraying and so on. Because they want that, by the way, and some people actually go overboard with it. They can’t put things across in a cohesive fashion. You don’t realize, if you want to convince something to someone, you’ve got to pick one topic and you stay on it. If you jump from one thing to another you sound like an utter loony. So you become an asset to them on the other side because you will help reinforce, that’s crazy, that’s nonsense stuff, nonsense, for those that want to control.
Here is an article that goes along this line because they are also looking at the people who are cracking up. I read an article recently where a young couple had killed themselves and their baby because they thought the world was going to be… I guess they watched all these disaster movies, maybe even the Canadian one, The Thaw – that would drive anybody to suicide – and The Road and stuff like that. They killed themselves thinking the world was going to be an AWFUL place to live in, in this post global warming, famine-ridden, cannibalistic era. Well, here is an article from Discovery News.
Mental Health to Decline With Climate Change
A rise in natural disasters will lead to more cases of post-traumatic stress disorder and depression.
By Emily Sohn | Thu Dec 10, 2009 / discovery.com
Deadly heat waves, home-wrecking hurricanes, neighborhood-scorching wildfires: When you stop to think about it, global warming can be downright depressing. Now, scientists are starting to validate that feeling.
According to accumulating evidence, climate change won’t just trigger new cases of stress, anxiety and depression. People who already have schizophrenia and other serious psychological problems will probably suffer most in the aftermath of natural disasters and extreme weather events.
“When these events happen, (Alan: They just know it’s going to happen, you see.) people with pre-established mental illnesses often have more extreme difficulty coping than the rest of the population,” (A: See, the rest of the population are still watching Much-Music and living out the fantasy life style, and you know what that is, of course.) said Lisa Page, a psychiatrist at King’s College London. “This is an area we maybe need to think about a little more seriously.” (A: They already are doing all this data collection… and passing it onto the Pentagon.)
In public health circles and even in climate talks, scientists have looked a lot at how climate change might affect physical health, by for example, spurring the spread of malaria, dengue fever and other infectious diseases.
For the most part, though, the experts have made only vague references to the link between climate change and mental health, even though evidence for such connections is starting to pile up. In a review of the published literature, Page and a colleague found a variety of examples. (A: I wonder who Page is? But again, you have all these experts but no names, eh. You see, we don’t need them anymore. It’s like Gods, the Gods say this and the Gods say that and we are taught to believe the experts.)
After natural disasters like Hurricane Katrina, for instance, studies have clearly documented a rise in post-traumatic stress disorder, major depression and other mental disorders. The same symptoms occur during infectious disease outbreaks. (A: I guess what they are talking about is the fake flu one. Folk were panicking… about the fake flu, wanting their free flu shots before they ran out, even though they were never out. Now they’ve got millions left over but we’re all paying for it.)
In the future, climate models predict (A: That is their special model. These ones are special computers. They feed in and get out the data to give them the worst possible scenarios. You can make any computer do that, if you design it that way.) more destructive storms, more floods, more droughts and more diseases. In turn, the new study suggests, more psychological crises will follow. (A: It must have been an awfully expensive computer to come up with such fantastic and innovative information like that.)
Heat waves — like the one that killed some 70,000 people in Europe in the summer of 2003 (A: But they don’t tell you that France had an awful problem with its electric powers. They had cut back so much that no one had any cooling. Anyway, that doesn’t matter does it?)– will also happen more frequently, last longer and be more severe in coming years. The mentally ill will be hardest hit by these events, (A: I’d say the poor will because they can’t afford any fans or anything.) Page suspects, because they’re more likely to live in substandard housing without air conditioning or other amenities.
Many psychotropic medications also increase the risk of dying from heat-related complications. (A: So now you know, that stuff will kill you.) So does substance abuse, which is common among people with mental illnesses.
People with pre-existing mental challenges will probably also have an extra hard time dealing with other forecasted consequences of climate change, (A: They’ve got climate change highlighted so many times… you can go and see what climate change is.) including the sinking of coastlines and mass migration away from flooded shores.
Then, there’s the general sense of sadness (A: Oh, sadness…) that can come from reading about climate change again and again, and recognizing that the world is changing. (A: No kidding. No kidding. It’s just like these disaster movies. And yeah, I’ve had rain for 2 years straight and it’s pouring rain now too, mind you; haven’t really seen much summer. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about how bad it is going to get, from the Mental Health Association, because they’re all in on the act and getting funding to do research and filling their pockets with more and more funding and so on. It’s just bucks all around, really, when they create these things that are going to happen, scenarios like science fiction. It says here…
“It’s when you realize things aren’t the way they used to be,” said Giovanni Leonardi, an epidemiologist at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. “It’s a sad state to go outside and it’s sunny and you worry about it. (A: See, they’ve got everybody worried about it when they see the sun now. Mind you, you should take a photograph when you do because there are so many planes spraying the skies, have been for 12 years now, that we hardly ever see it except through this mush.) We didn’t used to worry about it being sunny.”
Acknowledging the mental challenges involved in climate change should hopefully help public health officials prepare for them. (A: What are they going to do, give us umbrellas or sun shades or something? Officials are our answer? Government officials are your answer? Really? Help! Help! Anyway….)
“Recognition of the issue is the first step towards addressing the problem,” Leonardi said. (A: So, BELIEVING in it is the first step, you see.) “It’s the first step toward helping ourselves to cope with it.”
So that’s the answer. You’ve got to understand it and accept it and that’s all there is to it. Then you’ll be healthy and then you will do all the right things when you are told to, like pay through the nose to have some heat in your home and everything else that you need just to exist. Mind you, the banks will lap it up for you and use that money responsibly, of course, as they always have done before.
Folk always wonder how long this goes on, this big agenda and who’s in it and all the rest of it. They don’t understand. You’ve got read HG Wells’ books. The Outline of History was one good book, with part one and two. He gives you the Fabian outline of the TYPES of The Race, he calls it, that will survive and be brought through when the others die off. It was written a long, long time ago. It was based on eugenics, of course. He tells you the different groups who have proven themselves down through time as survivors who will be in on it. Of course, a lot of this was also exposed by Professor Carroll Quigley who believed in this system that ruled the world and does rule the world and their agenda. From the Wise Up Journal, he says…
How The World Operates – By President Wilson & Respected Historian Quigley
Wise Up Journal.com / 13.06.2010 / By Gabriel O’Hara
(A: Now, Wilson was a front man, as they all are; presidents are front men for the advisors behind them. You’ll find that Colonel Mandell House – who was not a Colonel; it was an honorary title – he was the go-between for the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Milner Group and Lord Grey who was working for Britain to bring in the US system to make sure it was the same system as Britain. Wilson was picked for the job to be the front and so they gave the Federal Reserve and the income tax laws, all in time for World War I of course, which they all had planned as well.)
The following extracts are from two books. One by World War I president Woodrow Wilson and the other from an eminent professor and noted historian Carroll Quigley, whom Bill Clinton thanked in his 1992 presidential democrat acceptance speech. (A: He was more than that, Carroll Quigley. He was also an advisor to the State Department, the Pentagon and a whole bunch of government offices and positions on history and ethnology of the different cultures that they wanted to go off and bomb.) Did these men think childishly that powerful families have influence over corporate business and governments or do we believe childishly that powerful families don’t?
Extract from Woodrow Wilson’s The New Freedom (1913): (A: By the way, ‘the new freedom’ was quoted by George Bush Jr, remember, when he says he was giving you ‘the NEW freedom.’ I said at the time, it was a new definition of freedom. It was actually from The New Freedom book that was outlined back in 1913 by Wilson, the front man who helped bring in the League of Nations; he fronted for it.)
“Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”
Carroll Quigley wrote about this power in his history book entitled “Tragedy and Hope” but he was not against it as he stated in the book, “I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments.”
Extracts from Tragedy and Hope (1966):
“Indeed, some of them intended to contribute to both and to allow an alternation of the two parties in public office in order to conceal their own influence, (A: So they have 2 parties, again, to confuse the public.) inhibit any exhibition of independence by politicians, and allow the electorate to believe that they were exercising their own free choice.
“[in 1924] J. P. Morgan was able to sit back with a feeling of satisfaction to watch a presidential election in which the candidates of both parties were in his sphere of influence.
“Usually, Morgan had to share this political influence with other sectors of the business oligarchy, especially with the Rockefeller interest (as was done, for example, by dividing the ticket between them.
“The Power of Investment Bankers Over Governments
“The power of investment bankers over governments rests on a number of factors, of which the most significant, perhaps, is the need of governments to issue short-term treasury bills as well as long-term government bonds. Just as businessmen go to commercial banks for current capital advances to smooth over the discrepancies between their irregular and intermittent incomes and their periodic and persistent outgoes (such as monthly rents, annual mortgage payments, and weekly wages), so a government has to go to merchant bankers (or institutions controlled by them) to tide over the shallow places caused by irregular tax receipts. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about Carroll Quigley’s book, Tragedy and Hope and other articles from the book put out by President Wilson, who worked for the same boys who still run the world today. Both these guys did and they were all for it of course. It says here that the government had to use these banks to basically tide them over when tax receipts were slow in coming in. They know themselves of course, the big corporations don’t pay taxes; they postpone them for 15-20 years and then write them off when they move to another country. That’s the corporate welfare system. They get grants given to them whenever they say they are failing. It’s a con game. It was set up by them and there had never been any sort of republican democracy in the US, at least from the late 1800s onwards. It says here…
This is so widely accepted even today that in 1961 a Republican investment banker became Secretary of the Treasury in a Democratic Administration in Washington without significant comment from any direction. (A: Because it says previously, that they put these guys in charge of a lot of their administrative positions in government, these BANKERS, these merchant bankers.)
“The Key International Banking Families
“The names of some of these banking families are familiar to all of us and should he more so. They include Raring, Lazard, Erlanger, Warburg, Schroder, Seligman, the Speyers, Mirabaud, Mallet, Fould, and above all Rothschild and Morgan. (A: They’ve got Jacob Schiff and others too.) Even after these banking families became fully involved in domestic industry by the emergence of financial capitalism, they remained different from ordinary bankers in distinctive ways: (1) they were cosmopolitan and international; (2) they were close to governments and were particularly concerned with questions of government debts, including foreign government debts, even in areas which seemed, at first glance, poor risks, like Egypt, Persia, Ottoman Turkey, Imperial China, and Latin America; (3) their interests were almost exclusively in bonds and very rarely in goods, since they admired ‘liquidity’ and regarded commitments in commodities or even real estate as the first step toward bankruptcy; (4) they were, accordingly, fanatical devotees of deflation (which they called “sound” money from its close associations with high interest rates and a high value of money) and of the gold standard, which, in their eyes, symbolized and ensured these values; and (5) they were almost equally devoted to secrecy and the secret use of financial influence in political life. These bankers came to be called ‘international bankers’ and, more particularly, were known as ‘merchant bankers’ in England, ‘private bankers’ in France, and ‘investment bankers’ in the United States. In all countries they carried on various kinds of banking and exchange activities, but everywhere they were sharply distinguishable from other, more obvious, kinds of banks, such as savings banks or commercial banks.”
“The Dynasties of International Bankers
“In time they brought into their financial network the provincial banking centers, organized as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies, to form all of these into a single financial system on an international scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one side and industries on the other. The men who did this, looking backward toward the period of dynastic monarchy in which they had their own roots, aspired to establish dynasties of international bankers and were at least as successful at this as were many of the dynastic political rulers. The greatest of these dynasties, of course, were the descendants of Meyer Amschel Rothschild (1743-1812) of Frankfort, whose male descendants, for at least two generations, generally married first cousins or even nieces. (A: They still do.) Rothschild’s five sons, established at branches in Vienna, London, Naples, and Paris, as well as Frankfort, cooperated together in ways which other international banking dynasties copied but rarely excelled.”
“The Money Power—Controlled by International Investment Bankers—Dominates Business and Government
“As early as 1909, Walter Rathenau, who was in a position to know (since he had inherited from his father control of the German General Electric Company and held scores of directorships himself), said, ‘Three hundred men, all of whom know one another, direct the economic destiny of Europe and choose their successors from among themselves.’ Big Banking and Business Control the Federal Government The structure of financial controls created by the tycoons of ‘Big Banking’ and ‘Big Business’ in the period 1880-1933 was of extraordinary complexity, one business fief being built on another, both being allied with semi-independent associates, the whole rearing upward into two pinnacles of economic and financial power, of which one, centered in New York, was headed by J. P. Morgan and Company, and the other, in Ohio, was headed by the Rockefeller family.
“By 1930 these 200 largest corporations held 49.2 percent of the assets of all 40,000 corporations in the country. (A: That’s the United States.)
“In fact, in 1930, one corporation (American Telephone and Telegraph, controlled by Morgan) had greater assets than the total wealth in twenty-one states of the Union.
“The influence of these business leaders was so great that the Morgan and Rockefeller groups acting together, or even Morgan acting alone, could have wrecked the economic system of the country” (A: Actually, they did it… 3 times in the late 1800s. They basically got together, crashed the economy, bought out everything that was real business for peanuts and consolidated them into corporations.)
The following extract from “Tragedy and Hope” shows a view of war different from the normal mind:
“The agrarian discontent, the growth of monopolies, the oppression of labor, and the excesses of Wall Street financiers made the country very restless. In looking about for some issue which would distract public discontent from domestic economic issues, what better solution than a crisis in foreign affairs?
“Cleveland had stumbled upon this alternative, more or less accidentally, in 1895 when he stirred up a controversy with Great Britain over Venezuela. The great opportunity, however, came with the Cuban revolt against Spain in 1895. While the ‘yellow press,’ led by William Randolph Hearst, roused public opinion, Henry Cabot Lodge and Theodore Roosevelt plotted how they could best get the United States into the fracas. They got the excuse they needed when the American battleship Maine was sunk by a mysterious explosion in Havana harbor in February 1898. (A: By the way, they actually found the Maine and found it blew up from within, in its engine room.) In two months the United States declared war on Spain to fight for Cuban independence. The resulting victory revealed the United States as a world naval power, established it is an imperialist power with possession of Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines, whetted some appetites for imperialist glory”
This last extract was taken from near the end of the book on page 950 and it sums up the situation we are caught in and shows the highly respected historian’s view point on it: (A: By the way, Quigley took these from the records of the Council on Foreign Relations; they have their own private public-history library for themselves, ON themselves.)
“There does exist and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network (A: It doesn’t mean they are actually English. It means they live in England and on the East Coast of the US.) which operates to some extent in the way the Radical Right believes the Communists act. In fact, this network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. I know of the operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960s, to examine its papers and secret records. I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments. (A: I read a part the other night from that.) I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies (notably to its belief that England was an Atlantic, rather than a European power, and must be allied, or even federated with the United States and must remain isolated from Europe) but in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.”
Then there is more and more stuff about that, but let’s go into President Wilson’s book. He loved to talk. In fact, he used to put people to sleep at the table by talking, especially about himself. Anyway, he was a good front man. He wrote the book, The New Freedom that George Bush Jr quoted when he gave it to America; he was giving the new DEFINITION of the new freedom.
Woodrow Wilson, The New Freedom, 1913
Contents:
-The Old Order Changeth. (A: He’s talking about going from and old system of independence and independent people to all working together on a big enterprise for, you know, the banks.)
-What is progress?
Chapter 3:
-Free men need no guardians
-Life comes from the soil
-The parliament of the people. (A: That was for the world parliament; he lead it for the League of Nations.);
-Let There Be Light;
-The Tariff Protection or Special Privileges (A: He wanted to go into the British idea of free trade and amalgamation of the Americas; they called it the Pan American Union. Britain was to do the same with the European Union.)
-Monopoly or Opportunity (A: He was wanting us to think that we should encourage monopolies and actually see them as opportunities.)
-Benevolence or Justice
-The Way to Resume is to Resume
-The Emancipation of Business (A: He wanted to give them – the big boys of course, not the small businesses – the monopolies more powers in the world and in their country.)
-The Liberation of the People as a vital energies (A: That’s so you’d all work in factories.)
(A: The first part is…)
The New Freedom
I. The Old Order Changeth
by Woodrow Wilson
(A: He goes through the ideas of the old system won’t work anymore. This is a new America he says.)
We are in the presence of a new organization of society. Our life has broken away from the past. The life of America is not the life that it was twenty years ago; it is not the life that it was ten years ago. We have changed our economic conditions, absolutely, from top to bottom (A: Because the big bankers took over.); and, with our economic society, the organization of our life. The old political formulas do not fit the present problems; they read now like documents taken out of a forgotten age. (A: He was talking about scrapping the Constitution, you understand.) The older cries sound as if they belonged to a past age which men have almost forgotten. Things which used to be put into the party platforms of ten years ago would sound antiquated if put into a platform now. We are facing the necessity of fitting a new social organization, as we did once fit the old organization, to the happiness and prosperity of the great body of citizens; for we are conscious that the new order of society has not been made to fit and provide the convenience or prosperity of the average man. The life of the nation has grown infinitely varied. It does not centre now upon questions of governmental structure or of the distribution of governmental powers. It centres upon questions of the very structure and operation of society itself, (A: See, you are going from individualization, what you do yourselves as individuals, to the ORGANIZED SOCIETY. That was the ‘big idea’ that came out of England and the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Milner Society. That’s what he is telling you.) of which government is only the instrument. Our development has run so fast and so far along the lines sketched in the earlier day of constitutional definition, has so crossed and interlaced those lines, has piled upon them such novel structures of trust and combination, has elaborated within them a life so manifold, so full of forces which transcend the boundaries of the country itself and fill the eyes of the world, that a new nation seems to have been created which the old formulas do not fit or afford a vital interpretation of.
We have come upon a very different age from any that preceded us. We have come upon an age when we do not do business in the way in which we used to do business,—when we do not carry on any of the operations of manufacture, sale, transportation, or communication as men used to carry them on. There is a sense in which in our day the individual has been submerged. In most parts of our country men work, not for themselves, not as partners in the old way in which they used to work, but generally as employees, (A: He’s pushing the employee culture, actually, employees…) in a higher or lower grade,—of great corporations. (A: …in the big corporations and factories that were all around. That’s what he’s pushing, you see, and all working together, this great endeavor to all work together… for the better people who know better, you see.) There was a time when corporations played a very minor part in our business affairs, but now they play the chief part, and most men are the servants of corporations.
That’s what his whole book basically is about. He did the book, obviously, hand-in-glove with the Milner Group and Lord Grey, as his contact with the British system. It’s well worth a read if you can get a hold of it. It’s all propaganda, all of it, but it tells you how they were bringing this into a new system, where corporations would employ many thousands of people and be sort of benevolent dictators over the people who worked for them, in a sense. He also wanted to bring down the tariffs of protection and allow the country to be flooded with competition. He said, you don’t need to fear competition, because he was in for the free trade idea that Britain was already pushing and had been for a while, the free trade idea.
So you think you are living through the changes now? Well, you are, but it was really designed a long time ago and you have been for over 100 years. In fact, Quigley said that these guys were the guys that gave you the main wars that you have lived through. He also said that they’d already been running the Presidents of the United States for 60 years and he wrote his book, Tragedy and Hope, in 1966. All parties, he says, it doesn’t matter the party that you vote for.
Remember too, the elite themselves, even though they will bring on disasters like world wars or oil slicks, or whatever else it happens to be, have already prepared for themselves their own survival. As you will even see in their disaster movies, they give lottos and you can pick a stick or whatever to see if you can get in there, if you are one of the ordinary people at the bottom. But for themselves, they’ve got them all designed that they are to survive in their premade underground cities and all the rest of it, while you perish. They always have these contingency plans, right down through the last 100-odd years, for themselves. I remember one of the first ones that they showed that in. It was a movie that was called, Deep Impact. An asteroid comes in… this was before they came up with the global warming. At the end, all the scientific elite are the ones who are destined to survive because they were brighter and the needed them for a new future. They’d get into the underground cities. They gave a few extra lotto seats for the ordinary people and the rest of them just had to take their fate on the surface and get smashed to smithereens.
These are all predictive programming and folk don’t even know it. As I said yesterday, you are a composite. Most folk out there are composites of their indoctrination. All the different composites that you’ve got from Much-Music and the movies and what you think is YOUR generation. You are a composite, right down to what you wear, how you behave, and how many abortions you’ve had. Everything else is literally put into your head… and how many times you get the venereal diseases as well – what they don’t want to talk about in these sex lectures, do they? Have you noticed that? They don’t want to talk about them… because they don’t want the public to know how bad it is. A little shot of this penicillin will clear this up, honestly. Really? Oh, really? Have you seen the damage it’s already done? Hmm? Ah, well, it doesn’t matter. You know something? It’s best not to get frustrated because you cannot tell a public, that literally are ignorant of all of this stuff. You can’t tell a public. You have to realize, as I said last night, the dead are the dead… and accept that. Just accept it.
There is a little article here about civil aviation. Now, I read an article about a year ago from when the Ministry of Transportation in Britain – the Ministers as they call them, the politician in charge of it – said that they were putting taxes on air travel to discourage the ordinary people from traveling. That ties in with Agenda 21 where you are going to have ESSENTIAL TRANSPORTATION ONLY. That’s on the ground and in the air. That is still on the go, Agenda 21. It’s been worked into your very neighborhood and your local area. I read from that last night, some parts of it. This article is from Avion News.
AEA enlightens contradictions about German tax on airline’s ticket
avionews.com / Civil Aviation / Friday
Brussels, Belgium – They discourage passengers and at the same time want pouring money into the treasury. (A: And they go into this discouraging travel through high taxation. I’ll be back with more after this break. It’s Agenda 21 folks, long before global warming came along.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading from Avion News. It says here…
(WAPA) – In the world of George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four, the word “Doublethink” was used to describe the holding, simultaneously, of two mutually-exclusive beliefs. The German Chancellor’s proposal to levy an ‘environmental’ tax on passengers at German airports, to help close the budget deficit, is truly Orwellian in its contradictions, according to the Association of European Airlines (AEA).
“The tax is supposed to help the environment by discouraging people from flying”, said AEA Secretary General Ulrich Schulte-Strathaus, “while at the same time pouring a billion Euros into the treasury. But if a passenger flies and pays the tax, he is impacting the environment. If he doesn’t fly, the treasury doesn’t get his money. A classic example of doublethink”.
Germany is the world’s second-largest exporting nation, and exports account for half the national GDP. The same government that is proposing the tax, just months ago, was highlighting the contribution of the airline sector to its own economic recovery programme. “The tax will hit customers for German products, visiting their suppliers and salesmen for German companies, visiting their customers”, said the Secretary General. “Anything which makes travel more expensive, makes trade more expensive, and so holds up economic recovery. National economists will soon be seeing in their quarterly figures what happens to the country’s accounts when air transport is interrupted, as it was during the Icelandic volcano eruption”. (A: Which was a non-event. It was so that they could have that big NATO exercise with the very advanced equipment for air strikes and so on.) But the greatest losers would be ordinary German citizens, hit hard in the pocket. (A: Well, they are putting that on everywhere.)
Getting back, too, by the way, to this massive oil slick that they released… and I say ‘released’ because it was done intentionally. I have no doubt on that. It just happened at the right time to push all the Obama-backed environmental taxes and propositions through. You’ve got to go into the history of that area. There was a movie put out years ago, before Katrina even hit, put out by the Rhodes Foundation and the Rockefeller Foundation, another disaster movie, where that area was hit hard by tsunamis and then it showed you all through it thousands of folk moving up, out of the state, getting away from the state and returning it back to its natural habitat. The message all through it was man brought this on himself and there will be others moving from the coast. Then you go into Agenda 21 and other similar spin-offs from the United Nations, they want everyone moved from the coast. They said that 20 years ago; I read the articles on the air a few years back.
What will that do when they get you all off the coasts? They will cram you in even more tightly to the cities to really bring home the impact that you are overpopulated whereas before you weren’t, you see. Now that you are all off the coastlines and crammed together you will definitely be overpopulated, it will seem. That’s what they want, everyone off the coastlines eventually. That is the agenda. One way or another… One way or another, anything, whatever it takes, the end justifies the means. What a beauty this oil slick is. You can’t believe it. The guys who inspected this whole thing and knew it wasn’t right, took off 2 hours before the thing blew up. They got off the rig and it blew up… right on queue. They took every shortcut. We are told, just screw ups, you see. It’s got to be screw-ups; it wasn’t intentional. No. No. No. Every shortcut in the book they took, with the deepest thing they had ever tried drilling in. Which is nonsensical, it makes no sense whatsoever …unless you want that to happen. But once they sign the big massive world-changing treaties, especially for the Americas, it will be plugged in no time. Then they will set off the bacteria that kills it all off and so on, and bring it back to what it was BUT they will move all the folk off eventually. One way or another you’ve got to get moved off into the strife-ridden cities.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 17, 2010. As always, newcomers should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and bookmark all the other sites you’ll see listed there for future use. That way you can always get a clean download if too many folk are going into the .com site at the same time and if I have trouble with the Yahoo site, you’ve got these alternate sites to download from, hopefully. [Official sites listed above.] Remember, they all have transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given in English for print up and passing around to your friends. They all have the same audios as well. But if you want transcripts in foreign languages, you can go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu and download from there; it also has the audios if you want to download from there. When you are in there, go into the books I have for sale and the CDs and DVDs. I really would be churning out a lot more if I wasn’t just doing just this… and raking in the cash. But we are going through the most amazing times in our history, certainly in my lifetime, and it’s all planned that way. So you can’t really sit on the sidelines and just make money. You’ve got to be in the fight, so to speak, if it’s nothing more than at least waking a few people up and giving them consciousness. Really, sometimes that’s the only thing you can achieve, is consciousness, and that comes with a heavy penalty of ‘now you know, what do you do with it?’ …when you see how enormous this big matrix system is. I show you the techniques in my books, how to understand how you are conned and how you are fooled, on a daily basis, by the language, by the symbols and so on, and how things are presented to you by experts from academia who have written lots of books on the subject, mainly used by the military department of psychological warfare. So buy the books and that helps me trickle over because it’s expensive doing what I’m doing. There are bills all the time. I don’t accept payment from advertisers to keep me going. That’s a lucrative field, most hosts do that; that keeps them going with a good income. The ads you hear on this show are paid directly by the advertisers straight to RBN for their air time, for the broadcast of this show, for their board operators and for their bills. We all have bills so help me out too. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Generally I just get by on the occasional donations, from the same few people, but that’s life. That’s life in this modern world where we have the me-generation in full bloom, although they are looking a bit withered right now but they just don’t know it. They don’t know how bad it’s going to become.
The whole agenda we are living through right now, including the environmental side of it, the carbon taxes, they are teaching whole generations across the whole world to come under GLOBAL GOVERNANCE and allow themselves to be servants to the world state. They have been on the go for over 100 years. And it’s not just a matter of someone putting out an idea and paying a few bucks to different foundations to promote it, which they certainly do, lots of bucks in fact. It’s also teaching it through the school system, through your comedies, through your movies, through your soap operas. You are bombarded with it all the time to bring in a designed, planned society. Just like back in the 60s, they brought in the rock and roll, they brought in the drugs. The military provided both initially, in fact, because most of the rockers, the top ones – I’ve done a couple of talks on that too – were all the offspring of intergenerational military/Pentagon families. Madonna is one of them, by the way; her brother came out with a book on it. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the phases we go through, the generations we go through and how everything is catered for each generation, how they are going to live, the standard of living, or the fall of it depending on the time period, and the mores, their behavior and what they will believe. We are also really kept in a limbo state of being happy. Just be happy, live for today and live for the weekly paycheck, if you have one, and go out and have fun. Really, that’s what governments want. They don’t like people sitting at home and discussing with their friends what’s really happening in the world. They don’t even like them going into bars and discussing that kind of stuff; that’s why you can’t talk in a bar. You have to yell like crazy and it’s impossible to have a conversation. That’s all psychological warfare too. I can remember in Britain, that the bar was the local place where everybody came. The pub, all the locals came. You found out everything that was happening in that area, what the town councils were up to and you could protest them by finding out and so on, and in came the television sets and sports with them up full blast until you couldn’t hear yourself talk. Then everybody had to sit and stare at these darn things and that was the end of that. That was all intentional as well, encouraged from the top.
Nothing happens by chance in society. Believe you me, nothing happens by chance. Everything is designed that way for control purposes and you have no idea of the much energy and your tax money goes into hiring people, big panels and teams, to control you and your behavior and to update you when required with the proper thoughts, the ones that are deemed proper by your betters. I said years ago, it wouldn’t matter if this whole global warming thing is proved absolutely nonsensical and people came out from the top and admitted it, which a lot have done in fact. It wouldn’t matter if old Jehovah himself came down and started blowing away the chemtrails over our heads, they’d have to nuke him because this agenda must go on. They never change their plans.
We’ve all to become slaves and pay and pay and pay for energy. Maurice Strong talked about this in the 90s when the United Nations sent him over to privatize Ontario Hydro at the time, the electric supply for the whole of Ontario, including all the nuclear power plants. He said at the time, the future will be very bleak for most because we are really going to slash energy right down to bare bones, for essential businesses and so on ONLY. He talked about it then, using taxpayers money to put in big generators along side the important businesses and government buildings. This has all been done. So they knew a long time ago what they had planned to bring in for us.
There is nothing like a great crisis to bring it all into being. We know that Obama’s given his latest speech; there was a big build-up to the speech. Personally I like the speechwriters themselves; I think we should give Oscars to the speechwriters since they do all the work. They are trained in this field of psycho-linguistics. Going back to a previous talk he gave on the 14th, he likened the Gulf environmental disaster to 9/11. That was in Yahoo News.
Obama likens Gulf environmental disaster to 9/11
Mon Jun 14 / yahoo.com
WASHINGTON (AFP) – President Barack Obama likened the disastrous oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico to the September 11 attacks in an interview published on the eve of his fourth visit Monday to the stricken region. (Alan: I’ll add, to play golf because that’s what he does; he goes down there and plays golf.)
You see, tie it in to a major event. Remember, 9/11, the statements that came out at the time was, life will never be the same again. So what he is really saying is – in this particular article – life will never be the same again. It’s even more so than the last not-the-same-again… because you are going to go into a world of servitude, piece by piece by piece, and you will have mass migrations from the coast eventually – that’s all part of Agenda 21 – and put into the overcrowded cities and then it will be like Soylent Green for a while and riots and all the rest of it – they expect that – with rationing and then a lot will die off by the year 2035 or so, whenever it happens to be… according to the think tanks for the military and I’ve published them too, on my web site in the archives section.
In his latest speech, it says here…
Language guru: Obama speech too ‘professorial’ for his target audience
CNN.com | June 16th, 2010
President Obama’s speech on the gulf oil disaster may have gone over the heads of many in his audience… according to analyst of the 18 minute talk released Wednesday.
Tuesday night’s speech from the Oval Office of the White House was written to a 9.8 grade level, said Paul J.J. Payack, president of Global Language Monitor. The Austin, Texas-based company analyzes and catalogues trends in word usage and word choice and their impact on culture. (A: They’re a very important organization, one of many actually, though, but they do work with the military on propaganda for abroad, again, in neuro-linguistics and psycho-linguistics. So they’re saying that it went over the heads because it was too high.)
Though the president used slightly less than four sentences per paragraph, his 19.8 words per sentence “added some difficulty for his target audience,” Payack said. (A: See, they understand that we’ve been dumbed down so much by television, the culture industry and linguistic minimalism; exactly what Orwell said would happen.)
He singled out this sentence from Obama as unfortunate: “That is why just after the rig sank, I assembled a team of our nation’s best scientists and engineers to tackle this challenge — a team led by Dr. Steven Chu, a Nobel Prize-winning physicist and our nation’s secretary of energy.” (A: That was just too much for the average punter out there apparently.)
The monitor’s chief word analyst found these three sentences insensitive: “Already, this oil spill is the worst environmental disaster America has ever faced. (A: Now, that’s not really true. You see, they love to hype it up and people are already going neurotic and berserk over it, because the fringe always do. I read that article the other day abut how the fringe go crazy and some of them commit suicide thinking the world is going to end, we are going to sink under the sea, or we are going to live in a barren world, with nothing to eat except the occasional bean sprout or something. But you’re forgetting too, of all the nuclear bombs that were tested in the 50s and 60s in Nevada and how whole towns were eventually wiped out, because they used them. They let the stuff float over their heads. In fact, they would time them some days to see if the wind was blowing in that direction and then they’d follow the health of the people as they died off. They did the same in the Soviet Union, by the way; there is a very good documentary on both of them doing it at that time. If I get a hold of it I’ll put it up for you, an excellent documentary. That was a big thing at the time as well.) And unlike an earthquake or a hurricane, it is not a single event that does its damage in a matter of minutes or days. The millions of gallons of oil that have spilled into the Gulf of Mexico are more like an epidemic, one that we will be fighting for months and even years.”
“You shouldn’t be saying that in Katrina land,” said Payack, referring to the 2005 hurricane that devastated the Gulf Coast. “New Orleans lost a third of its population; it’s still recovering.”
But he praised Obama’s phrase “oil began spewing” as active and graphic. (A: …term. It’s all written by professionals, this stuff, not Obama. It’s his speech writers who’ve been trained, like Payack here, on neuro-linguistics and psycho-linguistics, to make sure the great unwashed masses get the right kind of version of it, for their simple little minds.)
At a micro level, the average word in the speech contained 4.5 letters, a bit longer than is typical for the former constitutional law professor, Payack said.
Obama’s nearly 10th-grade-level rating was the highest of any of his major speeches and well above the Grade 7.4 of his 2008 “Yes, we can” victory speech, which many consider his best effort, Payack said.
“The scores indicate that this was not Obama at his best, especially when attempting to make an emotional connection to the American people,” he added. (A: See, it’s all staged isn’t it? It’s all acting. Isn’t it? Isn’t that what it is?)
I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show, plus the full speech as well.
Full text of Obama oil spill speech
aljazeera.net / Wednesday, June 16, 2010
Then, the part from this guy Payack’s particular company here; it says…
Obama Oil Spill Speech Echoes Elite, Aloof Ethos
Published: June 16th, 2010 / languagemonitor.com – The Global Language Monitor
When Obama is at his best (such as the Grant Park ‘Yes, We Can speech), the President has a direct and emotional connection with the American people. This speech, simply, did not live up to that high standard — and the numbers reflect it.
-Comparisons with previous addresses and those of other presidents
-Passive Voice highest for any major presidential address this century
-Surprisingly high tenth-grade reading (and hearing) level
Austin, TX, June 17, 2010 – According to an exclusive analysis by The Global Language Monitor, President Obama’s Oil Spill speech echoed his elite ethos, with a broad plan for an alternative-energy future and few specifics. (A: That’s very important, ‘a broad plan for an alternative-energy future,’ that’s Agenda 21. You will not have cars at all; essential vehicles only. That’s why there were few specifics mentioned.) The only specifics of the address were the continuation of the off-shore drilling ban, effectively putting tens of thousands of Gulf Coast jobs in jeopardy. The President’s first Oval Office address came in at a surprising high tenth-grade reading level, with some 13% passive constructions, the highest level measured in any major presidential address in this century. In political speaking, the passive voice is generally used to either deflect responsibility, or to have no particular ‘doer’ of an action.
A previous analysis using GLM’s NarrativeTracker, found the president’s primary narrative arc to be that of ‘Obama as an Oil Spill Enabler’. Nothing in the address would appear to change that narrative, though formal analysis will be forthcoming in the next week. (A: They are trained to say this stuff, you see. These guys write top speeches. I hear the music coming in so I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, where you are going to find out what’s real and what isn’t real and question everything because all the stuff that’s put out to you, even by mainstream media, is really worked through psychology before it ends up in your little brain. It’s all intended to BE warped and TO warp your brains so that you will come along and think that you are thinking for yourself and you’ve come to your own conclusions, and sure enough, your friends around you will all have the same downloads and you’ll think you are quite sane. You are being upgraded all the time and changed all the time… into a being that your masters designed… for themselves. That’s always really been the way of it.
It’s perfected now, though. It’s really high science, taught at a lot of universities. The top players in these fields get the top jobs in the military because they use a lot of it for psychological warfare on countries they want to take down and dominate. They also use it on the populace of their own peoples. I’ve always said too, really though, the top people should be awarded for script writing, some kind of special Oscar or something. We could watch it on television, one for Sarkozy, his scriptwriter, one for Cameron in Britain, and maybe one for the US and one for Canada. Maybe do a little quiz as well, and then they get a little prize and we can watch it and enjoy it. After all, they are doing all the work and these actors in front of them just play golf and take all the credit, or, sometimes they take the tomatoes. That’s what they are for; they’re Punch and Judy Show for the public.
It is interesting how it all works. Again, the greatest indoctrination of all goes through your schooling system as they turn children into little perverts, and little green ones at that, because that’s how they decided to make it. The adults themselves were degraded in turn so they allow more perversion with each generation. It’s incremental and intergenerational, planned a long time ago and you can read articles about it going back as early as the 1800s from HG Wells. He actually called it ‘free love’, right down to eventually breaking the barriers for intergenerational sex. The late 1800s folks! No greater way to destroy a society. Look around you. And all the culture industries, the fashion industries in it, and everyone copies what they see on television, in the movies and in Much Music. Literally, you can’t tell the prostitute from the average person in some cities today. And we all think that’s quite normal.
As they do that too, they are telling us, oh, my God, be very, very, very scared because…
‘World could be plunged into crisis in 2014’:
Cambridge expert (A: It’s a priest you see. Remember what Russell said? We shall train the public that they are ruled by experts and they can’t think without the expert opinion on things. They just call them ‘experts’ now. As soon as you see that, it’s the high priest, you see. It’s got the same connotations as ‘holy.’) predicts ‘a great event’ will determine course of the century
By Daily Mail Reporter / 17th June 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
(A: It’s probably a handout from one of the big PR companies.)
A ‘Doomsday’ moment will take place in 2014 – and will determine whether the 21st century is full of violence and poverty or will be peaceful and prosperous, according to a Cambridge University professor.
In the last 500 years there has been a cataclysmic ‘Great Event’ of international significance at the start of each century, he claims. (A: He should really go back to John Dee’s day; I guess that’s when they started it.)
Occurring in the middle of the second decade of each century, they include events which sparked wars, religious conflict and brought peace. (A: Then he’s got a whole list of things that happened in the past, in history.)
Professor Nicholas Boyle of Cambridge University, who carried out the research, has pinpointed the global financial crisis as the trigger for the next ‘Great Event’. (A: See, you have to be an expert to understand that; that’s why he’s an expert.)
And he claims the U.S., with its waning economic influence but unrivalled military power, holds the key to determining the course and character of the next 90 years. (A: I guess he’s read the 90-page report put out by the think tank for the British military and NATO – you’ll find it in my archives – because that’s exactly what they all said. So he’s really copying that.)
Professor Boyle said: ‘The character of a century becomes very apparent in that second decade, so why should ours be any different?
‘Partly the timing has to do with the way we divide our understanding of human life and human history.
‘If a century is going to have a character it is going to become apparent by the time it is approaching 20 years old, the same is true of human beings.
‘Another factor is the sequence of generations. By about two decades in the generation that was really dominant in the last phase of the previous century has had its day. (A: They are gone, you see, they are over.)
‘The future is beginning to be defined by their children who will only have lived in or have memories of the new (A: …brainwashing… ) century.’ (A: I added that because that’s how they… He’s really telling you about a technique without mentioning it.)
The professor, who lectures in German and German history, said the recent economic collapse set the wheels in motion of a wider breakdown in international relations. (A: That, again, was covered in the military report for the next 30-odd years.)
The U.S., he said, will become the key player in a series of make-or-break decisions and either condemn us to a century of violence and poverty, or usher in a new age of global co-operation. (A: That’s total integration, folks, for the United Nations.)
But he cautioned that peace is only possible if the world realises that an age of individual nation states is over (A: So he’s telling you, it’s over. The nation state and sovereignty is over.) and an effective system of global governance is introduced. (A: Well, he’s one of the boys, you see. He’ll belong to the Royal Institute of International Affairs. He’s a Cambridge boy too, of course.)
Flashpoints of world politics such as climate change (A: Ha, ha, ha!) and the rise of China and India, as well as the global credit crisis, will need international co-operation to be resolved, he said. (A: They used to burn these guys in the old days, for predictions. They’d have big bonfires. This guy is getting paid by our tax money. But of course, he knows the agenda – as we all do, anybody who listens to this show. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The last couple of articles, I’m just showing you how they all tie together to get a THEME across into our heads. They call these ‘memes’. I prefer to call it a me-me, you see. A me-me. I’m jealous of the me-generation; I was never a part of the me-generation. I was part of the generation just before it where everything-was-just-out-of-reach generation. Yep, everything was just out of grasp. Apart from that, the Roadrunner called it me-me as well, and he always got off with it. Anyway, the snobs like memes. But a meme is a theme that is put out there deliberately by those that know. It runs through society. It runs through the internet. I can tell when one has been put out because I get so many different links about the same topic coming from so many different people. They SET the tones of your thought for the day. They also have been doing that forever with newspapers; now it’s the internet. It’s also based in talk shows in television and again, comedies, movies and so on. These are the things you are supposed to think about and they also give the conclusions that you are supposed to come out with as well.
So the last ones were about experts telling you that the environment and the end of nationalism is part of the whole agenda. That’s also coming up in a few days in Canada, at this great $1.1 billion boondoggle – and climbing – G20 and G8 meeting that lasts a few days. They get 10 minutes each to burp after drinking all that brandy and having all that food and say, rah-blah-laa and that’s it; it’s over with. In other words they sign documents and treaties that were all drafted up years before by the bureaucrats. That’s what these things really are for.
Here is another one to add to that meme, to make sure we all get the point of global governance and all the rest of it. This is the United Nations Global Compact Leaders Summit that ties in with it.
leaderssummit2010.org
Overview
Our world is at a critical juncture (A: They never give you any happy news, these control freaks, because after all, if we were happy they couldn’t get more control over you.)
Future advances in global integration (A: Global integration means total, total end of sovereignty folks.), poverty reduction (A: Which is, of course, a big joke.), protection of our planet and, ultimately, peace critically depend on our ability to collectively address the most pressing global challenges. Accelerating the practice of corporate sustainability and responsibility is an urgent task in these complex times, when crises – from financial market break downs to environmental degradation – are increasingly global and connected. The stakes could not be higher, given that climate change threatens the security of food, water and energy (A: Along with Monsanto, Archer-Daniels-Midland, and all the rest of them.) – the interlocking resource pillars which underpin prosperity and the productivity of the economy. To bring about a new era of sustainability, (A: Everything is sustainable now, you see.) business everywhere must put long-term considerations, comprehensive risk management and ethics at the top of the corporate agenda.
(A: So they are going to…)
Building a new era of sustainability (A: That’s also to get mentioned at the G20 meeting.)
Chaired by UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon, (A: Howl, howl…) the UN Global Compact Leaders Summit 2010 will provide the platform for organizations to convene, (A: That’s non-democratic, folks; that’s not you, obviously.) collaborate and commit to building a new era of sustainability – an era where environmental, social and governance (ESG) (A: ESG, they are calling it as ONE thing.) issues are deeply integrated into business based on both material and ethical rationales. At the Summit, leaders will collectively tackle priority areas that are central to corporate leadership today and essential for the transformation to sustainable markets and the achievement of societal goals. (A: That also means depopulation. I hope you understand that. And that means you too, folks.) With over 1,000 global leaders in attendance, this triennial Summit will be the most important UN-business event ever held. (A: Then he goes into all the rest of it, Part 1, 2 and 3. Then into their very socialistic newspeak, which is awfully boring stuff.)
You’ve got to understand that everything was planned a long time ago and all the organizations, including your governments, were told a long time ago to be on board with this agenda as they bring this socialized interdependent world into being, with the redistribution of YOUR wealth. Yep, you thought it was all the rich folk, all you folk at the bottom. Nope. It was YOUR money they meant. Your tax money will be used to go off and fill the pockets of corporations in other parts of the planet. YOU are going to get poorer and poorer and poorer.
It’s interesting. I remember, I think it was at one of one of The World Bank meetings and Maurice Strong was in attendance. A man tape-recorded the conversations there and played in on the air on some of the Patriot stations. He talked to Maurice Strong and he said, well, you’ve given all these rights to animals and everything – it might have been the Earth Summit – but he says, and trees and so on. And Strong looked at him and he says, you Americans, you’ll wish you had the rights of a tree when we are finished. NO kidding. These are the REAL PSYCHOPATHS that are running these shows. They hate Americans. They hate ordinary people; they hate them with a vengeance. They are elitists and they believe that they should eradicate all the inferior types. That’s always been on their books for over 100 years. They’ve given LISTS of them that would have to perish, so that they would be saved, at the top. That’s a basic belief, a tenet of Darwinism. So you’ve got to understand that you are simply on a road preordained a long time ago, using mass psychology, very good sciences, and educational training, indoctrinations, and media reinforcement, and fictional reinforcements through movies and so on, that you are on this path.
Last night I mentioned all these disaster movies that are meant to augment all that so that you will go along with saying, oh, gee wiz, I don’t want to go down into a world where we are all eating each other and there is never any sunlight coming through, we are dressed in rags, oh, save us, save us. That is unfortunately what most of the people will demand at the end and that’s just the way it goes.
I’ve mentioned the Council on Foreign Relations many, many times. It has its big bottom branches; it’s also got its top branches as well. There is always an INNER PARTY and an OUTER PARTY. Just like Freemasonry, they use a lot of the outer party to be little actors and PR spokesmen. This article came out of Foreign Relations. It says…
This just in…: George Clooney joins Council on Foreign Relations
June 5, 2010 / washingtonpost.com
(A: They take actors in too. And newscasters, most of the newscasters are all members.)
Meet the newest member of the Council on Foreign Relations: George Clooney. The Oscar winner has been granted life membership in the prestigious think tank — Charlie Rose and NYT columnist Nick Kristof nominated him. CFR’s vice president Lisa Shields cited the actor’s advocacy on the Darfur crisis and the “importance of non-traditional voices” in foreign policy. (A: That’s also what the UN says in their web sites, that they use anybody who comes in and starts pushing the political agenda on their behalf. It’s actually called an actor; even the NGOs are called ‘soft actors’ or ‘soft force.’) (Michael Douglas and Warren Beatty are also life members; Angelina Jolie scored a term memberships set aside for junior wonks in 2007.) In a statement via CFR, Clooney said, “I’m honored to have been nominated… And I hear the initiation ritual is wild.” (A: That’s his wee joke, you see.)
You see, everything is political and you forget that. EVERYTHING HAS POLITICAL PURPOSE. If they can put an idol up there – because we worship celebrities, that’s how stupid folk are and I talked about that great documentary, StarSuckers, and people worshiping celebrities. They use these characters to influence those that can’t think for themselves. It’s a sad state of affairs that people will follow actors… actors, for goodness sake; people who never know who they really are themselves, they just act. And by God, have they degraded society and you all emulate it too because, as they said in ancient times, you follow the stars. Those that can’t think follow the stars, and they provide them for you.
The CFR has all the media moguls as members. They have all your top journalists as members. I remember one of the top scriptwriters for George Bush was David Frum. He was the Canadian son of the Canadian Barbara Frum who’d helped to brainwash Canadians with their main news for about 40 years. It was so interesting too, when he was helping him. I think it was Kerry that had a Canadian, a TOP writer as well, doing all his scripts for him, a guy from British Columbia that was well sought after. You have no idea how important these well-trained scriptwriters are in psycho-linguistics, neuro-linguistics, psychology, the masses and so on. You have no idea how important good ones are. And Sarkozy’s one, I think is from Spain or somewhere. He brought her over because she is so good at what she does. They pay millions of dollars for them. Then between working for the politicians, they are working for the military, for their propaganda and psychological warfare. When they’re not doing it on other countries, they’re doing it on you. And we’re all oblivious; most folk are oblivious of all of this stuff going on.
There was a scriptwriter for Bob Rae. It was mentioned by the Toronto Sun when he was in. Another guy who had a sort of quick religious conversion; he was astonished to find to find out who he really was, once he was in. Anyway, Bob Rae, who was a bit further left than Marx, and whose brother helped draft up the Communist Manifesto of the Charter of Rights at the United Nations, along with Alger Hiss. Bob Rae, his particular one, was a guy… Gold something, Goldbloom, Goldberg, whatever. It said this guy had been there for 3 different Premieres of Ontario. The media said the reason they never talked about him was because they were all terrified to say anything about him in the media. That’s how much power he wielded. He wielded more power, this scriptwriter and advisor, more power than the front men Premieres and politicians. That’s how powerful they are. Amazing. Isn’t it amazing… or is it really? I wonder.
I said years ago, the internet will be given for a phase, for a time. The folk will become hooked on it and it will go mainstream. And because they are hooked on it they will stay hooked on it; that’s the simple agenda for it. Everybody knows, I’m sure by now, about the internet KILL SWITCH proposed for the US. This is in a news article; it came out of ZD Net.
Internet ‘kill switch’ proposed for US
Declan McCullagh, CNET.com on June 15th, 2010 / zdnet.com.au
A new US Senate Bill would grant the President far-reaching emergency powers to seize control of, or even shut down, portions of the internet.
The legislation says that companies such as broadband providers, search engines or software firms that the US Government selects “shall immediately comply with any emergency measure or action developed” by the Department of Homeland Security. (A: So there you go, Homeland Security.) Anyone failing to comply would be fined.
That emergency authority would allow the Federal Government to “preserve those networks and assets and our country and protect our people,” Joe Lieberman, the primary sponsor of the measure and the chairman of the Homeland Security committee, told reporters on Thursday. Lieberman is an independent senator from Connecticut who meets with the Democrats.
Due to there being few limits on the US President’s emergency power, which can be renewed indefinitely, the densely worded 197-page Bill (PDF) (A: 197 pages! And the link is on this article too for you to download it.) is likely to encounter stiff opposition. (A: I don’t think so.)
TechAmerica, probably the largest US technology lobby group, said it was concerned about “unintended consequences that would result from the legislation’s regulatory approach” and “the potential for absolute power”. And the Center for Democracy and Technology publicly worried that the Lieberman Bill’s emergency powers “include authority to shut down or limit internet traffic on private systems.” (A: Of course they do that; that’s the whole intention.)
The idea of an internet “kill switch” that the President could flip is not new. A draft Senate proposal that ZDNet Australia’s sister site CNET obtained in August allowed the White House to “declare a cybersecurity emergency”, and another from Sens. Jay Rockefeller (D-W.V.) and Olympia Snowe (R-Maine) would have explicitly given the government the power to “order the disconnection” of certain networks or websites. (A: That’s the real intention of it. So one day you’ll wake up and I won’t be here, along with maybe some others.)
On Thursday, both senators lauded Lieberman’s Bill, which is formally titled Protecting Cyberspace as a National Asset Act, or PCNAA. Rockefeller said “I commend” the drafters of the PCNAA. Collins went further, signing up at a co-sponsor and saying at a press conference that “we cannot afford to wait for a cyber 9/11 before our government realises the importance of protecting our cyber resources”. (A: That’s nonsense because the military has got all that sewn up. I’ve got all their articles here, over the years. It’s to go for individual people and organizations.)
Under PCNAA, the Federal Government’s power to force private companies to comply with emergency decrees would become unusually broad. Any company on a list created by Homeland Security that also “relies on” the internet, the telephone system or any other component of the US “information infrastructure” would be subject to command by a new National Center for Cybersecurity and Communications (NCCC) that would be created inside Homeland Security. (A: So they can also cut your phone off.)
The only obvious limitation on the NCCC’s emergency power is one paragraph in the Lieberman Bill that appears to have grown out of the Bush-era flap over wiretapping without a warrant. That limitation says that the NCCC cannot order broadband providers or other companies to “conduct surveillance” of Americans unless it’s otherwise legally authorised. (A: Which it already is.)
This is another part of Big Brother going in, not unexpected of course. They will have their way, step by little step, by little step until you’ll get just the mainstream on it, with the mainstream newspapers, as they always have done, to give you, you know, the right kind of points of view and how you should be thinking and seeing things, and how you should be seeing and viewing the world… the PROPER way, the AUTHORIZED way.
Then there is Asia Pacific… interesting; the New York Times. It says here…
U.S. Identifies Vast Mineral Riches in Afghanistan
(A: Like they just found this out? Right? Ah, come on.)
By JAMES RISEN / nytimes.com / June 13, 2010
WASHINGTON — The United States has discovered nearly $1 trillion in untapped mineral deposits in Afghanistan, (A: I guess that’s what they are really using all those drones to blow up the places up for; they are really mining.) far beyond any previously known reserves and enough to fundamentally alter the Afghan economy and perhaps the Afghan war itself, according to senior American government officials. (A: I guarantee there will be American companies that have already got the first dibs signed and sealed. And they will be ready to move in once the military take these parts over, just like they did in Iraq.)
The previously unknown deposits (A: Which is rubbish. You know, Britain was in there in the 1800s tapping all over the place. They know where everything is.) — including huge veins of iron, copper, cobalt, gold (A: Lots of gold there, by the way.) and critical industrial metals like lithium — are so big and include so many minerals that are essential to modern industry that Afghanistan could eventually be transformed into one of the most important mining centers in the world, the United States officials believe. (A: After we’ve killed off all the Afghanis. After all, if you don’t want trouble and you want to take it over, you kill off the young; they don’t grow up to be fighters. That’s what they do in other countries too. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, years ago I traveled all through Europe watching the same cons being pulled in a bunch of countries. What you’ll find is the taxpayers and the citizenry always paid for what they needed for the local systems they lived in, the sewer system, the water system. They had gas systems and different systems; they paid for it. It was either localized or nationalized but the taxpayers funded it completely and paid for its upkeep and employees and so on. It worked very, very well. What they used to do is, then they’d bring in the Conservatives and the Conservatives would say, ah, look at the mess this is in, this is not functioning and they would privatize it, for a while. They made sure, mind you, that the other party would make sure that everything was up and running really well, well maintained before the next bunch came in. The right wing would then privatize it to their buddies for peanuts, who would run it into the ground for profits and jack everything up. Then when it was time, when everything was run ragged, they had never maintained anything or put money in, it was all for profit. Then the left wing would come back in again and nationalize it. This went on and off for years until eventually they came in totally and privatized it all. It’s a strange new privatization, it’s called ‘public/private partnerships’ where the private company takes all the profit and the public pay for the upkeep of it and you rent the use of it. So it’s a great con and all countries do this.
I got a letter here from someone in Idaho – I know him very well – and he works for the state government there. He says here…
The city is talking about privatizing the sewer and the water. Of course, they will be able to run it more efficiently, they say, blah, blah, blah. (A: These are his words.) Here is what I found out. The sewer and water is pretty much paid for and in the black, according to state laws. (A: In other words, it’s not broke; it’s not in the red, it’s in the black.) The money they bring in has to go to the upkeep of the system. So you have a system that is bought and paid for with little or no real debt to it. If they sell it, the company that buys it will have to obtain loans to buy it. For them to buy it and to sell water to you, and the sewer services, the cost of running it will involve servicing a new debt. There is a profit motive to go with it. In essence, we have a water service that is bought and paid for; if it is sold we have to pay for a system that is now already paid for. While the city and country will recoup the money from a sale, it means that the people using the water will have to pay for the system all over again. You get the added bonus that it could be a European company that buys it, so if you have any problems you can’t complain to your elected leaders. (A: And they love that. That’s true. Well, we can’t help you, it’s owned by those guys in… Japan or wherever.) It’s a remortgaging of the water service for a multi-national corporation. How does it get any better than that?
I remember in Britain they did it and they were pushing the bills through to nationalize the water system, that all belonged to the peoples, supposedly. A few MPs put it through. They all became Sirs and Lords. They left immediately after the bill was passed and they just happened to have a company started who ending up getting the rights to pretty well the whole water supply of Britain. Then they went in to the gas industry and now they’re going across the world grabbing everybody’s water and gas… well backed by The City, you know, The City of London.
Of course, that’s what they get away with in big places. For the little people at the bottom, you just pay and pay and pay… and then you play as well and you listen to your comedies and have fun. And if you want to change it, you’d better start thinking and speaking out very fast and doing some heavy protesting.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 18, 2010. I always suggest that newcomers go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and bookmark all the other sites I have up there. These are the only official sites I have [listed above]. Whenever you get problems downloading from the .com site, try these alternate sites – so many folk go into the .com site at the same time and it tends to get a bit sticky on downloads. All these sites carry the same audios. They all carry transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given in English but if you want transcripts in other languages, go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu; that’s got audios and transcripts in the various languages for print up. While you are at it, I don’t get paid by advertisers. I could certainly get paid by them and be laughing all the way to the bank, but I don’t. I’m a crazy guy. So it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads you hear on this show are paid by advertisers directly to RBN and that pays their air time and equipment and staff and bills. So you’ve got to help me with mine and you can do so by going into my web site, see what I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs. The books are different kinds of books to show you the tricks of the trade of how even language itself is used against you, and symbolism and so on… old, old languages. There are masters of languages who create languages down through the ages in fact and we don’t even think of that. You’ve got to go into the era where King James 1st was on the go and Bacon and Dee and all these characters, to realize they were actually creating a new language which they called the English language. They did say that would be the language of the future for business, which it is; that was 500-odd years ago. Anyway, that’s getting off the topic. Buy the books, CDs, and DVDs. That keeps me going. You can [ordering and donation options listed above]. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
My God, is the cash really plummeting across Europe right now. They are down… they are half of what they were last year compared to the Canadian dollar. They are about half of what they were worth because of all this nonsensical debt that they’ve dished onto the taxpayer, now that they’ve socialized the debt. That’s what they call it now. See, when the banks fail, YOU socialize the debt, meaning it’s all put onto YOU. Isn’t that a wonderful system when you are a private company and you can dump it all on the taxpayers? …via the government who work for, you know, the corporations? But that’s what they’ve done and we are really going on a rollercoaster right now. The United States dollar is on about par with Canada. It’s interesting too to see the Euro and the Pound getting closer and closer to the value of the dollar because eventually they will bring out their world currency. They’ll have it all set up just to go… well, we’re all the same now, we’re all equal so what’s the big problem? …and that’s how they will push it forward, through The World Bank. They always said eventually they’d do that. Whether it’s time now or not, I don’t know. They might play it a bit longer to keep the vast majority of the sheep thinking it’s all happening quite naturally. And they might just jump ahead and do it fast. I don’t really think folk would care too much right now. They are all multi-cultural, multi-national, global, and totally brainwashed and punch-drunk that I think they would pretty well accept anything at all to be honest with you. I’m not kidding about that. The young ones certainly will. They’ve had years of propaganda in school about it beginning in Kindergarten so they are really getting set for their big world camp, the big plantation where you will serve them forever and ever, amen. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. We hear about so many problems that are happening in the world today and it’s not by chance, of course, because it’s a big business plan, as you can well see, you can’t bring in a world government unless you standardize the whole planet under the same system.
That’s exactly what’s happening through the monetary so-called collapses and the bailouts and the IMF coming in and The World Bank getting up to its full power. This is all part of a strategy for globalization, something that certain organizations have dreamed about for centuries, like the ones who own it, the bankers for instance, the big bankers, the real ones, the international ones. They’ve dreamt for this for a long, long time but it must be presented to the public as necessity. We are bungling along and things happen and they have to do things through necessity, so that it will seem quite natural to people who are meant to be afraid and we turn to government to help us. The governments are all put in place by the bankers and they tell us what the bankers want. They want global governance; they want a new system where people eventually will serve the world system, the world state. That’s been written about by the members of the Royal Institute of International Affairs; it’s in their own books. HG Wells wrote about it, a world of service. That is what they are bringing in.
We can’t imagine that. Most folk can’t imagine that. They think of always earning their wages, even as their wages become like the Peso and you end up with millions of Pesos for a salary – you can buy a cup of coffee at a café with it – and that’s really where we are going with the dollar. When you take money in to town for anything now you are as well as throwing hundreds of bucks about because that’s what you are going to spend on basic things, even for the piddly little GMO groceries that you come out of the grocery store with; it costs a lot, way too much money. Everything now is all set up; you live in monopolies. The big chain stores came in to do away with the small stores and competition. With lots of small stores you could go to a variety and pick from a variety; it made them compete with each other for prices and quality. Once they are put out of the way there is none of that. You are left with what the buyers for the big chain stores decided you are going to get and that’s what goes on the shelves. And what do they give you? GMO.
In Canada they don’t even bother labeling it here. It’s quite something. You see, we are not worth too much in Canada. We don’t complain much, so we can really be the guinea pigs for the whole world. It’s working really well because everyone’s got stomach problems and people are dying like crazy of cancers. So it’s really working well, for the masters at the top who monitor all this stuff, and with the National Health system it’s much easier. Quite a few years back they put in a centralized computer in Ottawa. There was a little bit of furor amongst the press – the public didn’t really care – that this was giving too much power to maybe a few people in Ottawa to have access to ALL the data, the incomes, the expenditures, the health care, updated daily from computers across the country to this massive computer. I think it was McClellan at the time that got the heat for that – they always get somebody to take the heat. She says, don’t worry, we’ll solve the problem, so they split it into two computers. Canadians thought that was a good deal. We are very easily pleased in Canada. That’s why they can use us as test rats basically.
Mind you, we have David Suzuki here too, that great guy who loves the United Nations. He is a geneticist himself; in fact he’s up on YouTube talking about people. He calls them maggots; that’s how he likens people. They are maggots. Although he said there are special types of maggots that are higher on the food chain than the ones beneath them and, I guess, being a good eugenicist, he believes that himself. He’s up there, you see. So anyway, we are all maggots at the bottom so we get what we are fed. There is no variety. You can’t… it’s very difficult to get organic food and if you can afford it, it’s awfully, awfully expensive. So only the ‘fittest’ will survive, the fittest being the ones with the biggest income. That’s what Darwinism is all about.
They are standardizing the rest of the world. They have said before, they couldn’t exist with Islam. Islam would not fit in to the New World Order with its quaint beliefs and all that stuff and the very fact that it doesn’t go in for usury is a big taboo with the world bankers; they don’t believe in that; that’s against their prime tenets. So they have to demolish their system, Westernize it, bring in the strip joints, the drugs, and get abortion on the go for the youngsters after they watch Much-Music. So that’s what they are doing across the Middle East right now and making sure there are no enemies of Israel. Israel has been put there and set up to be the overseer of the whole area, obviously. That’s why it goes along with the US and Britain with their foreign policies; it’s all the same policy.
A while back I mentioned a video up on YouTube I think it was, where microwave weaponry had been used in Afghanistan. It was a horror show what they’ve tested out in these countries. You see, there is no oversight and that’s why they rush over there, all the guys with their test weaponry, try it out on people that won’t be missed and no one cares and there is no big to-do about it, anywhere in the world. They literally used it on a whole bunch of people and they SHRUNK. It dries you out. They shrink. The corpses were about 4 feet long, some of them, what was left of them. There was also another device they used on a bus. The military definitely used it intentionally on a bus that was of no threat to them. The bus had asked permission to go to the next town. They were sent along the road, given permission, they only got a couple of hundred yards, stopped by another US military base blockade, and sent back again. So when they were halfway between the two of them, they hit them with this weapon that literally sliced open their stomachs, abdomens, heads came off, the whole thing. They saw nothing, heard nothing. The surgeons, you’ll hear on this video, said it was incredible. There were pieces of brains and intestines on the ceiling and so on. It was like scalpel cuts had just ripped them apart, some new weaponry. So that’s what they do; they test them on these poor souls and the world doesn’t really care much. We are too dumbed down and stupid and self-centered now, and egocentric as we’ve been taught to be. In other words, we are completely defective as a survival society, or even individually.
I’ll get that link, the old link if I can find it in my archives and I’ll put it up to match this article.
YOUTUBE.COM
Star Wars In Iraq
Here is an article that ties in with that. It says…
US May Unleash Microwave Weapon in Afghanistan
(Alan: So they are going to use it in Afghanistan, if they haven’t already.)
Jun e 18, 2010 / Sharon Weinberger / AOLNEWS.COM
TAMPA, Fla. (June 17) — A controversial nonlethal weapon that uses microwave energy to create intense pain is being considered for use in Afghanistan, AOL News has learned. (A: Now remember, they can up the frequency and the power to it to anything they want. Or lower it. It’s the same with the non-lethal weapons they are going to use on the crowds at the G20 and G8 meetings in Canada, which they bought, actually. I realized that; I found an article where they had actually bought some of this gear to test it out on the little lowlife of Canada. That’s all of us.)
An Air Force military officer and a civilian employee at the Air Force Research Laboratory told AOL News at an industry conference here that the Active Denial System, which heats the top layer of skin via millimeter waves, was in Afghanistan for testing. The sources were not able to offer details on how or whether the weapon was being used in combat. (A: Well of course it’s there to use. It’s not there to show off to them is it?)
The weapon is designed to shoot an invisible beam of energy at people, creating an intense burning sensation that forces them to flee. (A: And I’ll add on to this, they put it on a high power source and it will literally dehydrate them, shrink them into little corpses… like they did in Iraq.) The Air Force has called it the “goodbye effect.” (A: Ah, they love these little jokes to their victims, eh.) It has not been used before in military operations. (A: Which is an utter, utter lie… utter, utter lie, but what do you expect from the military?)
The Air Force Research laboratory Directed Energy Directorate Active Denial System (ADS) is a counter-personnel, non-lethal (A: Sometimes.) directed energy weapon.
“Consideration is under way for the appropriate employment of an Active Denial System,” Kelley Hughes, a representative for the Joint Nonlethal Weapons Directorate, wrote in an e-mail to AOL News.
In 2008, the Pentagon considered deploying the Active Denial System in Iraq, (A: Which they did.) but the effort was stymied over policy concerns. (A: Well they used it regardless.)
So they are going through their usual BS – which is bothersome stuff, to the very naïve – and they are going to use it over there and blast the people. No one will care because who’s taking tally, you see. No one cares. They can use hundreds and thousands of them for testing and we will never know and it will never get out to the world. That’s what REALLY goes on. All the big testing groups get right into these war zones to try out their latest gear and there is no one there to report it as a travesty, or even diabolical for that matter. That’s the real world isn’t it?
People don’t realize that’s the real world. They seem to think that everything goes through laws and stages of things before anything can be used. Nothing is further from the truth. You are living in an utter system of deception. Our whole world is deception. Do you believe, if we’ve been voting all these years for government, do you think things would maybe get better for the people sometimes? Hmm? Ah, dear, dear, dear. And people still want to save this system… Don’t make it any worse, save it and let us go on for a little while longer, let the next generation really suffer but let us live and buy and have fun until that comes. That’s really what they want. That’s really what they want. No one has rethought the system. You can’t get back something that’s gone. All the factories and even the auto departments and car manufacturers, they are all abroad now. Even the companies that make your underwear moved to China years ago. There is nothing left. You would need a brand new system… and no one’s got a philosophy to sit down and think about it, or anything else. All they do is bitch and complain when it gets worse and they will keep doing that to the bitter end because they will do nothing else about it. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. We are run by criminals basically, who see themselves as the most superior people on the planet. I guess that’s one of the qualifications they have, is they are basically criminals, they have psychopathic personalities, they believe in Darwinism, and they believe that since they’ve got to the top and stolen billions of dollars through their cunning and so on, that they deserve to be there. That’s one of the criteria to get to the top and being a special person, is that you have used your CUNNING; you are a survivor, you see. They talk about this amongst themselves and that’s how they pat each other on the back, yeah, he’s another survivor here, he ripped off the taxpayers of so and so for so and so, and now he’s worth billions; so welcome to the club. That’s literally how it is. It’s always been that way.
It’s only important that WE get trained in a different reality. Remember, Lenin said the same thing and that was followed by Stalin who said, you’ve got to pay your TEACHERS and your MILITARY and the POLICE very well; the three main parts. See, the teachers give you your fake reality; we’re all in it together, working for each other for a better life, folks, and all that stuff. You need your police to bash you on the head to make sure if you’ve started breaking into another reality that you get back into the first one very quickly. You see. Failing all of that, you use the military. Then you use your military to go abroad and create the same reality for a new generation of children growing up in the lands you are going to conquer. That’s really what it is, empire building, world empire.
Here is about one guy who made good, you know. He’s a crook of course. It says…
Fannie Mae owns patent on ‘cap and trade’ exchange
(A: On the carbon tax thing, the patent for it.)
The Examiner, Washington, D.C., Apr 20, 2010 | by Barbara F. Hollingsworth
When he wasn’t busy helping create a $127 billion mess for taxpayers to clean up, (A: Which is the way he was told to do it; it was intended that we end up with it all, as they socialize the debt, as they call it.) former Fannie Mae Chief Executive Officer Franklin Raines, two of his top underlings and select individuals in the “green” movement were inventing a patented system to trade residential carbon credits. (A: Residential, that’s your personal ones.)
Patent No. 6904336 was approved by the U.S. Patent and Trade Office on Nov. 7, 2006 (A: They had it all worked out way in advance, eh.) — the day after Democrats took control of Congress. Former Sen. John Sununu, R-N.H., criticized the award at the time, pointing out that it had “nothing to do with Fannie Mae’s charter, nothing to do with making mortgages more affordable.”
It wasn’t about mortgages. It was about greenbacks. The patent, which Fannie Mae confirmed it still owns with Cantor Fitzgerald subsidiary CO2e.com, gives the mortgage giant a lock on the fledgling carbon trading market, thus also giving it a major financial stake in the success of cap-and-trade legislation. (A: They are going to make a killing off of this, this crook, this particular character, Franklin Raines, who was already disgraced for what he did before but now he’s going to laugh all the way to the bank AGAIN. Ho, oh! I love this, how they give you these fake stories on these guys, these multi-millionaires. You know, a poor guy rags to riches story – every one of them is always a rags to riches. They make this up; they make this rubbish up all the time. He was a Rhodes Scholar too, by the way, for world government. They don’t mention that in this article here. There you go, you already pay to another crook, but why change the pattern, they are all crooks you know.)
Besides Raines, the other “inventors” are:
Former Fannie Vice President and Deputy General Counsel G. Scott Lesmes, who provided legal advice on Fannie Mae’s debt and equity offerings;
Former Fannie Vice President Robert Sahadi, who now runs GreenSpace Investment Financial Services out of his 5,002-square- foot Clarksburg home; (A: And he probably gets a subsidy to heat it to make sure, you know; and he probably goes through Al Gore’s carbon tax scam as well. Boy, they’re all raking in money off this nonsense. That’s what the whole Gulf catastrophe is for as well because Obama is going to push all it all through. You are going to pay and pay and pay forever, all these wonderful carbon taxes that’s all a big con in the first place.)
2008 Barack Obama fundraiser Kenneth Berlin, an environmental law partner at Skadden Arps;
Michelle Desiderio, director of the National Green Building Certification program, which trains “green” monitors;
Former Cantor Fitzgerald employee Elizabeth Arner Cavey, wife of Democratic donor Brian Cavey of the Stanton Park Group, which received $200,000 last year to lobby on climate change legislation; and (A: Ha, ha, ha, and then it goes on and on and on. But I mean, well, isn’t this what you expect? It’s what I expect. It’s what I expect; it doesn’t bother me at all. It’s quite normal actually… in the real world, the REAL world, not the TV version.)
You know, most governments and their agencies run through policies and not laws. It’s the same when police and military bring in various… it’s the same with private business. It’s our policy not to do this, or it’s our policy to do that, or we just changed our policy. So they don’t have to go through the hassle of legalizing anything, that becomes their policy. When it comes to spying on the public, most of it is done through agreements, and policies, and verbal agreements, and little nods and winks, and shuffling of feet in the square position, and stuff like that. This article will show what they’re doing about radicals and who is classified as a radical, because it’s a very wide term. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. We’re back and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about how most agreements are really made verbally, otherwise they would be legal and then if they are legal it gets out to the public and the public, some of the public, may not be too happy; most of them won’t care. And I really believe that, most of the public really don’t care much about what happens to them. They think this system is going to go on forever, no matter what the media is telling them and all the rest of it, and they can buy the latest gizmo and gadget forever and ever and ever. That’s how they think. As long as the TV is working, the world is just fine; that’s it.
This is from the EU Observer….
EU instrument for spying on ‘radicals’ causes outrage
VALENTINA POP / euobserver.com / 14.06.2010
(A: You notice that we are getting down to minimalistic speech in all the papers now? It’s at about a 6th grade level, less in fact. They use these terms like ‘outrage’. They love ‘outrage.’ There is never really an outrage but they use it regardless; it sounds better… rather than a yawn, you know.)
EUOBSERVER / BRUSSELS – Civil rights watchdogs and MEPs (A: Members of the European Parliament.) have attacked new EU plans to gather data on people who voice or share “radical messages” in a bid to pre-empt terrorist attacks. (A: Now, for the States and Canada and elsewhere, you’ve got to remember that the central computer for all this stuff is IN the EU, including for America. They share it all, instantly. They have to have all the names of everybody, you see. So that includes everybody in the US and Canada too.)
Political activists labelled as “Extreme right/left, Islamist, (A: And listen to this…) nationalist (A: That means, if you believe in having a nation. Remember Kissinger a couple of years ago, and I read the article, where he was talking to the EU at the time. He was asked, people often ask us as Americans to define what a terrorist is. He says, the definition of a terrorist is someone who is nationalist and is against globalization. That is the OFFICIAL version of it. It reiterates it here. It says…) Political activists labelled as “Extreme right/left, Islamist, nationalist or anti-globalisation” (A: I always tell you, believe these guys when they speak. They tell you the truth.) may in future find themselves under surveillance in line with a new, so-called, EU “data compilation instrument” put at the disposal of police and security forces in member states.
The 70-question long “instrument,” covering ideologies, dissemination channels, personal and professional data on “agents,” would help police and security officials gather comparable intelligence across the EU, which could later be pooled together into a single data base. (A: They already have this single data base and the US uses the same base. The NSA uses it too; in fact they feed most of the data into it.)
(A: Here we go…) Although non-binding, (A: It means it hasn’t gone through any legal process.) the guidelines can legitimise police co-operation and new practices in the member states. The instrument was made public last month by Statewatch, a civil liberties watchdog, after being agreed by EU ministers in April. (A: Ministers are politicians.)
The data selection criteria are very broad and “flexible,” with member states and EU institutions being “invited and advised to make best use, as they see fit, of the data compilation instrument provided for them, by amending it and tailoring it to their specific requirements,” the internal EU document says.
MEPs dealing with justice and home affairs expressed their outrage (A: Oh, we’re outraged, that’s their job to be outraged.) at the decision, which was not subject to any parliamentary oversight. (A: It doesn’t happen. Most of these big things, they don’t go through the process.)
“It’s all incredibly vague. (A: They like vagueness because it can’t come back on them. Oh, I was unaware of that; I didn’t know about that; it’s just very, very vague.) The danger is that this is spreading the net too wide, instead of gathering targeted information on people who are seriously becoming a terrorist threat,” British Liberal MEP Sarah Ludford said in a telephone interview with this website. She has formally asked the Council to give an explanation of its decision.
“This kind of soft law doesn’t really work. (A: That’s what they call soft law.) If they really wanted to do something serious, they would have to come up with a legal EU instrument and table it for co-decision in the European Parliament,” she said. (A: They can do anything they want, the EU Parliament at the top, because the politicians have got nothing to do with it. They can’t even alter a law that’s passed by the executives at the very top, who meet, by the way, in secret. They actually published that they meet in secret. We don’t even know who they are.)
The fundamental flaw of the mechanism is that by talking about “radicalisation” instead of terrorism, it includes in the same sweep swathes of political activists and dissenters, she explained. (A: That’s its intention… because there is very little terrorism you see but there are lots of people who are not too happy about what’s happening in the world. So dissenters, it’s all about dissenters.)
“Being a radical is not the same as being a terrorist. I am a radical on data protection, for instance,” Ms Ludford said. “A democratic society wouldn’t work without dissenters. (A: Democratic society…) We didn’t dismantle Communism and Fascism to start being suspicious at people who hold different views from the establishment.” (A: Oh, oh really? [Alan laughing.])
The British peer noted that while the European Parliament was setting high data protection standards in negotiations with the US on a bank data transfer deal aimed at tracking terrorist financing, (A: That’s the peoples’ financing; you’re all terrorists, you see.) EU ministers seemed to have no similar concern when passing such “sloppy” decisions.
Her criticism was echoed by Benjamin Ward from Human Rights Watch, (A: He has to. That’s his job isn’t it?) an international NGO (A: Non-governmental organization.) fighting against human rights violations. (A: Yeah, right.)
“Sharing and centralising in EU institutions data about persons who have not been convicted of a crime solely on the basis of their opinion is worrisome,” he said. (A: Well, it’s downright terrifying if you really think of the consequences.)
“It is disturbing that the only reference to personal data protection is in relation to Europol (A: That’s the Rothschild private cop. They set it up. Interpol was set up – it’s now Europol – and it was the Rothschilds that set it up because when the Rothschilds came into Britain they already had this big massive gang with them; that’s how they got in and that’s why he wasn’t bumped off when he basically stole the peoples’ money. That’s what really happened. So basically, it’s all a nod and a wink and it’s okay.) [the bloc’s police co-operation agency], not in relation to member states or the EU situation centre [an intelligence sharing unit], particularly given that the right to privacy and the protection of personal data are contained in the EU Charter on Fundamental Rights.”
A similar database to the one envisaged at EU level already exists in Britain, The Guardian reports.
It monitors “environmental extremists” alongside far-right activists, (A: ‘Far-right’ now means that you believe in having a sovereign country.) dissident Irish republicans, loyalist paramilitaries, and al-Qaida inspired extremists. (A: What a lot of collywobbles, eh?)
In other words, they do what they want to do folks and if you are against having globalization and being a serf under masters that live maybe thousands and thousands of miles away in some other country, or they are globetrotting around to their different summer homes, you are a radical terrorist. That’s really what it means, isn’t it. That’s what it means.
Then, supposedly, a document, a confidential document reveals…
Confidential document reveals
Obama’s hardline US climate talk strategy
(A: It was left in a computer apparently. I’m awful suspicious of these things.)
John Vidal in Bonn guardian.co.uk, Monday 12 April 2010
The document outlines key messages the Obama administration wants to convey in the run-up to UN climate talks in Mexico in November. (A: Well, they are going to get what they want anyway because they’ve got that lovely Gulf spill, as they call it, on the go and that’s terrifying people. You’ve got to have a real event to make it real to the public. If it’s a war or if you blow up buildings or you let oil seep out and kill lots of fish, they don’t really care as long as they get their way.)
A document accidentally left on a European hotel computer and passed to the Guardian reveals the US government’s increasingly controversial strategy in the global UN climate talks.
Titled Strategic communications objectives and dated 11 March 2010, it outlines the key messages that the Obama administration wants to convey to its critics and to the world media in the run-up to the vital UN climate talks in Cancun, Mexico in November. (You can read the document text below).
Top of the list of objectives is to: “Reinforce the perception that the US is constructively engaged in UN negotiations in an effort to produce a global regime to combat climate change.” It also talks of “managing expectations” of the outcome of the Cancun meeting and bypassing traditional media outlets by using podcasts and “intimate meetings” with the chief US negotiator to disarm the US’s harsher critics.
But the key phrase is in paragraph three where the author writes: “Create a clear understanding of the CA’s [Copenhagen accord’s] standing and the importance of operationalising ALL elements.”
This is the clearest signal that the US will refuse to negotiate on separate elements of the controversial accord, but intends to push it through the UN process as a single “take it or leave it” text. The accord is the last-minute agreement reached at the chaotic Copenhagen summit in December. (A: It wasn’t chaotic at all. They got exactly what they wanted, which was the start because then they just keep adding to it every year, or twice a year.) Over 110 countries are now “associated” with the accord but it has not been adopted by the 192-nation UN climate convention. The US has denied aid to some countries that do not support the accord.
The “take it or leave it” approach divided countries in Bonn this weekend and alienated most developing countries including China, (A: How in earth can they call China a developing country? When it holds pretty well all the debt for the United States? It manufactures and supplies to the whole planet. But because it signed the GATT Treaty and they agreed to put it down as a third world country it can stay like that forever, as a third world country, paying no carbon taxes or the other big taxes they are supposed to pay into this global society.) India and Brazil who want to take parts of the accord to include in the formal UN negotiations. They say the accord has no legal standing and should not be used as the basis of the final legally binding agreement because it is not ambitious enough. (A: Ambition enough, eh…) It lacks any specific cuts in greenhouse gas emissions (A: Greenhouse gas emissions! – Lenin said, we shall win by slogans and repetition – that’s what you hear isn’t it?) and sets a temperature rise limit of 2C, which critics say is too high to prevent serious harm to Africa and other parts of the world. (A: And all that rubbish. That’s enough of that nonsensical stuff and we’ll go onto the next topic.)
It really is… it’s an agenda folks, to control the whole planet. Scotland is going to be the first country apparently to use robot workers. I don’t know if it is. I read that Norway was already using them on some geriatric – that’s the old, the elderly; that’s to dehumanize the elderly, they call them geriatrics – elderly hospitals. So a hospital in Scotland…
The robots will carry clinical waste, deliver food
and clean the operating theatre
A hospital in Scotland is to become the first in the UK to use a fleet of robots to carry out day-to-day tasks.
bbc.co.uk / 17 June 2010
The robots will carry clinical waste, deliver food, clean the operating theatre and dispense drugs. (A: I wonder what they will do if you refuse the pills.)
They are currently undergoing final tests ahead of the August opening of the new £300m Forth Valley Royal Hospital in Larbert, Stirlingshire. (A: £300 million… brand new. They love robots and new buildings; they just can’t afford care for the people. [Alan laughing.])
The robots will have their own dedicated network of corridors underneath the hospital.
NHS Forth Valley chairman Ian Mullen said the new hospital would be “packed full of design features to improve patient care and improve the life of staff”.
He added: “Members of staff will use a hand-held PDA to call up the robot to move meal trays, or linen, or whatever. (A: I know what the ‘whatever’ is.)
“The robot will come up in the service lift by itself, pick up the item and go back into the lift.”
Tom McEwen, the project manager for manufacturer Serco, said a series of pre-programmed routes would be set out for the robots to follow. (A: I wonder what happens if they go off their route?)
“The robots will follow the system using a series of laser beams which will tell it exactly where it is,” he explained.
Computers on board the robots will be able to tell doors to open, and sensors will tell the robots to stop if anything – or anyone – is in the way.
One of the most valuable aspects of using robots is in controlling infection. [Alan laughing.] (A: I guess that’s their excuse for it.)
“Traditionally clean and dirty tasks are carried out by the same person,” infection control nurse Lesley Shepherd said. (A: You know, Britain is the same as every other country; they are top heavy in chiefs and there is nobody in the wards working. That’s no kidding. That’s what’s wrong.)
“Here, you’ll have the robots that do dirty tasks, so they may take dirty linen or clinical waste away, and you’ll have robots that do clean tasks, such as bringing meals and clean linen to patients. (A: I hope the robots know that.)
“They have separate lifts so there’s no way they can cross, which is great.” (A: Imagine trying to describe one: he’s supposed to be the clean robot but he’s taken the dirty linen away there. Well, describe him. Well, he’s tall and clankly. [Alan laughing.] That’s how you can describe it, eh.)
Other robot models will clean theatre floors and even dispense drugs at the pharmacy.
Managers said the robots would not replace humans, (A: Who’s kidding who?) but would free up more time for staff to spend with patients. (A: That will be the day. That means they are going to cut down on staff.)
They will also have to keep at least one human on standby, should any of the robots break down. (A: …or need oiled. [Alan laughing.])
There’s the farce of the world. But yeah, hospitals are top heavy with all these managerial classes and number 7s and 6s and 5s and 4s and 3s and 2s and 1s.
We always get laughed at when we use “New World Order” and stuff, even though we always quote the big boys that use it themselves, like Tony Blair who used it at the opening – so did Mr Brown – use it at the opening speeches at one of his G… G… G-string meetings. This one here is from Bloomberg.
Russia Will Lead Effort to Found `New World Economic Order,’ Medvedev Says
By Lyubov Pronina and Lucian Kim – Jun 18, 2010 / bloomberg.com
Russia will help lead efforts to recast the global economic hierarchy as the world emerges from the financial crisis, President Dmitry Medvedev said.
“We really live at a unique time, and we should use it to build a modern, prosperous and strong Russia, a Russia that will be a co-founder of the new world economic order,” Medvedev said at the annual St. Petersburg International Economic Forum today.
Medvedev, in the third year of his presidency, is promoting modernization to transform Russia from an oil-and-gas economy into a magnet for high technology. (A: Have you ever wondered if one of these guys are robots themselves, maybe… de-de de-de, de-de de-de. …because they all sound the same. You ever think about that? They give the same phrases and stuff and all the optimism and always using crisis to their advantage. Hmm?) Its reliance on natural resources exacerbated the steepest contraction among major emerging markets last year, when the economy shrank a record 7.9 percent.
The government will abolish taxes on capital gains from long-term direct investments starting next year, seeking to lure funds to reduce the economy’s energy dependence and subdue speculative capital, Medvedev said.
“Such investments are critically important for modernizing the national economy and we are ready to create institutions to facilitate such investments,” he said. The government will create an investment fund within a year to help draw “strategic investors” by raising 3 rubles of private capital for each 1 ruble of state money.
“We understand that international competition is the decisive stimulus for our modernization,” the president said. (A: I wish they’d stop saying, ‘the president said.’) “Russia should become an attractive country to which people from the whole world will come in search of their dreams.” (A: Actually, there are a lot of people I know already who have gone to Russia to live, because there are less hassles there right now. They don’t have all this political correctness and certain parades through towns, like Santa Claus, stuff like that. They don’t have all that kind of stuff going on and it’s freer right now and cheaper to live. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I was going through Aftermath News in their archives and they have a good story on the hazings that go on for gang initiations WITHIN the military. Yep, there are lots of gangs from the streets of America and other countries IN the military now and they are carrying on their initiations. This one is…
Gangs of Iraq: military quietly enlisting thousands of active gang members
June 9, 2007 / aftermath news/wordpress.com / By Seamus McGraw
A ghost army of gangbangers presents a terrifying challenge for the military. It is “setting the stage for a disaster,” says one longtime military advisor
Lax enlistment standards have inadvertently allowed (A: Actually, they WANT them in. It was predicted long ago, they started getting the really tough gang members in and they bring them back home and turn them on the people.) known members of the Crips, Bloods, Latin Kings, and various white supremacist groups to join the military
With the unintended help of the U.S. Army, the Gangster Disciples are extending their reach worldwide.
Then they go through a hazing that was done to one soldier who ended up dying – and it was his friends by the way, they’d fought along side that did him in, in this initiation rite. It’s really quite something. It happened too. It’s amazing how… I don’t know if it’s just coincidence, but the US base in Germany that it happened in, is Kaiserslautern… KaiserSlautern Army Base in Germany. It does exist, the Kaiserslautern Army base in Germany. So the gangs have their colors there. What they do is they kick you and you’ve got to hold their colors in your hand, never let it go and so on. That’s what they do and a lot worse too as well. Anyway, he died. They are really getting a lot of these gangs in because they want to be real; all they are doing is coming from one gang and joining the BIGGEST gang with the BIGGEST weapons, and you’re allowed to kill, stuff like that.
Then you find, in Britain now it’s got so bad. This is from the Mail Online. If you advise a friend on how you save some money on your taxes, not by evasion, but avoidance – there are two legal categories. So just saying, oh, I did this and I claimed this back, that gets you a £5000 fine.
Tax chat could land you a £5,000 fine:
Big Brother law threatens innocent advice
By James Slack and Becky Barrow / dailymail.co.uk / 5th May 2010
Anybody who advises a friend to take out an Isa or gives them a similar tax-saving tip risks a £5,000 fine, experts warned yesterday. (A: I love these experts… a world run by experts.)
They attacked proposed ‘Big Brother’ powers for HM Revenue and Customs which could ensnare those simply trying to help a friend, relative or colleague to cut their tax bill.
Innocent victims could include a person who mentions to a friend in the pub that an Isa is a way of saving £10,200 a year tax-free. (A: Oops, ooops, ooops, I just said it, oops.)
Anybody who advises a friend to take out an Isa or gives them a similar tax-saving tip risks a £5,000 fine, experts are warning.
Even a vicar who encourages the congregation to donate money using the Gift Aid envelopes, rather than putting cash straight into the Sunday collection, may fall into the trap.
Charities could also be hit by the draconian new ‘tax avoidance’ law, experts claim.
It will make it an offence to hold any conversation – even in private, with friends – if it offers clues on how to pay less tax.
Professor Anne Redston, a tax and legal expert from King’s College, London, described the proposed legislation as ‘dangerous, disproportionate and an erosion of fundamental freedoms’. (A: No kidding. That’s what we have experts for, to tell us something that is damn well obvious. [Alan laughing.])
Well, I’ll tell you, that’s how it is.
From Hamish and myself – Hamish is my dog, by the way; I haven’t cut his hair yet for the summer because we haven’t had much of it so far – from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 21, 2010. For the newcomers, I always suggest you go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. You’ll find hundreds of talks to download that I have given over the years and while you are there, bookmark the other sites I have listed up there because I do get problems with the main site once in a while. If you have these other sites bookmarked you can always get the latest shows and download them for free, hopefully, until they get us off the air all together because as you know, the censorship is coming, they have passed all their laws. Now it is a matter of reinterpreting the laws to suit themselves and go after individuals that are causing any kind of problems. That’s really the intention of the whole thing in the first place. So bookmark them for future use. While you are there, go into the items for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs. These are different books than you will buy about so called conspiracies and so on.
The thing is, you see, the whole world is one big conspiracy. It’s called, basically the convolutions of reality. It’s the way it’s presented to you that is really is a conspiracy and how it is really reinforced by your training, your education and the media. It keeps us in a sort of land of between fantasy and semi-reality, but never in complete reality. We are managed in a scientific manner. What else would you do with all the scientific toys they have today and their means of communication? Naturally it’s to do with control. It’s always been about control and how the few live off of the many and they live very, very well indeed. So purchase the books. I show you some of the tricks that they use, including the language itself. I explain the symbolism that is always all around you that they tend to laugh at when you point it out to them. After all, why do you have obelisks sticking out all over the place? Why do you have obelisks on the logos of the biggest corporations in the world, and pyramids and so on? There is more to it than meets the eye obviously. So I try to explain this to you to show you the conology of the ruling elite, and there has always been a ruling elite. There has always been a dominant minority, as Aldous Huxley said himself.
If you want to purchase any of these items or donate to me, [ordering and donation options listed above]. You can wire to me or you can send cash. Cash is cheaper. So far they are still accepting cash here even though the European cash is plummeting. Mind you, so is the dollar. It’s hyperinflation coming in. Food has actually doubled in the last few years, and people don’t notice it. Please send me donations; that’s really what keeps me ticking over. I don’t use advertisers. They don’t pay me. They have all offered of course, and keep offering to pay me, but I’d have to bring them on as guests and give you, really, what are one hour shows of advertising in reality. I prefer to do it this way. The ads on this show are paid by advertisers right to RBN to pay for the air time. It pays for their staff, equipment, and their bills. So it’s up to you to help me keep paying mine. It’s always the same few folk who do it over and over again. That is the way of the world in the me-generation, but that’s just the way it is. Once in a while you get a new person coming in, and you don’t have to send an awful lot of an amount of money either for donation, remember. Think of the next time you buy that bag of chips, just send it off in a donation instead; the cash, not the chips. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
We are really coming through the big changes. We’ve always known they were coming but now they are actually legislating them into law. We are so used to it, it’s not even a shock to us when they to it because we get trained up until this point to accept it. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Back in the early 1900s you’ll find lots of books were printed, some fictional, some nonfictional, along the theme of world depopulation on behalf of the big ruling club that ran the likes of Britain mainly, the UK.
HG Well is one of the propagandists for them. He wrote a lot of fiction and nonfiction along these particular lines of elitism and eugenics and the right of the fit to rule the lesser. One of the novels that he wrote was – it was a semi-novel in a sense. It was really a plan. I was called A Modern Utopia. He leads the reader through a journey into the future as it would be, once all this had been done, all the different parts of the accomplishments of getting the public to accept it, bringing the populations down. He even suggested in the book, we don’t just kill them off, although there were mandatory abortions. We don’t just kill them off, we sterilize them, it’s more humane and they gradually, simply die off, all the useless type genes, the ones who didn’t quite make the grade. He takes you through a journey across the world in their modern utopia. Remember, that was the early 1900s. Part of the theme then was always, as it is today, oh, if we don’t do this then too many of the wrong people will breed out of existence all those who have the right to rule, and take all the resources from that few that really deemed it their world, being the better sorts and all that kind of stuff, the better types. That was only one book of many. He belonged to the Fabian Society. He was a spokesman and propagandist for the Fabian Society and the Royal Institute of International Affairs. These organizations still work today, heavily in the front of the fight for their particular type of utopia. They help back big organizations like Planned Parenthood which is, again, eugenics. That’s why they put them in all the poor neighborhoods; kill off all those that are the wrong type, as they keep telling us.
We’ve had many exposés on the same kind of thing. There are so many you could go on all night about them, with different quotes from different people, the very important people – at least they are important as far as being up in positions of high power. They are saying all the same things over and over again. We’ve had it coming out of the UN ad nauseam since the day it was born. Actually it came out of the League of Nations that was the precursor to the UN before the UN was born. The same thing; they had a department of population at that time. They actually mean population control.
Meanwhile, you had other advocates saying, what utter nonsense because the world has never had what we’d call its full capacity in history ever, EVER. We don’t realize too, that even the world in which we live, the systems in this world in which we live are constrained systems where we are really lumped in into cities. Most folk now live in big, overcrowded cities where they even passed laws as far back as in the 60s. They were not to build any more buildings outwards, in the city edges. They could only rebuild on previously existing sites. So knock one down, build up another and so on, guaranteeing they would be overflowing because massive immigration was increased every year right up to the present time in most of these countries to give the impression that we are overcrowded. Well you certainly… You could be living in the middle of a brand new planet and cram a few billion people into one cage on a tiny portion of the planet and yes, that cage would be overcrowded. So it’s the same sort of analogy. You are stuck into the cities, the gates to immigration are open wide – the reason for this being, they want us all to believe that we’re all in it together. See, we’ve got to share the problem of the entire planet.
And look around the entire planet. When we used to see starving in Africa and different places, many other organizations came out and said, the problem wasn’t just the fact that the East and West were playing war games and funding different tribes to fight each other – which was part of it for sure, and no farming gets done during these periods – but the main problem was there weren’t enough people living on the land to farm and feed themselves. There were NOT ENOUGH people on those areas and most of that flows from government policy as well. We saw the same thing in Ethiopia a few years ago. We saw the farce of the Live Aid concert; they never told you the rest of the story. A lot of the money that went to do with the air drops of food, they were scattering this stuff in a particular trail along a desert path and ¼ million of the people died trying to get to this food, which is exactly what the government of Ethiopia wanted because it was an ethnic cleansing move. Lots of the land now is vacant. There are also those up in the Wildlife Fund areas – again, all eugenicists at the top of it all, just don’t want ordinary folk living at all – who laud and approve of this kind of thing because it’s all part of the agenda. They want to return the world to some kind of primal state so that they and their offspring, you know, the superior genes, will have a big, wide open world to romp about in and play and do their shooting and hunting, as wealthy elites always do.
In the meantime, it’s convincing us, all the rest of you who are not up there partying at the big time, that you must be sterilized; we must bring down the populations. And a war has been waged upon everyone, long before any of you out there were born, to destroy the very basic fabric of society that gave them cohesion with each other, which gave them the right to stand up together cohesively and fight something. They want to basically eliminate them right down to the family unit. The old religions, too, are destroyed because whether you believe in them or not doesn’t matter. It’s the fact they gave you a sense of what was right and wrong to make a society function without chaos. No incest, no pedophilia, no this, no that, etc, etc. And everyone knew the rules. You didn’t have to go to churches to know the rules. Everyone knew the rules and you dealt with the problems locally. You didn’t need police; the locals dealt with any of the big problems that came along. We didn’t have all the different government departments of welfare, children’s aid, and various other organizations that now storm homes and come in and do their thing and off they go. We didn’t have a system a long time ago – not that long ago actually – where you have pedophiles walking out the doors in court and nothing happening to them. It didn’t happen. You didn’t have all the raping going on either. You didn’t have all the venereal disease and you didn’t have a malfunctioning society because everything that was set in society is a defense mechanism to make that society survive, right down to the family unit. Without the family unit there is no survival. People cannot bond and people cannot have offspring and they certainly can’t STAY together to have the offspring for very long because they’ve been programmed.
I’ve given you so many shows and links before to do with this particular type of attack and how it was orchestrated, right down to the guys like Huxley, Bertrand Russell and many, many, many more, talking about introducing… It wasn’t just sex education to very young children and prepubertal children. It was to advocate basically, or start off an obsession with it in prepubertal stages, which become fixations. Do you understand that things that happen to you in childhood, in particular drive areas – very important areas – things that will happen to you become imprinted in your brain forever. And like any drive, any drive can be exploited and become an addiction. Any drive whatsoever, even if it’s the need for food can be exploited by those who know how to do so and you become an addict to food and you become obese and so on. The same goes with sex. They know this and they discussed it as early as the 1900s; actually before that, HG Wells was promoting ‘free love’ for this very reason, to destroy the family unit, in the late 1800s!
We don’t realize that everything that is happening today is the end product of a long, long war. A long battle because the things that held society together were looked at by those who make wars and they looked upon an enemy – that was the family unit and society in general with common cultures – and they thought, how to we destroy each part of this because that’s what makes these people function, that’s what makes them stand up and say, no, we are not having it. And they attacked it ALL one piece, by one piece, by one piece. We now have a society where no one can stand up for themselves. They can’t stand up cohesively to fight anything whatsoever. They watch government laws after laws after laws being pulled out and implemented one after another. And yes, they complain about it but they don’t know what to do about it because there is not enough drive and cohesiveness amongst them to simply get so indignant that they will say, no, we are not having it. And government rolls ahead; it knows it has no opposition today.
The other side of it too, is that they have non governmental organizations, THOUSANDS of them, all funded – I’ve gone through the history of many of them before – under the umbrella of the United Nations via the big foundations that really run the world. Professor Carroll Quigley went through this technique of the big foundations, the PARALLEL GOVERNMENT, the Council on Foreign Relations, and named them all. So did The Anglo-American Establishment plus the other book that exposed what they were up to. It was, Foundations: Their Power and Influence – a must read it is, a MUST READ. But they’ve won. It’s over. That part is all over. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. As I’ve said, most of that plan, really, has been accomplished. They have gone step by step, year after year introducing more of this into the schools, to prepubertal children. I’ve read the articles from the United Nations and UNESCO that’s promoting all this stuff. It’s now parts of curriculum. You turn on a television set and you wonder what you are looking at when you see people simulating sex on television; they call it dancing with Much-Music. But that’s all it is, it’s gone down to the bottom and that is standard fare today… so that maybe two or three generations will sit and watch that together and I wonder if it makes any one of them feel uncomfortable, because it’s standard fare today. Quite something. It’s even more so to read the books by scientists from a hundred years ago saying they would bring this in, this very system in… how to use primitivism and bring it into society to destroy the societies that they said would HAVE to be destroyed to rule and dominate them and bring in the scientifically designed society. It’s all there. It’s normal standard fare today.
The non-governmental organizations, the ‘thousand points of light’ for the main ones and the foundations that run the parallel government are always on the go. As I say, Carroll Quigley went through a lot of that, how they set up these fronts, these big foundations, the richest foundations on the planet, incredible wealth, tax-free foundations that had a free hand to decide where their money goes. What they also did was set up their own NGOs and then fund them for political purposes and to change society from within, through pressure, then lobbying governments as well. You cannot fight that kind of system. See, everything in this system runs on money and those who have the money rule everything. I’m talking about the international bankers, of course. MPs, politicians, Presidents, and Prime Ministers must go cap-in-hand to borrow money from the big international bankers. Of course, there are always demands that go along with it as far as repayments go. That’s why Rothschild said, give me the charge of the nation’s money and I care not who runs it, because he knew himself that HE would run it, technically. Everything runs on the premise of money. The guy with the money makes the rules. Simple.
There is an article from the UK Column on non-governmental organizations and this is part 2 on One World Government. It says…
Abusing the System Through
NGOs (Alan: non governmental organizations) and CSOs
One World Governance – Part 2 / Maryetta Ables / ukcolumn.org
Everyone knows what a lobbyist is, but do you know what an “Adviser” is in Washington, D.C.?
No matter whom we elect, no matter the person or party, if we don’t shine the light on who really is writing policy, we are in for a rude awakening. The acronym NGO stands for Non-Governmental Organization. While NGOs go back to the early 1900s, the phrase “non-governmental organization” came into its current use with the United Nations Organization in 1945. It is in Article 71 of Chapter 10 of the United Nations Charter. It established a consultative role for organizations which are neither governments nor member states. There is a conscious effort to replace the term NGO with a more politically-correct term — Civil Society Organization or CSO. (A: That’s the term that they are trying to use at the moment to make you think it’s got official backing. It’s like the Federal Reserve, it isn’t federal at all; it’s to give you the idea that it is part of your government system, which technically it is really.)
There is a major difference:
· NGO may apply to any non-profit organization.
· CSO designation applies only to those NGOs that are accredited by the United Nations and hold “consultative status” through The Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) (A: The link is in here for the Economic and Social Council. By the way, I’ll put all these links up on my site at the end of the show on my web sites.)
(For-profit companies and organizations can also be accredited, but we are only writing of NGOs here.)
According to Our Global Neighborhood, (A: Remember the book, Our Global Neighborhood, that was from the United Nations.) the official report of the UN-funded Commission on Global Governance, published in 1995, there were 28,900 international NGOs worldwide and hundreds of thousands of national NGOs. As of late 1994, only 980 were officially “accredited” by the UN’s Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC). However, these 980 accredited NGOs are affiliated with tens of thousands more NGOs in virtually every nation on earth. By virtue of their affiliation with accredited NGOs, these NGOs constitute what the UN describes as CSOs. (A: They are bigger than all your governments put together across the planet.)
Non UN-accredited NGOs are described by globalists as “populist organizations” and the globalist feel that these organizations can upset and even destroy the work of decades of their deliberations in a short period of time. That is the potential of the “Tea Party” grass roots movement currently on the rise in the United States.
Here is some background to aid in understanding CSOs. There are two levels of accreditation:
· Accreditation by ECOSOC confers what is called “consultative” status.
· Accreditation by a subsidiary organization of ECOSOC authorizes “observer” status at a specific UN conference or event.
For a current list and locations of CSOs with consultative status go to: http://esango.un.org/irene/index.html
(A: Nobody votes for these folks, folks. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I got cut off there and I’ve been getting that a lot lately, from interference from who knows where but it’s happening more and more frequently. And yes, they do play games with you too; I’m so used to it. Sometimes I can be talking on the phone and it’s quiet, certain things, topics that I mention, as soon as I mention them, boom, I get cut off. That’s happening more and more today. I just got cut off again, on air. I used to have that too, even back in 1998 when I was on other shows. They don’t like certain topics.
However, getting back to the non-governmental organizations that have all this massive funding and massive power run by the Rockefellers and big foundations. It says here…
An example of the power of “observer” status was seen at the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janiero. (A: That was with Maurice Strong.) Of the more than 8,000 NGOs represented at the NGO Forum held the week before the Earth Summit, 1,400 NGOs were accredited as “observers.
“NGOs with “consultative” and “observer” status are responsible for the following:
· Development of the global agenda, i.e., Agenda 21. (A: …for the United Nations.)
· Enactment of the policies at the international level.
· Converting international policy into national laws and regulations.
· Implementing the new policies, laws, and regulations on the ground.
(A: They must go into… See, they actually create treaties and then they go around to every government and they just automatically sign on these treaties, all bypass the general public. There’s no voting for these NGOs. They are just THERE, you see, big lobbying NGOs.)
History
The modern NGO story begins with the creation of the United Nations. One month after the UN Charter went into force, Julian Huxley signed the document that created the United Nations Education, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, the well-known UNESCO. (A: He also became the first CEO of it. I’ve read articles from his books on UNESCO where he said everything I’ve mentioned earlier about introducing sex into schools on an ever-increasing basis until basically the children would be having so many partners before they were old enough to know what they were doing that they’d never bond to any individual thereafter. That was part of the plan. In fact, what he said was, we shall eventually get them to accept sterilization so they can have as much promiscuity as they wish, the only rule being that they do not have any outcome from… the meetings, you might say.)
Two years later, the same Julian Huxley was instrumental in creating the International Union for the Conservation of Nature or IUCN. The IUCN consolidated the work of the British Fauna and Flora Preservation Society with other conservation groups that worked throughout the British Empire and aligned its work with the activities of UNESCO.
(For a brief discussion of the nature of NGO leaders, see: http://sovereignty.net/p/ngo/ngotut.htm )
To increase funding for its work, the IUCN created another, more public organization called the World Wildlife Fund or WWF in 1961. It was headed by Prince Philip. (A: Who’s just lately, again, came out with another one of his same statements that we’ve got to depopulate the planet.)
During the 1960s, the IUCN lobbied the UN General Assembly to create a new status for NGOs. Resolution 1296, adopted in 1968, grants “consultative” status to NGOs. (A: Who do they consult with? They consult with governments. They dictate to governments.) The IUCN is accredited with six UN organizations. In 1982, the IUCN and WWF worked together to create still another NGO called the World Resources Institute (WRI). Russell Train, then-President of the WWF-USA, amassed $25 million in grants to create the World Resources Institute or WRI. He selected Gustave Speth, co-founder of the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) as its first President. This triumvirate, consisting of the IUCN, WWF and WRI, is the driving force behind the rise of NGO influence at the UN and around the world. (A: It’s a parallel government, you see.)
The IUCN’s current membership includes: 92 international NGOs; 753 national NGOs; 29 affiliates; 80 state agencies; 93 government agencies with state members; and 23 government agencies without state members.
The U.S. State Department contributes more than $1 million per year to this NGO. (A: So yep, your government money is also funding these PRIVATE non-governmental organizations that are also funded by the big tax-free foundations. It’s just astonishing. The money they are raking in is astonishing.)
President Clinton issued Executive Order #12986 which grants this NGO certain diplomatic “privileges and immunities.” WWF funding in the USA is interesting. The WWF reported 1995 income in the USA to be $138,874,116 and assets at $62,558,896. In recent years the WWF’s take increased:
· In 2003 it was $370,245,000 (A: This is millions of dollars.)
· In 2004 it was $468,889,000
· In 2005 it was $499,629,000
· In 2006 it was $549,827,000
· In 2007 it was $663,193,000
· That totals $2,551,783,000 (A: Billions!)
WWF’s take in 2008 was not quite as good. They switched their accounting to Euros, in place of dollars and took in €447,251,000. That’s roughly $584,000,000. Their total income since 2003 is just over $3.1 billion (this does not include 2009). (A: So it’s got a list of how much they rake in, these little tin can waving… you know, at the door. That’s what you think of when you see them. You think of one of these non-governmental organizations as guys who go around collecting money in tin cans in the doors. No. These guys are run by the multi-trillionaires at the top, who run the foundations, but they also want money from you too, so they can pass laws upon you, even though you don’t elect them. That’s how they bypass democracy. They have been doing that in every area with these NGOs for an awful, awful long time.)
I’ve said from the beginning, the internet would only last a certain amount of time. It will keep going of course, with the format of the mainstream being on it; lots of pornography to make sure most folk keep going into it because apparently folk really love the stuff. However, there will be no dissenting voices allowed in the internet. This is from Fox News January 13th, 2010 and republished on June 18th.
Napolitano: Internet Monitoring Needed to Fight Homegrown Terrorism
foxnews.com / Published June 18, 2010 | Associated Press
WASHINGTON — Fighting homegrown terrorism by monitoring Internet communications is a civil liberties trade-off the U.S. government must make to beef up national security, the nation’s homeland security chief said Friday. (A: So in other words, you see, you can’t be safe and free at the same time so you’ve got to lose your freedom to be safe. That’s what she is saying; it’s a trade-off, civil liberties – that’s your freedoms folks – trade-off, so that national security can go ahead and make you safe.)
As terrorists increasingly recruit U.S. citizens, the government needs to constantly balance Americans’ civil rights and privacy with the need to keep people safe, said Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano.
But finding that balance has become more complex as homegrown terrorists have used the Internet to reach out to extremists abroad for inspiration and training. Those contacts have spurred a recent rash of U.S.-based terror plots and incidents. (A: Etc, etc. That also came under, remember, the law that Obama put through to stop home grown extremism and terrorism. It also meant of course, anyone TALKING about any alternative version of what was happening than the governments would also be put down as terrorists. That included folk on the internet or talk shows, obviously.)
“The First Amendment protects radical opinions, but we need the legal tools to do things like monitor the recruitment of terrorists via the Internet,” Napolitano told a gathering of the American Constitution Society for Law and Policy. (A: Now, does that mean anyone talking out and saying the government is full of BS – bothersome stuff – with its views and opinions on things? Anyone speaking against that is actually a terrorist? Is that what that means? Of course it can be meant to mean that. Is so broad it can be meant to mean anything you want it to mean, at the top.)
Napolitano’s comments suggest an effort by the Obama administration to reach out to its more liberal, Democratic constituencies to assuage fears that terrorist worries will lead to the erosion of civil rights.
The administration has faced a number of civil liberties and privacy challenges in recent months as it has tried to increase airport security by adding full-body scanners, or track suspected terrorists traveling into the United States from other countries.
“Her speech is sign of the maturing of the administration on this issue,” (A: They are maturing, that’s what it is.) said Stewart Baker, former undersecretary for policy with the Department of Homeland Security. “They now appreciate the risks and the trade-offs much more clearly than when they first arrived, and to their credit, they’ve adjusted their preconceptions.”
So, this will be expanded and expanded all through the internet, as we well know. They’ve already put laws through on the internet to do with copyrights, etc. Actually, when you read it, it’s a lot more than just copyrights. It’s also to include this kind of stuff here, about content, WHAT you are saying, what you are passing on to other people… content.
Most things are happening through Executive Orders basically. There is one that came out from the White House, an Executive Order.
The White House – Office of the Press Secretary
For Immediate Release June 10, 2010 / whitehouse.gov
Executive Order– Establishing the National Prevention, Health Promotion, and Public Health Council
(A: That’s National Health Service, for folk who don’t understand it.)
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 4001 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111-148), it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Establishment.
There is established within the Department of Health and Human Services, the National Prevention, Health Promotion, and Public Health Council (Council).
Sec. 2. Membership.
(a) The Surgeon General shall serve as the Chair of the Council, which shall be composed of:
(1) the Secretary of Agriculture; (A: This is for your health care, folks. It brings in food and everything, farming, everything.)
(2) the Secretary of Labor;
(3) the Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(4) the Secretary of Transportation;
(5) the Secretary of Education;
(6) the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(7) the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency;
(8) the Chair of the Federal Trade Commission;
(9) the Director of National Drug Control Policy;
(10) the Assistant to the President and Director of the Domestic Policy Council;
(11) the Assistant Secretary of the Interior for Indian Affairs;
(12) the Chairman of the Corporation for National and Community Service; and
(13) the head of any other executive department or agency that the Chair may, from time to time, determine is appropriate. (A: This is your National Health Service thing… covering everything. I’ll put this up on my site too at the end of the night for you to peruse.)
Meanwhile, we slang… we slang the leaders, the ones that are the front men. I’ve always said that Presidents and Prime Ministers, apart from being little psychopathic actors, really are not that important. It’s only important we believe they are really the bosses. Their job is to take the tomatoes – we throw tomatoes, mental ones, allegorical tomatoes at them when we’re unhappy. We throw laurel leaves at them and petal of roses when we’re astonished at their generosity, which doesn’t happen very often. But the guys behind them know what they are up to, what their job is. And the guys who are APPOINTED, there are more people who have been appointed to Obama’s administration than any previous administration. You’ve all those greenies, all the ex-communists up there, the ones who are eugenicists who want the world run on a scientific basis, on board… with the John Holdren’s and all these characters. What’s democratic about that? Everything has been changed without folk even accepting the fact that everything has been changed. Your whole system of government HAS been changed… and they don’t know it.
Obama, being a good little psychopath, like every other front man, is having a good time to himself. And why not? While you are king of the hill for a little while, king for a day as they used to say.
President and First Lady are partying like rock royalty
Obama Wastes Millions of Taxpayer Dollars on Personal Entertainment
By Fred Dardick Monday, June 7, 2010 / canadafreepress.com
The same hypocrite who says our energy costs must “necessarily skyrocket” to fund his political ambition, is giving Marie Antoinette a run for her money when it comes to spending national treasure on personal luxuries.
While much of the country is struggling to pay their bills, the President and First Lady are partying like rock royalty. The collection of talent that has made the pilgrimage to the White House to entertain Obama and friends is nothing less than amazing: Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder, Tony Bennet, Paul Simon, Marc Anthony, Herbie Hancock, Martina McBride, Queen Latifah, The Foo Fighters, Faith Hill, and recently foot-in-mouth Paul McCartney to name a few. (A: Who actually is SIR Paul McCartney, by the way, which he likes to be called apparently.)
This has the makings to be the greatest ongoing concert series ever to be seen on this Earth just to entertain one man … all paid for by the American taxpayer.
Let Them Eat Cake
How much does this world-class entertainment cost? Assuming the artists themselves forgo appearance fees, I highly doubt Paul Simon would perform with just a karaoke machine as backup.
Professional equipment needs to be brought in – sound engineers, stages, lights, etc… Even small scale performances by these artists can be very expensive.
Add booze, food, security, invitations, social secretaries, wait staff, and hangers on to the tab and the price for one of these events could easily top $75K. (A: It will be a lot more than that; that’s cheap.) With over 27 concerts hosted thus far, the total cost to taxpayers is in the millions of dollars. (A: That’s more like it.)
The executive branch does not provide detailed information regarding entertainment expenses, however, it has been estimated the Obamas spent at least $10 million on “drunken White House parties” in 2009 alone. (A: So that’s not bad when there are more folk going on food stamps than ever before, as they bring the economy down and celebrate at the top that they are being successful because they are all part of bringing the economy down for the New World Order, you see. That’s the real world isn’t it?)
James Lovelock you’ve all heard of I’m sure, the nutcase who goes around, his whole life, parroting the Gaia concept. Here is the guy who came up with the Gaia, the world really is one big goddess of interacting forces all interconnected and man is a scourge on the planet. I’ll be back with more on his sayings after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about James Lovelock who made his name about the Gaia Theory and how everything is interconnected, the old Gnostic principle and that humans are destroying the planet and we are going through a cycle now, change.
He was all into the cooling; now the warming scenarios started so it’s all warming. He’s changed his tune on some things. He believes that nuclear energy is a good alternative to really power densely populated places like Britain has become and other countries too. At the same time he still believes that catastrophes will happen. Some of these guys live on catastrophes that never happen; they are so disappointed and they become bitter as they become older too. But it doesn’t stop them spouting on like a Jeremiah, that coming calamities have got to come. The sea levels haven’t risen at all you see, and stuff like that, and they are disappointed. So now it’s too many people and global warming. But he does give you little clues. He does say, he’s always talked about the adaptive theory where the elite should always – you know, those who are well suited to survive just like the disaster movies they churn out now – should save themselves and prepare by building a place up near the North Pole which will be more habitable, really, for a long period to come, stuff like that.
He’s also said this – because he mixes with all the elite, the big wigs, who use him very, very well, as a front man for their agendas. He says…
James Lovelock on the value of sceptics
and why Copenhagen was doomed
Posted by Leo Hickman Monday 29 March 2010 / guardian.co.uk
On how humans will ever manage to tackle climate change:
We need a more authoritative world. We’ve become a sort of cheeky, egalitarian world where everyone can have their say. (A: He doesn’t really like that, us being cheeky, you see.) It’s all very well, but there are certain circumstances – a war is a typical example – where you can’t do that. You’ve got to have a few people with authority who you trust who are running it. And they should be very accountable too, of course. (A: But he bewails, that you can’t have this kind of dictatorial society. He says…)
But it can’t happen in a modern democracy. This is one of the problems. What’s the alternative to democracy? There isn’t one. But even the best democracies agree that when a major war approaches, democracy must be put on hold for the time being. I have a feeling that climate change may be an issue as severe as a war. It may be necessary to put democracy on hold for a while.
In other words, our betters… our betters should just simply rule us like masters and slaves and get their agenda through, you see. But, the elite have always prepared for EVERY possible disaster to make sure that they themselves and the lists that they have of the better people with the right stuff will survive. They already have their underground systems, protected against earthquakes, completely water proof, and everything else, stacked to the gills to last them a thousand years if need be… all over the place. But I wonder if old Lovelock’s been invited into one of them or not, or is even he not high enough for that? He’s old stock. He’s rather old stock you see, and they do want ones who will breed new little aristocracies.
There you go. Yeah, democracy should be put on hold. That’s been rampaged across all the world right now, through all the NGOs. We’ve already got it with the farce of the terror, the war on terror which is a war OF terror. They use this to get everything through including the environmental issues and take all your rights away from you. There is so much I could go on about but there is no time; this hour rushes in.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 22, 2010. Newcomers must look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the other sites I’ve got up there because I do get problems once in a while with the .com site. [Official sites listed above.] Lots of folk go into it at the same time and it tends to slow it down a little bit. Plus, I’m on a choke on uploading to Yahoo and they’ve actually told me that; I’ve put up the email from them, on the front page. They put a choke on my uploads to dissuade me from putting so much up, they claim, even though I’m on unlimited bandwidth. However, that’s the way it goes. The masters control the rules and we have to follow, as we pay. When you are at it, go into the books I have for sale. They are different book than what you normally read. The books I do quote from often are widely available for people who want to study seriously what’s happening in the world. I show you techniques of thought, techniques of getting around the linear thinking that you’ve been trained to think in. I show you how the masters think. When they train the peasants to think in a linear fashion – they understand our logic – we will always come to the desired conclusions, desired by the masters. They themselves don’t think in a linear fashion. They are wild animals you might say, and they can’t fall for the con jobs that we fall for all the time. So buy the books, the CDs and DVDs that I have or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation option listed above.] Some people send cash and some send cash from Europe. For the next 2 or 3 years they will accept that, before we go all electronic, and that’s the way it’s supposed to go apparently. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
Most folk are so confused with this New World Order they don’t understand what it is. There are so many facets to it. There are so many different angles to it and so many fronts pushing for different causes, different wants and that type of thing. When you look at, for instance the G20 meeting that’s happening in Toronto right now, which they call fortress city by the way, because we got miles of wire fencing up all around the inside of this big city. So many folk who live there have been kicked out of their homes, or they just left for the country while this is taking place. Even the tourists can’t get into it; they are getting out of Toronto as well. They can’t even get, apparently, rooms in hotels because so many policemen have come in from all the other provinces to take part in this security measure.
We are being trained, for instance, that things are changing big time and that force is being used, as a show, to make the big boy, the big bad boy, Big Brother, seem invincible to the little peasants all around about them. That’s really what it’s for. It’s overboard with everything. Apart from that they didn’t have to have it in Toronto; they could have had it in one of their usual hotels in the country where it’s easy to get security and maintain the security perimeters and so on. So it’s a show of force as they go through all of this kind of stuff. We are being trained, as I say, into a new type of system. What’s interesting is when you look at all the different participants and protesters at the G20, it’s just amazing how many of them are getting funded by the foundations, and some of the leaders of the foundations are taking part, inside the G20 meetings. So they run both sides of it. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the G20, which is a formality really because they politicians themselves, they eat incredible meals at this and I don’t know how many courses they get. I read from the G8 meeting they had last year and it boggled the mind. They get 10 minutes to speak. So it’s a formality we’re witnessing, a $1.1 Billion extravaganza for a formality, so they can mouth a couple of things, belch a few times, after introducing their names, and then sit down and go back to the brandy. Then they will sign the different agreements and treaties that have been laid out for them by the people who’ve done the real work, long before this meeting even occurred. It takes about a year or more to set everything up and get everything and everybody on board with it.
Before I get to that, one of the main things I was going to talk about tonight will tie into this, you’ll find as well, is the population of the world. They are hell-bent at the top in decreasing the world’s population by all means and every means possible and they have been for an awful, awful long time. Even when we didn’t have the population we have now – and I don’t even know if you can believe the statistics they have today on population across the world. Anyway, even back in the 1920s, right after World War I, a whole bunch of books came out, again, from the foundations, the usual suspects, claiming there were too many people and the war hadn’t killed enough. At that time the big British Eugenics Society was on the go full blast, so was the American one; they were brothers actually. They wanted to kill off the excess, what they called, the unfit populations and those of low intellect or even the laboring classes all together. They said eventually we’d get post-industrial and we wouldn’t need all these types any more. They wouldn’t be happy because there would be no factory work left for them. So we are living through an agenda, a script as I say, and I’m pretty sure back then – I know in the 1930s they knew then – they would build China up in the future to be the manufacturer for the planet.
You’ve got to understand we are living through a big script and those who rule the world, and there are rulers of the world, don’t allow anything to happen outside their plans. They are in control of every major thing that occurs in life, including world wars. They had the same excuses for all the wars. Just like today, starting with the Gulf War 1 and then Afghanistan, and we find of course, we were going to invade Afghanistan before the towers went down. They even had troops ready. All that kind of stuff comes out afterwards. And then Iraq, Iran is to go next, and then Syria. So they will give us all the propaganda we need until their polls convince us that we are thoroughly brainwashed and we’ll start to believe it and then they will continue on their merry way. Remember, to rule the world you have to have perpetual war. And these boys DO have perpetual war on the world and in all different areas of the world, right down to your social areas in society. They have economic wars, on the public as well.
The world they want to bring in is a world where you will SERVE the New World Order. You’ll serve your betters and you will allow yourselves, down the road, maybe the next generation, to be sterilized mandatorily… by the experts who will select you for it. They will train a generation that this is all quite normal, to sacrifice themselves so’s that others may live and all that kind of stuff. You see it all in the science fiction. That’s all that’s out for; it’s to prepare you for all of this, things to come.
Here is a typical PR piece on depopulation. There is nothing to counter the arguments here. No one tries to counter the arguments so they take everything at face value. It’s a PR exercise, one of many. It says here…
Steve Connor: We need a global debate on population
Monday, 14 June 2010 / independent.co.uk
A growing number of scientists are going where politicians fear to tread by calling for a wider public debate on the sensitive issue of the global human population, which is set to rise from the present 6.8 billion to perhaps 9 billion by 2050. (Alan: I like their ‘perhaps.’ Even though, remember, Britain and other countries maintain that the only reason their population is up is because of mass immigration and that the native populations are not breeding enough children to pay off the national debts. Now it’s an international debt, right, so they’ll get the whole world roped into it. So don’t forget that as I read this particular article.)
Lord Rees, the president of the Royal Society, (A: That’s that great ROYAL Society, again. These are the guys who shape all avenues of science as far as the public will be concerned, of what we will get to know about it, for the whole world. If you want to get anywhere in the scientific community and be famous you have to be a member of the Royal Society.) brought the subject up in his excellent Reith Lectures; Sir David Attenborough (A: You know the guy, very much like David Suzuki, he likes furry animals and goes across the world living on the taxpayers’ money because he works for the BBC which is tax funded by the public.) has become a champion of those who believe population has been relegated as an environmental issue; and more recently Professor Aubrey Manning, presenter of the BBC’s Earth Story, (A: I can imagine what that will be about.) has stated that the sheer number of humans on the planet is the greatest menace the world faces. (A: He’s parroting what Kissinger said back in 1972.)
Scientists have a reputation for saying things as they are, not as they should be. Politicians, forever looking for short-term solutions to keep them in office, do not, as a rule, look further than the middle distance. Yet population is one of those over-the-horizon threats without enemies, as Lord Rees put it. It is a disaster in slow motion, and all politicians seem to do is provide the sort of platitudes articulated by Michael Heseltine, who recently fielded a question on Radio 4 by saying that the problems associated with population never turn out to be as bad as predicted – which is probably true if you can enjoy your own Oxfordshire arboretum. (A: A little snobbish pun; the guy is getting a little dig into him, of course.)
No doubt Heseltine and his fellow politicians who are in favour of doing nothing about population will cite the words of John P Holdren, President Obama’s science adviser, who wrote these words in 1969 when he was a young ecologist (A: And Marxist; they should have added that in here.): “If the population control measures are not initiated immediately, and effectively, all the technology man can bring to bear will not fend off the misery to come.” (A: They should also put in this article he said that we should mandate sterilization through the drinking water, the food and all the rest of it.)
Of course it is a selective hit piece of propaganda from The Independent and that’s all I have to really say on that particular one, one of many of course. It’s meant for the people in between realities; that’s the general population who watch television and live in a schizoid mentality. That’s what it’s really meant for. You must always persuade the victims first that this is necessary and they come to not only love their servitude but they will love their scientific advisors who will select them, very kindly and nicely mind you, and treat you with care as they snip, snip away. That’s really what it’s about. It’s far less hassle than having to simply bring you in and shoot you in the head like the Soviets did.
Getting back to the G20 meeting, which is the biggest extravaganza cash wise, I think, we’ve ever seen; $1.1 Billion and climbing. Here are the guys behind the scenes and this is what I said, politicians have nothing much to do with anything; they are showpieces and they sign treaties when they are told to. This article is from CBC News. It says…
Sherpas: The senior diplomats who lay the summit groundwork
The success of a summit is largely the work of an unelected group of senior officials who have spent many months preparing for those few days of talks. Collectively, they are officially known as the Sherpas.
By CBC News / cbc.ca / May 24, 2010
The photo-ops marking the end of this June’s G8 and G20 summits will inevitably focus on the leaders whose names are attached to the final communiqués.
But much of the content of those statements – indeed the success of the summits themselves – is largely the work of an unelected group of senior officials who have spent many months preparing for those few days of talks that are followed so closely around the world. (A: These guys travel around the world – these so-called Sherpas, the little nickname they’ve got – and they meet with the other diplomats of the other countries to make sure they are all on board with the drafting of their treaties.)
Collectively, they are officially known as the Sherpas – an elite group of bureaucrats who, like the Himalayan mountain guides they’re named after, do much of the heavy lifting for the leaders in the spotlight. (A: Remember what I said before, the guys that you see are not the bosses, neither are Presidents or Prime Ministers. It’s the guys who are Number 2 that are behind the scenes that do the real work for the bosses of the parallel government, the REAL government.)
Sherpas are the personal representatives of each leader (A: They are not really; they are appointed by much higher people.) – career diplomats or senior government officials appointed by each leader to represent their country’s interests and carry out the extensive series of pre-summit consultations needed before all such high-profile meetings.
There’s only one Sherpa per G8 or G20 member. Canada’s current Sherpa (since 2008) is Len Edwards, the deputy minister of foreign affairs. Former ambassadors Robert Fowler and Derek Burney have also been Sherpas.
Flying under the radar is part of the job description. (A: See. The public don’t even know what they look like. Flying under the radar is part of the job description. Remember what Carroll Quigley said, the real power is in the TECHNOCRATS, not the politician. The technocrats don’t get the public acclaim and they are not in the limelight but they are the real power and their satisfaction is in KNOWING they’ve got the real power to get things done.) Their faces are largely unknown to the public at large. They meet behind closed doors and issue no press releases. They travel constantly, working long hours under intense deadlines. And the meetings begin long before the summits do. (A: I’ll read more about the Sherpas to let you know how the world is really run when I come back from this break.)
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about the guys who prepare all the real work that’s to be done, and the topics and the agreements that will be signed at the G20 meeting. This article goes on about the skirmishes they have. It says…
Diplomatic skirmishes
Building that kind of broad support (A: In other words, that’s what the Sherpas do with other Sherpas from other countries.) is key if a summit is to succeed. Consensus-building is critical precisely because the G8 and G20 are informal groups. (A: It’s a pity they wouldn’t pay their own expenses if they are so informal, eh. Remember too, ‘consensus-building’ is a term used all through all the big foundations with all their non-governmental organizations. They even have foundations fronting for the major foundations, and these other foundations front, and they go out TO BUILD consensus, across the world, with politicians and so on. In other words, it bypasses the democratic process. The public don’t even know what’s going on with 99% of things that happen in the world, in their own world. They don’t.) They cannot force other members to adopt any policy. No one has a veto. And since no leader relishes the optics of being part of a failed summit, the search begins early for solutions that allow all leaders to point to concrete steps and declare success.
This is where the Sherpas’ diplomatic skills are really called into play. The behind-the-scenes fighting in the run-up to summits can be quite intense, Savic says. “Some issues can be very contentious.” When policy differences can’t be overcome, the goal is to come up with policies that at least don’t interfere with those of other nations. (A: What they really do is either blackmail, pay off – under the table – or threats to cut off diplomatic aid or for foreign aid. That’s what they really do.)
And while a certain amount of schmoozing and persuasion can be accomplished by conference call and email is frequent, nothing beats face time. “It’s much easier to get a sense of where people are by meeting face to face,” says Savic. (A: So there is a PR piece for the Sherpas and it’s the first time really I’ve read any mainstream that they actually even exist, although it was obvious that they do because politicians have very little to do except read their scripts and eat a lots of good food, that the taxpayer pays for.)
That’s that piece there. I’ll put 2 or 3 article links up as well, to do with the G20 to show you how they have turned Toronto literally into a – they actually say it in some of the headlines – Fortress Toronto. Here is an article about the G20 police. They are bringing in, thousands of police have come in from all over, Ontario and outside Ontario, to take part in this; all on overtime of course. This article is also from the CBC.
G20 police arsenal includes plastic bullets
cbc.ca / Sunday, June 20, 2010 / By Dave Seglins, CBC News
This is a bit of a low-key thing because they’ve got much worse than that. They’ve got sound cannons and water cannons and all kinds of fancy gizmos. This article here, again, apart from being a PR piece to say how safe plastic bullets are, it does mention that they were training at a Canadian forces, the military forces Base Borden with all this equipment before the meeting came up. So there is your police and military working hand-in-glove for a meeting that didn’t even have to take place in a major city. I’ll put that link up for you to read for yourselves.
There is another article about some of the people who are taking part in the protests. This is from the Toronto Sun. It says here…
A guide to G20 protesters
By THANE BURNETT, QMI Agency / torontosun.com / June 19, 2010
Here is just a sample of the concerns and organizations — most perfectly respectful and a few that are potentially far from peaceful — that will raise their voices during the G20 and G8 summits. (A: They start off with… This is for the general public to make you think it’s all a bunch of crazies and so on.)
• Black Bloc — Arguably the most notorious collection — a tactic rather than group — to threaten the summits. These self-described anarchists look for violence and destruction. They were seen during the Vancouver Winter Olympics, and before that during 1999 World Trade Organization protests in Seattle, using the tactic of blending in with non-violent groups — then lashing out. (A: You know, CBC even did a fictional movie, with our tax money again, because it’s funded by the taxpayer, and it was called The Summit. In there they actually show you that they do have international, generally ex-military types, that they hire for mobs. They go in and mix with the people and start the violence and it makes all the peaceful ones look crazy.)
• Anti-Capitalist Crusaders — A constant presence at all G8 and G20 meetings.
• Protest against Meles Zenawi — Some groups and concerns will seem foreign to many Canadians, including a movement to denounce the attendance of Ethiopian Prime Minister Meles Zenawi at the G20. Those protesting include the family of Bashir Makhtal, a Canadian jailed for life in Ethiopia.
• Ontario Coalition Against Poverty — A hard-line anti-poverty group, OCAP protests are familiar in most Ontario cities. Coalition founder, John Clarke, says he has little hope: “That Obama and the G20 world leaders will be listening to us.” Instead, he says the aim is to build social mobilization.
• Environmental concerns — (A: It’s amazing because environment concerns can get incredible money and funding from the big foundations, which most of them do, to protest at these meetings and then the guys on the sides say, oh, look at all those environmental protesters, we’d better sign agreements to appease them. That’s how the trick works.) Groups like 350.org, a global movement, will be holding a number of events. “We want to make sure the 350 network in Canada knows how to plug in,” says 350.org spokesman May Boeve.
• Animal Rights Groups — Members of a liberation movement, which this month claimed responsibility for torching a Colorado sheepskin factory is likely to attend.
• Amnesty International
• Pro-Gaza supporters.
• Marxists — Toronto organizer Alex Grant says: “The overwhelming point of the rallies and events is to reach the general population excluded from the summits. However, if the protest is large enough it is not ruled out that we might have some effect inside the wire.”
• Bikes Not Bombs Toronto. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going through some of the to-dos with the big meeting at Toronto with the G20 that’s followed by the G8. It’s the most expensive security operation I think we’ve ever had here. Everybody is to pay $1.1 Billion for this love-in, this big fest they’ve got where they have incredible meals, drink a lot a brandy. They even lay on the prostitutes, according to one of the articles I read from the big meeting they had in Vancouver a few years ago, all paid by the taxpayer. They get the prostitute of their choice, or persuasion, all laid on as I say. It’s quite something isn’t it? …how they can live in a different set of rules and values and laws even, if you have diplomatic immunity status.
There is another article from the CBC. It says…
Tourists fleeing Fortress Toronto
Security fences turning downtown into ‘armed camp’
By TOM GODFREY, Toronto Sun / torontosun.com / June 19, 2010
Tourists can’t wait to get out of Fortress Toronto and away from the kilometres (A: There are MILES of security fencing.) of G20 security fencing that have turned a bustling downtown into an “armed camp”. (A: Incredible isn’t it, these big, high security fences?)
Tourists trying to check out of T.O. on Saturday were subject to lengthy waits for taxis, whose drivers had to show photo ID at police checkpoints on Front St. W., to get to the Royal York Hotel, CN Tower and Metro Convention Centre. (A: Then they go on with the different examples of how it’s frustrating the people and so on. They even had a paraplegic meeting for Canada going on as well. They are trying to get around in wheelchairs and some of them are saying they are not coming back after being treated this way in Toronto. But no wonder, because with the ordinary people who live there have evacuated the place for these few days; they can’t live in that. You can’t live in an armed camp like that. They are even saying that…)
“All the rooms were promised out to police officers,” Straf said. (A: There’s that many cops moved in for this event, to make extra cash. They can’t even get rooms for the handicapped. So there you go. There you go.)
It’s more important that we get the SHOW of… It’s even more of an extravaganza than Royalty really. Isn’t it? It’s true what Hamilton said, if you’ve got Royalty to keep, you’ve only got the Royal family, their cousins and so on, to keep in a good lifestyle. But when you’ve got any other form of government, and he meant democracy, you’ve got thousands and thousands of them to keep in their lifestyle and that’s exactly what we seem to have here. It’s also got the psychological benefit of giving us the impression that we are very little, you know, non-worthy people and these are very special, special people, that come out of different wombs in there and they have to be treated differently than you or I.
What else is happening in the world, in this great New World Order system, that’s also un-democratic? But mind you, they do admit we are post-democratic now so we shouldn’t really get so fluffed up about it. We know that they are trying to really ram through this carbon tax and it lost a lot of impetus with the exposures of the emails of the various scientists that were all on the take and fudging all the statistics. We know too that they will never backtrack from a plan that’s taken years to set up, especially when Rothschild’s bank in Switzerland is set up for all the carbon credits to go through, for the whole planet. Al Gore and all the rest of them, and other companies across the world, have got up their carbon savings plans where they all profit, again, with millions of bucks. When you already have international corporations trading their FREE carbon credits that they were given by their governments to get the thing started, they are raking in bucks off it. It’s just the general public now who have to get used and get trained that we have to pay them all FOR these guys. So they never give up. They simply back off, go at it harder, quietly, and then come out again with the same thing. This article is from The Hill.
Kerry open to ‘scaled back’ carbon plan
By Ben Geman – 06/22/10 / thehill.com
Sen. John Kerry (D-Mass.) said Tuesday he is in discussions with other lawmakers about scaling back the reach of climate change legislation, but insisted that some type of greenhouse gas provisions are vital to any energy package. (A: They are really talking about taxes here.)
Kerry and Sen. Joe Lieberman (I-Conn.) are struggling for political traction as they promote a sweeping climate and energy plan they unveiled last month. (A: Now, these guys didn’t do this themselves. As I say, what happens, happens world wide at the same time and we do have a world government. There is no doubt about it. That’s what a New World Order means. You can’t have a New World Order unless you already have an existing world government. Professor Carroll Quigley talked about that in his book Tragedy and Hope and The Anglo-American Establishment. You’ve got to read The Anglo-American Establishment; it shows you the incredible connections between all the ruling families and how they place them in all the different countries at the top positions – the TOP positions, not the Presidents – the ones who have the real control over money, military, foreign trade, all that kind of stuff.)
“If we are going to get serious, we have to price carbon. (A: Here they go.) There are many different ways of doing that. I am not locked in to one single way of doing it,” Kerry said on MSNBC.
“And I am working with a number of colleagues now, Republicans and Democrats alike, to look at alternative ways that we might be able to scale back, provide a smaller chunk. … What is important is that we begin the process, actually begin the pricing of carbon and send a signal to the marketplace,” he said. (A: It’s amazing too… See, once something is on the books and the public have done it for a few months it becomes normal. We adapt, unfortunately, to anything; at least those who are in the matrix world. They truly adapt. As Darwin said, mankind is the most adaptable species on the planet.)
Kerry’s bill includes a cap-and-trade program for power plants (A: The energy is going to go up for everybody.) and eventually large factories and some other industrial facilities. The bill’s emissions cap also covers motor fuels (A: There is your gasoline.), but it contains measures to shield fuel producers from swings in the carbon market.
Kerry’s comments come ahead of a White House meeting Wednesday between President Barack Obama and a bipartisan group of senators, including Kerry, to discuss energy.
White House Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel said Friday that an emissions cap applied only to electric utilities would be welcomed as a topic for discussion. (A: But it’s going to go across the board to affect everything… everything. And it’s intended to do that of course, as you well know.)
Now, how far do they go with socialized health care? It sounds wonderful. In a real world it would be nice wouldn’t it? In a real world where they really meant to use your tax money by putting it back IN to society – if they are going to tax you at all that is, if they even give you an option but they don’t. If they put it back into society and you got it back on the things that you need in society for emergencies, wouldn’t it be nice? Of course they don’t bring in national health care systems for that reason at all. HG Wells explained it, so did Lenin and others. They said that these services would become authorities over the people. And the more injections they give us, the sicker we become; the more sterile we become as well. And a lot of people literally become, I hate to say the word dumber, but we do. We do. There is no doubt that autism IS connected with it because autism was a very rare thing when I was young, very rare. We didn’t have all these different degrees of attention deficit and hyperactivity disorders and all that kind of stuff. They are giving more and more and more injections to the children all the time.
They cut back on everything… yeah, you can get a quick abortion in national socialist countries; a very quick abortion. You can get a quick vasectomy. You can get your tubes tied very quickly. No problem at all; no waiting list there. But you can’t get any serious treatment done like operations that are really vital to save your life, that kind of stuff. After all, it’s to do with depopulation, not keeping you alive. How far does it go? Well, here is the next part, in Britain for instance.
Medicine vending machines that dispense prescriptions 24 hours a day go on trial
By Sean Poulter / dailymail.co.uk / 22nd June 2010
For those who desperately need their prescription medicine, the notion of travelling miles to find a chemist (A: That’s a pharmacy.) open is only likely to add to their anxiety.
But a dispenser is to go on trial in the UK which will offer medicines at any time of the day or night.
Initially the machines will be put into five hospitals.
However, the company behind them hopes they can also be installed in high streets, shopping malls and rural locations.
Their arrival in Britain has been supported by the UK Government and Department of Health.
But there are concerns they could put chemists (A: Pharmacists.) out of business and that patients could be left unable to get advice from a local pharmacist.
The dispensers come in two models, a smaller one holding 330 packs and a larger one with 2,000. (A: I guess they are expecting a lot of business; 2,000, eh?)
Users insert their prescription into the machine and pick up a telephone to access a live video link to a registered pharmacist. (A: Probably in another country as well, that it will be and they can hardly speak the language.)
The pharmacist will check the prescription and ensure those who have to pay have done so before allowing the machine to dispense the drugs.
The dispenser, which costs around £50,000, (A: Somebody got a good payoff there to put that through the National Health Service.) has been developed by the Canadian firm PharmaTrust. (A: I wonder if it’s made of metal; you could call it PharmaRust, eh. Anyway…)
This is how things really work in the real world. It’s to do with payoffs at the top. Whenever you have a pyramid structure in any sector, like medicine, they don’t have to lobby all those down below. They just go to the ones at the top and lobby them and give them the payoffs and in it goes. That goes the same with the military too and everything else that big business wants to do. So whether you are selling missiles or drugs, you just go to the top boys, at the National Health Service system, and somebody will get awfully rich off of it; I’m sure of that… if they can keep them there. They must be really safeguarded with cameras on them and everything because even the old cigarette machines used to get broken into all the time. We live in a strange world, don’t we? A strange world where we just accept what comes down the pike from our lords and masters without much of a whimper. We are TRAINED that way, you see. We are trained to just accept things and once things have that strange title of LAW we simply obey and say, well, what can you do… what can you do… That’s how people are. You hear it all the time.
They floated the idea in the States of Value Added Tax. Well you see, for the world community as it was set up by the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations, they said there would have to be basically a form of taxation. They came up with the idea of Value Added Tax. By the way, when you read their old books they admit proudly that they were the ones who brought into the United States and Britain income tax. Their members put the bills through into their Congress and Parliament. They also came up with the idea of property tax. So here they go with the Value Added Tax. Now, most countries, all the countries in Europe that join the European Union have to put in a Value Added Tax. They start it fairly low usually and then put it up, and they start it off initially on a few objects and then it goes on to everything including your food, and your postage stamps. In Britain they’ve already got it. In Canada, they have a General Sales Tax. When Brian Mulroney was in as the Prime Minister they tried to get Value Added Tax through and everybody said no. So he changed the name to General Sales Tax. So we do have it here. It’s to go up here in July in Canada. Getting back to Britain, this is from Bloomberg.
Osborne (A: I guess he’s the Chancellor, or whatever, for Britain.) Increases U.K. Value-Added Tax Rate to 20% (A: From 17.5%. That’s 20% on every purchase. It’s an overt tax which does not include all the hidden taxes already there.)
June 22, 2010 / businessweek.com / By Andrew Atkinson
June 22 (Bloomberg) — British Chancellor of the Exchequer George Osborne increased the value-added tax rate to 20 percent from 17.5 percent in the first permanent change to the levy on sales of goods and services in almost two decades.
“The years of debt and spending make this unavoidable,” Osborne told Parliament in London in his emergency budget today as he announced a package of spending cuts and tax increases to cut the U.K.’s record deficit.
I love how they… these governments… Don’t you realize that government is the problem? If it worked we would never be in constant, incredible debt getting worse all the time, would we? So why would you vote for people who always make things worse? Because you are trained to, and you can’t imagine any other system. That’s why. So “The years of debt and spending make this unavoidable,” here they are paying for roads to get built across other countries in Europe and they can’t even build their own roads in Britain. And we are doing the same thing here in Canada through the different treaties like GATT. As I say, we build Candu reactors for the Chinese and the taxpayers pay for it in Canada. Meanwhile, they will not fix the reactors we have here; they close them down and say they are too old and they can’t find the money to fix them, as they bring us down to a third world status, which is the agenda. It IS the agenda folks… and we’ll just accept that. As I say, it’s to come into the States as well. I’d love to see how they’ll introduce that, on top of carbon taxes and everything. Maybe they’ll sneak it in with the carbon taxes and call it something else. No doubt they will.
What a world we live in. We live in a Mickey Mouse la-la land. And most folk live in la-la land; they don’t live in any kind of real reality at all, with fiction shown all the time. People can remember the first Seinfeld movie but they can’t remember what happened 10 years ago, or 15, in any major way whatsoever. Everything is very vague in their mind, if you can stimulate it at all to remember. It’s very vague. People are being taught to be powerless. They forget they have power. They have been trained, for an awful long time that they are there to serve government and you simply obey government, rather than government is supposed to be there to serve you.
A hundred years ago authors wrote books on democracy. They said eventually and inevitably those with the biggest groups would hold the power. Today the biggest groups are the non-governmental organizations because they are affiliated with groups across the world and now make up global groups. So they are funded by the foundations to make sure they demand and lobby for the very agendas that the governments WANT to hear them lobby about. They are only too happy to sign them into law… with the environment, taxation, new system, depopulation, and all the rest of it. There is an article here as well on Sandia National Laboratory. I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show, remember.
Sandia and U.S. Army’s America’s Army simulation helps Special Forces learn adaptive thinking and cultural awareness
(A: That’s so they can go abroad and con folk and kill them with more efficiency.)
NEWS RELEASES – FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
sandia.gov / July 26, 2005
(A: I’ll be back with more of this when I get back from this break.)
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about a new strategy for the military, a new training exercise, technique. It’s from the Sandia National Laboratories. Sounds like a very benign place, Sandia, but they are into nano-technology and whole bunch of different things, highly scientific organization, incredibly funded actually. It says…
ALBUQUERQUE, N.M. — U.S. Special Forces soldiers are getting a unique education in adaptive thinking, negotiation, conflict resolution, and leadership within cross-cultural settings as a result of a new multiplayer computer simulation.
Developed by a team from the National Nuclear Security Administration’s Sandia National Laboratories, the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School, and the U.S. Army’s Office of Economic Manpower Analysis (OEMA) (A: very interesting…) and its America’s Army Government Applications team, the Adaptive Thinking and Leadership (ATL) simulation uses computer game technology to train Special Forces soldiers in critical skills. (A: They’ll probably end up blunting any human emotional abilities left in you, I would imagine.)
“This Adaptive Thinking and Leadership simulation is the only simulation focused on interpersonal flexibility and strategic communication in cross-cultural settings,” says Dr. Elaine Raybourn, Sandia research scientist and project lead of the Special Forces ATL simulation development effort.
“Adaptive thinking is critical for special forces soldiers as they embark on missions around the world,” she says. “This simulation offers highly interactive communications exercises in learning to respect and work with other cultures. (A: Well, what are they going over there to do? What do you think they are going over there to do with other cultures?) Communication skills and interpersonal adaptability are paramount in successfully achieving Special Forces objectives.” (A: It’s kill and destroy and achieve and conquer. I mean, that’s it isn’t it?)
The Adaptive Thinking and Leadership simulation is designed to allow players to discover their strengths and weaknesses in mental agility, cultural awareness, interpersonal adaptability, and communication. By role-playing in a dynamically changing environment, users sharpen their ability to anticipate the consequences of different courses of action to problems that may not have a “right” answer.
So, there you go. Again, more depersonalization courses on the go… because that’s really what it’s about isn’t it? Your teams are trained to do nothing but, as I say, conquer, kill, and destroy, and win. That’s it. By any and all means possible. And the only law there is in Special Forces is necessity, the law of necessity, whatever it takes at the time YOU DO. That means literally doing things which are abhorrent in any natural setting. You must put all emotions to the side, to conquer for your masters. But you get little tin stars and stuff like that if you do your job well. They might even give you a little brass band once in a while in a ceremony. Then you can go home and boast about it forever to your people who are probably all paying carbon taxes and extra, different fees just to survive as the prices go up and up and up.
It’s ridiculous, isn’t it? …how we are trained to do all the things for the masters above that you never even hear their real names, who they really are? Unless you go into some of the books and look at some of the very old families but they are never in the newspapers. They own the controlling shares of every big international corporation there is and the controlling shares are never sold on the market… so they never lose… and never lose out when there are any crashes either. They pull out long before that happens, generally 4 years in advance. But that’s the reality of the world that we live in.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
i folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 23, 2010. Newcomers, as always – and there are lots of newcomers coming in all the time – I advise you to go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the other sites I’ve got up there because I do have problems with the main sites once in a while. This way you can get the latest shows from the alternate sites should I go down again. [Official sites listed above.] While you are there, look into the books, CDs and DVDs I have for sale; some of these disks have 50 shows or more on them. That is how I keep going is by selling those and also by the occasional donation I get as well. I don’t accept money from advertisers. Every other host does; that’s how they make their living and that’s okay. But this way I’ve got a freer hand to do different things and say other things as well. I’m not beholden to people to sponsor me and sort of go along with them. See, everything in the world is politics. Everything is politics and once, basically, you have agreements with people, you go along with certain things, even if it is against maybe even your conscience. So I’ve got a freer hand to do what I want. The ads you hear on this show are paid by advertisers directly to RBN for their staff, time, equipment, their broadcast and their bills. So it’s up to you help me with mine and I’d appreciate it if you do buy the books, etc that I have listed on the web site. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
Remember, these books are different. I don’t bore you with all the facts of history that we are given, which is mainly nonsense anyway. I show you the techniques of control. Control, really, has altered its techniques down through the ages from basic forms of religion, basic forms of secret societies. And ALL groups who become very wealthy always have a secret society or a cartel even, or a club or whatever they want to call themselves, or a G20 is a good example, because they have secrets and they don’t want the public to know about them. Therefore they develop their little signs and symbols and little buzzwords and terms and phrases so that they all know who each other are and if they are on board with the same agenda. This is standard all down through the ages. You find The Equestrian Order in ancient Rome, for the Nobility as well, with initiations, that happened in a field, with a grand master, and all that kind of stuff. So I show you the techniques that have been used right up to the present. Today of course they don’t need so much secrecy in a sense. They simply have their G8s, G20s, but there are even more important ones above them that never go into the newspapers because all these elected people are responsible to masters and the masters are the ones who put them in power and that’s not the public. That’s really how it works.
A New World Order means precisely that. It’s not just a new world order of a global society, it’s a PLANNED, SCIENTIFICALLY PLANNED, EXPERTLY RUN society. That, supposedly, is the whole idea of it. It’s also a depopulation program because they’ve never been shy at telling us that eugenics is a big part of their agenda. They have achieved much of it already and most folk don’t even know that. They have been living through it in fact, because with the declining birth rates always given every year by the United Nations and the reasons for massive immigration to make up for the children we are not having, that shows you that it’s actually working. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I should also mention too that in the web site you’ll see alanwattsentientsentinel.eu listed as well. That site has all the same audios for download but it has the addition of transcripts in a variety of languages to choose from, of a lot of the talks I’ve given. All the other sites have the audios and transcripts in English only. So that’s another one to look at.
Talking about the system that runs us, of course we all know it’s done in secrecy, semi-secrecy really because the books put out by members of the big groups are put out every single year. They used to go to libraries and most folk never, ever read them; they are too dry and too boring. I think too, because you are looking at something that seems almost like science fiction, you can’t really relate to it, the things that are going to happen in the future, albeit the short-term future. It’s too remote or foreign to them that they can’t really believe that people will pull it off. It’s too unreal. In fact, that’s the technique that they rely upon, is our disbelief. We go into disbelief and that’s why they can pull it off indeed.
When you look at the amount of meetings, just the G20 alone has per year, across the world, and all the sub meetings of the other G8 and all the rest of it that goes on, it’s phenomenal. They are part of a global structure system of Trilateral Commission, Council on Foreign Relations members; all hand picked basically by their masters to make sure they are going to push for global government, something that Cecil Rhodes was talking about over 100 years ago and dedicated his fortune to it through Rhodes Scholarships. You’ll find a lot of the US senators in fact are actually Rhodes Scholars and many of the top brass at the bureaucratic level are also Rhodes Scholars. These Rhodes Scholars are dedicated to global governance. They are released into the public, all the doors are opened to them when they come out of university, and they take their places and they work there for their entire lives, in other governments, again, behind the scenes in a high bureaucracy. That’s where they go.
What do you need to be a front man, a politician? Well, politicians are basically liars. That’s what they do. They lie to the public. I’ve gone through their personality so many times, about psychopathy and how the book Political Ponerology, for instance – is an excellent book, an excelling primer – to show you the studies that have been done on psychopaths, especially politicians, in all countries, and ones from recent and previous times. They all have that ability to lie, without flinching, without embarrassment. There is something missing in them basically. But they will do what they are told by their great paymaster. They are given lots of rewards to make sure that they are quite happy in their little jobs. Of course whatever they are up into sexually is always covered up for them too and their sexual preferences are provided to them; Bill Clinton was a great example of that.
At one time lying used to be frowned upon. Of course we even had the impression in public life that that’s the last person you want in there is a liar. But not really. That’s the way it’s really always been in the world of politics. Read your history books. Read the different write-ups and books about politicians in the past and you’ll find that they’ve never been liked because they are always liars. They always promise you everything that you want to hear and then they get in and they are managed by those behind them. They slap on extra taxes and you end up with less freedoms and money than you had before. Here is an article to do with that, how now they are actually approving of liars. It’s from Yahoo.
Little liars grow up to be great leaders
May 17 / itn.co.uk
Researchers have found that the ability to tell fibs (Alan: That’s lies.) at the age of two is a sign of a fast-developing brain and means children are more likely to have successful lives.
A team of Canadian academics have found that the more plausible the lie, the more quick-witted they will be in later years and the better their ability to think on their feet.
“Parents should not be alarmed if their child tells a fib,” said Dr Kang Lee, director of the Institute of Child Study at Toronto University who carried out the research. (A: Well how can we believe him? Maybe he’s another liar… and he’s promoting it.) “Almost all children lie. Those who have better cognitive development lie better because they can cover up their tracks. They may make bankers in later life.” (A: Well that might be very well true.)
Lying involves multiple brain processes, such as integrating sources of information and manipulating the data to their advantage. (A: They do that all the time with statistics and stuff, and graphs like the hockey stick graphs to do with the global warming.) It is linked to the development of brain regions that allow executive functioning and use higher order thinking and reasoning.
Dr Lee and his team tested 1,200 children aged two to 16 years old. They found at the age of two, 20 per cent of children will lie. This rises to 50 per cent by three and almost 90 per cent at four. The most deceitful age, they discovered, was 12, when almost every child tells lies.
Researchers say there is no link between telling fibs in childhood and any tendency to cheat in exams or to become a fraudster later in life. (A: And I’m sure that’s been disproven before by other grant-laden studies that wanted a different version.)
It’s interesting, they are telling you it’s okay now for children to lie. I can remember when Dr Spock was on the go; that’s after the Kinsey Report – and they fudged all the data for Kinsey – to try and convince people, especially women, they were missing something out in their sex life if they weren’t rutting around like rabbits. He used prostitutes and pedophiles, in prison in fact, AS ordinary people. That’s what he used for his study. He also paid people to assault children, I mean babies folks, and have sex with them. The guy was a perv himself, an utter perv. He preferred guys of course, but he seemed to have a thing for children too. If he wasn’t at least caught doing it himself, he certainly was exposed as paying others to do it. That’s how they did that, for the sexual thing and that became almost the new norm. Everybody was quoting Kinsey and it was all made-up nonsense by a bunch of pervs. But it was intended to do that. They tried that in Germany in the 1920s with a doctor there that came out with the same kind of stuff. Actually, the book burnings that you see generally in the Nazi films, it was his books that were getting burned; that’s the pile that you see getting burned in that famous clip they always show you. He had a Museum of Sexual Perversions with all kinds of contraptions and stuff. He did sex operations on people back then and changed them from one gender to the next; that’s by the side… that’s by the side.
Then after that of course, out came Spock. Spock was to convince the women that they couldn’t manage their children or given them the morals and values. No, here is how you treat children, let them do what they want. Then that is what happened. A generation grew up like psychopaths, which is exactly what government wanted because in came the agencies to deal with all the fallout. You see how they do it? They are excellent planners at the top. Eventually there was hardly a person who wasn’t trying to treat their children like their best friend. That’s what they were told to do. A child is a child, it doesn’t have the brain of an adult; it’s still developing so it shouldn’t be your best friend. In that sense, you don’t sit and tell the child all your problems. You’ve got to be in charge of the child for that child’s own good. At the end of his life, Spock said that we’ve raised a nation, a generation of psychopaths. He admitted that. But he had done his job, just like Kinsey had done his job. They were heavily funded, again, by the Rockefeller Foundation… that said what, a long time ago? They must destroy the family unit.
So there you go. Lying is a good thing. And speaking of liars, let’s go into the G20 meeting where all the politicians are meeting. There are liars from around the world. It says here, from the Toronto Star. The Toronto Star used to be the communist paper at one time. They always give you a star, a red star paper and a ‘sun’ that is supposed to be the right wing. I believe The Sun was taken over by the left wing so I guess it’s a bit darker.
G20 summit security to be ‘massive’
Inner security zone will be protected by a 3-metre fence and five layers of security
March 23, 2010 / thestar.com / Jennifer Yang
Access to the innermost security zone during the G20 weekend (A: It’s only for a couple of days… really, one day. $1.1 Billion…) will be controlled by a 3-metre-high fence and five levels of security screening, a summit official said Tuesday.
These were among the few details shared with more than 100 property managers and company representatives who attended Tuesday morning’s “G20 summit preparedness workshop,” hosted by the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA).
They go into their spiel there about the different kind of security they are going to have but they don’t go into it in much depth. It’s more of a PR for the building managers association. There is a better site here. It’s from the University of Toronto and it’s the official site for the G20 Information Centre. I’ll put all these links up my web site at the end of the show. This G20 Information Centre is well worth going through because you’ll see the previous meetings and all the rest of it. You can download PDFs from their talks. It’s all about global governance; you’ll see it there, global governance and global economic governance as well. That’s all that’s through it is global governance, global governance, and global economic governance. That’s everything folks. That’s what it’s for.
What is the G20?
G20 Information Centre provided by the G20 Research Group
g20.utoronto.ca
Now, do any of these liars, these politicians, mention that they are going to push all this for global governance when they run for election? Nope. Nope. Suddenly they are all nationalistic and keep mentioning the name of their country just to make sure you associate the two of them together and all that kind of stuff. They never mention the G20 or the G8 or anything else that’s on the go. Never. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and just going through the G20 paraphernalia here, all the stuff they give out to the public. This article here is from their main site and you have to go into it – if you are interested at all, most folk aren’t. They don’t really care, most people, who runs them or runs the world just as long as they can play. If you want to go into it, you’ll find all these different things on global governance. Yesterday I mentioned the Sherpas, the higher bureaucrats that run across the world and work out all the big things that will be signed at this particular meeting. That’s all politicians do is eat and drink and make merry and sign things that are put in front of them by the other guys who do the real work, the real handlers. And they have all these other ones working for them across the world too. Here is one you’ll see on this one for their own web site. You can download that. It says…
Potential Partnership in Global Economic Governance:
Canada’s G20 Summit from Toronto to Turkey
John Kirton Co-director, G20 Research Group
(A: There’s a whole… there is another government involved here. See, the world government is already here, these layers of bureaucrats that don’t work for any particular country. It says…)
Paper prepared for a presentation at TEPAV, Ankara, and DEIK, Istanbul, Turkey, June 7-8, 2010. Version of June 13, 2010.
Introduction
The Challenge
In less than two weeks the most powerful leaders of the world’s 20 most systemically significant countries arrive in Toronto, Canada for their fourth summit of the Group of Twenty (G20). (A: There is another thing they use too. You see, the big boys use, they used to use CLUBS for their little cliques, mainly clubs based in London at one time. Then they used COMMITTEES; they also had committees. Bertrand Russell, while he was working for MI5 also ran the Committee of 100 that was the real radical groups that would storm the US air bases in Britain and knock down their fences. He was in charge of that. So he ran both sides, MI5 and that, at the same time. That’s standard though. This one calls themselves a Group of 20. There are also groups of 5s and groups of 3s. It says…) It will be their first meeting of the newly proclaimed permanent priority centre of international economic co-operation, the first co-chaired by an established and emerging economy, and the first held in tight tandem with the older, smaller Group of Eight (G8) major power democracies. (A: What they mean is the redistribution of wealth; I’m just reinterpreting it for you.)
In Toronto the G20 leaders will confront several critical global challenges. The first is the European-turned-global financial crisis, erupting in May even before the previous American-turned-global financial crisis of 2007-9 had been solved. (A: It still isn’t solved.) The second is the devastation to trade, investment and development that these financial-turned-economic crises cause. The third is the environmental and social problems they exacerbate, from climate change (A: That’s a priority now, this nonsense of global warming and the carbon energy taxes that are coming.) and energy to food and health. (A: You are going to get rationing down the road, as I have said. To control the world they’ve got to use food and the Council on Foreign Relations has had a think tank, a separate think tank working on that for the last 15 years, the coming food shortages. Go into their own web site at Chatham House and see it for yourself.) And the fourth is strengthening the G20 itself and the international financial institutions (A: That means signing treaties. We are all under a World Bank folks.) and other global bodies more generally, to govern more effectively, equitably and accountably today’s complex, uncertain, intensely interconnected world. (A: And so on and so on and so on. Read it all for yourself.)
Some of them are worth wading through all the boring stuff that they have there to find out what they are really up to. And all they do is reaffirm that you are ALREADY GLOBAL; you have been for some time. And yes, they are basically running every country’s economic system through their central banking system all the way up to The World Bank and through The World Bank. They are going to make sure that’s even tighter in a sense, with all the new treaties they will sign. We are already under global government; there is no doubt about it. You’ll have to look through it for yourself. As I say, for those that dare… most folk don’t really. They want to howl and yell about things but they don’t really want to know the nitty-gritty of what’s really happening.
What’s interesting too, there was an earthquake apparently in the Ontario region, up through and into Quebec, Canada today. I didn’t know; I didn’t know a darn thing. It says…
The day central Canada felt the earth move
(A: Maybe that’s… what they are saying at the G20, maybe God isn’t too happy with them… and they are sending off a hit squad off to try and knock Him off…
you know, as part of the security measures.)
ca.news.yahoo.com / By James Mccarten, The Canadian Press
TORONTO – Cars were shaken from their parking spots, buildings cracked and residents ran through the streets Wednesday as a magnitude 5.0 earthquake left a small town in western Quebec in a state of emergency and much of central Canada wondering what in the world was going on.
The damage appeared to be concentrated in Gracefield, Que., a tiny municipality of just over 2,300 not far from the epicentre of the temblor, which was located about 60 kilometres north of Ottawa and about 18 kilometres beneath the surface of the earth. (A: They felt it all the way down to Toronto apparently from anything from 30 seconds to a minute to a minute and a half. So it’s one of these rare events we get. But I’m sure the religious ones can read something into it… and those that wish for other things to happen, maybe you can wish for a bit more. [Alan laughing.])
Here’s another thing too, on the G20 on the businesses.
Toronto’s downtown banks empty out ahead of G20
June 23, 2010 / reuters.com
TORONTO, June 23 (Reuters) – Business owners, bankers and brokers who normally throng Toronto’s busy financial district have made themselves scarce ahead of this weekend’s Group of Twenty summit, in the face of a growing police presence and planned protests. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. We’re back again, Cutting Through The Matrix and reading an article from Reuters on the G20 to do with business being shut down basically because of all this massive security. It’s gone on all week even though the meeting doesn’t happen until the weekend. All the traffic is disrupted; they’ve got these big massive fences up. They’ve got cages up for protesters; they always have these collapsible cages they drag in now and throw you in like monkeys in a cage, in a zoo. But then they are using stun guns too, which are just cattle prods. So that’s how the public are being treated now. And we are getting used to that each time we see these things on television or wherever you get your news from. We are being trained that this is the new way.
It mentions how the banking staff have dressed down. That’s standard too; they do that in all countries, where they try and look like ordinary folk wearing sort of ordinary clothing rather than the Brioni and Canali suits that they generally wear and stuff like that. They don’t want to be conspicuous to the protesters who are maybe a bit peeved at all the bailouts they’ve had to pay for their expensive suits and holidays and bonuses and stuff like that. It says here…
With security worries mounting and traffic disruptions expected to increase, banks are shutting downtown branches and have told many employees to work from home.
The few that have shown up for work have dressed down, swapping expensive Brioni and Canali suits for casual Polo shirts and slacks to avoid making themselves targets of protesters who have promised to disrupt the downtown ahead of and during the June 26-27 Toronto summit.
The smaller summit (A: There is actually a smaller group…) of the rich Group of Eight (A: AS the G20 goes on, they also have the Group of 8…) countries will take place in the resort town of Huntsville, Ontario, 215 km (135 miles) north of Toronto, just ahead of the broader G20 gathering.
“Business has virtually stopped this week. Clients say they’re working from home, but for a lot of them, home happens to be (summer cottages) for the week,” said John Ing, president of Toronto investment dealer Maison Placements. (A: I guess this is also… It’s amazing how they get little ads in all the write-ups, isn’t it? …for their clients.)
“Meetings have been postponed, because restaurants are closed.” (A: It’s disrupting the whole major city, for this incredible extravaganza, this blowout of tax money for all these supposed servants of the peoples from across the world. Quite something isn’t it?)
Now, there are reports coming out of Israeli papers, just now – just right now in fact – that the Israeli Air Force has landed at the Saudi base where they are supposedly going to amass for the attack on Iran. This is…
Reports: IAF Landed at Saudi Base, US Troops near Iran Border
Tammuz 11, 5770, 23 June 10 by Tzvi Ben Gedalyahu / israelnationalnews.com
The Israeli Air Force recently unloaded military equipment at a Saudi Arabia base, a semi-official Iranian news agency claimed Wednesday, while a large American force has massed in Azerbaijan, which is on the northwest border of Iran.
Both reports follow by less than a week the Pentagon’s confirmation that an unusually large American fleet sailed through the Suez Canal Saturday. Several reports stated that an Israeli ship joined the armada.
The Pentagon played down the news, saying the American maneuvers were routine. (A: Yeah, right!) However, a report by Iran on Wednesday that it has enriched dozens of pounds of 17 per cent enriched uranium serves as a reminder that time is running out to stop Iran from being able to produce a nuclear weapon. (A: That’s nonsense because even if they managed to get 20% it’s way below what you would need, WAY, WAY BELOW what you’d need for a nuclear weapon. They know that too.)
Iran’s Fars News Agency said the Israeli military aircraft landed 10 days ago at the Saudi base near the city of Tabuk, located in northwest Saudi Arabia, one of the closest areas in the oil kingdom to Iran.
Fars said that the Tabuk base will be the central station for an Israeli attack on Iran. It quoted an Islamic news site that a commercial airline passenger said the airport in Tabuk was closed to all other traffic during the alleged Israeli landings. The passenger said that “no reasonable explanation” was given for shutting down the airport and those passengers were compensated financially and booked in four-star hotels.
So, it’s interesting to see… because they’ve just really intensified the food going in and the medicine going into Iran and them selling anything out to keep themselves alive. That’s what the embargo is all about. So it will be interesting to see if they are going to do a fast shortcut here, and before public opinion builds against them, and simply invade there. Interesting to see how they will play this one out. I’m sure it’s all planned down to the smallest detail, all the scenarios. I know that some people will be pretty dismayed if they don’t let it play out, with the embargoes and starve them to death. Madeline Albright is on NATO now; she’s on the panel, the top chiefs of staff at NATO. She loves starving people to death because she said so basically in an interview when they were starving the Iraqis and she was in charge of that embargo. When she was asked if half a million women and children have died so far because they can’t get medicine or food, is that worth it? She says, oh, perfectly. So that’s Madeline getting disappointed at a fast invasion here. Because psychopaths run the world, you see.
There is a little article on Maurice Strong. It’s a PR piece; you know, he’s a nice guy sort of stuff, from the Guardian. The Guardian is all on board and paid by the big boys for being all for global warming stuff, and environment, and depopulation and so on. So they don’t do anything that really matters. So here is a typical PR piece that tells you nothing about Maurice Strong. Apparently Maurice Strong came on in response to Glenn Beck – this is how they are running it here – who criticized him.
Environment Climate change Maurice Strong:
Ignore Glenn Beck – I don’t want to rule the world (A: No, his boss will.)
What I do want, says the man self-labelled ‘the planet’s leading environmentalist’, is for nations to co-operate fully on issues they cannot deal with alone
guardian.co.uk / Leo Hickman guardian.co.uk, Wednesday 23 June 2010
Maurice Strong, shakes hands in 1992 in Rio with Brazilian indigenous tribe chief Kanhok Caiapo. Photograph: Antonio Scorza/AFP (A: They show you all the photographs of him doing his high chutzpa stuff.)
Maurice Strong, the founding executive director of the United Nations Environment Programme and self-proclaimed “world’s leading environmentalist”, has hit back at his critics in a rare interview with the Guardian.
Responding to internet speculation and repeated attacks by prominent rightwing climate sceptics (A: It’s funny how, if you’re a skeptic you’re right wing, isn’t it? You see how they play all this nonsense? Does that mean if you’re a left wing you’re automatically believing everything you are told from the top?) that he is using the climate change issue to establish a global government, the 81-year-old Canadian, who organised both the Stockholm Conference on the Human Environment in 1972 and the Rio Earth Summit in 1992, said his only motivation was to alert the world that mankind’s current actions are environmentally unsustainable. (A: No. He’s done an awful lot more than that, folks.)
“I’ve always made it clear that I do not believe that global government is either necessary or feasible,” said Strong, who was a key official at the UN for decades until his retirement in 2005. (A: And he’s not retired, folks.)
“What I do believe is that we need a system of global governance (A: See, there you go.) through which nations can co-operate and deal with issues they cannot deal with alone. Maybe that statement is too sophisticated for some, but it shouldn’t be.” (A: So he won’t explain what he means.)
Last month, Glenn Beck, the conservative Fox News host and popular US talk radio presenter, portrayed Strong as a malevolent figure using his UN contacts to bring about the “collapse” of the world’s “industrialised civilisations”.
Beck said: “[Strong is] involved in collapsing the global economies into the hands of a global government.”
Last year, Lord Monckton, the prominent climate sceptic who recently became the deputy leader of the UK Independence Party, accused Strong during a US TV programme of being a central figure in a “collusion” between UN officials, business leaders and scientists to use climate change as a device to make money. (A: Well they are making a lot of money off it too, although Strong is a good liar. He will deny that. He lied at a very young age, about the age of 2 I think.)
Strong, a former oil and utilities industry executive who is currently a director of the Chicago Climate Exchange (A: Along with Al Gore of course.), North America’s only exchange trading credits for greenhouse gas emissions, rejected the accusation.
“It’s true that I do get a modest fee from Chicago Climate Exchange, which I helped [to found], because I believe the cap-and-trade system, while not perfect, is one of the best ways to ensure that people have the incentive to reduce their emissions at the lowest cost,” he said. (A: Meaning, by punishing you and jacking everything up so that he can profit off it.)
“That’s a long way from suggesting that I could invent the climate change issue to make profit.
“I have business interests, but they are pretty modest (A: Oh, ho, yeah, he definitely lied at 6 months folks. I’ve changed by mind; it’s 6 months that this guy started.) and I believe that business has to contribute to the solutions. To do that, they have to be profitable.” (A: You know, when he was brought over to dismantle the publicly owned electrical system of Ontario, the entire Ontario, the whole of Ontario. They brought him over; Bob Rae made him the chairman of it. They found out after, here he was on 2 salaries; one from Ontario for being the head of it and one from the United Nations because he was still head of The World Bank or something like that. So he made a deal when the scandal broke and he says, okay, I’ll stay on and privatize this industry for $1 a week or whatever it was. That’s no kidding. That’s how honest this guy is. But he didn’t tell you beforehand he was taking 2 salaries.)
Strong also rejected internet speculation by conspiracy theorists (A: Oh, conspiracy theories…) that he is a member of clandestine groups, such as the Bilderberg Group and the Illuminati. “I have got lots of connections, but they’re not amongst them,” he said. (A: No. He’s only one of the favorites of the Rockefellers. In fact, they picked him up as a young man. They started him off and put him into the oil industry to get the feel of how the big boys work. Then they sent him on his way to be head of environmental movements and so on.)
On the issue of whether humanity can tackle the environmental challenges he believes it now faces, Strong was downbeat.
“Analytically, I’m pessimistic,” he said. “I believe the odds are against us for making the changes we need to make in time. (A: Then, when you scroll down, he blames it mainly on overpopulation, of course. How many children do you have Maurice? Do you want to tell them all? No, I’m sure he doesn’t, but you can look it up for yourself.)
The world that we are growing up in, this world is one where we are being killed off. I’m fed up going through the statistics and stuff, The Disappearing Male from the CBC, and all the other scientific data that’s been presented, plus the UN’s own report that Westerners are basically becoming sterile. It’s a big mystery why. They are not really concerned about it, which tells you of course, that it’s part of the agenda; otherwise it would be a crisis obviously. Right? It’s not a crisis so it’s normal, therefore it’s meant to happen and they know what’s causing it in that case too.
They are also giving you all kinds of new injections and the children, I’m not kidding you, they are like pin cushions before they are 6 months old now. Pharma is part of the Military-Industrial Complex. You’d better do your homework and look into the history of the big pharma companies in World War II and onwards and you’ll find out what they were up to. These are the companies that have what are classified as 5 and 6 and 7 scheduled containment facilities. They have some of the world’s worst bacterium and they alter it, and they alter the viruses too, and it’s SIMPLE to alter a virus within an hour, into some killer, if you read your books on it. They do things like that. So they are involved in warfare facilities BY the warfare establishment. Why build your own when these guys already have all the facilities, you understand?
If you want to depopulate the world and sterilize them, and since they did talk about using needles in Bertrand Russell’s day and Julian Huxley’s day, well of course they’ve been doing it. How else would they get it into your system? By telling you that this is good for you and this is for polio and this is for this and that and so on. They can’t ask for volunteers… YET. They are almost ready now. They have conditioned a young group that it’s okay to become sterile. They are pushing the Gardasil and everything else that comes along the pike. With everyone that they put out, they keep telling you now you need boosters every year. They are actually pushing to get every ADULT with every kind of booster every year. Great business for pharma; public/private partnerships they call it, as they rule over the public. Not bad deals for them.
This article is…
NHS Trust suspends cervical cancer vaccinations after girl, 14, dies within hours of jab (A: That’s another one; they are dropping like flies.)
By Daniel Martin / dailymail.co.uk / 2nd October 2009
That was from 2009 and I read it at the time but there have been more since then. Because this one was so easy to prove what had caused it, they had to make a big deal out of it. Then they suspend it for 6 months. Since then they’ve actually carried on with it and other ones have just dropped dead a well. What they are saying of course, if you die within 24 hours it probably is not connected with the jab. You know… it’s just one of these coincidences. Disgusting eh? Just disgusting.
I’ll also put up the White House release. I mentioned it the other night of the synopsis of a new health care system basically. It says…
White House releases synopsis of new healthcare reform regulations
By Julian Pecquet – 06/22/10 / thehill.com
The White House has released a five-page fact sheet… (A: Which you can download. I’ll put the link up and you can download from it yourself to see the basic outline of it. I have people who work in the big insurance companies who’ve told me that it was their insurance companies that pushed for this health care system; it was not to help the public at all, believe you me.)
And just to add what it means to be on the international health care system, WHEN the IMF comes in and cuts back on everything, they always start with your health care. There are people in Britain now that have been told to go home if they need a urine sample, boil a jar, like a jam jar or something, and use that to take the specimens in with them now because they can’t afford the cheap plastic little containers. They cut back on everything. I’m not kidding. This is true. So this is what the US has got to look forward to, as it’s brought down.
And you know something, in the US you don’t know what’s coming down because you will not believe it. Only a few people can actually accept what’s happening. Most are in complete denial. They can’t believe that their way of life is going to be radically altered that fast. They can’t believe it. It will be interesting to see the rate that they do bring it all this stuff into the US. If they do it gradually, you’ll adapt and adapt and adapt until it’s normal. If they do it quickly, you might get a bit hysterical. But you have no idea, have NO idea what’s coming down the pike… now that you are completely socialized, openly, in a socialist system… scientific socialism.
There are articles out there too, about Royalty, just to throw it in at the end of the show, because they’ve asked for… I think the Queen asked personally for a £9.5 million paycheck for the year. You know, she wants a raise of a few more million pounds. But how do they spend their off-time here? This article is from the Mail Online. You see, you are untouchable above a certain level in the world; in every level, the laws never… they can’t apply to you.
Revealed: The Royals’ favourite nightclubs
and a culture of rampant drug abuse
By NATASHA PEARLMAN / 13 October 2007 / dailymail.co.uk
(A: This is what they do with themselves, when you are going through recessions and so on. Then they mention this darkened London nightclub…)
At a darkened London nightclub at 2am on a Wednesday morning, a crowd of twenty-something partygoers are dancing with utter abandon to the thumping beat of a fashionable rap song.
Champagne glasses, brimming with £500-a-bottle vintage Cristal, clink together as beautiful young girls chat to rich young men.
This is a place where Sloanes collide with Eurotrash, and the place reeks of money.
But if you want to seek out the true face of this painfully exclusive London haunt, take a look at the toilets. (A: Because that’s where it’s splattered with cocaine, along the walls and everything. I think the music is coming in; it’s very hard to hear. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. We’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just touching on how the Royals party and where they party, at least one place, one club in Britain. Of course they have them all over the place, all over the world as well. This reporter got in and he talks about the costs of it all and the cocaine that’s splattered all over the walls in the bathrooms, openly, and the cops will never go in there. Believe you me, never in a million years will they go in there, anywhere near there. They know which clubs to stay away from and where all the Lords go as well. He says…
I order a Lover’s Cup cocktail – at £21 a glass, one of the cheapest drinks on the menu – but before I can pay, a man, who I soon learn is a hedge fund manager (A: All these guys go there of course.), signals to the waiter and my money is ignored.
The amount is small change to a man who is about to rack up a bar bill which will total nearly £4,000. (A: That’s for a night, you know, that’s a night of drinks. Then he goes on about all the other costs there and how much Prince Harry put down; it was about £11,000 for a tab or something.)
You can’t imagine how these folks just laugh at us. Just laugh at the people, as you are put on extra taxes and Value Added Taxes. The Value Added Tax in Britain has gone up to 20% on every purchase… everything… food, everything. Now they are bringing it into Canada too in July… openly. They’ve already had it under GST but now they are openly going to call it the Value Added Tax. Apparently they want to bring it into the States as well and your prices will skyrocket for everything, postage stamps, everything 20% up… everything. Amazing, it’s just amazing.
The environmentalists, I should mention too, always do their big parades at the G20 and they get the big, big show parade because they are the clean little guys that are all authorized by the big foundations who have members inside the meetings of course. They get to see some of the leaders and talk nice little speeches that they give to them, all prewritten of course. They are the goody-goody-two-shoes because they demand that governments do exactly what the governments have been told to do by their bosses… and they sign these things into law. But if you want your own grant, do you realize all these groups are paid by grant-makers associations? I’ll put a link up called…
ega.org
The Environmental Grantmakers Association (EGA) was formed in 1987 with twelve member foundations (A: The usual guys.) from across the United States. Today, our members represent over 220 foundations from North America and around the world.
They’ve got billions to spare, folks, and you can create your own environmental lobby group as long as you agree to all their terms and what to push. If you are a good little front NGO you can make a living on their grants, quite well in fact. I’ll put that link up for you too, to show how the NGOs are funded. They fund ALL the big NGO groups in EVERY part of societal direction for lobbying. Amazing.
Then, as the US is going through all this, now we’ve got some city employees getting laid off. That would be quite something if you see most of them getting laid off across… we might not get so many tax bills and stuff. This is in Los Angeles.
Maywood to lay off all city employees, dismantle Police Department
(A: Because they are broke.)
June 22, 2010 / latimes.com
The city of Maywood will lay off all city employees and begin contracting police services with the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department effective July 1, officials said.
In addition to contracting with the Sheriff’s Department, the Maywood City Council voted unanimously Monday night to lay off an estimated 100 employees and contract with neighboring Bell, which will handle other city services such as finance, records management, parks and recreation, street maintenance and others.
You know, eventually you will get Halliburton running your country for you. You think I’m kidding? This will all come out. We’ll have one big corporation that will deal with all of this across the world, for every nation. That’s still to come folks.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 24, 2010. As always, I start off by suggesting that the newcomers that come into the show look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. You’ll find hundreds and hundreds of talks I’ve given over the past – I think it’s over 600 talks on there so far – and you can download them for free. It will take a long time to go through but you’ll certainly learn a lot at the same time about how the world really operates as opposed to how you are trained to see it. You are trained and augmented daily by your media and your news to keep the fake reality going, otherwise big con men couldn’t pull off world stunts on the scale that they do. It’s as simple as that. So go in there and bookmark all the sites you’ll see I have up there because there are problems once in a while with the .com site and at least you’ll have the other sites to pull down the latest shows. All these sites have the same audios and they have transcripts in English. If you want transcripts in other languages of a lot of the talks I’ve given, go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu. You’ll see that listed on the .com site as well, and help yourself to them for download and print up. [Official sites listed above.]
While you are there, go into the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale and please buy them or donate to me because that keeps me going. I don’t write in the usual fashion of dates and times and famous people. I show you techniques of conology, as it’s called. It’s the art of conning the public through generations, through thousands of years in fact, and various tricks of the trade that are used on the general public. While you read them it helps to deprogram you, to start the process. Your mind starts to think for itself and you’ll see things in your daily life that you never saw before in a completely different light. So go in there and buy the Cutting Through books that I’ve got for sale and the disks. Some of these disks have 50 shows on them, well worth buying for the future because who knows when the site will get pulled, with the new laws and regulations to do with the internet and its policing, etc. You all know the story. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN; I’ve got nothing to do with that. That pays for this air time, their staff, equipment and their bills at RBN and the broadcast. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
So it’s up to you to keep me going if you like what I’m saying. It’s a different way of seeing the world. I try to stay on a similar topic each night rather than give you the scattergun approach which really leaves you more confused. It actually helps the other side more than anything else when you are trembling with fear, getting attacked from a hundred different areas at once. I try to get on the same track with a different topic each night and bring in articles that are all kind of connected together to show you the tricks that are used upon you to control you. It’s very important that you keep your heads through all of this because as things go down and even the general media, you’ll start to really lose it with they hyper inflation coming, Value Added Taxes, more housing losses, rent will go out of sight – it already is incredible of course – and your food that has already doubled and it’s going to go much, much, much higher. They are bringing you down to the European standard and then down below even that. That’s what’s intended. That’s why you have the crashes and everything else. We are going through a New World Order, a planned society, a planned New World Order, a post-consumerist society in post-industrial era. That’s what it’s all about AND the reduction of population that goes with it. I’ll speak more about this after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve suggested different books over the years that people should read to get an idea of what’s happening today. A lot of the big boys themselves, who help plan this particular era and who worked with think tanks and implementation groups as well. They didn’t just sit and dream things up in the tanks. They have to go out and bring it into reality and ‘make it be’ or ‘make it so,’ as they love to say. That becomes your reality, whatever it happens to be, on a GRAND scale, a grand scale.
Most people out there really think they are so insignificant, especially the city dweller but that’s part of living in the city. It leads to a psychology of being diminished; you are a minute little being, in a cold environment, in a dog-eat-dog system, all based on money and if you don’t have rent you are out in the street and that’s just tough luck on you and you join a whole bunch of other people who are out on the street. That’s what the city does to you. You feel so insignificant; you are not in charge of your own destiny or even survival, which serves the masters very well. That’s why a long time ago they said they would put people into the cities. In Britain they did that mainly through the Corn Law Acts put out by Lord Rothschild. He was no sooner made a Lord and he was in Parliament and then he brought in the Corn Laws. That allowed them to dump foreign grain on the markets of Britain, and even meats and so on. That put the farmers out of business just in time to get them all to move into these red brick, terrible slum dwelling systems of row housing in the cities, these new cities they had built up for manufacturing. Literally, it was worked out in advance that way with the merchants of London. That’s how it’s done. You can literally alter whole countries if you have the power and the money. The money, everything beneath the money is ruled by the money. So it doesn’t matter about Parliaments, governments, whatever; money is the king, you see. Quite easy to do.
Bertrand Russell and many others worked in top think tanks. They interlaced with other ‘circles’ as they like to call them. He worked for the Macy Group. He worked for various groups to do with world government. He wanted depopulation. He also believed in an hereditary superiority. He was a third Earl Russell, later Lord Russell. They’d worked for generations along with British government in the real high departments of government, foreign office, trading and so on. He wrote about what was coming in various books: The Scientific Society was a very good one, The Impact of Science on Society, a whole range of books where he did say an awful lot of truth because to alter the world you have to understand how humans behave, en mass, and individually. Therefore, you’ve got to understand and publish a lot of truth at the same time. Mainly he was publishing this stuff for his own peer group. Most folk don’t read the books put out by these kinds of characters. They are too boring; they are not novels.
There is a write-up here from The Wise Up Journal going back to 2009 about Russell and I’ll touch on that and add to it tonight as well, because it’s very important to what is happening today. It says here…
An Earl’s insight of the dependent citizen
Wise Up Journal / 10.09.2009
Elitist Bertrand Russell, 3rd Earl Russell (1872-1970),
(Alan: He was active, by the way, right up until his death. He worked for MI5 during and after World War II. He also worked with the anti-war activists that were knocking down… the real radical group that knocked down fences at airports where the military bases were in Britain. So he ran both sides for the bosses… because they do run both sides. In one of the biographies, there are actually photographs of him heading what they called the Committee of 100. These were the radical groups that knocked down the fences and stormed the airports.)
was a Nobel Prize winner (A: Like all these crooks do.),
worked on the education of young children (A: What he actually did, he was given permission to experiment with young children in special schools, in ALL kinds of areas including the sexual areas. The idea was to see if they could overstimulate them sexually before they were in puberty with the idea of breaking down permanent bonding with any particular partner down the road because depopulation was one major theme throughout Russell and the groups that he worked with throughout their whole system of the coming government.)
and an award winner of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO).
(A: Along with Julian Huxley, the brother of Aldous Huxley; they both worked on the same topics, the same formats and, again, excessive sexual, sort of, hyper play. You see, any drive can be neuroticized and imprinted in the neuroticized fashion if it is started early enough. That goes for food, sex, everything. That’s why they really hit the children now with MTV and they really have the age groups out there from 6, 7, and the 8-12 year olds and so on. They’ve got it down to a fine art so that everyone emulates what they see.)
A highly respected man by the excessively rich dominant minority. He held views about the middle and lower classes some might describe as inhumane and others as psychopathic. (A: There is no doubt he was a psychopath, but his classed tended to be. Inbred too, very inbred.)
His obsession on studying human behaviour to better utilise human resources did lead to him publishing insightful if not troublesome realities of human psychology.
(A: They do give you a lot of truths about people. And you’ve got to understand, this is how the rulers see the people, as he writes this. It says…)
The domesticated and dependent city citizen
(A: See, once you are in a city, you are depended on the system and the job and employment, and rental accommodation usually. It’s artificial; you can’t even grow your own food to survive, generally, in a city.)
Page 44 of his book The Impact of Science on Society (1952) (ISBN 0-415-10906-X):
“In industry, the integration brought about by scientific technique (A: And technique is more than just putting nuts and bolts together. Scientific technique is about control, and all the methods of controlling humans.) is much greater [than agriculture] and more intimate. (A: Once you are into the city system it’s easier to control you because it changes you. And here is how it changes you…)
“One of the most obvious results of industrialism is that a much larger percentage of the population live in towns than was formerly the case. The town dweller is a more social being (A: See, to get on together without killing each other, when you are all squeezed together like that in a neuroticized fashion of hype and fear and envy and all the rest of it – and the fear comes from, again, sickness, losing your job, and all that kind of stuff. So you are more social…)
than the agriculturist, (A: The agriculturalists who live on the land have always fought the elite down through history. You get attached to the land. You are self-sufficient. That breeds a form of independence and it makes you stronger mentally, in a sense. You can take on the world if it comes against you and they often did in agricultural lands. In some parts of the world they still do. When Rome went down it wasn’t just, for instance, the fact that Alarus and different groups were attacking them, the Goths and the Visigoths and all that kind of stuff were attacking Rome. They also had the uprisings from the agrarian population that had to feed all of them and were getting taxed out of their homes. Also, the Senators in those days were taking over the lands through legalities – you know, the lawyers tricks – of the big farmers and grabbing the lands to add to their own estates. People who live on the land put up a good fight, you know. That’s why they’ve got to get them off the land for Agenda 21 at the United Nations.)
and is much more influenced (A: You see, you are INFLUENCED in the social group…)
by discussion. In general, he works in a crowd, and his amusements are apt to take him into still larger crowds. (A: That’s a prime tenet of going and living in a city. Those who manage a city make sure there is lots of entertainment, of all kinds, knowing that you will become bizarre, there will be bizarre and perverted people amongst you. They lay it all on for you. That’s standard in cities. Literally, it’s standard and they are licensed, these places to cater for everyone.)
The course of nature, the alternations of day and night, summer and winter, wet or shine, make little difference to him; (A: That’s true. In the cities it really does. They are traveling by tube or bus or car to their work, generally tube and bus. It doesn’t matter what it’s like outside. That’s why they can spray the skies above them and they don’t see a thing; they never look up. It doesn’t matter to them. They are living in an artificial environment from their home, with central heating or cooling, through the subway or the bus, into their job, which is, again, central heated or air conditioned.)
he has no occasion to fear that he will be ruined by frost or drought or sudden rain. What matters to him is his human environment, and his place in various organisations especially. (A: It’s true. People within cities tend to join groups, of all kinds, and they are all laid on for you to, even the ones that oppose each other. You don’t know that but they are.)
“Take a man who works in a factory, and consider how many organisations affect his life. There is first of all the factory itself, and any larger organisation of which it may be a part. Then there is the man’s trade union and his political party. He probably gets house room from a building society or public authority. His children go to school. (A: So, a school authority.) If he reads a newspaper or goes to a cinema or looks at a football match, these things are provided by powerful organisations. (A: Remember, the New World Order is basically public/private and most of the organizing and real authorities, agencies, are actually private.)
Indirectly, through his employers, he is dependent upon those from whom they buy their raw material and those to whom they sell their finished product. Above all, there is the State, which taxes him and may at any moment order him to go and get killed in war, in return for which it protects him against murder and theft (A: That’s within his own cramped society.) so long as there is peace, and allows him to buy a fixed modicum of food.”
Page 40 of The Impact of Science on Society (1952) :
“I think the subject which will be of most importance politically is mass psychology. (A: To us, use mass psychology.) This study is immensely useful to practical men, whether they wish to become rich or to acquire the government. (A: He’s talking about BEHAVIORAL psychology. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, going into the mindset of one of the big helpers to the world plan, someone who worked his entire life towards it, right down to helping devise, along with the Macy Group and others, the computer language. They knew, back then, they were going to bring in computers. They also knew that we are a form… our minds like a computer in a sense. They found this when they were building the computers and the language for the computers, and the logic for the system of computers. They found, literally, that a good programmer could determine the outcome of a question fed to the computer, understanding its logic and its language. It had to come to a precise answer and the guy could generally figure out what it would have to come to. We think the same way. We go by what’s fed into us and we go through the language, we have a certain logic, and we are led to the conclusion. Our masters guide us the same way and so they use language very efficiently, in the proper sequences, so that we will come to the forgone conclusions they expect us to come to. Getting back to this article…
Page 40 of The Impact of Science on Society (1952) :
“I think the subject which will be of most importance politically is mass psychology.
(A: It is used through ALL agencies now, of government, right down to your police spokesman – you have PR spokespeople for the police department – and for your local council, the PR department. It’s Public Relations which is the term that they used instead of propaganda. I’ve been through the lectures by Bernays, for instance, that gave us the consumer society. He was a master of the mass psychology and the individual psychology. He was the nephew, of course, of Freud. It’s interesting today to see the descendant of both these people is another Freud in London who is the son-in-law of Rupert Murdock, and he helps run the British government, using the same stuff. It’s amazing how they have these lineages like the Rothschilds that just do banking, and the Bernays and the Freuds that just do mass psychology and behaviorism for the masses. It’s astonishing isn’t it? I mean, why not give birth to a child that says, I want to be something different, Dad; I want to go off and do something else. No. These guys literally are so inbred that you can pretty well guarantee that 3 or 4 generations down the road they will still be doing the same thing as their great granddad; which is exactly what Plato said about the breeding programs for the Guardian Class.)
This study is immensely useful to practical men, whether they wish to become rich or to acquire the government. (A: Right.) It is, of course, as a science, founded upon individual psychology, but hitherto it has employed rule-of-thumb methods which were based upon a kind of intuitive common sense. Its importance has been enormously increased by the growth of modern methods of propaganda. Of these the most influential is what is called ‘education’.” (A: Did you think that education was propaganda? Of course you didn’t, but that’s what it is… authorized by the State, and UNESCO, the group that he worked for at the United Nations.)
Page 187 of Bertrand Russell’s other book The Scientific Outlook (1931):
“From the technique of advertising it seems to follow that in the great majority of mankind any proposition will win acceptance (A: ANY proposition… will win acceptance…) if it is reiterated in such a way as to remain in the memory. (A: That’s all it has to do.) Most of the things that we believe we believe because we have heard them affirmed (A: By others, you see.); we do not remember where or why they were affirmed, and we are therefore unable to be critical even when the affirmation was made by a man whose income would be increased by its acceptance (A: Advertisers.) and was not backed by any evidence whatever. Advertisements tend, therefore, as the technique becomes perfected, to be less and less argumentative, and more and more merely striking. So long as an impression is made, the desired result is achieved. (A: Just EMBED it in the mind, in other words, and repetition… because we don’t think through things. We learn by osmosis; things just come in to us and we see authoritarian figures and we believe them.)
“For scientific purposes I suggest the following experiment. Let two soaps, A and B, be manufactured, of which A is excellent and B abominable; let A be advertised by stating its chemical composition and by testimonials from eminent chemists; let B be advertised by the bare statement that it is the best, accompanied by the portraits of famous Hollywood beauties. If man is a rational animal, more of A will be sold than of B. Does anyone, in fact, believe that this would be the result? (A: He shows you 2 soaps and so on being manufactured and he shows you which one will succeed by simple repetition and so on and so on. Right.)
“On the whole, the Soviet Government and the Communist religion are those which hitherto have best understood the use of advertisement. They are, it is true, somewhat hampered by the fact that most Russians cannot read (A: That was back then.); this obstacle, however, they are doing their best to remove.“
Page 191 of The Scientific Outlook (1931):
“Modern inventions and modern technique have had a powerful influence in promoting uniformity of opinion (A: That’s very important, UNIFORMITY of opinion.) and making men less individual than they used to be. (A: Now you think back to all the terms and stuff that you are used to over the last few years: green, greening, green, green, green and so on, environmentalism, and now you’ve got climate change. Before it was global warming and now you’ve got climate change. That’s all it is, climate change. We don’t think through them. We see authoritarian figures and we tend to believe them without having any real evidence proved to us at all, whatsoever.)
“A newspaper with a large circulation can hire the most expensive legal talent to defend it against libel suits, and can often conceal from all but serious students its misstatements of facts.
“In a suburban train in the morning, one man may be reading the Daily Mail and another the Daily Express, but if by some miracle they should fall into conversation they would not find much divergence in the opinions they had imbibed (A: You IMBIBE opinions; you don’t think through them rationally.) or in the facts of which they had been informed. Thus for reasons which are ultimately technical and scientific, the newspapers have become an influence tending to uniformity and increasing the rarity of unusual opinions.”
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s amazing we’re getting cut off more often. The line just drops. There is human intervention going on here I’m sure. But that’s the tricks that get played on you if you’re not authorized to be out there. Everything goes wrong, satellite uploads, everything. Believe you me, they come against you in many ways including Yahoo telling me they’ve put a choke on my uploads to try and dissuade me from using the disk space that I’m paying for. No kidding. And the letter is up on my site just to show you that, from Yahoo telling me that. Getting back to this article, Russell gives you an example of the Daily Mail read by one guy, the Daily Express by another. He says…
“…but if by some miracle they should fall into conversation they would not find much divergence in the opinions they had imbibed or in the facts of which they had been informed. Thus for reasons which are ultimately technical and scientific, the newspapers have become an influence (A: They are an influence…) tending to uniformity (A: He’s talking about, of opinion.) and increasing the rarity of unusual opinions.” (A: That’s personal opinions.)
Page 190 of The Scientific Outlook (1931):
“Education has two very different purposes; on the one hand it aims at developing the individual and giving him knowledge which will be useful to him; (A: That was back then, they still taught you some stuff that would help you to get through life. Now it’s all political correctness.) on the other hand it aims at producing citizens who will be convenient for the State. (A: You think it’s just there to help your children? No. It’s convenient for the State and THEIR agenda, and to manage you, to make sure you are more malleable.)
“Among those who are not well paid credulity is more advantageous to the State; consequently children in school are taught what they are told and are punished if they express disbelief. In this way a conditioned reflex is established, leading to a belief in anything said authoritatively by elderly persons of importance. (A: That goes on right through your whole life, by the way.)
“the State does not aim at producing a scientific habit of mind, except in a small minority of experts, who are well paid, and therefore, as a rule, supporters of the status quo.”
That’s a basic run through of one man and parts of a couple of his books. You should read all the rest of them too if you want to understand what’s happening. As I say, he worked with all the big players in designing the system that you are living through now, right down to the big foundations and the think tanks that came up with global warming. Part of what he said, along with his friend Julian Huxley at UNESCO for the United Nations, the ones that give you all the wonderful sexual stuff for the children at 5 years old and so on, and they want masturbation in class eventually; I’ve read the articles FROM UNESCO itself, your lovely United Nations. Part of it was the dehumanization that they said they’d have to bring in to humanity, to control them, and to get them to believe that he wasn’t so special after all. Knock him off his pedestal of being the supreme creature on the planet, according to Huxley. There were different techniques to do that. A lot of it was through entertainment. A lot of it was also through debasing society. That’s why you ended up with fetuses in jars of urine, in art shows… and the artists get grants from your governments to put them on display. This is part, literally, of the dehumanizing process that you have been taught to go through. Here is an article that ties right in with that.
Animal-Human Hybrids Spark Controversy
Maryann Mott / National Geographic News / news.nationalgeorgraphic.com / January 25, 2005
Scientists have begun blurring the line between human and animal by producing chimeras—a hybrid creature that’s part human, part animal. (A: It’s all through sci-fi movies as well.)
Chinese scientists at the Shanghai Second Medical University in 2003 successfully fused human cells with rabbit eggs. The embryos were reportedly the first human-animal chimeras successfully created. They were allowed to develop for several days in a laboratory dish before the scientists destroyed the embryos to harvest their stem cells.
Now, do you believe that they stopped at that? Do you really believe that they have stopped at that? Do you? Of course they haven’t and there are STACKS of articles out NOW. I read the one last week from New Zealand where they are also putting human genes in goats. They have been doing it in pigs for years, by the way. They even had pigs a few years back that had human blood circulating in them. So that’s part of the dehumanization, from fetuses in jars, to fetuses everywhere and so what, it’s just a fetus. And a fetus basically is a baby. Don’t forget, it is dehumanizing terminology they used to SEPARATE AN IDEA or FACT into a vague idea which is something separate, or otherness, from you. They actually teach them in school, getting rid of a fetus is no more difficult than getting rid of a wart. So they liken it to getting rid of a wart, which is not a pleasant thing. So a fetus is not a pleasant thing, you see. It’s all psychology, basic. Whole generations have been brought up like this.
You take it from there, dehumanization, to the entertainment industry which is all through it, of course. Now remember, Julian Huxley also said, at UNESCO, along with Bertrand Russell, that they would sterilize the public and that they would increase the sexual desire. In other words, multiple partners and promiscuity, the idea being that no one would bond for life. If you won’t bond you won’t stand up for anybody that you love, right. You will create hedonism, which is self-love. That is exactly what they have done. They both said that hedonism would be the order of the day… and people won’t stand up for others, who are being harmed, so they are also targeted. When it is their turn, there is no one to stand up for them. It’s beautiful for control purposes.
So take all this together, the fetuses in jars, the dehumanization of the term fetus, as well as calling an elderly person, who was an elderly person one day at home and then they get put into hospital and they are suddenly a geriatric. You understand, dehumanization, these are used all the time for psychological purposes, all the time. The entertainment industry has been SO good at increasing the whole idea of massive promiscuity. Now, watching Much-Music or television, MTV, it’s literally simulated sex. And the next… See, how FAR can you go once you are jaded? You understand? When you are satiated with something, how FAR can you go to get a thrill? You have to outdo the last person to be a star. Remember, all these characters that you see on Much-Music are managed by a whole team of professionals above them. They are little actors at the bottom, where their music is written for them. They are dancing choreography that’s all done for them as well.
There is one that’s out right now they’ve added the mystique of the occult to it, because the youngsters LOVE the whole idea of the occult. What’s interesting about the occult is, you see, youngsters, regardless of their brainwashing and conditioning, know there is something else there than just all of this. They know it… intuitively. As you get older and you are rammed with taxes, and crashes with the economy, or you are made unemployed, you harden to that and you become atheistic and it’s constantly reinforced, again, through continuous media and ongoing education VIA the media. That’s also the process of it and the purpose of media, ongoing indoctrination, or education.
If you watch these… sometimes I get disks burned and sent to me of the music TV awards and different ones. They always have the female there, surrounded by guys – generally now the in-thing is the jack booted thugs as dancers – all around them. So the idea is this one is highly desirable, this woman, surrounded by force, brutal force by the way – so you’ve got sado-masochism attached into it. You have all the old occultic symbols all around them, blatant, in your face, with pyramids and all-seeing eyes and stuff. Youngsters fall for that very, very easily. Very easily. One of the characters they’ve put out there is Lady Gaga. Now, Queen also talked about Gaga, you know, the music group Queen, because it has other occult connotations to it as well. Just like Eric Clapton put out the song Layla. Layla was the first channeler, and sexual witch you might say, of Aleister Crowley. He called her Layla, as her nickname.
Anyway, getting back to what I’m saying. Lady Gaga, here is an article on Gaga. She’s done all these things within lodges, Masonic lodges, temples, with very little on of course, lots of sexual stimulation, doing the step beyond Madonna that goes further than just grabbing the crotch – and that was a big thing at the time – as you gradually get used to it and you accept it. It started with Michael Jackson grabbing his crotch and then Madonna was doing the same thing there. Anyway, it’s gone a lot further than that… because fetuses in jars of urine and so on, down to this… This is where it’s going. I’ve read articles about this particular character before that does the plasticized corpses. They take them mainly from China, some from Germany, and they hang them on wires and call them ART exhibits. DEHUMANIZATION to the maximum. Even pregnant women, with the children still in the womb, are on display, plasticized, preserved, hanging… They have them on skateboards and doing all sorts of weird things. But they are going to get weirder because now the music TV has been told to push further, you see.
This is about Lady Gaga.
Lady Gaga’s ‘corpse concert’ a step too far?
CHRISTINE KELLETT / June 24, 2010/ theage.com.au
(A: We have a ‘corpse concert’ now. See, that’s called necrophilia, folks, if you don’t understand what that is. Necrophilia is the sexual connotations to do with the living and the DEAD. She is bringing in this perv character that likes to plasticize bodies; that’s his hobby. Yeah. By the way, that used to be called desecration of the dead; that was illegal. As far as I know it still is, but no one is saying anything. It’s art now, you see, when daddy is hung up on wires there, or mommy, OR the baby; it doesn’t matter.)
…She upset fans with her blood-soaked stage antics hours after a British gun massacre, now US shockstar Lady Gaga is said to be considering using real human corpses in an upcoming round of concert shows.
UK newspaper The Sun has reported the 24 year-old singer (A: She’s anything but a singer.) has been in touch with anatomist Gunther von Hagens, famous for his plastination technique of preserving cadavers (A: That’s bodies, folks.) by injecting them with plastic. His Body Worlds exhibition has toured around the world. (A: And it’s amazing that folk actually go to see it. But then you get the ones who pretend they are sophisticated and intelligent and, no, no, it doesn’t bother me; actually it’s quite enlightening; it’s very educational… and all that rubbish.)
The newspaper claims Gaga, who is currently on tour with her Monster Ball concert series, “is keen to have some Body Worlds element in one of her shows.” (A: I know what it’s going to be. I think you do too, don’t you? Do you know what kind of poses these characters will be in? And what organs will be showing?)
It would be good to top this tour — which is already out-there — with something nobody has done before, using dead bodies as part of a gig (A: It’s just a ‘gig,’ you see.),” an unnamed “friend” of the pop star was quoted as saying. (A: Well, that’s her PR manager… because this is PR. This is how they do it.)
While the controversial singer, (A: Who really is just a step from a strip club, that’s all it is.) real name Stefani Germanotta, (A: That will be fake too.) has yet to confirm the report through her record company, comments made by von Hagens overnight appear to give weight to it. (A: So I guess he’s said something too.)
The scientist told MTV he would “offer no comments on conversations that have already taken place with the singer or her representatives,” but he “welcomes the opportunity” to work with her. (A: Maybe he will plasticize her and hang her up there, eh.)
“As someone who practices the violin every day, I feel that music is vital to our humanity and fundamental to our wellbeing. The post-mortal plastinated body on the other hand is a momento mori, a reminder that we must all die,” he said in a statement. (A: So the PR people just keep going and going.)
“To create a convergence of both these profound subjects and ideas would be a wonderful challenge. (A: It’s really difficult isn’t it folks? …you hear this rubbish.) To do so with a risk-taking, boundary-pushing artist (A: An artist…) like Lady Gaga would be a meeting of the minds and I look forward to it.”
Von Hagens is no stranger to controversy himself, having risked the threat of arrest and criminal charges in 2002 when he performed the first public autopsy in 170 years in a London theatre. (A: In front of audiences, FOR ENTERTAINMENT folks.)
The dissection was later broadcast on British television, drawing scores of complaints. (A: That’s why it’s put out there by British television folks, because the media has always been used to brainwash you and to alter you AND debase you and have you act it out into your own personal lives.)
Gaga was criticised earlier this month after she covered herself in blood and pretended to be murdered on stage in Manchester, the night after British man Derrick Bird shot 23 people in a gun rampage across the country’s north.
She also copped a spray from comic and fellow New Yorker (A: Ha. Always from New York.) Jerry Seinfeld this week after flipping the bird and appearing drunk at a series of baseball games.
“This woman is a jerk. I hate her,” Seinfeld said during a radio interview on Monday. “I can’t believe they put her in my box, which I paid for.”
“I don’t know what these young people think or how they promote their careers.”
They are managed. They are managed from the minute they get up in the morning right through their entire day with everything they say and do, by very professional people. I’m talking about certain professions that have to do with the inner drives and the workings of the mind, exactly as Bernays said. Anything goes, you see. Anything goes. Fetuses in jars of urine, put in some feces there as well, pay the “artist”… pay the artist for popping it in the jar, from the government grant money.
You know every government out there since World War II created a department of CULTURE. Why would you create a department of culture if you all, all of you collectively, are the culture? It’s meant to alter you and gradually change you by pushing the envelope step by step to total degradation. That’s why it’s there. That’s why each country, when they signed the UN agreements in 1946, set up departments of culture. They would fund all novelists that would put politically correct stuff into their books. All movie makers, all script writers for the movies, and so on, right down to cartoon makers, funded by your tax money to brainwash you and degrade you down to what your governments want you to be… easily managed and degraded simpletons, totally dysfunctional, and perverted by the way. You see, once you have a perverted society no one cares what happens to the person down the street or next-door and anything can go, but it’s always directed by those who RULE you. It’s about RULING you easier. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, I can remember when I think one of the surgeon generals in the United States during Clinton’s era had to leave because she advocated mutual masturbation in the class for children; which is all part of this ongoing thing, all the way from the Bertrand Russell’s and the 1920s to the present. I’ve read articles about how they’ve pushed it recently, again. It’s being taught in schools again; more and more masturbation, masturbation, from UNESCO, from the United Nations and now it’s through the curriculums of all schools. Here you get an article like this a few weeks later. All these articles I’ve mentioned tonight, I’ll put all the links up on my web sites after the show and you can look them up for yourselves. It says…
Parents furious after students shown ‘inappropriate’ sex acts simulated on stuffed animals: report
BY Rosemary Black / DAILY NEWS STAFF WRITER / nydailynews.com/ June 23rd 2010
(A: They are watching simulated sex on Much-Music television for God sake. Where have the parents been? They are shocked? I don’t think so. You see, the parents were already degraded, that’s why they let their children watch that stuff. Every generation has been degraded a little bit more as the envelope is pushed, and a little bit more and a little bit more until anything goes.)
Too much information in sex-ed class?
An angry group of Iowa parents expressed their dismay to school officials after a group of students at Shenandoah High School were shown sex acts simulated on stuffed animals, according to a story in Fox News reported on News.com.au. (A: Australia.)
“It was horribly inappropriate,” Colleen Dostal, the mother of a 14-year-old eighth-grader in the Planned Parenthood class, (A: That was Sanger who set up the abortion clinics, that was a Nazi lover AND a Soviet lover. She loved big government taking over the rolls of managing all the peoples’ lives. She said that children were WEEDS and the best thing that a mother could do was to KILL them. Read her own books. I’ve read them on the air.) told Fox News Radio. “To do that in a mixed-gender classroom – I truly believe it was inappropriate.”
She told Fox News that the kids in the class also had learned how to do exams on women and that the instructor had demonstrated with an anatomically correct male sex organ how to use a condom. And, she added, some photos that were shown to the students were “pornographic.”
Parents also were upset that they had not been notified in advance about the week-long sex education class taught by (A: Can you believe this…) Jennifer Horner, (A: Horney Horner. Can you really believe that they make these names up for their jobs?) a Planned Parenthood bilingual health educator. (A: Are you sure it’s just bilingual? It’s bi-something.) About 20 parents showed up at a school board meeting earlier this month, according to Southwestiowanews.com.
Horner, who said she teaches four to 10 classes each month in schools (A: And she is getting paid for this. Now, it’s going to be much worse than plasticized bodies hanging on the wires simulating sex, with Gaga, when these children grow up. Believe you me, because they are preparing them right now for much, much worse.) and other settings, defended her teaching techniques. (A: So… Horney Horner is defending her teaching techniques.)
“My role is to provide information on topics relating to human sexuality such as sexually transmitted infections, teaching about contraception – we also do healthy relationships, (A: I’ll bet she does! Get her definition of healthy.) reproductive anatomy, just a wide range of topics related to human sexuality,” she told Southwestiowanews.com.
I can’t believe it. Well I can believe it, because I’ve read all the books going back years ago before I was born, talking about the whole agenda step by step. Dehumanization, no bonding, lots of partners though; but you’ll all be sterile, no children come out of it. That’s what they want. Yep. And you all watch that rubbish.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 25, 2010. I always suggest at the start of the show, rather than do it throughout the show and really tick you off. I tell you to go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and bookmark all the sites I have listed there for future use in case you have trouble with the .com site, which I do now and then. [Official sites listed above.] While you are at it go into the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale, the few articles that I have for sale. I could do a lot more if I wasn’t doing this but I really don’t have time to do so many things at once. So therefore it’s up to you to keep me going by purchasing these items or donating to me. I don’t ask for money from the advertisers. I have the offers but I don’t take them because it gives me a freer hand to do different things, and say different things, and cross topics in fact, which might go against some advertisers once in a while. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers straight to RBN for the air time, their staff and equipment and their bills. So it’s up to you to help me with mine. You can do so by [Order and donation options listed above.] That keeps me going because things are very expensive and I haven’t taken the route of getting a lot of money. Believe you me, this is not a business. It’s a 7 day a week… it’s not even a job. It’s beyond being a job or even a vocation. It’s rather crazy in fact and who knows how long it will last. I might go off and do other things and actually earn some cash while there is still some cash that is worth anything at all but that’s the way it’s going. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address listed above.].
We are going into a planned New World Order society. It’s being directed by the people who have directed it for hundreds of years. The trick is to get the public on their side, without knowing it, for a revolution. That is the trick of all revolutions really, is to use the bulk of the populace for what they think is their revolution, just like you think that the music you hear in your generation is somehow springing out of you and your kind at the time. Nothing is further from the truth. It reminds me of the failed revolution in Germany in 1917. The head of that particular communist organization at the time said that the masses must never really be brought in to the real purpose of communism and the mechanisms of its structure. She said it was supposed to be left for the top echelons only. The masses would be used in their time, at the right time and, really, for a blind force of rage, if you like. I kind of see that happening today. When people on the one hand think that they’ve got their own internet system, somehow it sprung out of their own heads, and it sprang out of the stores and into their laps and they can play with them and it is THEIRS. They have been given a little modicum of freedom for a little while and they’ve been given all the things that would get them IN to it too without questioning anything. Isn’t that always the way? People don’t question technology, where it comes from, who is promoting it, or can there be any other purpose behind it? Well, we’ll touch on some of these things tonight briefly because I don’t prepare my shows. I just talk off the top of my head and that is where I’m going tonight with some of my own thoughts. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The matrix is a good analogy too, and so were the movie series because they showed you all these different compartments, if you like, or rooms, or areas, or realities, or worlds all within a system, a computerized system, but of course those within the systems didn’t know it. The whole thing was powered by people who didn’t even know that they were actually in tanks getting used like batteries to fuel the whole thing. Their energy was sucked off them; they were given fake lives in a virtual reality which they thought was real. That is much like the world that we are living in today because very few people do question the system they are in. They are born into it. They take things for granted. They take the system that they are born into for granted as just, somehow it got there by itself; it’s just there. You are born into it. Money is there. The system is there. Work is there. Choices for work, hopefully – and they are diminishing too – are there as well. So you have a whole system that you are born into that you did not create; it was preexisting and, obviously, somebody designed it, and somebody updates it.
Who is the Grand Architect for that? Who updates it? Well, we can get clues to things. We can get exposés and history of the big organization that formed to control the monied system for centuries, and have their annual meetings. Then we find many of those particular people involved in creating institutions FOR world governments, like the Royal Institute of International Affairs that came out of the Lord Alfred Milner Group, who actually was a German – many of his workers in fact were German too, or Prussian. They created the Royal Institute of International Affairs and they created the Council on Foreign Relations and then they changed their name in Canada simply to a different name but it’s the same group. They also have a European institute for International Affairs for the whole of the European Union. They have been at it for over a century… working steadily towards a world government.
People will think, well what’s wrong with that? What’s wrong with world government? Number one, who is running it? And what KIND of world government do they want to bring in? When you go into how this system was born from the beginnings of the British Empire and through the British Empire days to the days of Milner, the only people who really, really had an idea on cost for anything at all were those who were involved in creating empires. They had to fund armies. They had to tax citizens of whole nations for their armies. They had to have supply chains, munitions, all of that. They really figured all this out. At a time, too, even a hundred years ago, they thought, well, things are really materially finite to an extent. That’s when the whole idea of running out of things occurred. It occurred to them first, naturally, because they were the real economists, not the phony ones that they turn out in universities today. These guys were running the money supply of most of the world at the time and doing all the accounting for it too. They were also running countries, as property, with all of their citizens down as property and taxable subjects.
It was around the same time as the Milner Group was forming that branches came off for special purposes, specialized branches that would have continuation down through the century to the present time, continuing with their particular special purpose. You’ve got the Fabian Society that was one arm of them. Their job was to control the working people and get them on board primarily with their agenda, and always to be global, for world government. Of course they couched it under the term ‘world governance’. Even Brzezinski on that famous CFR talk that was given and published, for the public to see, mind you – and people don’t think about that – when he supposedly said they were worried at the top about the public being politically aware for the first time. Well that was no coincidence it was shown to the public and given to the public – I’ll try and touch on that later. The Fabian Society wanted governance as well, global governance. Governance is simply a ploy, a tool; to use that term rather than say ‘government’ because obviously they want government. There has to be government to do something, a controlling group at the top but it boils down to material and goods. They also came out and formed other societies.
Brzezinski goes on about the technocrats and explained that technocrats – and so did Professor Carroll Quigley. Technocrats – and really, Brzezinski is one. He goes around the world understand the technique of manipulation, geo-politics and warfare to always attain a strategy, at the end of a strategy, a plan, by having those who are even fighting each other and don’t know they are going to be fighting each other in the future, as a means to an end… to something beyond that, still to come, like dominoes going down one at a time. There is also technocracy itself. In the late 1800s people came out with science. Science was a massive thing and tremendous influence in the 1800s. They though that the sky was the limit. For the first time you had the sci-fi novels of the era talking about going to the moon and doing amazing thing with electricity, which they were really experimenting with; it was new to them to an extent. Tesla was coming out with his amazing inventions. They were having science fairs in the United States and Britain. They saw no end to this whatsoever. They thought it would go on forever.
Then it dawned on them too that everything that they used came out of material and once it was used it was gone. That tied in, again, with the same banking group – Lord Milner’s Group, who included the Rothschilds – that saw that to maintain control they’d have to bring in a new system over the public and have the public participate in this system willingly. And the best way to get the public to go into a system willingly, when actually they will be worse off than before, is to basically bring on a revolution. So they used revolutions for the communist systems as a FAST way to unite a whole bunch of countries together under the same system; it’s a standardization process. Lenin himself said that the dictatorship of the proletariat, which is really over the proletariat, would only last a generation and then it would blend into a system not quite communist and not quite capitalist. Well that’s socialism and that is the system we are in and going under even faster.
I’ve touched before on the different revolutions we’ve had that most folk think nothing of. It’s strange that you can go through them and folk think nothing of them. Apart from all the cultural revolutions we’ve had, like the gender revolution, and the feminist revolution – these were all funded by the same group to start up and to keep going – they had to destroy the family unit, again, because the opposition they were going to have to this coming system was from males primarily, only if the males had something to fight for. Males generally never fight for themselves; they fight for other people. They will go and fight for Colonels and Generals or any guy who tells them to go off and fight, put a uniform on, but they won’t stand up and fight for themselves individually unless they are standing up for their wife and family. So you destroy the family and they won’t stand up and fight. That’s a simple truth of life.
We went through the hippy revolution as well. You know, they tried that before in 1920s Germany. It was the wandering folk that they had at the time. It was a kind of back to nature or rebellion in some aspects against science. At the same time, they liked their musical instruments and things that were made by industry; the same thing with the later hippy era. I’ve gone through some of the documentation on that era, who started it up for instance. It was NOT a spontaneous thing from the public. It involved people in the CIA. It involved people in MI5 in Britain and other agencies across Europe – and they were all ex-military who led the charge, even in the music industry. They set up Laurel Canyon with Zappa and the Frankfort Group. The Frankfort Group was related to the Macy Group as well. The Macy group was brought in from Europe; most of them were refugees from pre-World War II Germany. They were set up in the US in New York. The President gave them full right to create a new system for America and the world and all the funding they would need. That goes right through all education, the type of education you would get, the social engineering education you would have, right up to the present time.
At the same time, they were putting out – come along the 50s and the 60s – they knew they’ve have to separate the young. You always go for the young to train THEM into a new system. Forget the older folk; the Soviets already knew that. With the older folk you couldn’t reeducate them; you simply eliminate them or bypass them and go right to the young. That’s what they did when they brought out what seemed to be a spontaneous pop and then rock-and-roll industry. As I said, Laurel Canyon was set up – and Zappa himself came from a long lineage of high military officers – not just low-down ones – but ones up in the Pentagon, the same as Madonna.
I’ve gone through the documentary – I’ve put the link up and I’ll put it up again tonight – called The Net.
The Net: The Unabomber, LSD and the Internet
YouTube.com
It went through, starting with the Unabomber – that’s how this particular investigation started off. It was to do with the Unabomber, a Harvard Professor Ted Kaczynski, a brilliant guy, a mathematician. It was never brought out to the public why he was targeting selective individuals that were all involved in the Macy Group and involved in the Frankfort School and who were involved in this coming… the psycho-social changes area by top authors at Harvard… all members of these groups to change society and the psyche and psychology and the workings of society. And to also push towards cybernetics… if you wonder where your ideas for brain chipping and all that first came from, it goes way back to these groups. I’ll tie this together later and showing you the new system they are going to bring in too, with carbon taxes. It goes all the way back to 1934. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, touching on different things but bringing them together, if you listen closely. I’ve touched on the Royal Institute of International Affairs, and technocracy, an idea which became solidified into what they thought was a science. Technocrats, which are people who work behind the scenes of power, as Quigley said, have more power than Presidents or Prime Ministers; they are not responsible to the public – so they are pretty well invincible – they get the job done and they have no one to answer to, for complaints. But also going into how they give you revolutions in culture that we think are for our benefit and most folk will support them in fact; they are societal and cultural revolutions leading up to the day where we think, well, yeah, we’ve got the net and we can prattle to each other. We forget WHO gave us the net, or maybe why they gave it to us in fact, because they want the whole world on board with this.
It ties in with the whole idea of say debt, for instance. What better way to get people to start making decisions, harsh decisions, about society then for those who HAVE the monied system and control the debt and have it all and dump it in your laps and say, okay, you are all now responsible for it, you make the decisions. Then what do you do? Then you find the little Hitlers getting up amongst you and say, well, I guess half of us have got to die right off the bat. You know, there are too many people, blah, blah, blah. All that will happen. It’s a clever psychological trick to dump something on you and make you think you are now in charge of it. It’s one thing to bitch about those at the top but who are you going to bitch about when it’s you that is in charge of it? You are sharing it, you see. That’s the trick, very clever trick. Most folk can’t get their mind around it. That’s why it works.
Getting back to what I’m talking about, in The Net, the documentary about the Unabomber, and those particular guys he was targeting, and the very fact that they would not go to court and let him speak – they classified him as insane, although he isn’t insane – and dumped him right into the bin. That bypassed the courts rather than give him a say in what was going on. All we know is that he said that there was something about technology that was dangerous for the whole of society. He’d been up in Harvard and he’d mixed with these guys who worked – like the Brockmans and the Brands and all these guys that you will see in that documentary, and the one who wrote the books as well – to change society towards the cybernetic idea of mingling man with science, making him intertwined with it as one.
I’m going back even further to the idea of even carbon taxes coming out of an organization called Technocracy Inc back in 1934 when they came out with the idea of carbon taxes, trading energy taxes. Do you know that HG Wells was a member? You’ll find all the big players, the Huxley’s and so on; they were all perfectly familiar with this whole, very important group that came out of the 1800s thinking that science was going to be the boss of everything. HG Wells in his novel, which of course was based on an agenda to come, he’s going right through the whole future in it in fact. He wrote that in 1933. He has the money system at the end, and that’s from 2034 onwards, that’s the end, when they achieved this perfect society, with the right amount of people to inhabit it; that’s depopulating by about 95%. They have instead of money, they swap energy credits. That’s a coincidence of course to everything that’s happening today, isn’t it? It’s got to be, right? Yeah, sure.
Getting back again to how they set up the whole revolutionary idea, to destroy the old culture and make way for the new. That’s what you always do. You destroy that which is, to make way for that which will be. That’s what they say at the top. John Brockman was sent out FROM the military, when he came out, as an instant investment banker. his job was to make pop stars out of scientists and elevate them to the top, an expert society, you see. Sure enough, you see all these experts in the newspapers guiding you and telling you how to live, how to have sex, and all the rest of it. That’s all part of it. He also worked with Stewart Brand. Brand, a very interesting family; it goes way back. You’ll see that name cropping up all the time, even the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Milner Group. Stewart Brand gave you the term ‘personal computer’ back in the 60s. He was working on it then, supposedly as they are all popping LSD and going around with the Grateful Dead, getting them all high, getting them all to try this new reality, break away from the old. He came out with the Whole Earth Catalog as well.
They toured with the Grateful Dead and it’s called ‘The Experiment’. They went around just dishing out bags of LSD all over the place to get the whole movement started. Two ex-military guys, again. They also worked with the inventor of the strobe. They were given the facilities of the Air Force, to use a big hangar there for experiments under LSD with strobe lighting, which they later brought in to what they created later in the 70s at the discos. MIND ALTERING EXPERIENCES is what they were in to. It was to, again, destroy what was left of the old system. Free love, sex, the same stuff that HG Wells talked about in the late 1800s; they’d have to bring in a system of free love, but no children. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and just tying up a few things which you might think are distant from each other but it’s not. Actually, they all come from the same hub, the hub that controls the world and directs where we are all going. And it has done your whole life and your parents and grandparents too. I’ll put the links for The Net back up on my site at the end of the show. So see The Net: The Unabomber, LSD and the Internet and you’ll get an idea of what I’m talking about, at least for that part of it, that era of it.
I’m also talking about prior to that because George Bernard Shaw, who was a founding member of the Fabian Society – along with the Webbs and others, and Wells himself, of course. Shaw wrote Man and Superman. See, they are all eugenicists and still are. Those at the top of the technocracy believe that those who will come through at the end, after this, into the new technological society, are 5% of the people, who happen to be themselves of course. That’s always been their objective. He wrote Man and Superman and in there he mentions, he gives you instances in fact, that the person who couldn’t understand how even an automobile worked, for instance, mechanics, or electronics, those who could not grasp these things would have to be eliminated. They couldn’t be allowed through into this new age. So it would only be those with scientific mindsets who would come through it, those who could grasp this and be of use to them. In fact he said that, everyone would have to come to us and ask why we should justify allowing them to live. In other words, what use would you be to them?
That’s also why you’ll find that when Lenin took over really the whole communist party and they got what they wanted at least for Russia, Trotsky had a bit of a rift with him. Trotsky couldn’t understand – and he said in his own writings – why so many British aristocrats were coming over and being given guided tours of the new system, which they called ‘the experiment.’ These people were the big boys from the Milner Group that became the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Later on in the 20s it was the CFR members going over there, top members, again, multi-millionaires, all the ones who run your foundations today, the big foundations, the parallel government. They were given first-hand privileges to walk around and get shown how it really was. You see, it was kind of a blueprint, a microcosm, and a laboratory for the big society to come, which actually is a reduced society. The Russians killed off an awful lot of people, millions and millions of people whom they decided could never adjust into their new system.
The technocrats came out, again, from the Fabian Society as a front for the same group talking about your usefulness to society and that matter was finite. Basically they arranged a system and a tuition course in the 1930s which is still used today. They’ve got branches in British Columbia. There is one in the States. They have one in England and ones in Europe. Their society is worldwide, teaching them that to come into a new society you will be trading credits, exactly as HG Wells said they would be back in 1933. How they worked it at the time was that energy would be used into carbon and this is what the whole carbon trading system of today is all about and that’s where it all came from. So it’s not going to be a free and equitable means of trading and surviving. It means that those who have the most at the moment, those who have always run the system, will be in charge of all the world’s resources. Don’t forget that the Milner Group and the Cecil Rhodes Foundation with the Rothschilds and all the big world bankers as members, were sending emissaries across the world to take control of all the world’s resources BACK then, over 100 years ago. That was Cecil Rhodes’ job, to go over to South Africa and grab all the land for the gold and the diamonds and the resources. And it has never stopped today. I noticed, by the way, that Nathan Rothschild has just started another company up to start more worldwide mining for all kinds of things across the world, in precious metals and other kinds of metals, all those things which you will need in this up-and-coming system where you will be trading energy credits, or carbon credits as they want to call them now.
What you are living through is a culmination of a very, very, very old plan. People right now are getting on board with it thinking that they are fighting something, but they are actually on board with the system. There has never been so many very good exposés written about the farce of money as is coming out today. I’ve got about three excellent articles today that came out about the farce of money and the cons of money and Brzezinski admitting it too. And even the global governance, as Brzezinski said, is a cover to a poor fallacy for government, global government and so on. Great exposés, but why do you think they are out now? Of course money has always been a farce. It’s because those who own all the resources also give you the money system, as the Rothschilds have always done and others like them. They will be in charge of all the resources for the coming age. So as long as they are in charge of it, it doesn’t matter what you are swapping at the bottom, they will have a lot more goods in reality, real goods, than you will ever, ever imagine. Remember what Rothschild said? He says, give me control of the nation’s money – he just as well had said the nation’s carbon credits – and I care not who rules… because he is still the boss.
What they are convincing people of today, now, is that there are too many people and you are the problem. Of course one of their branches, the Club of Rome, came out and said that in their own book, The First Global Revolution. Man is the enemy of the planet, there are too many people, and so on and so on and so on. I’ve been through all of that before many times and many other articles as well that have come out recently over the last few years. Stepping up until YOU get the message that we’re all in it together, coupled by the complete farce of the war on terror, which is a war OF terror to really upset everybody across the planet and to really tick them off to get you ready for revolution and you will be guided with your leaders to lead you into the new system. You all go in saying, yeah, yeah, it’s ours… but it won’t be yours at all.
Academia is heavily involved with the Military-Industrial Complex, always has been. They are guiding your thoughts. They are guiding your actions. They are guiding the whole idea of the new system, the new economy. They get your tax money all the time to work on projects that the Pentagon gives them on all of these strategies. The Pentagon isn’t all about bombs, you know, and bullets. It has way more to do with societal control and economic warfare of all kinds. Here is an article, a typical article.
Nat’l Academy of Sciences Tells Citizen-Lobbyists:
First Priority is Economy-Wide Carbon Price
06/23/2010 by James Handley / carbontax.org
On Monday, Dr. Laurie Geller, director of the National Academy of Sciences’ new blue-ribbon climate change report, briefed the Citizens’ Climate Lobby’s National Conference, kicking off CCL’s Washington lobby week. (Alan: So they are full-time lobbyists, you see.)
Part I of NAS’s report stresses the strong evidence and broad scientific consensus that Earth’s surface is warming due to human-caused fossil fuel burning. NAS recommends further research on managing impacts on ecosystems, food production, public health and climate policy. (A: Do you understand, that’s your population control, everything all rolled into one, and what each individual… public health is what each individual is worth to the state to keep you going; should they treat you or let you die, etc.)
Part II, “Limiting the Magnitude of Future Climate Change” calls for immediate, urgent action; its top recommendation is to “Adopt an economy-wide carbon pricing system.” (A: This is all across the world. This stuff is coming out all over the place.) It also urges additional clean energy R&D, research into how behavior and technology interact (A: Again, that’s technocracy.) and incentives for low greenhouse gas energy technologies.
Part III, on adaptation, suggests responses to the inevitable consequences of climate change already in motion. Recommendations include: “develop hot weather early warning systems” as Philadelphia has done, and “Alaska: Retreat from the Coast” (A: “Retreat from the coast…”) beginning the process of relocation from areas where thawing and erosion (A: They’re talking about sea erosion, by the way.) are rendering present settlements untenable. (A: Of course they’re using this whole thing down there in the Gulf for that right now, aren’t they? They were doing it before that spill in the Gulf with, Oh my God, the coastline in eroding, they keep telling you.)
Remember, Agenda 21 says you will not be living on the coastlines, across the world. They don’t want anyone across the world living on the coastlines. But if you really want really good information on this, I’ll give you a link for a site at the end of the show. This site goes into a lot of the history that I’ve just been talking about. Of course, it doesn’t connect the music industry, Brockman, the Unabomber, and so on, or the Cecil Rhodes Foundation, the Milner Group becoming the Royal Institute of International Affairs all working on the same agenda. It doesn’t tie them into it but it has a good handle on at least some of the founders.
As I say, 1934 the founder actually said this,
“Energy Certificates are issued individually to every adult of the entire population… The record of one’s income and its rate of expenditure is kept by the Distribution Sequence, (A: That’s like an organization; that’s the head office.) so that it is a simple matter at any time for the Distribution Sequence to ascertain the state of a given customer’s balance… When making purchases of either goods or services an individual surrenders the Energy Certificates properly identified and signed.
“The significance of this, from the point of view of knowledge of what is going on in the social system, and of social control, can best be appreciated when one surveys the whole system in perspective. First, one single organization is manning and operating the whole social mechanism. (A: ONE system, ONE organization, right, ONE plutocracy is managing the production and distribution of all wealth and goods, goods and services. Remember George Orwell said that? He says, you’ll know when tyranny is there because they will own the means of production and the distribution of all food, goods and services. This is what’s been pushed here in this particular article in 1934, of the founder of the main organization, that is worldwide, lots of your politicians are members of it to bring in the same system. He goes on to say…) The same organization not only produces but also distributes all goods and services.
“With this information clearing continuously to a central headquarters we have a case exactly analogous to the control panel of a power plant, or the bridge of an ocean liner…” [Technocracy Study Course, Hubbert & Scott, p. 238-239] (A: This course is still available today because, you see, it’s still going today. As I’ve said, lots of your politicians are all members, and of course they’ve got their funding from the usual foundations, and have from the beginning.)
When you go to the top of this article, it says here… and it’s a very good article.
Carbon Currency: A New Beginning for Technocracy?
By Patrick Wood, Editor / augustreview.com / January 26, 2010
Introduction
Critics who think that the U.S. dollar will be replaced by some new global currency are perhaps thinking too small.
On the world horizon looms a new global currency that could replace all paper currencies and the economic system upon which they are based.
The new currency, simply called Carbon Currency, is designed to support a revolutionary new economic system based on energy (production, and consumption), instead of price. (A: What do you think your Smart Meters are all about? Hmm?) Our current price-based economic system and its related currencies that have supported capitalism, socialism, fascism and communism, is being herded to the slaughterhouse in order to make way for a new carbon-based world. (A: But guess what folks? The folks that gave you all those systems are still running it.)
It is plainly evident that the world is laboring under a dying system of price-based economics as evidenced by the rapid decline of paper currencies. The era of fiat (irredeemable paper currency) was introduced in 1971 when President Richard Nixon decoupled the U.S. dollar from gold. Because the dollar-turned-fiat was the world’s primary reserve asset, all other currencies eventually followed suit, leaving us today with a global sea of paper that is increasingly undesired, unstable, unusable. (A: And it’s meant to be, folks. You see, it’s TIME to bring in the new system. That’s why this is all happening. That’s why they had the crash when they wanted it. They could have kept the bubbles going forever because that’s what it was always based upon, the whole stock market and the currencies, enthusiasm… and fast talkers.)
The deathly economic state of today’s world is a direct reflection of the sum of its sick and dying currencies, but this could soon change.
Forces are already at work to position a new Carbon Currency as the ultimate solution to global calls for poverty reduction, population control, environmental control, global warming, energy allocation and blanket distribution of economic wealth. (A: What are we really doing right now under this, we’re all in it together, IMF, World Bank idea? We are redistributing our tax money across the planet. That was also a tenet of communism. Communism, as I said, was created by the same bankers that had already ruled the Western world, as a big experiment, for what’s coming now. You see how it all ties together?)
Unfortunately for individual people living in this new system, it will also require authoritarian and centralized control over all aspects of life, from cradle to grave.
What is Carbon Currency and how does it work? In a nutshell, Carbon Currency will be based on the regular allocation of available energy to the people of the world. If not used within a period of time, the Currency will expire (like monthly minutes on your cell phone plan) (A: Remember, I’ve read Bertrand Russell to you and he said in one of his books, people will be issued credits from a government which you can’t save up and on Monday they will start again with the same amount in it. And they will used as a form of social control because you must have these credits to pay for your rent. Everything will be rental eventually. You’ll pay your bills with it, buy your food with it, and if you buck the system they will use social disapproval, withdraw your credits that week or that month or maybe two or three or six months to punish you. It is used as punishment too, you see. He wrote that one in a particular book back in the 1940s.) so that the same people can receive a new allocation based on new energy production quotas for the next period.
Because the energy supply chain is already dominated by the global elite, setting energy production quotas will limit the amount of Carbon Currency in circulation at any one time. It will also naturally limit manufacturing, food production and people movement. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and tying up some ends to show people what’s been happening all their lives and where these big movements and where their big thoughts, really, that become the opinions of people actually came from. We are guided along ALL paths, especially through academia and those who go through universities because they become great workers towards all this because they never question the wrongness of anything that comes from their superiors. It is said with authority, just like I read yesterday from Bertrand Russell.
This article “Carbon Currency: A New Beginning for Technocracy?” goes through the history of technocracy, a bit obscure in some places. I’ve tied in more tonight in other areas of it to show you where it all came from.
Background
Philosophically, Technocracy found it roots in the scientific autocracy of Henri de Saint-Simon (1760-1825) and in the positivism of Auguste Comte (1798-1857), the father of the social sciences. (A: Social sciences is very important for all this. Most revolutions go through the social… they are quiet, bloodless. They are changes in culture; that’s what they are.) Positivism elevated science and the scientific method above metaphysical revelation. Technocrats embraced positivism because they believed that social progress was possible only through science and technology. (A: And therefore, only those who understood it should be the ones who come through to the new age.) [Schunk, Learning Theories: An Educational Perspective, 5th, 315]
The social movement of Technocracy, with its energy-based accounting system, can be traced back to the 1930’s (A: The movement came out openly. They were hidden before that, through Milner and all the other ones who already ruled the world’s resources.) when an obscure group of engineers and scientists offered it as a solution to the Great Depression.
The principal scientist behind Technocracy was M. King Hubbert, a young geoscientist who would later (in 1948-1956) invent the now-famous Peak Oil Theory, also known as the Hubbert Peak Theory. (A: That’s got you all so crazy.) Hubbert stated that the discovery of new energy reserves and their production would be outstripped by usage, thereby eventually causing economic and social havoc. Many modern followers of Peak Oil Theory believe that the 2007-2009 global recession was exacerbated in part by record oil prices that reflected validity of the theory. (A: It goes through a bit of the history of him and the universities he went through and so on, funded, again, by the Rockefeller Foundation.)
Hubbert received all of his higher education at the University of Chicago, graduating with a PhD in 1937, and later taught geophysics at Columbia University. He was highly acclaimed throughout his career, receiving many honors such as the Rockefeller Public Service Award in 1977. (A: Very interesting, he was given a Rockefeller Public Service Award for really pushing this stuff he was told to push. These guys are front men, folks. They all are.)
In 1933, Hubbert and Howard Scott formed an organization called Technocracy, Inc. (A: If you look that up you’ll find departments in every country. They’ve got an awful lot of communiqués with government officials, in every country as well.) (A: They explain what it means…) Technocracy is derived from the Greek words “techne” meaning skill and “kratos”, meaning rule. Thus, it is government by skilled engineers, scientists and technicians as opposed to elected officials. It was opposed to all other forms of government, including communism, socialism and fascism, all of which function with a price-based economy.
As founders of the organization and political movement called Technocracy, Inc., Hubbert and Scott also co-authored Technocracy Study Course in 1934. This book serves as the (A: And you can see their Study Course from 1934, still used as the…) “bible” of Technocracy and is the root document to which most all modern technocratic thinking can be traced.
They go on about the need to bring down the old system, how to bring in the new system, and that money itself was simply obsolete already back in their day. They knew it was a con because their masters were the guys who ran the money… and they obeyed their masters. And the masters want to bring in a new system now that the masters own all the resources of the world. That’s what really matters, isn’t it? Resources, food, and oil, all energy resources… that’s what’s important. You can call it whatever you want, carbon credits, energy credits; they already did back in the 30s and you are living through it today. Of course they sell it to you as a new age of equality and all that kind of stuff as they distribute the wealth. But that’s all bunkum folks because they want to bring down the population to those who should stay alive and breed, if you read all their other documents as well.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Military Gave You Counter-Culture, Also LSD,
DSL is Their Little Joke and Also Term PC:
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on June 28, 2010. I always suggest that the newcomers look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Look into the archives section and you will find hundreds of talks I’ve given over the past and you can download these for free – these are audio talks. All the sites you’ll see listed on the front page [Official sites listed above.] and bookmark them for future use in case I get problems with one or the other. Plus, all these sites have the same audios; they all have transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given in English for print up. If you go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu you’ll get the transcripts in other languages as well; there is a good variety to choose from. While you are there, remember that you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t accept the cash from advertisers. Most hosts get their paychecks from that; that’s what keeps them going very well by the way. This gives me more leeway to say what I want to say. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for this air time. It pays for their equipment, staff, and their bills. So if you go into my site, remember, there are books for sale that I have written.
They are different from any other books that you will get on the market because I show you the cons behind the scenes that have been used down through the ages up to the present time. It’s far more sophisticated now of course, with the computer age and with massive behavioral psychology and various other branches of the social sciences involved to control the public. So it’s much more complex today but devious minds are devious minds down through all the ages and the same types of characters get good employment for governments. Go in there, buy the books, CDs and DVDs or you can donate to me; that will keep me going, hopefully I will trickle over. [Order and donation options listed above.] Some people just send cash and so far that always gets through. I will ship out orders as soon as possible. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address listed above]. Remember, there are disks with 50 shows per disk on some of them and that’s worth buying.
Believe you me, these sites will get pulled eventually. I’ve got problems all the time with the main servers. I get problems with the uploads from the providers, because we are not living in a free society; we never really were. Yes, they will make money off you but at the same time the Military-Industrial Complex long ago set out REAL organizations, private companies, to make sure that technology, especially information, would be handled and controlled by THEM. If was far easier than giving you a state-run organization; then we’d all know, just like the Soviets did, that everything that came out was propaganda. This way, they give you the internet, which is shortly going to get pulled I’m sure, for most people, a lot of people. Unless you are into child pornography or something like that and they will probably leave you alone because they need that stuff to keep terrifying us that the pedophiles are living in our area. It’s awfully handy for censorship of others. They always draw up these pedophiles every so often and use it as an excuse as to why we must lose all our rights for everybody else, who are not into that kind of stuff. But those are the tricks we live under. It’s a world full of tricks. Really, we scratch the surface of it. You have to go into the real old books, heavy books, boring books, to find out the continuity of the groups that work together to bring in a New World Order. It has been on the go for an awful long time. I might touch on some of that tonight when I come back from these messages.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I won’t touch so much on the riots they had at the weekend with the G20 because it’s well covered in all the major mainstream, except to say of course, that everybody knows, who watched any of it at all, that the guys who were dressed with the black outfits – the agitators – were scattered throughout the crowds and firebombed one of the cop cars and stuff like that. You know, they bring in international teams for this. They are for hire across the world. That was even in a CBC documentary, an actual movie they made. They hired a bunch from Britain and elsewhere, so they appear international, they come into the town for the riots, they dress up, they get in amongst the people, and they firebomb stuff. Then the cops get turned on the other people who are standing around there. So this is standard procedure.
If you are spending all this kind of money on security and the public aren’t happy, you have to give them a show for something to try and validate why they are spending so much of their money – when we are supposedly all broke – to wine and dine. And lay on the prostitutes for the big boys that are brought in for their little brandy get-togethers and their 10 minute chat. That’s how farcical it is. They just sign papers that the Sherpas, the ones who go and do all the legwork for a year or more before the meeting. They draft all this stuff up and they are just signed into agreements, where these guys go and get wined and dined with their 20 course meals and all that kind of stuff. And the kinky stuff they get into afterwards too. And it really is kinky. It’s been admitted before that when they were in Vancouver, when it came out what the budget was for it and so on and they had the break down; they supplied male and female prostitutes for these ‘dignitaries.’ ‘Dignitaries’… can you believe they call them dignitaries, and ‘right honorables,’ and all that stuff? They never mentioned too, the ages of their victims because you see, with your diplomatic immunity apparently all these rules that apply to everyone else, are waved to give them their little jaded perk. They are so jaded they need perks all the time.
Someone was telling me recently, who covered one of their meetings in Edinburgh a few years back, they actually had some of the females come into whirlpools baths, covered in, it was called ‘camp coffee’, it’s a liquid coffee, and they did odd things in the bathtubs for the dignitaries. That’s the kind of world we are really living in because the ones at the top have never followed the laws or even the remnants of any religious social culture of the people that they rule over. Never have. The psychopaths get near there and they are allowed to do this stuff. And they are not the bosses, believe you me. You see, if a person really was a boss of these countries, and turned enemy, they would be bumped off so quickly by Special Forces and assassins. Therefore, when they are all on board you know they are all authorized to BE in position OVER those countries. That’s a reality of life. It’s a reality of life. It has been your whole life long in fact.
I’ll just touch on one article and this is from the BBC about Blackwater. Now, when they privatize companies – and the NSA do this, the CIA do it, MI5, MI6 do it – they create legitimate corporations, and BIG corporations, big TECHNOLOGICAL – especially – corporations who supply you with what they claim is the latest stuff for you to play with, electronically. And you do and you think it is the latest. They put all their ads in their magazines which keep you thinking you are on the cutting edge, which is utter nonsense. What is available technological-wise is so far ahead of anything you can imagine even in sci-fi… in reality… ALL the time. But they use private companies to do dirty works because private companies are not responsible to any general public. Here is another team that they used too. We’ve heard it before, Blackwater, which changed their name recently. It says…
CIA defends Blackwater contract worth $100m
Blackwater was banned from Iraq, ending operations in 2009.
bbc.co.uk / Sunday, 27 June 2010
The head of CIA has defended awarding a large contract to the controversial security company formerly known as Blackwater.
The director of the CIA, Leon Panetta, said the company’s bid was US $26m less than its nearest rival. (Alan: That means nothing. That’s PR… because they always say in their contracts that it might not go to the lowest bidder. It’s already prearranged, in other words; that’s what that means.)
The contract, worth $100m, is to provide security at US consulates in the cities of Herat and Mazar-e-Sharif.
Blackwater guards allegedly opened fire on unarmed civilians in Baghdad in 2007 killing 17 people. (A: See, the guys that go into this are actually mercenaries who have been through regular militaries in other countries and these are the few that really enjoy it. They enjoy killing folk… especially the ones that can’t fight back.)
In the wake of the killings, the company rebranded itself Xe Services.
The company ended its operations in Iraq in 2009, in line with a ban by the government.
The US government said in January 2009 that it would not renew the company’s task orders.
The new contract with the company initially runs for a year but could be extended to 18 months.
In a rare television interview with ABC News on Sunday, Leon Panetta said the CIA had come to rely on such companies to provide security for forward bases. (A: I don’t know if you know that they are building bases across the Middle East and elsewhere that will last over 100 years, with the building techniques they are putting into them. This falls along a strategy plan first put across by Jeane Kirkpatrick who was brought up in the socialist and actually really communist school, if you go into her history. Ronald Reagan picked her up after hearing her speak at the American-Jewish Congress talking about this very project, the need to, instead of going to war and setting up temporary bases, America’s role would be maybe 50, 60, 70 years long and therefore, why don’t we go in and build permanent bases. Reagan picked her up and put her on a panel for this and that was the start of the creation of the permanent bases across the world. You see, the elite might move, and they probably will move – they are always moving at the end of ages – and they want to make sure they’ve got the best places to be protected in, for one reason. Anyway, Blackwater of course, never fades away, like none of these things fade away; they just change their names and get the same bids and go on as they have before. It says here…)
“[Xe] provided a bid that… underbid everyone else by about US $26m. And a panel that we had said that they can do the job, that they have shaped up their act. So there really was not much choice but to accept that contract,” Mr Panetta explained. (A: Rubbish. If it was an extra $28m or $6m, they would have given it to some other group but Blackwater is approved for this. Blackwater even has been training the Canadian troops in Canada. It’s quite something, eh? Everything is farmed out now. Everything is farmed out. It says…)
As Blackwater the company provided the US government with bodyguards both in Afghanistan and Iraq.
It hit the headlines when four of its bodyguards were ambushed in the Iraqi city of Fallujah and their bodies left hanging from a bridge over the Euphrates River.
Earlier this month the company was put up for sale. (A: In other words, it’s changed its name and probably the same shareholders still hold it because they won’t let this go away. It’s too vital a part of their forward strategy to patrol and protect the VIPs within these massive structures they are building across the world – full airports and everything, with the best of materials – really, cities for themselves, military cities.)
Last week I mentioned Technocracy Inc that came out of a movement in the 1800s and into the 1900s. HG Wells was a member; many of the top ones were members. You’ll find that it ties in exactly with Carroll Quigley, what he talked about, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, and their role in society. He says they are often mistaken for left-leaning ideologies; they are not really communist but they work with communists and every other group. That’s what he said in Tragedy and Hope and The Anglo-American Establishment. What they are, are technocrats really. Very rich, of course, the richest people on the planet who own the minerals across the world. That’s what the Milner Group, that became the Royal Institute of International Affairs; that’s what their main job was, to grab the world’s resources because they believed that everything was finite. All energy, everything they needed to survive LONG into the future, would be needed by THEM, the elite themselves, to go on into the future. Therefore, they came up with technocracy, a rulership in a sense by technocrats; people, as George Bernard Shaw said, who would be supermen, people who could understand technology, know its applications and be able to properly provide for themselves, for their OWN sustainability in the future regardless of the herd, the masses down below. This became the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations, by the way, that are always pushing these same socialist policies that SEEM to be socialist – and I say SEEM to be socialist. As Quigley said, it’s a different kind of socialism. It’s more like Fascism, really, or Nazism, because they plan to go down through the ages, their offspring being the better breeded type with intelligence and so on, and take care of these resources and use them properly for their own maintenance and sustainability, not for ours. In fact most of us are to die off.
I mentioned too that HG Wells who also was a member of this group in his day, belonging to the Fabian Society funded by the Astor family, Lord Astor, as was in fact the set up of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. HG Wells was one of their biggest writers pushing technology and pushing the technological age for the masters to rule the world. He also talked along with George Bernard Shaw about killing off and getting rid of the useless eaters, all the masses. I mentioned as well that he published in his own book, The Shape Things to Come, in 1933 that in the future, about now, they will use energy credits for money. So if you think you are just going through a stumbling, happenstance, strange, Alice in Wonderland, crisis after crisis scenario with everything happening by chance, you will never, ever get what’s really happening. And if you can’t read the deep books, you’ll never grasp it. I’ll go into some of this after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about what I mentioned last Friday and you should look into last Friday to get the links and look up these sites I gave you to do with this society, this Technocracy Inc. It’s important that you realize it’s not new. It’s mandated from the top. The biggest bankers on the planet have always been part of it. Cecil Rhodes himself was sent out to grab the resources of the world, and an awful lot of them and then Milner took over doing the same thing. Right up through World War I, World War II, they SET UP the United Nations, by the way, this same group, to manage the world’s affairs and bring their perfect society into reality. It was to be based eventually with killing off the useless eaters, step by step, not all at once of course, so that we don’t panic, but enough to step up the death rate. They believed that they themselves should come through this. As I say, Wells himself did publish his book, The Shape of Things to Come, and he mentioned that energy credits would be used. You see the same thing through the Star Trek series as well, when they are asked what kind of money do you use, in that century, when they come back from the future, and he says we get a form of credits and privileges.
This Technocracy Inc has a lot of good stuff on its own site. They are still going well and strong today, managed by the big boys; I’m sure the NSA is in on it too. It mentions the Energy Distribution Card. This is from an article and it was published in their magazine July 1937. It says…
That which ceases to function, ceases to exist. As each day passes it becomes more evident that our socio-economic structure is unsustainable (A: Where have you heard that before?) in the technological scientific age in which we live.
That’s for their Energy Distribution Card, published in July 1937! These are the guys behind the greening movement, by the way, and the sustainability movement; the same organization, the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and so on. They have various enterprises on the go, especially in technology. They have branches off into transhumanism because they themselves expect to carry on their gene pools, as the rest of us die off, you see. They always did that. I’m going to give you a link tonight, a site you’ve got to connect it to the last one I gave you on Friday. This ties right in with the Unabomber, who went to university with a lot of these present guys I’m going to mention, and who targeted some of these guys. It just had this vague thing in the paper that the Unabomber was against technology. No, the guy was targeting guys in this particular organization who know where they are going, and who’s funding them, and who’s in with them – the biggest powers on the planet.
This article is called…
THE ENGLISH IDEOLOGY AND WIRED MAGAZINE
imaginaryfutures.net / Author: Mark Stahlman
Last year, a critical essay entitled The Californian Ideology by Richard Barbrook and Andrew Cameron (University of Westminster) appeared on the Internet and quickly became a focal point for growing criticism of the glossy and widely influential Wired magazine. (A: And you’ll find out, as I go on… for those who’ve got an attention span will get something out of this.) However, the author’s difficulty in sorting out the origins of the ideas behind Wired and it’s version of the “Digital Revolution” was painfully obvious in their essay.
I’d like to argue that the group which has consistently promoted the worldview expressed by Wired and, in effect, publishes and writes the magazine today isn’t American at all — it’s the English. If anything, Wired represents yet another attempt to invade American culture and to undermine American political and economic initiative — another of the attempts which have characterized American relations with the English for many centuries.
Wired magazine is not an American institution, nor is it even distinctly Californian (although its association with San Francisco is certainly undeniable). (A: That’s true because one of the members came up to Vancouver to set up the Canadian base and it’s still there today.) And, it’s ideology is also not nearly as novel as Barbrook/Cameron and some other European commentators seem to suggest — although, arguably, it is appearing in a new and, therefore, potentially confusing form. Each of the magazine’s elements, including free-market economics, hedonic lifestyle, techno-utopianism (A: That’s Wells, you see, Techno-utopianism.) and, crucially, complete disdain for the uniqueness of human consciousness are all specifically and historically English.
For that matter, the magazine’s sponsors are all English (or self-confessed Anglophiles). Its themes are largely English in origin and its strategy of world-domination through techno-utopian revolution is English (specifically H.G. Wells) to the core. Indeed, Wired is a house-organ for the modern political expression of British radical liberalism and it’s philosophical partner British radical empiricism. Politically, philosophically, financially and psychologically, Wired is a concrete expression of the English ideology.
The Wired project began when the director of MIT’s (A: Now, anything to do with MIT is the Pentagon, folks; for those who really don’t know it.) Media Lab, Nicholas Negroponte (A: A lot of folk who listen might know that name; a big player in all of this.) (an Anglophile who’s ideal digital-slave is an AI-spawned robotic English butler), plucked Louis Rossetto and Jane Metcalfe from obscurity in San Francisco’s European sister-city, the other Anglo-Dutch “experimental” metropolis, Amsterdam. Before Wired, Rosetto’s greatest previous literary achievement had been a book describing the high-budget nudie shenanigans at the filming of Caligula. This movie, in turn, was the boldest effort by Penthouse magazine’s Bob Guccione, whose introduction to porn-production was under English tutelage in Tangier and who sent his sons to British military finishing schools. (A: More about this after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and reading an article that is very interesting if you have a memory and you can retain it because it ties in with last Friday’s talk to do with those who were into the culture creation and complete distortion industry. Their idea was to destroy all that was to make room for what will be. They brought in the hippy movement and all this stuff. The guys who all ran it were members of the military or had recently left high military positions as officers, to bring you the hippy movement and LSD, drugs and rock and roll and all that kind of stuff, free love, etc; the same thing that Wells was pushing in the late 1800s and right through into the 1900s. As it says here…
This movie, in turn, was the boldest effort by Penthouse magazine’s Bob Guccione, whose introduction to porn-production was under English tutelage in Tangier and who sent his sons to British military finishing schools. (A: You’d be surprised how the military is through ALL of this stuff that helped to destroy society, because they had to destroy the family unit and have everybody panting with their tongues hanging out when they hit about 12 now, apparently. They have been very successful; no one can bond. So it was all part of the ongoing strategy of destruction of everything that stood up against them cohesively; there is nothing coherent left, you see. Negroponte himself had a brother up in the different United States government I think, always up in the military side of things. So here is Negroponte…)
Negroponte’s apparent goal was to meld Rosetto/Metcalfe with the now flagging San Francisco-based Whole Earth project (A: I think it was Brand who brought out the Whole Earth Project; that was how to get back to nature. They had no intention of getting you back to nature. It was hoping you’d all fall for it and not get married and be anti-technology, therefore they would have a real dumbed down population while they soared ahead themselves with technology, and be easier to dominate. That was part of the strategy. These are the guys that the Unabomber all knew.) of his longtime associate, Stewart Brand (who had previously contributed the book/marketing-brochure Media Lab). First to join the Wired editorial team was Brand protege and Whole Earth editor, Kevin Kelly, (A: He took over the project.) in what was billed as an ambitious relaunch of the original effort designed to amp-up the graphics, capture consumer product advertisers and spearhead the, now digital, techno-Utopian world revolution. Sex, Drugs and Rock & Roll were now “tired”; Wired was now “wired.”
Wired, which positioned itself as the journal of this post-psychedelic world revolution, was launched with seed money from Negroponte (buying him the back page and ultimately a best-seller) and from game designer Charlie Jackson. But the glossy mockup failed to attract the crucial second round of investment and Wired appeared to be still-born until Negroponte introduced them to the San Francisco-based private bank, Sterling Payot, which fronted the money for the magazine’s launch. Continued existence, however, was still in doubt until the notoriously Anglophile (a polite word for English in American clothing) publisher Si Newhouse’s Advance Publications stepped in for the last push. (No, despite its name, the Newhouse published magazine, The New Yorker is actually not an American publication — it’s English.)
In this tumultuous process involving financial reorganizations, whatever notions of editorial independence which might have been initially entertained at Wired were quickly contained. The editorial content of the magazine from its inception has been heavily influenced by the larger utopian (A: Again that word ‘utopian.’) agendas of Brand and his Whole Earth-to-Wired editorial colleague Kevin Kelly. In particular, the multi-national scenarios-planning company co-founded by Brand and previously London-based Royal-Dutch Shell futurist Peter Schwartz, the Global Business Network (GBN), has been decisive in shaping Wired’s “content.” From promoting GBN’s consultants endlessly with cover-stories and interviews to actually producing a “special issue” on the future totally with GBN resources, Wired handed over its editorial reigns to GBN and it’s New Dark Age scenarios (more on this below) from day one. (A: By the way, there are a lot of your top politicians belonging to this organization and Newt Gingrich is one of them, and Alvin Toffler.)
To be sure, proclaiming the gloomy truth of the GBN scenario-planned and social-engineered future is not exactly Wired’s public mission. Wired is all about the “optimism meme” and is committed to catalyzing the creation of a “better world” — at least for the 5% of the population who are expected to comprise the new Information Age rulers. This new “class” even has a name — the “Brain Lords” (and what else would the English call the Information Age aristocracy, anyway?) — according to Michael Vlahos, a policy analyst at Newt Gingrich’s think-tank, the Progress and Freedom Foundation. Editorial support for Gingrich’s brand of “revolution” as well as consistent backing of his technocratic policy advisers, most notably Alvin Toffler, has been a Wired commitment from its earliest issues. (A: Remember, Gingrich gave away the book to every Congressman on the steps of the Congress of Alvin Toffler’s, The Third Wave.)
The project which preceded Wired, the Whole Earth Catalog (and its various off-shoots, such as the computer conferencing system known as the Well and the newer Electric Minds), had been the product of Stewart Brand et. al’s 1960’s efforts to engineer a utopian counter-culture (A: To destroy what was of course, to take it over.) which, it was hoped, would broadly transform society at large. So, aren’t I confusing my history here? Isn’t Brand all American? No, I don’t think so. Scratch a Stewart Brand and what will you find? None other than the English anthropologist Gregory Bateson (A: A very important guy.), of course. And, it is from Bateson’s lifelong commitment to re-program a humanity which he deeply despised and, in particular, his explicit drive to destroy the religious basis of Western civilization by replacing God with Nature, that the Whole Earth project was born. (A: What did it become? Your greening project folks.) It was literally the beginning of a new religion with Nature at its center and mankind portrayed as the dangerous ape threatening to destroy it all.
Bateson’s British (and American) intelligence sponsored takeover of the nascent field of cybernetics in the 1950’s from its creator, Norbert Wiener, (A: (A: Again, the Unabomber knew all these guys; that’s why he was bombing them.) led directly into Bateson’s LSD-driven experiments on schizophrenia and creativity in Palo Alto, which in turn, were the origins of Ken Kesey’s Merry Pranksters and their house band, the Grateful Dead. (A: They were running around doing these experiments. They called it ‘the experiment’ and gave millions of LSD to distribute among society to get them ‘turned on, drop out’ while society fell apart around them. That was the whole idea of it. All military guys… don’t forget that for a second. All these top guys were from the military.) Indeed, Stewart Brand’s own career as a publicist for what was first conceived of as drug and then computer-based techo-utopian revolution owes much to Bateson’s cybernetics guidance. Brand was among the first to recognize that personal computers (A: In fact he gave the name to it, the ‘personal computer.’) and computer networks might have even greater potential to re-program the humans who “used” them than the psychedelics which fueled his earlier efforts. Indeed, based on Brand’s success at promoting LSD at his Trips Festivals, he was hired by Doug Englebart to stage the first mass demonstration of the mouse and windows system which Englebart had invented at the Stanford Research Institute (SRI). (A: See, these aren’t hippies, folks, anything BUT hippies. But they’d like YOU all to be.)
Bateson is the son of the English geneticist, William Bateson, whose attacks precipitated the suicide of his principle Continental rival, Otto Kammerer, is chronicled in Arthur Koestler’s Case of the Mid-Wife Toad. (A: Remember, Arthur Koestler worked for MI5? That is disclosed in American’s Cultural Cold War. It’s declassified now.) And, if the Englishman Bateson doesn’t satisfy your hunger for a proper genealogy for psychedelic San Francisco, one might consider Captain Al Hubbard (no relation to L. Ron), the Johnny Appleseed of LSD. He was born in Kentucky but by the 1950’s had renounced his U.S. citizenship and sailed right up to Vancouver, British Columbia, to become a commodore in their very English yacht club. (A: And they still run the technocratic club, Technocracy Inc, from there basically, the Canadian branch.) That’s where he set up the world war-room to target the destruction of Western culture (through San Francisco) and from this base that he joined forces with Humphrey Osmond (English military psychiatrist, (A: These are all way up there.) lead English MK-ULTRA researcher and the originator of the term “psychedelic”) and Aldous Huxley (A: …as well, he was in on it.) (English black-sheep godson of the original techno-utopian, H.G. Wells) (A: Did you know he was his godson? You’d be surprised who HG Wells’ godfather was too.) to spread LSD among the intelligentsia to achieve the world revolution. To be sure, San Francisco’s cultural scene has long been shaped by its close association with English/Anglophile intellectuals and social engineers.
But, it’s not sufficient to demonstrate the intellectual genealogy of Wired to fully describe their tight affiliation with the English ideology. There is a crucial component of the technological and biologically deterministic utopian worldview at the core of Wired’s “content” which must be carefully situated as well. Wired’s techno-utopianism is merely the modern expression of H.G. Wells’ attempts in the first half of this century to construct a technocratic global empire ruled by a new elite — much like the audience that Wired seeks to rally behind its now digital but still self-consciously revolutionary banner.
In its various forms, following Thomas More’s coining of the term Utopia with the publishing of his book with that title in 1516, utopian writing and, indeed, utopian social experiments tended to be pastoral and, if anything, anti-technology. It was H.G. Wells who changed all that with his 1905 publication of his novel, A Modern Utopia (one of the few of his 20th century works which is still in print). And, it was Wells who initiated the entire inquiry into a technology-defined future (and, indeed, launched the field now known as futurism) in his seminal 1902 essay, Anticipations. (A: Mind you, Wells himself was a front man for professors from Oxford and Cambridge who fed him all this stuff, because it was an elite agenda, you see.)
While Wells is popularly known as the first true science fiction writer, he lived for 50 years after he completed his cycle of four major sci-fi novels in 1897. (A: When he was preaching free love, right… the destruction of the family unit.) During this half century, he was very busy designing the future of the British Empire — the Third Rome as he put it (or as Toffler would later put it, the Third Wave) (A: That’s Gingrich’s favorite book.) — as a vision of a world knit together by communications and transportation technologies and controlled by a new class of technocrats. What Wells’ described in volume after volume throughout the rest of his life (both in fictional and essay format) is indistinguishable from the digital revolution Wired hopes to lead. It’s a post-industrial world that has abandoned the nation-state in favor of Wells’ World State, that has scrapped the premises of it’s industrial past, embraced the scarcity of an anti-growth economics and based itself on the emergence of a newly indoctrinated post-civilization humanity. (A: By the way, that’s what “Zeitgeist” is too; it’s part of this movement in case you didn’t know it. They were also at the demonstrations at the G20 and they want computers to rule over us, just like the last book put out by Arthur C Clark called 3001, after they got rid of all the useless eaters. That’s what’s in the book.)
Wells had devoted himself to organizing a world revolution based on technology, synthetic religion and mass mind-control — the same revolution discussed monthly in the pages of Wired. In Wells’ A Modern Utopia, the rulers are called the “New Samurai” and they are a caste of scientist/priests who social-engineer the global society Wells called the “World State.” John Perry Barlow’s Wired-published, Declaration of Independence for Cyberspace would have made Wells very happy, I have no doubt. Yes, that’s Wells’ “World State” lurking in the margins of Barlow’s manifesto despite his waffling on the specifics of future forms of “governance” — except to say that the future of politics will be conveniently (from the social engineer’s standpoint) “post-reason.”
But, aren’t I heading straight into the jaws of an overwhelming and categorical contradiction? Wells was certainly no free-marketeer. He was a professed socialist and Wired appears on its face to be thoroughly free-market capitalist. (A: Remember, Wells belonged to the Fabian Society that was the very sham that was meant to fool the public that it was for the workers, but it was all elitists who ran it. So he is going to explain here what socialism in that sense means.) How could I claim any affinity between the British radical liberals and Wells (and with both and Wired)? Aren’t I just gluing together two sets of intellectual forebears — who both just happen to be English? How do I avoid the “bizarre fusion” description favored by Barbrook/Cameron? In the end, doesn’t my English ideology argument collapse as just another curious historical accident combine with an overworked imagination?
I don’t think so. Despite the naked attempt to rescue Well’s socialist legacy in a recent biography by the past-head of the British Labour Party, Michael Foot, (A: Who eventually was exposed as a lifelong, card-carrying communist party member.) Wells was indeed a very strange socialist. Likewise, when the substance of its arguments are carefully considered, Wired strikes the pose of a very odd sort of capitalist. I’m convinced that they both choose to adopt protective coloring to enhance their stature in their respective times and places but that, just beneath the surface, they are both simply utopian/corporativists — the same ideological impulse which gave rise to Fascism — and not what they may appear to be to the more casual and, too often, more credulous observer.
Both Wired and Wells are, in fact, utopians and elitists with overarching ambitions of leading a world revolution. This revolution is intended to produce radical economic and political transformation which would put their ilk in charge of running a new worldwide empire. From a strategic standpoint — fundamental goals and premises — Wells, Wired (and their common antecedent the anti-human radical Liberals) were/are all fighting for the same new imperial outcome. While there are certainly many tactical twists and turns in this plot over the centuries, this entire grabbag is precisely what I’ve been referring to as the English ideology — the ideology behind a global empire which combines an anything-goes small-scale private life (libertarianism) with rigidly defined large-scale constraints (technocracy). If you would like another description of the same utopian ying-yang, (A: And that’s the symbol by them, Technology Inc, the yin-yang symbol.) refer to Jaron Lanier’s November 1995 editorial in the Spin magazine issue on the future and his characterization of the Stewards (technocrats) and the Extropians (libertarians) as the post-political poles of discourse.
You see, they brought the computer in TO you. They GAVE you the internet. It’s all part of it. A radical transformation of society… and everyone has been altered. Remember the definition that Skinner gave to alter humanity and psychology, their habits and their traits? He says, you must put something in their environment that wasn’t there before. Everybody is sitting with their keys in front of them staring at a screen… hours and hours per day. And you are getting fed lots of propaganda that is designed to capture every mind. It’s designed for a totally different purpose than the one you’d ever, ever think of. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an excellent article by Mark Stahlman who helps tie up other things that I’ve gone through because they are all connected to do with eugenics, better types of people who would come through into a new future, how masses must be destroyed because they are using up all the resources of the world, where that is needed for the elite and their offspring in the future to survive for an awful long time. That’s what it’s all about. It says…
Wells’ dalliance with the Fabian Society (he tried to take it over by promoting free-love to the wives of its board members) (A: This is in the 1800s and in the early 1900s. No kidding. Mind you, he had a lot of kinks as well. He made some special deals with his wives that they couldn’t disclose in divorces, the strange little things he liked to do in the bedroom, or get done to him.) may be one of the sources of confusion leading to Wells’ apparent “socialist” credentials. But, as even a cursory reading of Wells’ quickly demonstrates, their was absolutely no room for working class revolt (or certainly working class leadership) in Wells’ worldview. He was thoroughly convinced that the downtrodden could never lead or even comprehend the revolution he saw coming. (A: In fact he wanted them all killed off and he wrote about that too in A Modern Utopia. Sterilize them to make it humane, rather than just slaughter them.) Wells’ life was dedicated to organizing a completely new class of technical and social scientific experts — technocrats — who would assume control of a world driven to collapse and ruin by workers and capitalists alike. (A: But not all the capitalists because all the big boys like the Rothschilds and the international bankers were BACKING them through the Fabian Society and the Royal Institute of International Affairs – just in case you didn’t know.) Wells wanted to completely re-program humanity — through the creation of a synthetic religion — and, like all utopians, had no affection for the commoner of his time at all. Wells considered socialism, in its various Social Democratic to Marxist manifestations, to be a string of completely anachronistic failures and a throwback to the era of human folly and self-destruction which Wells sought to leap past — much like Toffler dismissing nation-states and representative democracy as “Second Wave.”
In fact, Wells was very clear what sort of corporativist world he wanted when identified the earliest of the multinational corporations as the (A: Here you are…) fledgling model of his ideal economic organization. (A: International corporations… what was it Quigley said from the Council on Foreign Relations? He said, the new feudal overlords in the feudal system will be the corporate CEOs of international organizations… companies.) In his 1920’s novel, The World of William Chissolm, and the companion essay, Imperialism and The Open Conspiracy, Wells cites early multi-nationals as the only kind of globe-spanning (and, therefore, anti-nation-state) economic structures which could embody his revolutionary principles. (A: Remember they weren’t his; he was just a little front man.) He chides both government and business leaders who think that any remnant of the still British-nation-centered Empire could survive and calls on the heads of multinationals to join in forming the vanguard of his revolutionary “Open Conspiracy.”
He also published extensively about the inevitable scrapping of democracy (A: Remember, we are post-democratic now and declared so by the Club of Rome. Right.) and any form of popular rule in his World State.
I’ll put this link up on my site at the end of the show and you can read it for yourself, for those who have an attention span of more than 15 seconds… because if you don’t, you’ll be distracted by the daily crises that are churned out by the regular media.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
ots of folk use this material that is put out here. You will hear it in other talk shows a day later. I go into things in a different tangent generally from the mainstream. I certainly add a lot to every topic I mention because I know more about the histories of the various areas of society and what’s going on, so I can add to the topics. There is a technique to reading anything. In fact we’ve been taught NOT to really understand what we are reading to be honest with you. We are given a cursory glance at things at school. We are taught to ‘repeat after me’ and because we are taught in that fashion we don’t really think through what’s behind, what’s the real message in what you are reading, even in the mainstream… even in the mainstream. It’s amazing too that politicians can get up on mainstream media and make astounding statements and people don’t ask what they are talking about. Like what did George Bush mean when he said ‘the new freedom’? What does that mean? Nobody asked him… and of course, there wasn’t a single journalist there who bothered to ask either. Isn’t that a bit strange? But of course, they are on the pay pocket of the guys in the Council on Foreign Relations. They all belong to it. That’s why. That ‘new freedom’ was first mentioned by Woodrow Wilson an awful long time ago. And then you got ‘the new deal’; that was the new Constitution technically, the NEW governmental system by FDR and it’s been on the go, getting upgraded ever since. We are back to ‘the new freedom’ again, which means having no freedom at all to be honest with you. So people don’t ask questions. They don’t ask what they are talking about. It’s rather astonishing. All through the European integration, all those years I kept saying, we were integrating with the union and eventually we will get a parliament. I’d read the CFR’s books; they do publish them. Over there it is called the Royal Institute of International Affairs. They’ve now got one for the whole of Europe, the European Institute of International Affairs. I’ll talk about that when I come back from these messages.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the Council on Foreign Relations and all these big institutions that work together with the Royal Institute of International Affairs; it’s just the American branch and they have branches all over the world. They’ve had the Institute for Pacific Relations for a long, long time, pre-World War II to the present; and the Institute for Pacific Studies as well. These were both fronts for them, in those particular areas, and they’ve got fronts across the world. They’ve got departments in India and the old British Commonwealth countries; that was set up an awful long time ago before they were called the Royal Institute of International Affairs or the Council on Foreign Relations, they were called the Milner Group and the Rhodes Group at that time. They take responsibility for shaping most of the 20th century, including wars, world wars. Behind them of course, you have the big banking group that started with Milner and Rothschild and international bankers like the Lazard Brothers and so on. They were all part of the founders of what is now called ‘the experts’, those who have the right to rule society SINCE they understand economics AND they understand human nature. They have been studying people for thousands of years; that’s why they know.
We are going through a planned agenda. Some other countries like Canada that had the Canadian Institute for International Affairs; they called themselves eventually the Council on Foreign Relations too, to match the United States back in 2005. But then because everyone was talking about what they said on television in 2005, publicly, as their own institution, that we were amalgamating with the United States, then they changed their name again. So they’ve got another name now. It’s amazing how just like chameleons they keep changing the names, instead of their colors, and we don’t connect the dots together. It’s the same ongoing process. Now why would they have to keep doing that? Why they have to keep doing that is because they work on behalf of an idea, and idea tied in with eugenics, better people. It’s tied in with superior genes, superior intellect, and again, with that technocracy I was talking about too, Technocracy Inc. It’s tied in with that too, that man will go on – at least certain men will go on into the future, those who are desired to go on – while the rest obviously have to die off, otherwise the rest will be using up all the resources of the planet. That’s been part of their mantra for 100 years… 100 years.
We see what’s coming in today. We see them manipulating the food for us. We see the skyrocketing cancer rates. We see the massive autism that used to be VERY rare and uncommon. We see massive diabetes, even type 1. Type 1 used to be rare enough and type 2 is just blossoming because of the GMO foods and all the rest of the stuff which the body can’t handle. They can’t handle the sugars, these new types of sugars, and they can’t handle the oils as well, that we’ve all been told are better for us than the old butter and fat. So there are many ways to take us down and achieve their objective and they really mean to do so. Of course, right now, we are in the age of stampede to get fast change through from one type of society to the next, after the cultural wars they had since the 1950s and 60s, right through to the present. They stampede us now with terror.
A war on terror is beautiful because it can go on forever. You can keep changing your gun sights and labeling anything a terrorist. It’s the most VAGUE term we’ve ever had really, isn’t it? For a war on what? What? Terror. Terror… Terror isn’t a people, you know. So it’s a beautiful technique to stampede us and take our rights away while they ram through the biggest changes in the world and at the same time achieve many of their goals, including the changeover from a consumer society in the West to a society that we are paying everything back in carbon taxes and fees and energy taxes. That’s where your money will be going within the next 2-3 years. And you won’t have anything left for your little goodies. They will make sure you have enough for your little iPhones and your computer. It’s essential that you stay on the computer so that they can track everything that you do every day, and you chat away to your pals and so on. Everything gets monitored. It is essential. It saves them putting a spy in every street like they used to do. And they did. But of course you don’t get history books that tell you that, you have to go into other books to find that out.
Psychological operations is a fantastic field because it’s beyond Bernays. WAY beyond Bernays, although Bernays certainly could do this kind of stuff. He did work with the US State Department. He didn’t publish stuff on manipulating the public for warfare purposes, but he knew all the techniques and he certainly taught it; he was an advisor to Presidents. Psychological operations get us all ready for the next target, and the next target, and the next target, and through fear and all the rest of it. What we don’t realize is that most articles that come out into mainstream media are handouts. I’ve gone through that before with you. That documentary, it was called StarSuckers, from the BBC. If you can get a hold of it watch the whole lot of it – not just the first part, but the rest of it – it shows you how the media works and how they put handouts, straight from the PR companies, military and everyone else, straight into the paper… often without even putting a journalist’s name on it. Sometimes the journalist will put their name on it, but they just put it straight in there. I read an article last year; I think it was from Fox News. They admitted that they were going to put out at least 500, maybe up to 1000 FAKE articles – this is the Pentagon and Psy Ops – FAKE articles in the newspapers using different names… over a year all to mislead us at home.
Most folk think that your military is there to save you. NO. They are also to work ON you. Because it’s not just the first casualty of war is truth. The first casualty is the fact that your own government is going to lie to you. Your own government… is going to lie to you… using the military… psy ops. Now that everyone is talking psy ops, they are going to change it. First I’m going to read an old article from last year. It was Wise Up Journal who took an article from Fox News from 5/2/2009.
Fox News / AP:
Pentagon Spending Billions on PR to Sway World Opinion
Fox News / 05.02.2009 — wiseupjournal.com
WASHINGTON– As it fights two wars, (Alan: Shortly it will be 3, with Iran.) the Pentagon is steadily and dramatically increasing the money it spends to win what it calls “the human terrain” of world public opinion. In the process, it is raising concerns of spreading propaganda at home in violation of federal law. (A: Well, it’s already done that. Who cares about that? It’s this ‘new freedom,’ right?)
An Associated Press investigation found that over the past five years, the money the military spends on winning hearts and minds at home (A: That’s what they call it when they’re lying to you.) and abroad has grown by 63 percent, to at least $4.7 billion this year, (A: That was last year.) according to Department of Defense budgets and other documents. That’s almost as much as it spent on body armor for troops in Iraq and Afghanistan between 2004 and 2006.
This year, the Pentagon will employ 27,000 people just for recruitment, advertising and public relations (A: That’s propaganda, Public Relations is propaganda.) — almost as many as the total 30,000-person work force in the State Department.
“We have such a massive apparatus selling the military to us, […]” says Sheldon Rampton, research director for the Committee on Media and Democracy, which tracks the military’s media operations. “As the war has become less popular, they have felt they need to respond to that more.”
Military leaders say that at a time when extremist groups run Web sites and distribute video, information is as important a weapon as tanks and guns. (A: And it goes on and on and on. However, it ties in with this article that’s just out now. It says…)
Military Mulls New Name for Psychological Operations: MISO
(A: Because everyone is using it now; they know it’s a dirty word.)
beforeitsnews.com / Friday, June 25, 2010
(A: I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show, all these topics that I mention. This says here…)
“Psychological Operations” sounds awesomely creepy. In actuality, the military discipline can be pretty mundane: designing leaflets and driving sound trucks around, not plying your enemies with LSD.
Now the Pentagon brass is mulling a name change that would make the cadre seem even more humdrum. If the switch goes through. Psychological Operations would become Military Information Support and/to Operations. PSYOP would become MISO.
Judging by the online reaction, the PSYOP community is none-too-pleased with the idea of a watery new acronym.
“Some of us joined Psychological Operations because it sounded awesome for its name alone,” notes one anonymous commenter on the Small Wars Journal blog. “Today, we fall under people who get to dictate and control what we do without knowing fully what our capabilities are. To now have the name changed from PSYOP to MISO is a slap in the face. The intimidation factor brought on by the words alone are what attracts many recruits to the MOS [Military Occupation Specialty]. Now when you hear MISO you might as well just join admin or supply.” (A: So they joined for the name; they think they are going to be spooks and spies and get to listen to real secret stuff on telephones and snooping and all that kind of stuff, when generally they get awfully bored; I know because I get tapped very often, you can hear them tapping on the phone when you are talking about a boring subject with someone. If you get on to something metaphysical, mind you, they are quiet listening to that. They love that kind of stuff. But there you go. That’s the world as we have it, isn’t it?)
Canada too… it’s amazing with Canada. They take years to tell you the obvious. It really does too. This is from CBC.
Some politicians under foreign sway: CSIS
(A: This is from the Canadian Security Intelligence Service, or Big SIS, as everybody calls it.)
By CBC News / cbc.ca / June 22, 2010
CSIS suspects several countries are trying to manipulate Canadian politicians and that two provincial cabinet ministers are controlled by foreign governments, CBC News has learned.
Canada’s spy agency suspects that cabinet ministers (A: That’s politicians.) in two provinces (A: That’s states.) are under the control of foreign governments, CBC News has learned. (A: I guess they’ve been watching the States for a long time and realized we’ve got the same thing. I think McCarthy first brought it up actually.)
Several members of B.C. municipal governments are also under suspicion, Richard Fadden, the director of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service, told CBC News in an exclusive interview. (A: I’ll get back to this after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading an article about Canada waking up after many, many years, that some of their politicians are on the take from other countries. I’m sure a lot of them are on the take from other countries; they are no different than any other country in fact, in that respect. Politicians are politicians. It says…
Several members of B.C. municipal governments are also under suspicion, (A: So that is ‘also’, so British Columbia is not the only one that’s involved here.) Richard Fadden, the director of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service, told CBC News in an exclusive interview.
“We’re in fact a bit worried in a couple of provinces that we have an indication that there’s some political figures who have developed quite an attachment to foreign countries,” Fadden said. (A: This is them covering their ass before they tell you any more.)
“The individual becomes in a position to make decisions that affect the country or the province or a municipality. (A: That’s right down to your local level, right.) All of a sudden, decisions aren’t taken on the basis of the public good but on the basis of another country’s preoccupations.”
He said the politicians and public servants see it as a long-standing relationship and have no idea they are being used. (A: [Alan laughing.] The most streetwise guys you will meet are politicians. They’ve ripped off everybody else before they become politicians. You ever watch when they run for elections and they publish their histories and all their bankruptcies that they have behind them and their credit cards, overdrafts and all that kind of constant stuff? That’s who goes into politics. So they know what they are doing.)
“There are several municipal politicians in British Columbia and in at least two provinces there are ministers of the Crown who we think are under at least the general influence of a foreign government.” (A: Well, that’s generally India and China.)
Fadden said the agency is in the process of discussing with the Privy Council Office the best way to inform those provinces there may be a problem. (A: [Alan laughing.] What rubbish eh? I mean, you’d have to go in and investigate and get all the dope on the guys before they knew they were even watching them. And THEN you go with the problem. You get ALL the dope on them; all their contacts.)
“We’ll do the same with the public servants. I’m making this comment because I think it’s a real danger that people be totally oblivious to this kind of issue.” (A: Strange way of writing.)
Fadden warned that foreign regimes – through universities and social clubs – will develop a relationship with people who have a connection to the homeland.
“You invite somebody back to the homeland. You pay [for] their trips and all of a sudden you discover that when an event is occurring that is of particular interest to country “X,” you call up and you ask the person to take a particular view,” Fadden said. (A: And that is true. A lot of these countries will take parties over to Israel, China, and different countries and give them the grand tour, wine and dine them, and they feel that they are on board with them. That’s really what it’s for, are you on board with us. That’s really what it is. Even the Association of Police Chiefs send their boys over there too all the time, to Israel, paid junkets.)
At least five countries are surreptitiously recruiting future political prospects in universities, he said. Middle East countries are also involved.
But China is the most aggressive, funding university clubs that are managed by people operating out of the embassy or consulates, Fadden said in a recent speech to Canadian police chiefs and security experts in Toronto.
Chinese authorities also organize demonstrations against the Canadian government in respect to some of Canada’s policies concerning China, Fadden said.
“A number of countries take the view that if they can develop influence with people relatively early in their careers, they’ll follow them through,” (A: That’s how they do it with all agents.) Fadden said. “Before you know it, a country is providing them with money, there’s some sort of covert guidance.”
So nothing out of the usual there. What do you expect, you know. And now you are really… They have pushed the multi-cultural society so far, what really to you expect? What DO YOU expect? Hmm? And, can you even trust the spy you send to spy on them? So it becomes dysfunctional in the end. Food has always been used as a weapon. I’m going to put an article up tonight and it’s called Food and Depopulation; there are 4 parts of it. So go into my site and look at the links and have a gander at them. Download them too; you never know how long anything is going to stay up on the net anymore. So if you find it interesting download it. This is…
Food and Depopulation (Part 1 of 4)
Tuesday, 08 June 2010 / morphcity.com / Written by Cassandra Anderson
Rockefeller Family
The purpose of this article is to give a brief outline of how the elites, and the Rockefellers in particular, are using food as a weapon. (A: What a family the Rockefellers are… and it’s not just them. There is a massive army of workers working for them who obviously do the work because one or two people couldn’t do this themselves or even be on top of it all the time, from the BEGINNING of their empire.) Since the Rockefeller family came to power (especially after gaining a monopoly in 1914 with Standard Oil) they have manipulated our government into ruining our financial system by way of the Federal Reserve, energy through oil dependency and food with GMOs (Genetically Engineered Organisms). The intention is to rob us blind and kill us. It’s time to wake up.
The official name of this program is Agenda 21 Sustainable Development. (A: That’s the United Nations’ Agenda 21.) It the overarching blueprint for depopulation and total control over America and the rest of the world. There is no question that Americans are targeted for depopulation: (A: And that is true. We are all being depopulated with cancers. We are all becoming sterile in the West; very quickly. They know what’s causing it and they will not alter it. They never call it a crisis, by the way, which means it’s meant to happen, obviously… otherwise it would be a crisis.) GMO (Genetically Modified Organism) food has saturated American farmlands. GMOs are dangerous and the proliferation of corn crops (used as sweetener, animal feed, processed food, etc) in America is shortening our life spans. (A: It’s true enough. Cuba now has a higher, a better life span than the United States or Canada. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article to do with food and depopulation, Agenda 21. It goes on about some of the things in Agenda 21 and what they address and what they don’t address. It says…
The primary tools that Agenda 21 Sustainable Development uses are global warming lies, water shortages (like the man made drought in California, which also causes food shortages) and the Endangered Species Act (designed to take away private property, which is the base of wealth creation and freedom). (A: In Agenda 21 there will be NO private property, if you look into it.) (4) The focus of this article is revealing the link between the Rockefellers and their intended use of food as a weapon, which is more powerful than military domination and energy control.
Food control goes hand in hand with population control. The eugenics (improvement of humans through selective breeding, often using brutal methods like genocide and forced sterilization) program of the Third Reich in Nazi Germany was revealed after WWII. Obviously, people did not have a high opinion of eugenics, so, according to William Engdahl (author of “Seeds of Destruction”, the Rockefeller strategists shifted their profile to champion the causes of the environment, resource scarcity and overpopulation.(5) (A: A long time ago.) The policy of population control remained, despite the illusion of caring concern- which is simply marketing; the word eugenics has been renamed as “human genetics”. (A: That’s what they are calling it now, and BIO-ETHICISTS. They are bio-ethics experts now; they are really eugenicists. They are all through universities teaching courses in it, in eugenics, under bio-ethics.) This scheme for improving their image worked for them before with their “philanthropy” and tax-free foundations, after the Rockefellers became very unpopular following the Ludlow Massacre. (A: That’s when they turned the militia on the miners. So I’ll put this up and you can have a look through it for yourself. It’s in 4 parts.)
You’ve got to link it to the British side as well because this is all part, the Rockefellers are part of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs and Trilateral Commission. It was an Anglo-American Establishment, remember. They also work with the other foundations. Rockefeller, I think, is in charge now of the Ford Foundation and they work with the Carnegie Foundation. Carnegie was a BIG part of the Milner Group that helped create the Royal Institute of International Affairs. And this ties in, again, as they always do tie in, with the next article too because this has been exposed before, but it was to do with testing done in Russia on GMO food. It says here…
Russia says genetically modified foods are harmful
Apr 16, 2010 17:26 Moscow Time / ruvr.ru
Russia has started the annual Days of Defence against Environmental Hazards from the 15th of April to the 5th of June with the announcement of sensational results of an independent work of research. Scientists have proved that Genetically Modified Organisms are harmful for mammals. (A: Well, WE are mammals, folks.) The researchers discovered that animals that eat GM foodstuffs lose their ability to reproduce. (A: That was done. That’s simply a repetition of the studies done earlier but at least it’s more confirmation.) Campbell hamsters that have a fast reproduction rate were fed for two years with ordinary soya beans, which are widely used in agriculture and those contain different percentages of GM organisms. Another group of hamsters, the control group, was fed with pure soya, which was found with great difficulty in Serbia because 95 percent of soya in the world is transgenic. (A: It’s already modified… except for the 5% for the elite themselves, you see.)
Concerning the experiment carried out jointly by the National Association for Gene Security and the Institute of Ecological and Evolutional Problems, Dr. Alexei Surov has this to say. “We selected several groups of hamsters, kept them in pairs in cells and gave them ordinary food as always,” says Alexei Surov. “We did not add anything for one group but the other was fed with soya that contained no GM components, while the third group with some content of Genetically Modified Organisms and the fourth one with increased amount of GMO. We monitored their behavior and how they gain weight and when they give birth to their cubs. Originally, everything went smoothly. However, we noticed quite a serious effect when we selected new pairs from their cubs and continued to feed them as before. These pairs’ growth rate was slower and reached their sexual maturity slowly. When we got some of their cubs we formed the new pairs of the third generation. We failed to get cubs from these pairs, which were fed with GM foodstuffs. (A: In other words, the GM food stuff literally works INTERGENERATIONALLY, more sterile per generation into the 3rd generation and then that’s it, it’s game over.)
It’s just another confirmation. But there have been so many studies that have been done, the same with the GM potatoes that were given to rats and different animals… cancers of the stomach. And if you wonder why the section now in pharmacies for stomach ailments is so HUGE now, it’s because of that folks. It’s as SIMPLE… and it really is as SIMPLE as that. That’s how simple it is; too simple for most folk to accept. They’d never do that to us… Ha! That’s their attitude. That’s the cry of the GONE… those who are gone.
Now remember, we have to go into a new system where most of your income will be taxed back from you and gradually, over a few years, you’ll get trained into being a new citizen where you will purchase privileges. That’s also coming from the Royal Institute of International Affairs. They said that many years ago, that they would create a world of service to the world state and you will pay for your privileges. Everything will be a privilege, you see. It’s coming fast and there are many ways to do it, starting with increased taxations and this fake bank crash where we have all been put down as the eternal slaves, and our offspring down to our great, great 7th generation grandson… to pay off this debt to the bankers, after they ripped the world off. Incredible isn’t it? You reward the crooks for stealing off you. And who does the stealing off you? Well, then you government does it AGAIN by stealing off of you through taxes, to pay the other gangsters. It’s a mafia that runs the world. It really is a mafia. Very, very simple isn’t it? I mean, can you get anybody else to pay off your debts for you? Other than threatening them? [Alan laughing.] So it’s a mafia that runs the world, under the suits and ties and foundations and the apparent appearance of doing good for the public through these charitable NGOs.
Now, Romania is really snookered. It’s one of the first ones to go through Value Added Tax on all their goods to 24%!
Romania to raise VAT to 24% to curb deficit
(AFP) 6-26-10 / google.com
That’s 24% tax on EVERYTHING you purchase… from stamps, to your butter, to whatever, a bus fare. Everything goes up 24%. Britain is putting it up to 20%. In Canada, good old Canada, where I think it was Mulroney who brought in the GST. He was going to bring in Value Added Tax to be like the rest of Europe but he said there was an outcry. So he says, okay I won’t and he changed the name to GST instead and called it General Sales Tax. They have recently just amalgamated the two, getting us ready for a third tax, or really, an increase in the Value Added Tax. And when they join the two together, for provincial taxes and federal taxes, they used the psy-ops word again: they ‘harmonized’ it. You heard a choir singing as the coins clashed from two different hands. A choir sung. Harmony… Harmony is a nice positive word isn’t it? We all like harmony. Yep. So they joined two taxes in preparation for this massive increase that’s coming. You see, we are all under the IMF (International Monetary Fund) now. Even the countries that weren’t the hardest hit, which means they didn’t have as many crooks investing as other countries – that’s what that means – have to help bail out the rest of the world. See, we’re all in it together, like the movie Brazil kept saying, with the slogans we’re all in it together. We’re all responsible for the mess the world is in and we’ve got to pay and pay and pay. Quite something isn’t it.
Then we find out of course, the body scanners that were hailed as being ultra safe and wonderful and all the rest of it, as all the perverts who get the jobs there have a good dekko at everybody that passes through. They are now saying that they have found out that these scanners give you 20 TIMES HIGHER a dose than they first thought. What kind of scientists are these? Hmm? What kind of scientists are these… It’s like giving you a microwave oven that melts itself as soon as you turn it on, if that was the case. They don’t make these mistakes. They cover a lot up. It’s like the pharma. They get special people to write up wonderful, glowing reports – all lies – to get the sales through. This is…
Airport body scanners deliver radiation dose 20 times higher than first thought, warns expert (A: I love these experts, eh, ‘expert…’)
By Daily Mail Reporter / dailymail.co.uk / 30th June 2010
Full body scanners at airports could increase your risk of skin cancer, experts warn. (A: Well, actually if it’s 20 times higher, you are going to get a lot more on the skin cancers, but they don’t want to scare you too much.)
They say that the low level beam does deliver a small dose of radiation to the body but because the beam concentrates on the skin – one of the most radiation-sensitive organs of the human body – that dose may be up to 20 times higher than first estimated. (A: Well, that’s going through your skin, they already proved that too. And what does that do to your testes guys? You’d better think about it. Or are you just too keen to get off to that beach somewhere… with your sterility?)
Dr David Brenner, head of Columbia University’s centre for radiological research, said although the danger posed to the individual passenger is ‘very low’, (A: Do you understand, the first thing they teach you in medicine is, there is no safe level of radiation. It’s accumulative. There is NO safe level of radiation.) he is urging researchers to carry out more tests on the device to look at the way it affects specific groups who could be more sensitive to radiation. (A: So certain gene types will be more prone to it, you see.)
He says children and passengers with gene mutations – around one in 20 of the population – are more at risk as they are less able to repair X-ray damage to their DNA. (A: So it is damaging your DNA, like all radiation does.)
Dr Brenner, who is originally from Liverpool but now works at the New York University, said: ‘The individual risks associated with X-ray backscatter scanners are probably extremely small.
‘If all 800 million people who use airports every year were screened with X-rays then the very small individual risk multiplied by the large number of screened people might imply a potential public health or societal risk. The population risk has the potential to be significant.’
Following trials, the airport scanners were officially introduced at Manchester Airport in January, at Heathrow Terminal 4 in February and at Gatwick in May this year. (A: And they put them all through the States as well.)
The most likely risk from the airport scanners is a common type of skin cancer called basal cell carcinoma, according to the academic.
The cancer is usually curable (A: I like the word ‘usually’ folks.) and often occurs in the head and neck of people aged between 50 and 70. (A: But you won’t be 50 and 70 now because you haven’t been sitting in the sun for 50-60 years. You are getting x-rayed when you are 5! [Alan laughing.] You’ve got to tie it together to make sense of it.) He points out it would be difficult to hide a weapon on the head or neck so proposes missing out that part of the body from the scanning process. (A: They are not going to take them away.)
‘If there are increases in cancers as a result of irradiation of children, they would most likely appear some decades in the future. It would be prudent not to scan the head and neck,’ he added.
He recently aired his concerns to the Congressional Biomedical Caucus in the US – members of Congress who meet to exchange ideas on medical research. (A: So there ya go, you know. They won’t put in on hold, of course. They will just wait and see… because we are all disposable you see, and we are supposed to bring down the population. So I guess everything has its mission in life and death and all that kind of stuff.)
Greece is interesting. It’s selling off its islands. I noticed that Rothschild was in there again. He was in Dubai as well and other countries doing the auctioning off of that, now that they’ve built the place. He seems to get in at the right time; he’s like an insider or something. Of course that was after he auctioned off the roads in Britain; he privatized them and then auctioned them off to his pals for peanuts. Anyway… Greece…
Greece starts putting island land up for sale to save economy
Desperate attempt to repay debts also driven by inability to find funds to develop infrastructure on islands
guardian.co.uk / Elena Moya guardian.co.uk, Thursday 24 June 2010
Greece is raising cash by selling off an area of state-owned land on Mykonos for luxury tourism. There’s little that shouts “seriously rich” as much as a little island in the sun to call your own. For Sir Richard Branson it is Neckar in the Caribbean, the billionaire Barclay brothers prefer Brecqhou in the Channel Islands, while Aristotle Onassis married Jackie Kennedy on Skorpios, his Greek hideway.
They blab on about it in the usual British fashion; they make light of something that’s rather serious… as they are selling off land. This is land-for-debt swap, you understand. This is a typical IMF maneuver. They have been doing land-for-debt swaps for YEARS! You know, the island of Skye was sold off from Scotland by Margaret Thatcher when she was in because the IMF was in there then. They sold it to a Dutch multi-millionaire… with people on it! Ha. And nothing, hardly a murmur from the mainstream on that one. Hardly a murmur… that’s the real reality of the world we live in. Then we find out that in the States…
Unemployment insurance running out for millions
By Joseph Picard / ibtimes.com / Tuesday, June 22, 2010
Roughly 15 million Americans are out of work. One third of those people are currently receiving unemployment insurance. At the end of this month, if Congress does not change things, 1.2 million people will see their unemployment insurance expire — a number that will increase each subsequent month if no extension to benefits is granted.
“It’s a pretty grim picture for these people,” said Ross Eisenbrey of the Economic Policy Institute. “The states have done away with emergency assistance programs. They can still qualify for food stamps, but that’s a limited amount and only covers food. There are some rental assistance programs, but they are small with long waiting lists. Most of these people are just going to hit a wall.” (A: And this is the country that’s furnishing wars across the world. The cost of these shells the fire and the missiles they fire is just something else. It’s incredible. I can remember when they were popping off the Cruise missiles from the ships when Clinton was in. People forget that when Clinton was in, I think about every day a dozen or two dozen of these Cruise missiles were flown over to Iraq then and were exploding off in the desert in different places… at $1 MILLION a pop. They were doing 12, sometimes 24 a day. [Alan laughing.] But of course you can’t get any help back home, you see, because they don’t need you all anymore, except to pay taxes.)
Now there is a whole spate of problems with oil refineries right now. There was another leak in the States, on land. They have one in the Gulf on the go. And they have one of the biggest distilleries in Britain…
Fire and explosion at Total’s Lindsey oil refinery
Tuesday, June 29 / uk.news.yahoo.com / Chris Baldwin
A fire broke out at Total SA’s Lindsey oil refinery in England on Tuesday, injuring two people and shutting down one key part of the plant although other units were protected from the blaze, the company said.
A spokeswoman at Total UK said the fire, followed by a small explosion, began at 11:57 a.m. By 6:00 p.m., Total said the fire had been contained, and one person was missing. (A: Amazing eh? Is this going to happen all across the world until we get the message, as they go to the carbon taxes and scarcity? I’ll be back with more after this break.)
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. And just to leave it all on a note of optimism. It says…
State of Texas Deploys Special Needs Evacuation Tracking System
State of Texas SNETS Case Study
(A: This is put out, this is a joint project by the state of Texas and Motorola, who’s got the contracts for all these RFIDs they are going to give everybody if they have to evacuate. It says here…)
Situation: Improve mass evacuation procedures
When more than one million people evacuated from Hurricane Katrina in August 2005 and more than 2.7 million people fled from Hurricane Rita the following month, evacuation routes were gridlocked, fuel supplies drained and shelters overwhelmed. Thousands of families were separated and hundreds of pets lost or left behind. The lessons learned from these catastrophic events reshaped the way the State of Texas approached mass evacuation and amplified the need to better assist and track special needs individuals throughout the process.
Solution: Texas Special Needs Evacuation Tracking System (TX SNETS)
In response to the recommendations of a state-appointed special task force, the Governor’s Division of Emergency Management (GDEM) reached out to the private sector. An AT&T-led group of technology providers including Motorola, Radiant RFID and Retriever Software, worked together to create an automated evacuee tracking system. (A: Isn’t that wonderful?) Called TX SNETS, the system integrates Motorola handheld computers with Geographic Information System (GIS) databases with status and tracking displays, tracking software, barcode wristbands and Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) scanners, and commercial coaches and school buses equipped with mobile Global Positioning System (GPS) units.
Results: Simple process that registers 2,000 evacuees and pets per hour
Wristbands are scanned as evacuees board GPS-equipped buses and again upon arrival at the sheltering destination, updating the information at each point and sending the data wirelessly to a centralized database maintained by the University of Texas Center for Space Research. The TX SNETS solution allows the state to monitor the evacuees’ status, keep family members and pets together, and provide information (A: …of who’s ran off… because that’s really what it’s for. [Alan laughing.] Isn’t it? If they are doing it between stops, they want to know who skipped the bus or the train or whatever else they are going to shove you into, or a truck.) to loved ones at each stage in the evacuation process.
So all things are going ahead as planned obviously. People are going to get a lot of money out of this. They always get money out of mayhem and crisis, as Rothschild said. He was asked, when do you make your profits? He says, the best time is when the blood is flowing in the streets. And he certainly is one who should know, since he made full use of that typical technique. I’m going to put these links to the articles up on my web site shortly after this show ends with a few other ones too. Screening female eggs for health, is the next step, from BBC News, where they are going to tell you if your baby might be defective before it’s even fertilized… so they can do their genetic enhancement stuff or simply abort, or sterilize you.
Egg screening test ‘predicts genetic problems’
news.bbc.co.uk / Monday, 28 June 2010 / By Emma Wilkinson/ Health reporter, BBC News, in Rome
There is also the National Health Service chief in Britain, is getting advertised for ‘cost cutting’ and they are going to pay guys to cost cut the National Health Service £1000 per day! Can you believe that? £1000 per day for each one of these guys to slash the cost of the National Health Service; but of course that’s all their inside pals that get the work.
NHS chiefs advertise for ‘cost-cutting’ adviser… at £1000 a day
By Sophie Borland / dailymail.co.uk / 29th June 2010
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, – where it’s certainly getting lots of rain here like last year and the year before – it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
We truly are going through such a change that most folk who tend – and people are, because they are social creatures – they join groups and their group generally focuses on one particular area. You find a whole bunch of them coming together for some things like the G20, G8 meetings in Toronto each pushing their own particular agenda, a whole bunch of different agendas, and they never see the big picture. Some of them are so naïve they’ll never wake up to the real world. As we are going through all of this, massive changes are going on, have been going on before this, are going on right now, and are planned to go on for the next 30 years – literally planned in advance so all the protesting in the world is not going to change it. Maybe slowly, year after year, as they go to these different world meetings and demand fair wages for China, or whatever else they are pushing for, they will get that through their heads.
You are being taught that you are in a POST democratic era. It’s been stated from top sources like the Club of Rome. They have explained in their own books, this top think tank FOR the United Nations, why it must be a post-democratic system to run the world. They say there are too many conflicting groups all demanding different things, which actually counter each other, which often they do. After all, the big boys who GAVE you the United Nations, the BANKERS, have already planned your future for you. And most of us, believe you me, will not be around in 20 or 30 years, even a lot of the young ones, the way it’s designed at the moment. If you have been keeping your eyes open you’ll see that the world has been designed for a much smaller population. That’s what they have been up to for a long time. That’s why your cancer rates are going sky high. That’s why they are cutting back health care, in every country, across the Western world especially… massively, massive cuts. That’s why too, they want to pump inoculations into you; not to fend off coming diseases, but to make sure their agenda works. Very practical from those at the top, from their viewpoint, very practical indeed… you just cull off the herd like culling off excess deer. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, the longer you live and the more you go into SO much information, which has been made available to the general public, to do with previous wars and present wars, ongoing wars and wars to be, you will find that atrocities happen all the time, when you put a bunch of young guys together, give them incredible firepower and tell them to go at it, and they ARE told to go at it. War today is run by statistics; they’ve got to bring in so many ears off their victims, or whatever it happens to be, to show to their officers they’ve had so many kills; that’s really how the whole thing runs. They did this during the Viet Nam era. There are quite a few very good videos out there going back to the 70s even, and 60s, when they talked to some of the first guys to come back from Viet Nam.
The “Winter Soldier Investigation” was a media event sponsored by the Vietnam Veterans Against the War from January 31, 1971 February 2, 1971.
YouTube.com
They talked about this openly. They talked about their kills and how everybody who was dead was marked down as Cong (Vietcong). It didn’t matter who they killed or how many villages they wiped out, which they did all the time, and how many houses they burned down, which again, they did all the time; that was standard operating procedure. That was accepted by the military and their higher ups because it had a good, high kill rate. Men, women and children were killed all the time. Raping was very common and the guys in some of these videos – if I can find some of them online in fact I’ll put them up – they talked about this. It was a normal thing. So you can’t put young guys together, who are stupid, and young, and all macho when they are in a gang – and that’s how they are as a gang, they behave just like any gang acts down through history from Genghis Kahn to the present – especially when they are given permission and authority to do the kind of things they are told to do. There is a form of denial that goes through them as well when they participate in these killings, with people who can’t shoot back generally, and they have to be macho to each other and pretend it doesn’t bother them.
The same thing goes on in Iraq and elsewhere. Wherever you put them the same kind of thing happens. The raping does happen and often they will kill their victims so they can’t say anything. That’s how it goes. This is the real world that we live in. These guys are sent there for political reasons, from the guys at the top for geo-political reasons that they don’t really care about at the bottom level; they are just having a good time. They get drugs as well. They get a lot of perks. They get RESPECT when they are in the military for doing all this killing. We live in a rather insane system where tribal, natural tribal instincts have been used against us. Tribes used to come together to fend for themselves and to defend themselves. That’s been used for OFFENSIVE purposes by those who know the techniques of using ‘nationalism.’ And it doesn’t matter if it goes into internationalism, it will be the same thing that happens whether it’s a UN beret or the standard home beret, it makes no difference whatsoever. The same human instinct will take over… when they are given permission. That’s what war is about. But it’s always the goals at the top, for those who designed the wars. And believe you me, resources and banking and mineral rights and everything else all come into play. These are the fat cats who sit at the top and design the wars and never participate in them physically themselves. That’s just the way of life. For the guys at the bottom, the young guys, they don’t care who they are fighting or why they are fighting, the standard propaganda is good enough for them. Good enough for them… where else can you go and play cowboy and kill all the Indians? Hmm? Where else can you do that? That’s as simple as that.
The same thing goes with police. Police ARE a military organization. They will often say they are PARA military, but they are a military organization. When you get uniformed guys by the thousands all coming together to a city and all hyped up for action – and generally there’s not going to be much, regardless – they are suddenly suspicious of everything because again, just like the military they’ve got their quotas to fulfill, so many arrests, because otherwise how are they going to justify all the money that’s getting put out there for the security? The politicians will lie their faces off about threats and stuff like that coming in. They will lie to the public about their security fences, which they did in Toronto. They said it was just a law and all that stuff and there was no law at all. You could go near the fence without being arrested but folk were being arrested by the cops because the lower cops weren’t told this was all a big con. So laws are flexible you see, when those at the top pronounce them. Flexible, made up on the spot to fool the public, stuff like that.
What surprises me is that circus. I’ve always seen these demonstrations, for the last maybe 15-20 years, as a circus. You’ve got all kinds, from the very serious and legitimate to almost fringe and farcical, all mixing together; all demanding – which they have a right to do of course because this is a last bastion supposedly, if you truly think you’ve got democracy, is the right to protest. However, there are all kinds of strange things getting protested about… even the right for computers to rule our brains from one group belonging to the technocrats. That’s what makes it farcical to the general public and that’s why they can’t get support from the general public. There are other ones protesting – and no kidding – about the wages of people in China when their own country is slated for demolition and has been going down the tubes for years. So that’s the circus for you.
As I say, cops getting together like that, it’s just another army. And you’d better take one thing seriously… seriously… and that’s the cops. Cops are robots. If the cops are told tomorrow that everyone who put on odd socks – a red sock and a blue sock, or whatever it happens to be – and comes out in the streets must be arrested or shot on the spot, they will do that. That’s how they are. Whatever the ridiculous laws is they will follow that law and they will follow it to the last minute and second of it being changed to something else. They will follow it. But when you put so much testosterone together and hype them up suddenly they are very important you see, they are on a REAL mission this time, they’re not just handing out tickets on the highways. No. Now this time they are after spies and God knows what, and terrorists and blah, blah, blah that they are full of, now they are hyped up with incredible authority and they start dragging people out of stores or whatever and searching them. Now you’ve got trouble, you see. This is the sort of thing you would read about in third world countries that were under dictatorships, etc where they were given that kind of authority. And here it’s being done in a so-called first world country, which is plummeting fast mind you, but it really has got an intention behind it. The intention is to train us all. We are getting trained each year these things are seen on television. We are being trained into a new system and that this IS the new system. You obey authority… And you have no rights. And if you stand up against authority demanding to have rights, they let you know what they are, at the other end of a tazer gun or whatever it happens to be. THAT’S what you are being taught. It’s an exercise in conditioning and training the general public. I’ll touch on some of that later.
While all this is going on you don’t realize that there’s much bigger things going on all the time, much, much bigger things. We are going through, literally, a scripted life here. Every major thing that happens in life is already scripted and debated by security agencies and military agencies at the top, and think tanks, YEARS and YEARS in advance, and they do it year BY year, by the way… up until their present goal. I’ve gone through the different documents put out by the top think tanks for the military and how they will give you a forecast for the next 30-50 years. I’ve given you the British one that also does NATO, all the NATO countries. And I’ve given you the US one which was pretty well identical to the British one. They see the whole of the US and the Western world going down the tubes FAST from about NOW onwards. They are going to have massive rioting down the road as well. Massive rioting possibly started off by food shortages. Something as simple as food because you see, they have been cutting back on your own country’s ability to grow its own food for decades and decades and decades; in fact since World War II when government stepped in giving itself the right to, into all farming areas. You are importing so much stuff now you are a sitting duck especially when you’ve got about a handful, about one handful of importers that import most of your food. You also have had thousands of farmers put off the land over the years too, through bank tricks and taxations and different cons, or for contaminating the soil, or contaminating a water stream or whatever it happens to be… all intended to make you helpless. But they will call it at the top, we are making you interdependent. The whole world is to be interdependent for everything that it needs. It mustn’t be allowed to be able to survive on its own, under any means at all. Meanwhile, the elite of course, have been taking seed from all over the world, natural seed that will survive any kind of terrain, any kind of weather, climate and so on, and storing it in selective arks across the planet, not just the one off Norway.
They are planning something that we don’t want to look at. What is it? It’s a massive takedown of society and a post-bulk world let’s say, when most of us are gone and there is only themselves to come through. They debate this at the top all the time. Billions of your dollars are spent every couple of years updating their plans for survival for themselves at the top. It’s really astonishing. Meanwhile people are protesting for the right to have computers dominating our brains – aahhh – and stuff like this all the time. More rights for this group or that particular group, they forget we are ALL one big group and we are sitting ducks. That’s why they can’t come together on the SAME action for anything at all. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Back in the 90s I was talking about the multi-jurisdictional task force that was ridiculed in the newspapers as a RUMOR put out by crazies at the bottom. What the multi-jurisdictional task force was is where they were combing police and military and various other branches of forces in special units for training, first abroad and then back in amongst their own people. So certain police that were in SWAT teams and so on were obvious candidates. They were taking off with various military organizations to go into hot zones in different countries, get practice kicking down doors and shooting people, and coming back to their own countries and back in uniform. It’s a standard setting to always have so many people in the multi-jurisdictional task force who had training and experience so they can be used, if necessary or when, within their own countries. Eventually it was leaked out years later that yes, they did exist. It came out on CBC actually when they talked about the multi-jurisdictional task force in a quick little sequence of movie where they showed you them doing exactly that. Over in Iraq working with the troops, dressed as any other troop and kicking down doors and they didn’t show the shooting of people because of course it’s the CBC; they don’t do that kind of stuff on CBC unless they show you another country doing it. That’s what they are.
Then I saw the RCMP going over to Haiti the first time, years ago in Haiti, to help police Haiti. Now, since when does your national police go over to police another country? Well, this came under the NAFTA agreement because all NAFTA countries, including Jamaica, Trinidad and a few other places, are part of NAFTA; that’s also why they were pretty well allowed to come into the countries without visas at the time. So we are already into this international phase where everything is internationalized and we have been for an awful, awful long time. They are doing the same in the US too, and they have been doing the same in the US with the same multi-jurisdictional task forces BUT, it’s gone further here. Now, the RAND Corporation, which is one of the biggest think tanks for the US, also publishes books – once they’ve done their surveys for whoever asks them to do the survey in the first place. Once the survey is over they will sell the books on it to some people, if you want to spend your money on it. But here is one and it’s to do with…
A Stability Police Force for the United States
Justification and Options for Creating U.S. Capabilities
rand.org – By: Terrence K. Kelly, Seth G. Jones, James E. Barnett, Keith Crane, Robert C. Davis, Carl Jensen
Establishing security is the sine qua non of stability operations, since it is a prerequisite for reconstruction and development. Security requires a mix of military and police forces to deal with a range of threats from insurgents to criminal organizations. (Alan: Remember too, the multi-jurisdictional task forces are also to be used in times of crisis within your own countries. So that’s one of the real reasons for it. This gives them experience taking them off abroad.) This research examines the creation of a high-end police force, which the authors call a Stability Police Force (SPF). The study considers what size force is necessary, how responsive it needs to be, where in the government it might be located, what capabilities it should have, how it could be staffed, and its cost. This monograph also considers several options for locating this force within the U.S. government, including the U.S. Marshals Service, the U.S. Secret Service, the Bureau of International Narcotics and Law Enforcement Affairs (INL) in the Department of State, and the U.S. Army’s Military Police. The authors conclude that an SPF containing 6,000 people (A: That’s a rapid deployment force.) — created in the U.S. Marshals Service and staffed by a “hybrid option,” in which SPF members are federal police officers seconded to federal, state, and local police agencies (A: Exactly like Canada.) when not deployed — would be the most effective of the options considered. The SPF would be able to deploy in 30 days. The cost for this option would be $637.3 million annually, in FY2007 dollars.
I’ll put this link up for you to look into. Remember too, the cops are also being privatized all over the place. Here is an article here…
Police plan to use private security firms
Wednesday, 30 June 2010 / news.bbc.co.uk / BBC NI home affairs correspondent
(A: This is from Ireland… to kick it off.)
Private security firms like those operating in Iraq and Afghanistan could soon be in use in Northern Ireland.
They could be guarding police stations and providing protection for politicians, judges and other possible terrorist targets in Northern Ireland.
The Northern Ireland Chief Constable, Matt Baggott, is to ask the Policing Board to endorse the plan on Thursday.
Police say the plan will save money and free up more officers for fighting crime.
Hundreds of former police officers and soldiers from Northern Ireland have been employed by private security firms in Iraq and Afghanistan (A: That’s Xe Services, or Blackwater as it used to be called.), protecting individuals and buildings believed to be at risk of terrorist attack.
Some of them may soon find work closer to home.
So this is the way it is going. Everything is public/private now. The public pay the costs of it although it’s in private hands. That’s the best way because then the government turns around and says, we can’t do anything; they’re a private organization, and you get nowhere with it. So as I say, they’ve been taking down the Western world mightily for a long time because we’ve never had democracy. We were given a show of it for one generation. They had to give it to us while we went off and fought all their wars for them, and they’re still doing it. We had a bit of freedom or choices, really more choices, of what to do with our lives up until now. Now it’s ‘school to work’ just like the old Soviet system. I’ll be back with more after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning that we were given really about 50 years where people could choose what kind of work they wanted to go into and have a bit of freedom, some cash in their pockets, but it’s all being taken away as we well know. Everyone knows, especially the ones who have lost houses. They have known for a while what’s been going on, at least that end of it. We are being taken down to a manageable sized society, but first we have to go through the chaos. The government definitely wants to bring in rationing of food down the road and ration cards. I said that in 1998; I says, that’s how war will go. Then 2001 came along and I also said on the air, that night in fact I think it was, that you will see everything, even people getting moved, masses of movements of people because they always have mass refugees moving around countries within war type situations. That’s what 2001 was for. We will still see that yet within the United States and Canada too possibly. You will get food rationing and all the other things that go with war and of course, you do what you are told by authorities, or else, because they have different rules under martial law. That’s what we are gradually getting trained into… under the guise of the banking collapses and all this stuff thrown into it, which is just to intensify it.
The guys at the top lost nothing in any crashes. In fact they gained all, didn’t they? The real businesses were snapped up for peanuts that went bankrupt. Real machining shops, etc, just snapped up; thousands and thousands of them… for peanuts by the boys at the top and then the bankers themselves were paid by the taxpayer for robbing them. So it’s just an amazing system but this is all part of it. They could have burst the bubble any time that they wanted to or kept it going for another 20 years if they wanted to. It’s always been a bubble. That’s what it’s all about in the stock market. Now is the time, as they say, and this is the time for it all to come down into the new system. It also helps them to bring in a common currency. The IMF admitted that now, this is what they wanted to get to full status in the world, which they were created to do. They need the crisis to make it happen. Here it happens and bingo, they get what they want. It’s the people who are all lagging behind as they watch their TV shows and their fantasy. They will never, ever wake up to what’s really happening.
Here is Britain for an example. Tony Blair said, and this was in the papers and I read it from the papers a few months ago. He said he would change the face of Britain forever with mass immigration, so that they could never go back to anything resembling what they thought was a British way of life. Here is an article in today’s paper…
Revealed: The British towns (A: These are cities.) where one worker in two is a migrant (A: Born abroad.)
By James Slack / dailymail.co.uk / 30th June 2010
A map today reveals parts of Britain where more than half of jobs are held by workers who were born overseas.
The workforce in large parts of London is dominated by people born abroad – despite Labour’s repeated promises to deliver ‘British jobs for British workers’. (A: Well, don’t you know that politicians always lie, I don’t care what party they’re in.)
But foreign-born employees also have a strong foothold in other British towns and cities, from Slough and Reading to Manchester. (A: And to Birmingham too.)
Campaigners said the focus of employers and Whitehall should be on finding jobs for the young Britons out of work in many of these areas.
Then they go on and on about oh, they will have to limit the amount of visas they give out. Well, that will be the day because it’s not on the cards. What’s happened was on the cards; it was planned that way… planned that way. You see, people who are nationalistic and all of the same creed will stand up to things. When you have mixed everything up, destroyed any remnant of what it meant to be a nationalist, or a Briton say, then you have defeated your enemy. That’s the simple tactic used. A very old tactic though; they used it in ancient times too.
When that’s going on too, they’ve renamed the war in Iraq too. Remember when they called it Operation Iraqi Freedom? When they were going to use… what was it that they called that term… it was ‘revolutionary democracy’. That’s when they gave them the right to invade countries to force democracy on them. That’s what they gave to the public; a lot of them swallowed it too. I call it Operation Pillage, where they just grabbed all the oil wells, flattened them using bombs and used the American and British and Canadian tax money to rebuild refineries which they handed out recently to all the usual big boys. So they are renaming it to Operation New Dawn, a nice Masonic name, a new dawn…
War in Iraq will be called ‘Operation New Dawn’
to reflect reduced U.S. role
By Greg Jaffe / washingtonpost.com / Friday, February 19, 2010; A05
The Obama administration has decided to give the war in Iraq a new name — “Operation New Dawn” — to reflect the reduced role U.S. troops will play in securing the country this year as troop levels fall, according to a memo from Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates.
Since U.S. forces charged across the Kuwaiti border toward Baghdad in 2003, the war has been known as Operation Iraqi Freedom. (A: What a joke, eh? Go and slaughter people and forcing democracy on you. [Alan laughing.]) The new name is scheduled to take effect in September, when U.S. troop levels are supposed to drop to about 50,000. (A: Well, we’ll see about that, hey. We’ll see about that.)
This is the farce that we live in… and you’ve got to laugh at it, when you understand what’s going on. You’ve got to really, really laugh at it. Then you get this article here…
G-8 ‘fully believes’ Israel will attack Iran, says Italy PM
World leaders meet in Ontario for two days of talks, urge Iran to ‘respect rule of law’ and ‘hold transparent dialogue’ over its nuclear program.
By Yossi Melman / haaretz.com / 27.06.10
It’s funny, only about 2 or 3 months ago the UN was still reporting that they didn’t have weapons grade material in Iran and now there is silence from the UN, which is the usual trick that it plays when they want a country to be attacked. So it’s the same stuff here. And if the US is getting too much heat, yeah they will pass the buck and let Israel do it. Usually it’s Israel that gets America to do it all, and pay for it. Maybe the US will pay for the clean up, eh. The US will definitely have to go in with the troops then you see; that will give them an excuse. Everything is very predictable isn’t it? Because what we know is the Islamic world is being totally attacked, to be ‘democratized’ as they call it, which means subdued as we all are, because we found out we have no democracy. We run to a plan under these so-called democratic countries. They must eradiate a religion, again, that makes them stand up to what’s called the New World Order. So far these are the only ones who are standing up; mind you they are given no choice to. It’s either be demolished or stand up to them. So supposedly the G8 actually discussed this. I can’t believe it since each person got about 10 minutes to talk, maximum, in between burping and brandy and all the other stuff they were eating there. All they did at the G8 and G20 were sign documents that the Sherpas as they call them, the diplomats, had worked out over the years for them to sign. In this wonderful democratic system where everything is above board and doing so well, here it comes.
Banks Financing Mexico Gangs Admitted in Wells Fargo Deal
By Michael Smith – Jun 29, 2010 / bloomberg.com
(A: There is nothing new in this. There are videos on it too. I’ll put these links up at the end of the show on my site.)
June 29 (Bloomberg) — Wells Fargo & Co., which bought Wachovia Corp. in 2008, has admitted in court that its unit failed to monitor and report suspected money laundering by narcotics traffickers. Bloomberg’s Erik Schatzker reports. (Source: Bloomberg)
Video
June 29 (Bloomberg) — Bloomberg Markets Magazine senior writer Michael Smith discusses the use of Wachovia Corp., Bank of America Corp. and others by Mexican drug cartels to launder funds. In the magazine’s August 2010 issue, Smith reports that Wells Fargo & Co., which bought Wachovia in 2008, admitted in court that its unit failed to monitor and report suspected (A: Suspected… [Alan laughing.]) money laundering by narcotics traffickers. Smith speaks with Betty Liu on Bloomberg Television’s “In the Loop.” (Source: Bloomberg) (A: And on and on it goes. There are quite a few links and videos here so you can see it for yourself. I’ll put these up at the end of the show on my site.)
This is the REAL democracy, which is nothing but gang rule but it’s gangs from the top. Believe you me, these gangs who are laundering cash are authorized to do it. Back in the 80s the RCMP did an investigation of Canadian banks and said they’d all collapse without the drug money that was flowing in. I’m not kidding. It was getting laundered through the banks back then. This is standard stuff. Standard. For those who are addicted to technology, and I’ve gone on about technocracy and what the goal of it is ultimately, out comes Windows 8. It gives a few things that are coming out from Microsoft.
Windows 8 leaks point to facial recognition, app store, Mac envy
Todd Bishop on Monday, June 28, 2010 / techflash.com
So they are going to use your facial recognition, rather than your thumb prints and so on, for entry, etc. Plus of course, it’s for the government. You see, nothing is out there to do with the internet at all – nothing, and no company that makes computers – that is not part of the Military-Industrial Complex. They all have meetings that design all this stuff where it will all interface for security reasons. And it’s been like that from the beginning, for those who are still incredibly naïve and think somehow it’s their internet. [Alan laughing.] Ah, dear, quite something eh? Another article here…
Shares slump on European bank fears
bbc.co.uk / 29 June 2010
Global stock markets have fallen sharply amid concerns over European banks and the health of the global economy.
They are wanting more dough to get thrown at it basically, with taxpayers’ money of course, into this black hole to make investors take the bite and start investing supposedly. They never say where the money goes in this black hole, eh? It’s like filling up a cave; if we keep throwing the stones in the cave and maybe we will start seeing them at the entrance level. But we don’t. We just keep seeing them going into the dark hole of the cave and then they throw another few billion at it and another few billion. This is the farce we are expected to believe happens. It’s a farce isn’t it? An utter farce. But see, money has always been a farce. It’s always been a farce and folk haven’t caught on to that. It’s a TOOL. It’s a tool. That’s all it is, a tool to be dominated by, and a tool to be taxed back with. It’s far better having the slaves buy their own clothes and pay for their own hovels to live in, because you can always tax the hovel, and buy the necessities of life and food and all the rest of it, as long as you own all the stuff that they are buying from. You see. It’s far easier to do that than get slave masters over you with a whip, because the slave masters have to be economical. How many slave masters or guards do you want over, say, 20 slaves? It’s all economics that way. And slaves can always run off. And once in a while they used to get free by running far enough. You can’t do that anymore today. You can’t do it.
There is also the usual trivia that goes out there, as all big things are always happening. They put lots of trivia out there that grabs people. One of them is new research on Plato and Pythagoras. Like this is brand new, right? It goes on about… actually I’ll read it. It says…
Science historian cracks “the Plato code”
28 Jun 2010 / manchester.ac.UK
A science historian at The University of Manchester has cracked “The Plato Code” – the long disputed secret messages hidden in the great philosopher’s writings.
New Research on Plato and Pythagoras
Jay Kennedy, University of Manchester / MANCHESTER.AC.UK
This guy has supposedly come up with a paper to show you how there was meters, or there was inserted every 12th word or so a particular letter in Greek or whatever, and a code for Plato’s writings. Now, in the old societies down through the ages they knew this stuff. How come they are suddenly rediscovering it? Well, it’s put out as trivia, and for a guy to sell a book obviously. There is nothing new because Pythagoras was doing it as well; they all did this stuff back then. But that will be the main topic of conversation, probably on mainstream media, because they like to give you trivia when big, big things are happening. And what big things are happening? Well, the end of community banking is happening. Did you know that?
The End of Community Banking
Creditworthy borrowers will be denied loans as small banks devote more and more energy to regulatory compliance.
wsj.com / OPINION JUNE 29, 2010 / By SARAH WALLACE
The comprehensive financial reform agreed upon by the House and Senate on Friday, along with all the new regulations of the past year, could signal the end of community banking. The new reforms will give more power to the Federal Reserve to regulate how my bank and others like it do business.
What does all this mean for our customers? Less credit will be available, costs will increase, and we will be less able to make loans to regular people who were creditworthy in the past. This is the perfect storm for the small retail banking customer. We will start to see more small community bank failures and mergers because of voluminous regulation.
I have served as the president and now the chair of the board of directors of First Federal Savings and Loan Association in Newark, Ohio, since 1980. First Federal is a $200 million, federal mutual thrift. We were created to provide people a safe place to deposit their money, and loan that money back into the community in order to meet housing needs. Additionally, we utilize a significant portion of our profits to give (yes, I said give—not lend) to worthy community organizations and projects. (A: So now they are telling you how they are all going to be hit; they can’t do this anymore. Even if you were a good customer in the past, well, you are not going to get it with the new laws from the feds. Quite interesting eh?)
Things that are really happening… It’s great how they get a distraction happening somewhere in the world and that’s all they talk about, plus with all the Hollywood trivia and who’s boobs have been enlarged and who hasn’t, who’s got a sagging tummy, always down the right-hand side of all the major stories – you’ll notice – and real things are happening in the meantime. Getting back to this G20, etc, they admit now of course, and this is from the CBC.
Chief admits 5-metre G20 security rule didn’t exist
Last Updated: Tuesday, June 29, 2010 / cbc.ca / The Canadian Press
(A: So they lied to the public. They lie to the public all the time.)
Police had said anyone who came within five metres of the security fence was obliged to give police their name and state the purpose of their visit on request. (Mike Segar/Reuters)
Toronto’s police chief is admitting there never was a five-metre rule that had people fearing arrest if they strayed too close to the G20 security perimeter.
They treat you like children. And you know something, in a sense we all are. Because if you understood what democracy was, what on earth would ever give them the permission to put up fences in major cities in the first place? What would give them the right to ensure that most of the hotels were all booked up solid? This is the summer. This is when all these little hotels and so on need the money from the tourist industry. Tourists couldn’t get in to get rooms because of the cops that were coming in from all of the Provinces for overtime work. Who gave them permission to do that? See, they can do what the hell they want. That’s the reality of it. That’s the reality of it. What kind of world do you think we are living in? Haven’t you noticed anything in your few years here?
Then the weapons that were supposedly seized, because they love to give us shows on television in Canada, that are generally terrible fiction – it’s always about the poor lefties and stuff like that. It’s the ones that are getting most of the grants and all the rest of it that are always poor… when there are folks losing their jobs all the time, ALL the time. I’ll be back with more about the fake weapons that they showed you after this break.
Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. There is an article from the Globe and Mail to do with the fake weapons seizures that they showed on television to justify how serious it was there out on the streets. That’s what the police showed. It says…
‘Weapons’ seized in G20 arrests not what they seem
By Jill Mahoney / theglobeandmail.com / June 29, 2010
Toronto Police Chief Bill Blair during a Tuesday press conference in the lobby of police headquarters at 40 College St. in Toronto.
Toronto Police staged (A: This is the Globe and Mail. They STAGED…) a display of weaponry to demonstrate “the extent of the criminal conspiracy” among hard-line G20 protesters, but several of the items had nothing to do with the summit. (A: They had spray cans in there too by the way, as weapons… spray cans.)
Facing criticism for their tactics, police invited journalists on Tuesday to view a range of weapons, from a machete and baseball bat to bear spray and crowbars.
Chief Bill Blair, who told reporters the items were evidence of the protesters’ intent, (A: Do you understand how they can DEMONIZE? It’s the same tactics as they demonize an enemy they want to invade; same tactic. You demonize the enemy and show them some nonsense that you’ve set up.) singled out arrows covered in sports socks, which he said were designed to be dipped in a flammable liquid and set ablaze. (A: Like they’ve seen in the movies, the old westerns.)
However, the arrows belong to Brian Barrett, a 25-year-old landscaper who was heading to a role-playing fantasy game (A: One of these Tolkien games.) when he was stopped at Union Station on Saturday morning. (A: He was going OUT of the city. They were grabbing folk going out of the city.) Police took his jousting gear (A: Because they play jousting.) but let Mr. Barrett go, saying it was a case of bad timing.
In addition to the arrows – which Mr. Barrett made safe for live-action role playing by cutting off the pointy ends and attaching a bit of pool noodle covered in socks – police displayed his metal body armour, foam shields and several clubs made of plastic tubing (A: So they don’t hurt anybody.) covered with foam and fabric. (A: …just to make sure, right. This is what they showed for WEAPONRY at the summit. They also got a crossbow, right; I read that in the paper too and I laughed at the time. Some guy that was either going out hunting and just getting back from out of the city, to probably one of his hunting camps, a crossbow and a chainsaw next to it and some gasoline, obviously for his generator you see. Any nincompoop would know that that lived in the country or done hunting. So they seized that as proof too, that this was from the protesters. You see, by OMITTING the rest of the facts, that’s how they can get a false impression over to the public. So it says…)
Police also displayed a crossbow and chainsaw seized in an incident on Friday that they said had no ties to the summit. When asked, Chief Blair acknowledged they were unrelated, but said “everything else” had been confiscated from demonstrators. (A: You know, the spray cans and stuff like that.)
On Wednesday, however, Michael Went and Doug Kerr e-mailed a letter to Chief Blair saying their bamboo poles may have been included in the exhibit. (A: They noticed that they had confiscated their bamboo poles. So they phoned into the police because they were not weapons.) As they headed to a picnic to commemorate the 1969 Stonewall riots on Sunday morning, police seized seven or eight of the long poles, citing the G20 summit. The couple had planned to use the poles to fly a rainbow flag and decorate the park. (A: They seized them off of them and showed them off as weapons as well.)
Fake G20 Protest Weapons Cache Invented By Toronto Police
June 30, 2010 by Scout Magazine
Dr Kelly ‘couldn’t have slit his wrist as he was too weak’
By Miles Goslett / dailymail.co.uk / 1st July 2010
Do you understand how they can misconstrue anything? And do anything to people? Anything at all. That’s your democracy, folks, and you’d better start getting to understand what REALLY is going on and what’s coming down.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.